GREENTREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP
S-1/A, 1998-08-17
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: NATIONAL AUTO FINANCE CO INC, 8-K, 1998-08-17
Next: FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORP, 13F-HR, 1998-08-17



<PAGE>
 
    
 AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 17, 1998     
 
                                       REGISTRATION NOS. 333-59865-01 333-59865
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                                --------------
                                
                             AMENDMENT NO. 1     
                                       
                                    TO     
 
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                --------------
                GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
                 (ISSUER WITH RESPECT TO OFFERED CERTIFICATES)
                      GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.
                  (ORIGINATOR OF THE TRUST DESCRIBED HEREIN)
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                                --------------

       DELAWARE                    6189                       41-1823871
   (STATE OR OTHER       (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL      (I.R.S. EMPLOYER  
   JURISDICTION OF       CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)       IDENTIFICATION NO.) 
   INCORPORATION OR
    ORGANIZATION)
 
                              500 LANDMARK TOWERS
            345 ST. PETER STREET, SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA 55102-1639
                                (651) 293-3400
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                                --------------
                            JOEL H. GOTTESMAN, ESQ.
                             1100 LANDMARK TOWERS
            345 ST. PETER STREET, SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA 55102-1639
                                (651) 293-3400
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                                --------------
                                  COPIES TO:
           CHARLES F. SAWYER                      RENWICK D. MARTIN
         DORSEY & WHITNEY LLP                     BROWN & WOOD LLP
        220 SOUTH SIXTH STREET                 ONE WORLD TRADE CENTER
     MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402             NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10048
            (612) 343-7986                         (212) 839-5300
                                --------------
  APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration
Statement.
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]
  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
   
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]     
  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
 
                                --------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>   
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                              PROPOSED       PROPOSED
                                 AMOUNT       MAXIMUM        MAXIMUM      AMOUNT OF
  TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF         TO BE     OFFERING PRICE   AGGREGATE    REGISTRATION
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED    REGISTERED   PER UNIT(1)   OFFERING PRICE     FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
 Floorplan Receivable Trust
  Certificates, Series 1998-
  2, Class A ................ $440,000,000      100%       $440,000,000   $  129,800
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Floorplan Receivable Trust
  Certificates, Series 1998-
  2, Class B ................ $ 22,500,000      100%       $ 22,500,000   $    6,638
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total..................   $462,500,000      100%       $462,500,000   $136,438(2)
</TABLE>    
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee on
    the basis of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price, pursuant to
    Rule 457(o).
   
(2) Of this amount, $295.00 has been previously paid and $136,143 is being
    paid herewith.     
 
                                --------------

  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION
8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

     
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OR AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BY ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 17, 1998 
$462,500,000 

[LOGO OF GREEN TREE APPEARS HERE]
 
GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
 $440,000,000 Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates, Series
 1998-2, Class A 

 $22,500,000 Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates, Series
 1998-2, Class B 

GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.

Transferor
GREEN TREE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Servicer
     
 
Each of the Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-
2, Class A (the "Class A Certificates") and each of the Floating Rate Floorplan
Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class B (the "Class B
Certificates," and, together with the Class A Certificates, the "Offered
Certificates") will represent an undivided interest in the Green Tree Floorplan
Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust"), created pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement among Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., as transferor
(the "Transferor"), Green Tree Financial Corporation, as servicer ("Green Tree"
or the "Servicer") and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee
(the "Trustee"). The fractional undivided interests in the Trust represented by
the Class B Certificates will be subordinated to fund certain payments with
respect to the Class A Certificates as described in "Description of the Offered
Certificates--Application of Collections," "--Reallocated Principal
Collections," and "--Investor Charge-Offs." The assets of the Trust will
include the amounts owed from time to time ("Receivables") by retail dealers,
manufacturers and distributors ("Dealers") pursuant to revolving financing
arrangements (each such arrangement, an "Account") between such Dealers and
Green Tree to finance (i) in the case of retail dealers, their inventory of
consumer and commercial products and (ii) in the case of manufacturers and
distributors, their inventory of finished goods, parts and other items and the
accounts receivable arising from the sale thereof. Any increase in the
Receivables referred to in clause (ii) to an amount in excess of 20% of total
Receivables will be subject to the limitations described under "Description of
the Offered Certificates--The Overconcentration Amounts."
Concurrently with the issuance of the Offered Certificates, the Trust will
issue the Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class C (the
"Class C Certificates"), which may either be issued to the Transferor or
privately placed, and the Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-
2, Class D (the "Class D Certificates," and, together with the Class C
Certificates and the Offered Certificates, the "Certificates"), which will be
issued to the Transferor. The Offered Certificates, the Class C Certificates
and the Class D Certificates constitute "Series 1998-2." The fractional
undivided interests in the Trust represented by the Class C Certificates will
be subordinated to fund certain payments with respect to the Offered
Certificates, and the Class D Certificates will be subordinated to fund certain
payments with respect to the Class C Certificates and the Offered Certificates
as described in "Description of the Offered Certificates--Application of
Collections," "--Reallocated Principal Collections," and "--Investor Charge-
Offs." The Transferor will own the remaining undivided interest in the Trust
not represented by the Certificates and any other investor certificates issued
by the Trust, which retained interest will be represented by the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate will be held
initially by the Transferor and will be transferable only as provided in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Transferor from time to time may offer to
the public or other investors under a prospectus or other disclosure document
in transactions either registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), or exempt from registration thereunder, other series of
certificates that evidence undivided interests in certain assets of the Trust
by exchanging a portion of its interest in the Trust therefor. Only the Offered
Certificates are being offered pursuant to this Prospectus.
                                                        (continued on next page)
 
POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE INFORMATION SET
FORTH IN "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGES 26 THROUGH 32 HEREIN.
THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT
REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRANSFEROR, GREEN TREE
FINANCIAL CORPORATION OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF. NEITHER THE OFFERED
CERTIFICATES NOR THE RECEIVABLES ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL
AGENCY.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PROCEEDS TO
                            PRICE TO     UNDERWRITING       THE
                            PUBLIC(1)      DISCOUNT   TRANSFEROR(1)(2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>             <C>          <C>
Per Class A Certificate             %           %                 %
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Class B Certificate           %             %               %
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                    $               $            $
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
   
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from September 14, 1998. 
(2) Before deduction of expenses estimated to be $575,000.00.     

The Offered Certificates are offered by the Underwriters as described in
"Underwriting," subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted
by the Underwriters and subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel
for the Underwriters. The Underwriters reserve the right to reject orders in
whole or in part. It is expected that the Offered Certificates will be
delivered in book-entry form on or about September 14, 1998 through the
facilities of The Depository Trust Company, Cedel Bank, societe anonyme and the
Euroclear System. 
 
J.P. MORGAN & CO.    
                                                           MERRILL LYNCH & CO. 
          , 1998.

<PAGE>
 
   
  Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates
will accrue at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the applicable one-
month LIBOR (calculated and determined as described under "Description of the
Offered Certificates--Interest Payments") plus    % per annum or (ii) the Net
Receivables Rate (as defined under "Description of the Offered Certificates--
Interest Payments") (the "Class A Certificate Rate"). Interest on the
outstanding principal balance of the Class B Certificates will accrue at a
rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the applicable one-month LIBOR plus
   % per annum or (ii) the Net Receivables Rate (as defined under "Description
of the Offered Certificates--Interest Payments") (the "Class B Certificate
Rate"). Interest with respect to the Certificates will be distributed on
October 13, 1998 and on the 13th day of each month thereafter (or, if such
13th day is not a business day, the next succeeding business day) (each, a
"Distribution Date"). Principal on the Class A Certificates is scheduled to be
distributed on the Distribution Date in April 2002 but may be paid earlier
under certain limited circumstances described herein. Principal on the Class B
Certificates is scheduled to be paid on the Distribution Date in May 2002 but
may be paid earlier under certain limited circumstances described herein.     
 
  Application has been made to list the Offered Certificates on the Luxembourg
Stock Exchange.
 
  There currently is no secondary market for the Offered Certificates, and
there is no assurance that one will develop or, if one does develop, that it
will continue until the Offered Certificates are paid in full.
 
  CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE OFFERED
CERTIFICATES. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING, THE PURCHASE OF
OFFERED CERTIFICATES TO COVER SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF
PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
                         REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
  Unless and until Definitive Certificates (as defined herein) are issued,
monthly and annual reports, containing information concerning the Trust and
prepared by the Servicer, will be sent on behalf of the Trust to Cede & Co.,
as nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered holder of
the Offered Certificates, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (as
defined herein). All references herein to "holders" or "Certificateholders" of
the Class A or Class B Certificates reflect the rights of the owners of the
beneficial interests in the Offered Certificates ("Certificate Owners") as
they may indirectly exercise such rights through DTC and its participants,
except as otherwise specified herein. Neither Green Tree Financial Corporation
nor any successor servicer intends to send any of such monthly and annual
reports to Certificate Owners. See "Description of the Offered Certificates--
Book-Entry Registration," "--Reports to Certificateholders" and "--Evidence as
to Compliance." Certificate Owners may receive such reports upon written
request, together with (i) a certification that they are Certificate Owners
and (ii) payment of reproduction and postage expenses associated with the
distribution of such reports, from the Trustee at Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association, Norwest Center, Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0069, Attention: Corporate Trust Department. Such
reports will not constitute financial statements prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. The Servicer will file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") such periodic reports
with respect to the Trust as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., as originator of the Trust, has filed a
Registration Statement under the Securities Act with the Commission on behalf
of the Trust with respect to the Certificates offered pursuant to this
Prospectus. For further information, reference is made to the Registration
Statement and amendments thereof and exhibits thereto, which are available for
inspection without charge at the public references facilities maintained by
the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549; 7 World
Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048, and Citicorp Center, 500
West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of the
Registration Statement and amendments thereof and exhibits thereto may be
obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The Commission also
maintains a World Wide Web site which provides on-line access to reports,
proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants
that file electronically with the Commission at the address
"http://www.sec.gov." Periodic reports with respect to the Trust that have
been filed under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder and other information filed by the Servicer can be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission referred to above.
 
                               OTHER INFORMATION
   
  Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received an electronic
Prospectus from an Underwriter or a request by such investor's representative
within the period during which there is an obligation to deliver a Prospectus,
the Transferor or the Underwriter will promptly deliver, or cause to be
delivered, without charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus.     
 
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain
capitalized terms used herein are defined in the "Glossary of Terms" or
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless the context requires otherwise, certain
capitalized terms, when used in this Prospectus, relate only to the Series
1998-2 Certificates and not to other certificates which may exist from time to
time.
 
                               
Offered Certificates.........  $440,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Class
                                A Certificates and $22,500,000 aggregate prin-
                                cipal amount of Class B Certificates are being
                                offered hereby. The Offered Certificates will
                                be available for purchase in minimum denomina-
                                tions of $1,000 and in integral multiples of
                                $1,000 in excess thereof.      
 
                               The Offered Certificates represent obligations
                                of the Trust only and do not represent inter-
                                ests in or recourse obligations of Green Tree,
                                the Transferor, or any affiliate of either of
                                them.
 
                               The Class B Certificates will be subordinated to
                                fund certain payments with respect to the Class
                                A Certificates as described herein. See "De-
                                scription of the Offered Certificates--Subordi-
                                nation of the Class B Certificates."
    
Other Series 1998-2            
 Certificates................  $21,250,000 aggregate principal amount of Class
                                C Certificates, which may either be issued to
                                the Transferor or privately placed, and
                                $16,250,000 aggregate principal amount (exclu-
                                sive of the Class D Incremental Invested
                                Amount) of Class D Certificates, which will be
                                issued to the Transferor. The Class D Invested
                                Amount will be adjusted from time to time as
                                described under "Description of the Offered
                                Certificates--The Overconcentration Amounts."
                                Only the Offered Certificates are being offered
                                pursuant to this Prospectus.     
 
Transferor...................  Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., a wholly
                                owned subsidiary of Green Tree, is the Trans-
                                feror. The principal executive offices of the
                                Transferor are located at 500 Landmark Towers,
                                345 St. Peter Street, St. Paul, Minnesota
                                55102-1639, telephone number (651) 293-3400.
                                See "The Transferor."
 
Servicer.....................  Green Tree Financial Corporation (in such capac-
                                ity, "Green Tree" or the "Servicer"). The prin-
                                cipal executive offices of the Servicer are lo-
                                cated at 1100 Landmark Towers, 345 St. Peter
                                Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55102-1639, tele-
                                phone number (651) 293-3400. A substitute
                                Servicer may be appointed in certain circum-
                                stances. See "Green Tree Financial Corporation
                                and Its Commercial Lending Division" and "De-
                                scription of the Offered Certificates--Certain
                                Matters Regarding the Transferor and the
                                Servicer." 
 
Trustee .....................  Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, is
                                the Trustee. Under certain circumstances speci-
                                fied herein, the beneficial owners of investor
                                certificates representing more than 50% of the
                                aggregate invested amount of all Series will
                                have the right
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                to remove the Trustee. See "Description of the
                                Offered Certificates--The Trustee."
 
Trust........................     
                               The Trust has been formed pursuant to the Pool-
                                ing and Servicing Agreement, which has been
                                supplemented by Supplements thereto relating to
                                five previous Series of Certificates and which
                                will be supplemented by the Series 1998-2 Sup-
                                plement relating to the Series 1998-2 Certifi-
                                cates and by Supplements applicable to other
                                Series that may be issued in the future. See
                                "The Trust."     
 
Trust Assets.................     
                               The Trust assets include (i) all Receivables
                                arising under the Accounts from time to time
                                satisfying certain criteria described herein
                                (see "The Receivables--Eligible Receivables and
                                Eligible Accounts"), (ii) all funds to be col-
                                lected in respect of the Receivables, (iii) all
                                the rights of the Transferor under the Receiv-
                                ables Purchase Agreement between the Transferor
                                and Green Tree (the "Purchase Agreement"), (iv)
                                all funds on deposit in certain accounts of the
                                Trust, (v) any amounts received by the Servicer
                                with respect to Receivables that were previ-
                                ously charged off as uncollectible in accor-
                                dance with the Servicer's customary and usual
                                servicing procedures ("Recoveries"), (vi) an
                                assignment of a security interest in the con-
                                sumer and commercial products or other assets
                                securing each Receivable (collectively, the
                                "Collateral Security"), (vii) the Transferor's
                                rights under all Floorplan Agreements with Man-
                                ufacturers relating to the Collateral Security,
                                and (viii) all proceeds of the foregoing. The
                                Series 1998-2 Certificates will not have the
                                benefit of any credit enhancement other than
                                the subordination of the Class B Certificates,
                                Class C Certificates and Class D Certificates
                                for the benefit of each Class of Series 1998-2
                                Certificates with an earlier alphabetical des-
                                ignation as described above.     
 
                               Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Trans-
                                feror will purchase from Green Tree all of the
                                Receivables arising from time to time under the
                                Accounts. See "Description of the Purchase
                                Agreement--Transfer of Receivables."
 
                               Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
                                the Transferor will automatically transfer to
                                the Trust all of its right, title, and interest
                                in and to the Receivables. See "Risk Factors--
                                Transfer of the Receivables; Insolvency Risk
                                Considerations" for a discussion of certain le-
                                gal considerations relating to such transfer.
 
The Accounts.................  The Accounts pursuant to which the Receivables
                                will be generated are revolving credit agree-
                                ments entered into with Green Tree or one of
                                its subsidiaries by dealers, manufacturers and
                                distributors located throughout the United
                                States ("Dealers") to finance their production
                                and inventory of consumer and commercial prod-
                                ucts. The Receivables constitute payment obli-
                                gations arising from time to time under the Ac-
                                counts. "Floorplan Receivables" represent ex-
                                tensions of credit to finance product inven-
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                                tory for dealers, and are secured by the re-
                                lated dealer's product inventory. The products
                                for which Green Tree currently provides
                                floorplan financing to dealers include manufac-
                                tured housing, recreational vehicles, marine
                                products, aircraft, motorcycles and trucks.
                                "Asset-Based Receivables" represent extensions
                                of credit generally to manufacturers and dis-
                                tributors to finance their production and in-
                                ventory, and are secured by finished goods in-
                                ventory, accounts receivable, certain work-in-
                                process, raw materials and component parts, as
                                well as other assets of the borrower. In gener-
                                al, Green Tree's credit approval process fo-
                                cuses on the creation of the Account with the
                                Dealer, with credit limits and other appropri-
                                ate restrictions established upon creation of
                                the Account. The amount of Receivables arising
                                under an Account at any time will be determined
                                primarily by the financing needs of the Dealer.
 
                               Green Tree expects that it will provide financ-
                                ing to Dealers in other products in the future,
                                and that the relative proportions of the Re-
                                ceivables representing financing for each type
                                of product will change over time as the Receiv-
                                ables balance of each Dealer fluctuates over
                                time. The Accounts will be selected from all
                                such credit agreements of Green Tree that meet
                                the credit and eligibility criteria specified
                                in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the
                                related Series Supplement (the "Eligible Ac-
                                counts"). Under certain circumstances Accounts
                                may be added to, or removed from, the Trust,
                                and the Transferor expects to add additional
                                Accounts to the Trust from time to time. See
                                "Description of the Offered Certificates--Rep-
                                resentations and Warranties," "--Addition of
                                Accounts" and "--Removal of Accounts."
 
Receivables..................     
                               The Receivables represent the amounts payable
                                from time to time pursuant to the Accounts. The
                                Receivables will bear interest at an adjustable
                                rate described herein. Certain Receivables do
                                not bear interest for a specified period fol-
                                lowing their origination. Generally, the prin-
                                cipal amount of a Receivable is due (i) in the
                                case of Floorplan Receivables, in scheduled in-
                                stallments with payment in full due upon the
                                retail sale of the related product, or (ii) in
                                the case of Asset-Based Receivables, upon the
                                reduction of eligible collateral or as the bor-
                                rower's needs decline, and in full upon the
                                termination of the facility. Accordingly, the
                                amount of Receivables will fluctuate from day
                                to day as new Receivables are generated and as
                                existing Receivables are collected, written off
                                as uncollectible, or otherwise adjusted. Green
                                Tree may also acquire participation interests
                                in floorplan receivables and asset-based re-
                                ceivables established by other lenders on terms
                                similar to those of Floorplan Receivables and
                                Asset-Based Receivables originated by Green
                                Tree and sell such participation interests to
                                the Transferor (who will then transfer them to
                                the Trust). In addition, Green Tree may sell to
                                the Transferor (who will then transfer to the
                                Trust) floorplan receivables and asset-based
                                receivables subject to a participation interest
                                granted to another lender, or Green Tree may
                                sell to the Transferor (who will     
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                then transfer to the Trust) interests in a
                                partnership or other limited-purpose entity
                                whose sole assets will be receivables that are
                                subject to the participation interests of other
                                lenders. See "Green Tree Financial Corporation
                                and its Commercial Lending Division."     
 
Overconcentration Amounts....  In order to reduce the Trust's exposure to any
                                single Dealer or any single industry, certain
                                diversification thresholds ("Overconcentration
                                Amounts") will be tested at the end of each
                                Monthly Period. Initially, except as provided
                                below, no more than 20% of the Receivables may
                                be Asset-Based Receivables; no more than 2% (or
                                3% for certain designated Dealers) of the Re-
                                ceivables may have arisen under an Account with
                                a single Dealer; no more than 15% of the Re-
                                ceivables may be Floorplan Receivables financ-
                                ing products from a single manufacturer; no
                                more than 5% of the Receivables may be
                                Floorplan Receivables financing marine prod-
                                ucts; no more than 25% of the Receivables may
                                be Floorplan Receivables financing recreational
                                vehicles, and no more than 5% of the Receiv-
                                ables may be Floorplan Receivables financing
                                products other than manufactured housing, ma-
                                rine products or recreational vehicles. Green
                                Tree expects that the Receivables will from
                                time to time exceed one or more of these
                                thresholds. To the extent that any such thresh-
                                old is exceeded at the end of a Monthly Period,
                                the Class D Invested Amount will be increased
                                by an equivalent amount. These threshold per-
                                centages may, however, be increased or de-
                                creased in the future without the consent of
                                any Certificateholder to a level acceptable to
                                each Rating Agency without any reduction or
                                withdrawal of its rating of the Class A or
                                Class B Certificates. See "Description of the
                                Offered Certificates--The Overconcentration
                                Amounts."
 
Collections..................  The Servicer will deposit all collections of Re-
                                ceivables (other than collections allocable to
                                the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, sub-
                                ject to certain exceptions specified herein) in
                                the Collection Account on each business day.
                                The aggregate of (A) all collections on the Re-
                                ceivables with respect to interest or other
                                fees, (B) investment earnings on amounts on de-
                                posit in the Interest Funding Account, the
                                Principal Account, the Distribution Account,
                                the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Ac-
                                count, the Pre-Funding Account and the Class D
                                Subaccount of the Excess Funding Account (col-
                                lectively, the "Trust Accounts") on such busi-
                                ness day and (C) Recoveries will be treated as
                                "Finance Charge Collections." In addition, in
                                order to provide additional yield to the Trust
                                to offset the effect of any increase in Receiv-
                                ables that do not bear interest for a specified
                                period, any increase in the length of such a
                                period or any decrease in the level of interest
                                rates borne by the Receivables, the Transferor
                                may elect at any time to instruct the Servicer
                                to allocate a specified percentage (the "Dis-
                                count Factor") of Principal Collections to be
                                treated as interest collections ("Imputed Yield
                                Collections"). The Discount Factor, if any, may
                                vary from time to time (subject to the limita-
                                tions set forth in the Series 1998-2 Supple-
                                ment), and
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                                initially will be zero. Finance Charge Collec-
                                tions and Imputed Yield Collections, if any,
                                are collectively referred to as "Interest Col-
                                lections." The remainder of the collections on
                                the Receivables received on any business day
                                will be treated as "Principal Collections."
                                Principal Collections and Interest Collections
                                are collectively sometimes referred to herein
                                as "Collections." See "Description of the Of-
                                fered Certificates--Interest Collections; Prin-
                                cipal Collections." All such amounts will then
                                be allocated in accordance with the respective
                                interests of the Certificateholders, the
                                certificateholders of any other Series, and the
                                holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certifi-
                                cate in the Principal Receivables and in the
                                Interest Receivables in the Trust. During the
                                Revolving Period, upon the retail sale of a
                                product securing a Receivable where Green Tree
                                is providing the customer financing for such
                                retail sale, Green Tree will not, except under
                                certain limited circumstances, be obligated to
                                deposit cash in the Collection Account in re-
                                spect of the principal amount of such Receiv-
                                able but may instead replace such Receivable
                                with other Receivables. See "Description of the
                                Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages."
 
The Series 1998-2
 Certificates
 
  A. Class A Certificates....  The Class A Certificates will evidence undivided
                                interests in the assets of the Trust allocated
                                to the Class A Certificateholders' Interest and
                                will represent the right to receive from such
                                assets funds up to (but not in excess of) the
                                amounts required to make payments of interest
                                on the Class A Certificates at the Class A Cer-
                                tificate Rate and the payment of principal to
                                the extent of the Class A Invested Amount
                                (which may be less than the aggregate unpaid
                                principal amount of the Class A Certificates,
                                in certain circumstances, if the Investor De-
                                fault Amount exceeds funds allocable thereto
                                and the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C
                                Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount
                                are reduced to zero). See "Description of the
                                Offered Certificates--Subordination of the
                                Class B Certificates," "--Allocation Percent-
                                ages" and "--Investor Charge-Offs."
 
  B. Class B Certificates....  The Class B Certificates will evidence undivided
                                interests in the assets of the Trust allocated
                                to the Class B Certificateholders' Interest and
                                will represent the right to receive from such
                                assets funds up to (but not in excess of) the
                                amounts required to make payments of interest
                                on the Class B Certificates at the Class B Cer-
                                tificate Rate and the payment of principal to
                                the extent of the Class B Invested Amount
                                (which may be less than the aggregate unpaid
                                principal amount of the Class B Certificates,
                                in certain circumstances, if the Investor De-
                                fault Amount exceeds funds allocable thereto
                                and the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D
                                Invested Amount are reduced to zero). See "De-
                                scription of the Offered Certificates--Subordi-
                                nation of the Class B Certificates," "--Alloca-
                                tion Percentages" and "--Investor Charge-Offs."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
 
  C. Class C Certificates....  The Class C Certificates will evidence undivided
                                interests in the assets of the Trust allocated
                                to the Class C Certificateholders' Interest and
                                will represent the right to receive from such
                                assets funds up to (but not in excess of) the
                                amounts required to make payments of interest
                                on the Class C Certificates at the Class C Cer-
                                tificate Rate and the payment of principal to
                                the extent of the Class C Invested Amount
                                (which may be less than the aggregate unpaid
                                principal amount of the Class C Certificates,
                                in certain circumstances, if the Investor De-
                                fault Amount exceeds funds allocable thereto
                                and the Class D Invested Amount is reduced to
                                zero). See "Description of the Offered Certifi-
                                cates--Allocation Percentages" and "--Investor
                                Charge-Offs." The Class C Certificates are not
                                being offered hereby.
 
  D. Class D Certificates....     
                               The Class D Certificates will evidence undivided
                                interests in the assets of the Trust allocated
                                to the Class D Certificateholders' Interest and
                                will represent the right to receive from such
                                assets funds up to (but not in excess of) the
                                amounts required to make payments of interest
                                on the Class D Certificates at the Class D Cer-
                                tificate Rate and the payment of principal to
                                the extent of the Class D Invested Amount. The
                                Class D Invested Amount will initially equal
                                $16,250,000 (exclusive of the Class D Incremen-
                                tal Invested Amount), and will be adjusted from
                                time to time as described under "Description of
                                the Offered Certificates--The Overconcentration
                                Amounts." The Class D Certificates are not be-
                                ing offered hereby.     
 
Transferor Interest..........  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides
                                that the Trustee will issue two types of cer-
                                tificates: (i) investor certificates in one or
                                more Series, each of which may have multiple
                                classes and of which one or more such classes
                                may be transferable, and (ii) the Exchangeable
                                Transferor Certificate. The Exchangeable Trans-
                                feror Certificate will evidence the Transferor
                                Interest, will be held by the Transferor, and
                                will be transferable only as provided in the
                                Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Transferor
                                Interest will represent the right to the assets
                                of the Trust not allocated to the Series 1998-2
                                Certificateholders' Interest or the interest of
                                the holders of certificates of any other Series
                                pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
                                and applicable Supplements.
       
       
Issuance of New Series.......     
                               The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides
                                that, pursuant to any one or more supplements
                                thereto (each, a "Supplement"), the Transferor
                                may cause the Trustee to issue one or more new
                                Series of certificates (a "New Issuance"). See
                                "Description of the Offered Certificates--Ex-
                                changes." The Transferor may offer any Series
                                for sale in transactions either registered un-
                                der the Securities Act or exempt from registra-
                                tion thereunder, directly or through one or
                                more underwriters or placement agents, in
                                fixed-price offerings, in negotiated transac-
                                tions or otherwise. The Transferor has previ-
                                ously offered Floating Rate Floorplan Receiv-
                                able Trust Certificates, Series 1995-1 (the
                                "Series 1995-1     
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                Certificates"), Floating Rate Floorplan Receiv-
                                able Trust Certificates, Series 1996-2 (the
                                "Series 1996-2 Certificates") and Floating Rate
                                Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates, Series
                                1998-1 (the "Series 1998-1 Certificates"), in
                                public offerings, and has privately placed
                                Variable Funding Certificates, Series 1996-1
                                (the "Series 1996-1 Certificates") and Variable
                                Funding Certificates, Series 1998-A (the "Se-
                                ries 1998-A Certificates"). See Annex B hereto.
                                The Transferor currently intends to offer, from
                                time to time, additional Series issued by the
                                Trust.     
                                      
       
       
Interest.....................     
                               Interest on the respective outstanding balance
                                of each Class of Offered Certificates will ac-
                                crue at the applicable Certificate Rate (as de-
                                fined below) and will be payable on the 13th
                                day of each month, or if such day is not a
                                business day, on the next succeeding business
                                day (each a "Distribution Date"), beginning Oc-
                                tober 13, 1998. Interest will accrue from and
                                including the preceding Distribution Date up to
                                but excluding such Distribution Date (or, in
                                the case of the first Distribution Date, from
                                and including the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date)
                                (each an "Interest Accrual Period") and will be
                                calculated on the basis of the actual number of
                                days in the related Interest Accrual Period di-
                                vided by 360.     
                                  
                               Interest on the outstanding principal balance of
                                the Class A Certificates will accrue for each
                                Interest Accrual Period at a rate per annum
                                equal to the lesser of (i) one-month LIBOR
                                (calculated as described under "Description of
                                the Offered Certificates--Interest Payments")
                                determined as of the second LIBOR business day
                                prior to such Interest Accrual Period (or, in
                                the case of the first Distribution Date, deter-
                                mined as of September 10, 1998 for the period
                                from September 14, 1998 up to but excluding Oc-
                                tober 13, 1998) plus    % per annum or (ii) the
                                Net Receivables Rate (as described under "De-
                                scription of the Offered Certificates--Inter-
                                est") (the "Class A Certificate Rate"). Inter-
                                est on the outstanding principal balance of the
                                Class B Certificates will accrue for each In-
                                terest Accrual Period at a rate per annum equal
                                to the lesser of (i) one-month LIBOR determined
                                as of the second LIBOR business day prior to
                                such Interest Accrual Period (or, in the case
                                of the first Distribution Date, determined as
                                of September 10, 1998 for the period from Sep-
                                tember 14, 1998 up to but excluding October 13,
                                1998) plus    % per annum or (ii) the Net Re-
                                ceivables Rate (the "Class B Certificate Rate"
                                and together with the Class A Certificate Rate,
                                the Class C Certificate Rate and the Class D
                                Certificate Rate, the "Certificate Rates").
                                    
                               Interest payments on the Offered Certificates
                                will be made from Series Available Interest
                                Collections, as described under "Description of
                                the Offered Certificates--Application of Col-
                                lections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other
                                Items," and from certain other funds allocated
                                for such purpose under the Pooling and Servic-
                                ing Agreement. See "Description of the Offered
                                Certificates--Reallocated Principal Collec-
                                tions."
 
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
Funding Period...............     
                               On the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date a cash de-
                                posit will be made to a trust account to be es-
                                tablished with the Trustee (the "Pre-Funding
                                Account") in an amount such that the amount of
                                Principal Receivables on such date plus the
                                amount of such cash deposit will at least equal
                                the sum of the initial outstanding principal
                                balance of the Series 1998-2 Certificates, and
                                the then current outstanding principal amount
                                of the Series 1995-1 Certificates, the Series
                                1996-1 Certificates, the Series 1996-2 Certifi-
                                cates, the Series 1998-1 Certificates and the
                                Series 1998-A Certificates. The "Funding Peri-
                                od" with respect to Series 1998-2 means the pe-
                                riod from and including the Series 1998-2 Issu-
                                ance Date to but excluding the earlier of (x)
                                the first day for which the Invested Amount
                                equals the Full Invested Amount; (y) the first
                                day on which a Pay Out Event is deemed to oc-
                                cur; and (z) the last day of the March 1999
                                Monthly Period. Funds on deposit in the Pre-
                                Funding Account will be invested by the Trustee
                                at the direction of the Servicer in Cash Equiv-
                                alents.     
                                  
                               During the Funding Period, funds on deposit in
                                the Pre-Funding Account (the "Pre-Funded
                                Amount") will be withdrawn and paid to the
                                Transferor, as frequently as daily, to the ex-
                                tent of any increases in the Invested Amount as
                                a result of (i) the increase in the amount of
                                Receivables in the Trust or (ii) payments of
                                principal on the Series 1995-1 Certificates.
                                The Transferor expects that the funds on de-
                                posit in the Pre-Funding Account will be fully
                                invested in Receivables by the end of the March
                                1999 Monthly Period. In the event of the occur-
                                rence of a Pay Out Event during the Funding Pe-
                                riod the amounts remaining on deposit in the
                                Pre-Funding Account will be payable as princi-
                                pal first to the Class A Certificateholders un-
                                til the Class A Invested Amount is paid in
                                full, then to the Class B Certificateholders
                                until the Class B Invested Amount is paid in
                                full, then to the Class C Certificateholders
                                until the Class C Invested Amount is paid in
                                full, and then to the Class D
                                Certificateholders until the Class D Invested
                                Amount is paid in full. Should the Pre-Funded
                                Amount be greater than zero on the last day of
                                the March 1999 Monthly Period, such amount will
                                be deposited in the Excess Funding Account and
                                the Invested Amount will be increased in an
                                amount equal to such deposit. Amounts on de-
                                posit in the Excess Funding Account are treated
                                as assets of the Trust allocated to all Series
                                then outstanding and the Exchangeable Trans-
                                feror Certificate and will be applied as de-
                                scribed in "Description of the Offered Certifi-
                                cates--Excess Funding Account."     
                                  
                               Amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account
                                may be expected to earn interest at a rate that
                                is less than the Base Rate. Although Transferor
                                Interest Collections will be made available to
                                cover any Negative Carry Amount and any Princi-
                                pal Funding Investment Shortfall, as described
                                in "Description of the Offered Certificates--
                                Coverage of Certain Interest Shortfalls," a
                                Capitalized Interest Account will also be es-
                                tablished on the Series     
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
   
                                1998-2 Issuance Date with the deposit of an
                                amount approved by the Rating Agencies. If, on
                                any Distribution Date during the Funding Peri-
                                od, Transferor Interest Collections are insuf-
                                ficient to cover any Negative Carry Amount and
                                any Principal Funding Investment Shortfall, the
                                amount of such shortfall will be withdrawn from
                                the Capitalized Interest Account and deposited
                                in the Collection Account. Any funds remaining
                                in the Capitalized Interest Account at the end
                                of the Funding Period will be released to the
                                Transferor.     
 
   
Revolving Period.............  The "Revolving Period" with respect to Series
                                1998-2 means the period from and including the
                                Series 1998-2 Issuance Date to, but not includ-
                                ing, the earliest of (a) the Monthly Period im-
                                mediately preceding the Initial Principal Pay-
                                ment Date (described below), (b) the commence-
                                ment of the Controlled Accumulation Period (de-
                                scribed below) and (c) the commencement of the
                                Early Amortization Period. During the Revolving
                                Period, Principal Collections otherwise alloca-
                                ble to the Certificateholders (other than any
                                Reallocated Principal Collections applied to
                                make interest distributions) will, subject to
                                certain limitations, be paid from the Trust to
                                the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Cer-
                                tificate or applied as Shared Principal Collec-
                                tions and paid to holders of certificates of
                                other series, as described below under "Shared
                                Principal Collections."     
 
                               The aggregate principal amount of the Series
                                1998-2 Certificates, except as otherwise pro-
                                vided herein, will remain fixed during the Re-
                                volving Period.
Principal Payments
   
                          
                          
  A. Initial Principal   
     Payment Date............  Unless a Pay Out Event has occurred, principal
                                with respect to the Class A Certificates is ex-
                                pected to be paid on the Distribution Date in
                                April 2002 (the "Class A Scheduled Payment
                                Date"), and principal with respect to the Class
                                B Certificates is expected to be paid on the
                                Distribution Date in May 2002 (the "Class B
                                Scheduled Payment Date"). However, if the
                                Servicer elects not to extend the Initial Prin-
                                cipal Payment Date, the Revolving Period or the
                                Controlled Accumulation Period, as applicable,
                                will end and principal will be paid to the
                                Class A Certificateholders on the Initial Prin-
                                cipal Payment Date and, if necessary, on each
                                Distribution Date thereafter until the earlier
                                of the date on which the Class A Invested
                                Amount has been paid in full or the Series
                                1998-2 Termination Date, and after the Class A
                                Invested Amount has been paid in full, princi-
                                pal will be paid to the Class B
                                Certificateholders on each Distribution Date
                                until the earlier of the date on which the
                                Class B Invested Amount has been paid in full
                                or the Series 1998-2 Termination Date. The
                                "Initial Principal Payment Date" will initially
                                be the April 2001 Distribution Date, but will
                                successively and automatically be extended to
                                the next Distribution Date after the then-cur-
                                rent Initial Principal     
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                Payment Date unless the Servicer elects not to
                                so extend; provided that the Initial Principal
                                Payment Date may not be later than the Class A
                                Scheduled Payment Date. See"Description of the
                                Offered Certificates--Extension of Initial
                                Principal Payment Date" herein.     
   
  B. Controlled Accumulation
     Period.............     
                                  
                               On November 13, 2001, the Servicer will deter-
                                mine the Accumulation Period Length. The "Accu-
                                mulation Period Length" will be one, two, three
                                or four month(s) and will be calculated as the
                                product, rounded upwards to the nearest inte-
                                ger, of (a) four and (b) a fraction, the numer-
                                ator of which is the Invested Amount as of No-
                                vember 13, 2001 (after giving effect to all
                                changes therein on such date) and the denomina-
                                tor of which is the sum of such Invested Amount
                                and the invested amounts as of November 13,
                                2001 (after giving effect to all changes
                                therein on such date) of all other outstanding
                                Series whose respective revolving periods are
                                not scheduled to end before the last day of the
                                March 2002 Monthly Period. Depending on whether
                                the Accumulation Period Length is one month,
                                two months, three months or four months, the
                                "Accumulation Period Commencement Date" will be
                                the first day of the March 2002 Monthly Period,
                                the February 2002 Monthly Period, the January
                                2002 Monthly Period or the December 2001
                                Monthly Period, respectively. Notwithstanding
                                the foregoing, the Accumulation Period Com-
                                mencement Date will be December 1, 2001 if,
                                prior to such date, any other outstanding Se-
                                ries has entered into an early amortization pe-
                                riod. In addition, if the Accumulation Period
                                Length has been determined to be less than four
                                months and, thereafter, any outstanding Series
                                enters into an early amortization period, the
                                Accumulation Period Commencement Date will be
                                the earlier of (i) the date that such outstand-
                                ing Series entered into its early amortization
                                period and (ii) the Accumulation Period Com-
                                mencement Date as previously determined.     
 
                               The Controlled Accumulation Period will end on
                                the earliest of (i) the commencement of the
                                Early Amortization Period, (ii) payment of the
                                Invested Amount in full and (iii) the Series
                                1998-2 Termination Date.

                                  
                               On each business day during the Controlled Accu-
                                mulation Period, prior to the payment (or de-
                                posit in the Principal Account) of the Class A
                                Invested Amount in full, the Servicer will de-
                                posit into an account established for the
                                Certificateholders (the "Principal Account") an
                                amount equal to the lesser of (a) Principal
                                Collections allocable to the Class A, Class B
                                and Class C Certificateholders' Interests (on
                                the basis of the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation
                                Percentage) plus Shared Principal Collections,
                                if any, from other Series allocable to the
                                Class A, Class B and Class C Certificates, plus
                                certain other amounts comprising Class A, Class
                                B and Class C Principal, and (b) the     
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                                amount, if any, by which (i) the sum of the
                                Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Monthly
                                Period plus the Accumulation Shortfall (de-
                                scribed below), if any (such sum being referred
                                to as the "Controlled Deposit Amount" for the
                                related Monthly Period) exceeds (ii) the amount
                                in the Principal Account for the account of the
                                Class A Certificateholders.
 
                               On each business day during the Controlled Accu-
                                mulation Period, following the payment (or de-
                                posit in the Principal Account) of the Class A
                                Invested Amount in full but prior to the pay-
                                ment (or deposit in the Principal Account) of
                                the Class B Invested Amount in full, an amount
                                equal to the lesser of (a) Principal Collec-
                                tions allocable to the Class B and Class C
                                Certificateholders' Interests (on the basis of
                                the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage)
                                plus Shared Principal Collections, if any, from
                                other Series allocable to the Class B and Class
                                C Certificates, plus certain other amounts com-
                                prising Class B and Class C Principal, and (b)
                                the amount, if any, by which (i) the Controlled
                                Deposit Amount for the related Monthly Period
                                exceeds (ii) the amount in the Principal Ac-
                                count for the account of the Class B
                                Certificateholders, will be deposited daily in
                                the Principal Account.
                                  
                               On any business day when the amount on deposit
                                in the Principal Account equals the Controlled
                                Deposit Amount for the related Distribution
                                Date, the balance of funds remaining on deposit
                                in the Collection Account and otherwise alloca-
                                ble to the Principal Account for Series 1998-2
                                will be treated as Shared Principal Collections
                                and may be used to make payments to other Se-
                                ries which are in an accumulation or amortiza-
                                tion period.     
 
                               If, for any Monthly Period, the amount deposited
                                in the Principal Account is less than the Con-
                                trolled Deposit Amount, the amount of such de-
                                ficiency will be the "Accumulation Shortfall"
                                for the succeeding Monthly Period.
                                  
                               All funds on deposit in the Principal Account
                                will be invested at the direction of the
                                Servicer by the Trustee in certain Cash Equiva-
                                lents. Investment earnings (net of investment
                                losses and expenses) on funds on deposit in the
                                Principal Account (the "Principal Investment
                                Proceeds") during the Controlled Accumulation
                                Period will be treated as Series Available In-
                                terest Collections. Amounts, if any, in the
                                Principal Account may be expected to earn in-
                                terest at a rate that is less than the weighted
                                average of the Class A Certificate Rate, the
                                Class B Certificate Rate, the Class C Certifi-
                                cate Rate and the Class D Certificate Rate plus
                                2% per annum (the "Base Rate"). The difference
                                between the amount of interest actually earned
                                on investments in the Principal Account on any
                                day and the amount of interest that would have
                                been earned on such investments at the Base
                                Rate is the "Principal Funding Investment
                                Shortfall" for such day. On each business day,
                                the Servicer will apply an amount     
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                equal to the lesser of (i) the Series Alloca-
                                tion Percentage of the Interest Collections al-
                                locable to the Transferor Interest ("Transferor
                                Interest Collections") on such business day and
                                (ii) the Principal Funding Investment Shortfall
                                plus the Negative Carry Amount (described below
                                under "Excess Funding Account"), if any, for
                                such business day, in the manner specified for
                                application of Series Available Interest Col-
                                lections.     
 
                               Funds on deposit in the Principal Account will
                                be available to pay the Class A
                                Certificateholders the Class A Invested Amount
                                on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date. If the
                                aggregate principal amount of deposits made to
                                the Principal Account is insufficient to pay
                                the Class A Invested Amount on the Class A
                                Scheduled Payment Date, the Early Amortization
                                Period will commence as described below. Al-
                                though it is anticipated that during the Con-
                                trolled Accumulation Period prior to the pay-
                                ment of the Class A Invested Amount in full,
                                funds will be deposited in the Principal Ac-
                                count in an amount equal to the applicable Con-
                                trolled Deposit Amount for each Monthly Period
                                and that scheduled principal will be available
                                for distribution to the Class A
                                Certificateholders on the Class A Scheduled
                                Payment Date, no assurance can be given in that
                                regard. See "Risk Factors--Certificate Rating"
                                and "Maturity Considerations."
 
                               On the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, provided
                                that the Class A Invested Amount is paid in
                                full on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date and
                                the Early Amortization Period has not com-
                                menced, Principal Collections will be paid to
                                the Class B Certificateholders in respect of
                                the Class B Invested Amount as described here-
                                in. If the Principal Collections are insuffi-
                                cient to pay the Class B Invested Amount in
                                full on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, the
                                Early Amortization Period will commence as de-
                                scribed below. Although it is anticipated that
                                scheduled principal will be available for dis-
                                tribution to the Class B Certificateholders on
                                the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, no assur-
                                ance can be given in that regard. See "Risk
                                Factors--Certificate Rating" and "Maturity Con-
                                siderations."
                                  
                               If a Pay Out Event occurs during the Controlled
                                Accumulation Period, the Early Amortization Pe-
                                riod will commence and any amounts on deposit
                                in the Principal Account will be applied as de-
                                scribed under "C. Early Amortization Period"
                                below.     
 
                               Other Series issued by the Trust may have either
                                an accumulation period or an amortization peri-
                                od. Such periods may have different lengths and
                                begin on different dates than the Controlled
                                Accumulation Period described herein. Thus,
                                certain Series may be in their revolving peri-
                                ods while others are in their amortization or
                                accumulation periods. In addition, other Series
                                may allocate Principal Collections based upon
                                different investor percentages. No Supplement
                                with respect to any such Series, however, may
                                change the terms of the Series 1998-2 Certifi-
                                cates or the terms of the Pooling
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
                                and Servicing Agreement as it relates to the
                                Offered Certificates. See "Description of the
                                Offered Certificates--Exchanges" for a discus-
                                sion of the potential terms of other Series.
                         
  C. Early Amortization        
 Period.................       If a Pay Out Event occurs or if the Servicer
                               elects not to extend the Initial Principal Pay-
                                ment Date, as described above, either during
                                the Revolving Period or the Controlled Accumu-
                                lation Period, the Early Amortization Period
                                will begin. During the Early Amortization Peri-
                                od, Principal Collections allocable to the
                                Class A, Class B and Class C Certificate-
                                holders' Interest and certain other amounts
                                (including Shared Principal Collections from
                                any other Series and funds, if any, on deposit
                                in the Pre-Funding Account or the Excess Fund-
                                ing Account (other than funds in the Class D
                                Subaccount)) will no longer be reinvested in
                                the Trust or otherwise used to maintain the
                                Certificateholders' Interest, but instead will
                                be distributed as principal payments monthly on
                                each Distribution Date beginning with the first
                                Distribution Date following the Monthly Period
                                in which the Early Amortization Period has be-
                                gun. Principal payments will be made first to
                                the Class A Certificateholders until the Class
                                A Invested Amount has been paid in full, and
                                then to the Class B Certificateholders until
                                the Class B Invested Amount has been paid in
                                full, and then to the Class C
                                Certificateholders until the Class C Invested
                                Amount has been paid in full, and then to the
                                Class D Certificateholders until the Class D
                                Invested Amount has been paid in full. If a Pay
                                Out Event occurs with respect to the Series
                                1998-2 Certificates prior to the payment in
                                full of the Series 1995-1 Certificates, Series
                                1998-2 Certificateholders will receive no allo-
                                cations of principal (other than funds then on
                                deposit in the Pre-Funding Account) until the
                                Series 1995-1 Certificates are paid in full or
                                funds in respect thereof have been deposited in
                                the Principal Account, which is expected to oc-
                                cur in October 1998. No assurance can be given,
                                however, as to when the Series 1995-1 Certifi-
                                cates will be paid in full. See "Risk Factors--
                                Companion Series with Series 1995-1 Certifi-
                                cates; Delay in Allocations of Principal" and
                                "Description of the Offered Certificates--Pay
                                Out Events."     
 
Allocation of Trust Assets...  The Trust's assets will be allocated among the
                                Class A Certificateholders' Interest, the Class
                                B Certificateholders' Interest, the Class C
                                Certificateholders' Interest, the Class D
                                Certificateholders' Interest, the interest of
                                the certificateholders of any other Series is-
                                sued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
                                Agreement and applicable Supplements, and the
                                Transferor Interest. The interest of the
                                certificateholders of any class of any Series
                                in the assets of the Trust will be limited to
                                the certificateholders' interest for such class
                                and Series, and such certificateholders will
                                not have any recourse against any assets of the
                                Trust other than those allocated to such
                                certificateholders' interest pursuant to the
                                Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any appli-
                                cable Supple-
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
                                ment. The principal amount of the Transferor
                                Interest will fluctuate as the amount of Re-
                                ceivables in the Trust, the invested amount of
                                each Series, and the amounts, if any, on de-
                                posit in the Excess Funding Account change from
                                time to time. See "Description of the Offered
                                Certificates--General" and "--Excess Funding
                                Account."
                                  
                               The Class A Certificateholders' Interest, the
                                Class B Certificateholders' Interest, the Class
                                C Certificateholders' Interest, and the Class D
                                Certificateholders' Interest will each include
                                the right to receive (but only to the extent
                                needed to make required payments under the
                                Pooling and Servicing Agreement) varying per-
                                centages of Interest Collections and Principal
                                Collections during each Monthly Period. Inter-
                                est Collections and the amount of Defaulted Re-
                                ceivables will be allocated on each business
                                day, and Principal Collections will be allo-
                                cated on each business day during the Revolving
                                Period, to the Class A Certificateholders' In-
                                terest, the Class B Certificateholders' Inter-
                                est, the Class C Certificateholders' Interest,
                                and the Class D Certificateholders' Interest
                                based on the Class A Floating Allocation Per-
                                centage, the Class B Floating Allocation Per-
                                centage, the Class C Floating Allocation Per-
                                centage, and the Class D Floating Allocation
                                Percentage, respectively. During the Revolving
                                Period for each Series, all Principal Collec-
                                tions that would otherwise be allocated to the
                                Certificateholders will be allocated on each
                                business day and paid to the Transferor (except
                                for Shared Principal Collections used to make
                                payments to other Series and Reallocated Prin-
                                cipal Collections). During the Controlled Accu-
                                mulation Period, until the Class A Scheduled
                                Payment Date, Principal Collections will gener-
                                ally be allocated on each business day to the
                                Class A Certificateholders' Interest based on
                                the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage.
                                On and after the Class A Scheduled Payment
                                Date, Principal Collections will generally be
                                allocated on each business day to the Class B
                                Certificateholders' Interest based on the ABC
                                Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage. On and
                                after the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, Prin-
                                cipal Collections will generally be allocated
                                on each business day to the Class C
                                Certificateholders' Interest based on the ABC
                                Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage. See "De-
                                scription of the Offered Certificates--Alloca-
                                tion Percentages."     
                                  
                               The Series 1998-2 Certificates are a Companion
                                Series of the Series 1995-1 Certificates. As a
                                result, if a Pay Out Event occurs with respect
                                to the Series 1998-2 Certificates prior to the
                                payment in full of the Series 1995-1 Certifi-
                                cates, Series 1998-2 Certificateholders will
                                receive no allocations of Principal Collections
                                (other than funds then on deposit in the Pre-
                                Funding Account) until the Series 1995-1 Cer-
                                tificates are paid in full or funds in respect
                                thereof have been deposited in the Principal
                                Account, which is expected to occur in October
                                1998. See "Risk     
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                Factors--Companion Series with Series 1995-1
                                Certificates; Delay in Allocations of Princi-
                                pal."     
Shared Principal              
 Collections.................  To the extent that Principal Collections and
                                other amounts that are allocated to the
                                certificateholders' interest of any class of
                                any series (other than any Transferor Retained
                                Class) are not needed to make payments to the
                                certificateholders of such class or required to
                                be deposited in the Principal Account, they may
                                be applied to cover principal payments due to
                                or for the benefit of certificateholders of an-
                                other Series. Any such reallocation will not
                                result in a reduction in the certificate-
                                holders' interest of the Series to which such
                                Principal Collections were initially allocated.
                                As a result, Principal Collections and certain
                                other amounts otherwise allocable to other Se-
                                ries, to the extent such collections are not
                                needed to make payments to the
                                certificateholders of such other Series, may be
                                applied to cover principal payments due to or
                                for the benefit of the holders of the Series
                                1998-2 Certificates, and Principal Collections
                                and certain other amounts otherwise allocable
                                to the Series 1998-2 Certificates, to the ex-
                                tent such collections are not needed to make
                                payments to the holders of the Series 1998-2
                                Certificates, may be applied to cover principal
                                payments due to or for the benefit of the hold-
                                ers of certificates of other Series. See "De-
                                scription of the Offered Certificates--Applica-
                                tion of Collections."
                                  
Excess Funding Account.......  At any time during which the Transferor Interest
                                is less than the Minimum Transferor Interest,
                                funds (to the extent available therefor as de-
                                scribed herein) otherwise payable to the Trans-
                                feror will be deposited in the Excess Funding
                                Account on each business day until the Trans-
                                feror Interest is equal to the Minimum Trans-
                                feror Interest. If for any reason the Trans-
                                feror Interest (plus any funds deposited in the
                                Principal Account with respect to any Series
                                from the Excess Funding Account) is less than
                                the Minimum Transferor Interest, or if the
                                amount of funds in the Excess Funding Account
                                exceeds certain threshholds for a specified pe-
                                riod of time, a Pay Out Event will occur and
                                the Early Amortization Period will begin. Funds
                                on deposit in the Excess Funding Account will
                                be withdrawn and paid to the Transferor to the
                                extent that on any day the Transferor Interest
                                exceeds the Minimum Transferor Interest. No
                                funds will be deposited in the Excess Funding
                                Account, however, if any Series is in an amor-
                                tization or accumulation period (including any
                                early amortization period), unless the Princi-
                                pal Account for such Series has been fully
                                funded for such Monthly Period.     
                                  
                               Any funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Ac-
                                count at the end of the Revolving Period will
                                be deposited in the Principal Account for Se-
                                ries 1998-2 (subject to reduction by any
                                amounts deposited in the Principal Account for
                                other Series whose Revolving     
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                Period has also ended). See "Description of the
                                Offered Certificates--Excess Funding Account."
                                    
                                  
                               Amounts, if any, in the Excess Funding Account
                                may be expected to earn interest at a rate that
                                is less than the Base Rate (described above un-
                                der "Principal Payments--B. Controlled Accumu-
                                lation Period"). The difference between the
                                amount of interest actually earned on invest-
                                ments in the Excess Funding Account and the
                                Pre-Funding Account on any day and the amount
                                of interest that would have been earned on such
                                investments at the Base Rate is the "Negative
                                Carry Amount" for such day. On each business
                                day, the Servicer will apply an amount equal to
                                the lesser of (i) the Transferor Interest Col-
                                lections on such business day and (ii) the
                                Principal Funding Investment Shortfall plus the
                                Negative Carry Amount, if any, for such busi-
                                ness day, in the manner specified for applica-
                                tion of Series Available Interest Collections.
                                    
                          
Distribution of Series    
 Available Interest       
 Collections Allocable to     
 Certificateholders.....       Series Available Interest Collections will be
                                applied on each business day in a Monthly Pe-
                                riod in the following order of priority:     
 
                                  (i) an amount equal to the amount of Class A
                                  Monthly Interest and any overdue Class A
                                  Monthly Interest not previously deposited in
                                  the Interest Funding Account for such
                                  Monthly Period and interest on any overdue
                                  interest amounts will be deposited in the
                                  Interest Funding Account;
 
                                  (ii) an amount equal to the amount of Class
                                  B Monthly Interest and any overdue Class B
                                  Monthly Interest not previously deposited in
                                  the Interest Funding Account for such
                                  Monthly Period and interest on any overdue
                                  interest amounts will be deposited in the
                                  Interest Funding Account;
 
                                  (iii) if Green Tree or an affiliate of Green
                                  Tree is not the Servicer, an amount equal to
                                  the Monthly Servicing Fee plus any unpaid
                                  Monthly Servicing Fee for any prior Monthly
                                  Period, to the extent such amount has not
                                  been paid on prior business days in such
                                  Monthly Period, will be paid to the
                                  Servicer;
 
                                  (iv) an amount equal to the ABC Investor
                                  Default Amount on such business day and, to
                                  the extent not previously paid, the ABC
                                  Investor Default Amount for each prior
                                  business day in such Monthly Period will be
                                  (a) during the Revolving Period, treated as
                                  Shared Principal Collections, (b) during the
                                  Controlled Accumulation Period, deposited in
                                  the Principal Account (up to the Controlled
                                  Deposit Amount) or (c) during any Early
                                  Amortization Period, deposited in the
                                  Principal Account;
 
                                  (v) an amount equal to the Class D Investor
                                  Default Amount on such business day and, to
                                  the extent not previously paid,
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
 
                                  the Class D Investor Default Amount for each
                                  prior business day in such Monthly Period
                                  will be (a) during the Revolving Period and
                                  the Controlled Accumulation Period prior to
                                  the payment in full of the Class C Invested
                                  Amount, paid to the Transferor in order to
                                  maintain the Class D Invested Amount, (b)
                                  during the Controlled Accumulation Period
                                  following the payment in full of the Class C
                                  Invested Amount, paid to the Class D
                                  Certificateholders up to the Class D
                                  Invested Amount, and (c) during the Early
                                  Amortization Period prior to the payment of
                                  the Class C Invested Amount in full,
                                  deposited in the Class D Subaccount of the
                                  Excess Funding Account, to be held until the
                                  Class C Invested Amount has been paid in
                                  full, and to be available to be applied as
                                  Reallocated Class D Principal Collections;
 
                                  (vi) an amount equal to unreimbursed Class A
                                  Investor Charge-Offs on such business day
                                  will be (a) during the Revolving Period,
                                  treated as Shared Principal Collections, (b)
                                  during the Controlled Accumulation Period,
                                  on or prior to the Class A Scheduled Payment
                                  Date, deposited in the Principal Account (up
                                  to the Controlled Deposit Amount), or (c)
                                  during any Early Amortization Period,
                                  deposited in the Principal Account;
 
                                 (vii) an amount equal to the accrued and un-
                                 paid interest on the outstanding aggregate
                                 principal amount of the Class B Certificates
                                 not previously deposited in the Interest
                                 Funding Account for such Monthly Period will
                                 be deposited in the Interest Funding Account;
 
                                 (viii) an amount equal to unreimbursed Class
                                 B Investor Charge-Offs and unreimbursed re-
                                 ductions in the Class B Invested Amount on
                                 account of Reallocated Principal Collections
                                 on such business day will be (a) during the
                                 Revolving Period, treated as Shared Principal
                                 Collections, (b) during the Controlled Accu-
                                 mulation Period, on or prior to the Class A
                                 Scheduled Payment Date, deposited in the
                                 Principal Account (up to the Controlled De-
                                 posit Amount) for the Class A
                                 Certificateholders, (c) during the Controlled
                                 Accumulation Period, on and after the Class A
                                 Scheduled Payment Date, deposited in the
                                 Principal Account up to the Class B Invested
                                 Amount for the Class B Certificateholders, or
                                 (d) during any Early Amortization Period, de-
                                 posited in the Principal Account;
 
                                 (ix) an amount equal to unreimbursed Class C
                                 Investor Charge-Offs and unreimbursed reduc-
                                 tions in the Class C Invested Amount on ac-
                                 count of Reallocated Principal Collections on
                                 such business day will be (a) during the Re-
                                 volving Period, treated as Shared Principal
                                 Collections, (b) during the Controlled Accu-
                                 mulation Period, on or prior to the Class A
                                 Scheduled Payment Date, deposited in the
                                 Principal Account
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
 
                                 (up to the Controlled Deposit Amount) for the
                                 Class A Certificateholders, (c) during the
                                 Controlled Accumulation Period, prior to the
                                 Class C Principal Commencement Date, depos-
                                 ited in the Principal Account up to the Class
                                 B Invested Amount for the Class B
                                 Certificateholders, or (d) during any Early
                                 Amortization Period, deposited in the Princi-
                                 pal Account;
 
                                 (x) an amount equal to unreimbursed Class D
                                 Investor Charge-Offs and unreimbursed reduc-
                                 tions in the Class D Invested Amount on ac-
                                 count of Reallocated Principal Collections on
                                 such business day will be (a) during the Re-
                                 volving Period and during the Controlled Ac-
                                 cumulation Period prior to the payment in
                                 full of the Class C Invested Amount, paid to
                                 the Transferor in order to maintain the Class
                                 D Invested Amount, (b) during the Controlled
                                 Accumulation Period following the payment in
                                 full of the Class C Invested Amount, paid to
                                 the Class D Certificateholders, and (c) dur-
                                 ing the Early Amortization Period prior to
                                 the payment of the Class C Invested Amount in
                                 full, deposited in the Class D Subaccount of
                                 the Excess Funding Account, to be held until
                                 the Class C Invested Amount has been paid in
                                 full, and to be available to be applied as
                                 Reallocated Class D Principal Collections;
 
                                 (xi) an amount equal to the accrued and
                                 unpaid interest on the outstanding aggregate
                                 principal amount of the Class C Certificates
                                 not previously deposited in the Interest
                                 Funding Account for such Monthly Period or
                                 any prior Monthly Period will be deposited in
                                 the Interest Funding Account;
 
                                 (xii) an amount equal to the accrued and un-
                                 paid interest on the outstanding aggregate
                                 principal amount of the Class D Certificates
                                 not previously deposited in the Interest
                                 Funding Account for such Monthly Period or
                                 any prior Monthly Period will be deposited in
                                 the Interest Funding Account;
 
                                 (xiii) if Green Tree or an affiliate of Green
                                 Tree is the Servicer, an amount equal to the
                                 Monthly Servicing Fee plus any unpaid Monthly
                                 Servicing Fee for any prior Monthly Period,
                                 to the extent such amount has not been paid
                                 on prior business days in such Monthly Peri-
                                 od, will be paid to the Servicer; and
 
                                 (xiv) the remainder will be treated as Excess
                                 Interest Collections.
 
                                 See "Description of the Offered Certifi-
                                 cates--Application of Collections."
 
Sharing of Excess Interest     Interest Collections on any business day in ex-
 Collections.................   cess of the amounts necessary to make required
                                payments in respect of the Series 1998-2 Cer-
                                tificates on such business day will be applied
                                to cover
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
 
                                any shortfalls with respect to amounts payable
                                from Interest Collections allocable to any
                                other Series then outstanding, pro rata based
                                upon the amount of the shortfall, if any, with
                                respect to such other Series. Any Excess Inter-
                                est Collections remaining after covering
                                shortfalls with respect to all outstanding Se-
                                ries will be paid to the Transferor.
 
Investor Default Amount;
 Investor Charge-Offs........
                                  
                               A portion of all Defaulted Receivables (the "In-
                                vestor Default Amount") will be allocated to
                                the Certificateholders in an amount equal to
                                the product of the Floating Allocation Percent-
                                age applicable during the related Monthly Pe-
                                riod and the principal amount of Defaulted Re-
                                ceivables for such Monthly Period. Series
                                Available Interest Collections will be applied
                                to the payment thereof as described in clauses
                                (iv) and (v) of "Distribution of Series Avail-
                                able Interest Collections Allocable to
                                Certificateholders" above. If such application
                                is not sufficient to cover the entire Investor
                                Default Amount, then the amount of Excess In-
                                terest Collections, to the extent applied to
                                the payment thereof as described in "Sharing of
                                Excess Interest Collections" above and any Re-
                                allocated Principal Collections applied with
                                respect thereto, as described under "Descrip-
                                tion of the Offered Certificates--Reallocated
                                Principal Collections," will be applied to
                                cover any remaining Investor Default Amount. If
                                such amounts are not sufficient to cover such
                                remaining Investor Default Amount, then the
                                Class D Invested Amount will be reduced by the
                                remaining aggregate Investor Default Amount (a
                                "Class D Investor Charge-Off") for such Monthly
                                Period to avoid a charge-off with respect to
                                the Class A Certificates, the Class B Certifi-
                                cates or the Class C Certificates.     
                                  
                               The Class D Invested Amount will thereafter be
                                increased (but by no more than the amount of
                                previously unreimbursed Class D Investor
                                Charge-Offs and Reallocated Class D Principal
                                Collections) on any business day by the amount
                                of Series Available Interest Collections allo-
                                cated and available for such purpose as de-
                                scribed in clause (x) of "Distribution of Se-
                                ries Available Interest Collections Allocable
                                to Certificateholders." If the Class D Invested
                                Amount is reduced to zero, a portion of the
                                Class C Invested Amount equal to the amount by
                                which such insufficiency would have caused the
                                Class D Invested Amount to be reduced below
                                zero (but not in excess of the remaining aggre-
                                gate Investor Default Amount for such Monthly
                                Period) will be deducted from the Class C In-
                                vested Amount (a "Class C Investor Charge-Off")
                                to avoid a charge-off with respect to the Class
                                A Certificates or the Class B Certificates. If
                                and for so long as the Class D Invested Amount
                                is reduced to zero, the Class C
                                Certificateholders will bear directly the
                                credit and other risks associated with their
                                undivided interest in the Trust.     
 
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
 
                                  
                               The Class C Invested Amount will thereafter be
                                increased (but not in excess of the unpaid
                                principal balance of the Class C Certificates)
                                on any business day by the amount of Series
                                Available Interest Collections allocated and
                                available for that purpose as described in
                                clause (ix) of "Distribution of Series Avail-
                                able Interest Collections Allocable to
                                Certificateholders." If the Class C Invested
                                Amount is reduced to zero, a portion of the
                                Class B Invested Amount equal to the amount by
                                which such insufficiency would have caused the
                                Class C Invested Amount to be reduced below
                                zero (but not in excess of the remaining aggre-
                                gate Investor Default Amount for such Monthly
                                Period) will be deducted from the Class B In-
                                vested Amount (a "Class B Investor Charge-Off")
                                to avoid a charge-off with respect to the Class
                                A Certificates. If and for so long as the Class
                                C Invested Amount is reduced to zero, the Class
                                B Certificateholders will bear directly the
                                credit and other risks associated with their
                                undivided interest in the Trust.     
                                  
                               The Class B Invested Amount will thereafter be
                                increased (but not in excess of the unpaid
                                principal balance of the Class B Certificates)
                                on any business day by the amount of Series
                                Available Interest Collections allocated and
                                available for that purpose as described in
                                clause (viii) of "Distribution of Series Avail-
                                able Interest Collections Allocable to
                                Certificateholders." If the Class B Invested
                                Amount is reduced to zero, a portion of the
                                Class A Invested Amount equal to the amount by
                                which such insufficiency would have caused the
                                Class B Invested Amount to be reduced below
                                zero (but not in excess of the remaining aggre-
                                gate Investor Default Amount for such Monthly
                                Period) will be deducted from the Class A In-
                                vested Amount (a "Class A Investor Charge-
                                Off"). If and for so long as the Class B In-
                                vested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount
                                are reduced to zero, the Class A
                                Certificateholders will bear directly the
                                credit and other risks associated with their
                                undivided interest in the Trust.     
                                  
                               The Class A Invested Amount will thereafter be
                                increased (but not in excess of the unpaid
                                principal balance of the Class A Certificates)
                                on any business day by the amount of Series
                                Available Interest Collections allocated and
                                available for that purpose as described in
                                clause (vi) of "Distribution of Series Avail-
                                able Interest Collections Allocable to
                                Certificateholders." See "Description of the
                                Offered Certificates--Investor Charge-Offs."
                                    
Subordination of the Class B
 Certificates, the Class C
 Certificates and the Class
 D Certificates..............
                               The Class B Certificates will be subordinated to
                                fund payments of principal and interest on the
                                Class A Certificates. The Class C Certificates
                                will be subordinated to fund payments of prin-
                                cipal and interest on the Class A Certificates
                                and the Class B Certificates. The Class D Cer-
                                tificates will be subordinated to fund
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                payments of principal and interest on the Class
                                A Certificates and the Class B Certificates and
                                payments of principal and, under certain cir-
                                cumstances, interest on the Class C Certifi-
                                cates. See "Description of the Offered Certifi-
                                cates--Subordination of the Class B Certifi-
                                cates," "--Reallocation of Cash Flows" and "--
                                Reallocated Principal Collections" herein. The
                                Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested
                                Amount and the Class D Invested Amount will be
                                subordinated as described herein to the extent
                                necessary to fund certain payments with respect
                                to each Class of Certificates with an earlier
                                alphabetical designation as described herein.
                                If at the end of any Monthly Period there is a
                                positive Class A Required Amount, Class B Re-
                                quired Amount or Class C Required Amount, then,
                                commencing on the first business day of the
                                following Monthly Period, certain Principal
                                Collections for such business day will be used
                                to fund first the Class A Required Amount, sec-
                                ond the Class B Required Amount and third the
                                Class C Required Amount, as more fully de-
                                scribed herein in "Description of the Offered
                                Certificates-- Reallocated Principal Collec-
                                tions." To the extent the Class B Invested
                                Amount, the Class C Invested Amount or the
                                Class D Invested Amount is reduced for any rea-
                                son, the percentage of Interest Collections al-
                                located to the Class B Certificateholders, the
                                Class C Certificateholders, or the Class D
                                Certificateholders, as applicable, will be re-
                                duced. Moreover, to the extent the amount of
                                such reduction in the Class B Invested Amount,
                                the Class C Invested Amount, or the Class D In-
                                vested Amount is not reimbursed, the amount of
                                principal distributable to the Class B
                                Certificateholders, the Class C
                                Certificateholders, or the Class D
                                Certificateholders, as applicable, from the
                                Collection Account will be reduced. Principal
                                payments with respect to the Class B Certifi-
                                cates will not be made until the final payment
                                of the Class A Invested Amount has been made to
                                the Class A Certificateholders. Principal pay-
                                ments with respect to the Class C Certificates
                                will not be made until the final payment of the
                                Class A Invested Amount has been made to the
                                Class A Certificateholders and the final pay-
                                ment of the Class B Invested Amount has been
                                made to the Class B Certificateholders. Princi-
                                pal payments with respect to the Class D Cer-
                                tificates will not be made until the final pay-
                                ment of the Class A Invested Amount has been
                                made to the Class A Certificateholders, the fi-
                                nal payment of the Class B Invested Amount has
                                been made to the Class B Certificateholders and
                                the final payment of the Class C Invested
                                Amount has been made to the Class C Certifi-
                                cateholders. See "Description of the Offered
                                Certificates--Subordination of the Class B Cer-
                                tificates," "--Reallocation of Cash Flows" and
                                "--Reallocated Principal Collections."     
 
 
Servicing Compensation.......     
                               The Servicer will receive a monthly servicing
                                fee as described herein as servicing compensa-
                                tion from the Trust. See "Description of the
                                Certificates--Servicing Compensation and Pay-
                                ment     
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
 
                                of Expenses." In certain circumstances, the
                                Servicer will be permitted to use for its own
                                benefit and not segregate collections on the
                                Receivables received by it during each Monthly
                                Period until no later than the business day
                                prior to the related Distribution Date. See
                                "Description of the Offered Certificates--Ap-
                                plication of Collections."
 
Companion Series.............     
                               On or prior to the commencement of the Con-
                                trolled Accumulation Period or the Early Amor-
                                tization Period, the Series 1998-2 Certificates
                                may be paired with one or more other Series
                                (each a "Companion Series"). Each Companion Se-
                                ries either will be prefunded with an initial
                                deposit to a prefunding account in an amount up
                                to the initial principal balance of such Com-
                                panion Series, funded primarily from the pro-
                                ceeds for the sale of such Companion Series, or
                                will have a variable principal amount. Any such
                                prefunding account will be held for the benefit
                                of such Companion Series and not for the bene-
                                fit of Series 1998-2 Certificateholders. As
                                principal is deposited in the Principal Account
                                with respect to the Series 1998-2 Certificates
                                or paid to the Series 1998-2
                                Certificateholders, either (i) in the case of a
                                prefunded Companion Series, an equal amount of
                                funds on deposit in the prefunding account for
                                such prefunded Companion Series will be re-
                                leased to the Transferor or (ii) in the case of
                                a Companion Series having a variable principal
                                amount, an interest in such variable Companion
                                Series in an equal or lesser amount may be sold
                                by the Trust (and the proceeds thereof will be
                                distributed to the Transferor) and, in either
                                case, the invested amount in the Trust of such
                                Companion Series will increase by up to the
                                corresponding amount. See "Description of the
                                Offered Certificates--Companion Series."     
 
Optional Repurchase..........     
                               The Class A Certificates, the Class B Certifi-
                                cates and the Class C Certificates will be sub-
                                ject to optional repurchase by the Transferor
                                on any Distribution Date after the Invested
                                Amount of the Class A Certificates, the Class B
                                Certificates and the Class C Certificates is
                                reduced to an amount less than or equal to
                                $48,375,000 (10% of the initial outstanding
                                principal amount of the Class A Certificates,
                                the Class B Certificates and the Class C Cer-
                                tificates), if certain conditions set forth in
                                the Pooling and Servicing Agreement are met.
                                The repurchase price will be equal to the In-
                                vested Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest
                                on the Class A Certificates, the Class B Cer-
                                tificates and the Class C Certificates through
                                the day preceding the Distribution Date on
                                which the repurchase occurs. See "Description
                                of the Offered Certificates--Final Payment of
                                Principal; Termination."     
 
Tax Status...................  In the opinion of counsel to Green Tree and the
                                Transferor, the Class A Certificates and the
                                Class B Certificates will be characterized as
                                debt and the Trust will not be characterized as
                                an association, publicly traded partnership or
                                taxable mortgage pool
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
 
                                taxable as a corporation for federal income tax
                                purposes under existing law. Under the Pooling
                                and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor, the
                                Servicer, the Class A Certificateholders and
                                the Class B Certificateholders will agree to
                                treat the Class A Certificates and the Class B
                                Certificates as debt for federal, state and
                                other tax purposes. See"Certain Federal Income
                                Tax Consequences" for additional information
                                concerning the application of federal income
                                tax laws.
 
ERISA Considerations.........     
                               Under regulations issued by the U.S. Department
                                of Labor, the Trust's assets would not be
                                deemed "plan assets" of an employee benefit
                                plan holding an interest in the Certificates if
                                certain conditions are met, including that in-
                                terests in each Class of the Certificates be
                                held by at least 100 persons independent of the
                                Transferor and each other upon completion of
                                the public offering being made hereby. The Un-
                                derwriters expect that the Offered Certificates
                                will not be held by at least 100 persons. Con-
                                sequently, the publicly offered security excep-
                                tion contained in the regulations will not be
                                met with respect to the Offered Certificates.
                                If the Trust's assets were deemed to be "plan
                                assets" of such a plan, there is uncertainty as
                                to whether existing exemptions from the "pro-
                                hibited transaction" rules of the Employee Re-
                                tirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
                                amended ("ERISA"), and the Internal Revenue
                                Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") would ap-
                                ply to all transactions involving the Trust's
                                assets. Accordingly, employee benefit plans
                                contemplating purchasing the Offered Certifi-
                                cates should consult their counsel before mak-
                                ing a purchase. See "Employee Benefit Plan Con-
                                siderations."     
 
Offered Certificate Ratings..  It is a condition to the issuance of the Class A
                                Certificates that they be rated "AAA" by Stan-
                                dard & Poor's Rating Services, a Division of
                                The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("Standard &
                                Poor's"), "Aaa" by Moody's Investors Service,
                                Inc. ("Moody's") and "AAA" by Fitch IBCA, Inc.
                                ("Fitch"). Standard & Poor's, Moody's and Fitch
                                are sometimes collectively referred to herein
                                as the "Rating Agencies."
 
                               It is a condition to the issuance of the Class B
                                Certificates that they be rated at least "A" by
                                Standard & Poor's, "A3" by Moody's and "AA-" by
                                Fitch.
 
                               A rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or
                                hold securities and may be subject to revision
                                or withdrawal at any time by the assigning Rat-
                                ing Agency. Each rating should be evaluated in-
                                dependently of any other rating. See "Risk Fac-
                                tors--Certificate Rating."
 
Listing......................  Application has been made to list the Offered
                                Certificates on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  Prospective investors in the Offered Certificates should consider, among
other things, the following factors in connection with the purchase of the
Offered Certificates:
 
LIMITED EXPERIENCE
 
  Green Tree began originating and servicing revolving credit arrangements in
February 1994, and thus has limited underwriting and servicing experience, and
limited delinquency, default and loss experience, with respect to such
accounts. Green Tree's substantial experience in underwriting and servicing
retail installment sales contracts is not necessarily indicative that
satisfactory results will be experienced on Accounts and the Receivables
generated in Accounts. See "Green Tree Financial Corporation and its
Commercial Finance Division."
   
  Green Tree's historical loss experience with respect to its portfolio of
revolving credit agreements is presented under "The Accounts--Loss
Experience." However, because Green Tree's portfolio has grown rapidly in the
past three years, and Green Tree expects to create Additional Accounts that
will be transferred to the Trust in the future, the actual loss experience
with respect to the Accounts owned by the Trust may be different. Since a
substantial number of the accounts in Green Tree's portfolio were only
recently originated, it may be expected that such accounts have not yet
exhibited a loss experience that is representative of the losses that may be
experienced over a longer period of time. There can be no assurance that the
loss experience for the Receivables in the future will be similar to Green
Tree's historical experience. In addition, Green Tree's historical experience
includes the effect of the financial obligations of Manufacturers in respect
of repossessed products as described under "Green Tree Financial Corporation
and Its Commercial Finance Division--Floorplan Agreements with Manufacturers."
If Manufacturers are not able to perform such obligations in the future, the
loss experience in respect of the Receivables may be adversely affected.     
 
ADDITION OF TRUST ASSETS; ADDITIONAL PRODUCT TYPES
 
  The Transferor expects, and in some cases will be obligated, to designate
Additional Accounts, the Receivables in which will be conveyed to the Trust.
Such Additional Accounts may include accounts with dealers originated by Green
Tree under criteria different from those which were applied to the Dealers on
the Accounts designated as of the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date, because such
accounts were originated at a different date. Such Accounts may also provide
financing for products of types different from those included in the Trust on
the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date. Consequently, there can be no assurance that
Additional Accounts designated in the future will relate to the same types of
products or will be of the same credit quality as previously designated
Accounts or that new product types that may secure the Receivables in new
Accounts will provide security that is as favorable as that provided by
manufactured homes or other additional product types. The designation of
Additional Accounts will be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions
described herein under "Description of the Offered Certificates--Addition of
Accounts."
 
MASTER TRUST CONSIDERATIONS; POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF NEW SERIES ON PREVIOUSLY
ISSUED SERIES
 
  In addition to the Certificates and the Series described in Annex B hereto,
the Trust, as a master trust, is expected to issue additional Series from time
to time. While the Principal Terms of any Series will be specified in a
Supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the provision of a
Supplement and, therefore, the terms of any additional Series, will not be
subject to the prior review or consent of holders of the certificates of any
previously issued Series. Such Principal Terms may include methods for
determining applicable investor percentages and allotting collections,
provisions creating security or credit enhancement, different classes of
certificates (including subordinated classes of certificates), provisions
subordinating such Series to another Series (if the Supplement relating to
such Series so permits) or another Series to such Series (if the Supplement
for such other Series so permits), and any other amendment or supplement to
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement which is made applicable only to such
Series. See "Description of the Offered Certificates--Exchanges." In
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
addition, the provisions of any Supplement may give the holders of the
certificates issued pursuant thereto consent, approval, or other rights that
could result in such holders having the power to cause the Transferor, the
Servicer, or the Trustee to take or refrain from taking certain actions,
including, without limitation, actions with respect to the exercise of certain
rights and remedies under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, without regard
to the position or interest of the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders or the
certificateholders of any other Series. Similar rights may also be given to
the provider of any credit enhancement for any Series. It is a condition
precedent to issuance of any additional Series that each rating agency that
has rated any outstanding Series deliver written confirmation to the Trustee
that the Exchange will not result in such rating agency reducing or
withdrawing its rating on any outstanding Series. There can be no assurance,
however, that the Principal Terms of any other Series, including any Series
issued from time to time hereafter, might not have an adverse impact on the
timing and amount of payments received by a Certificateholder or the value of
Certificates even if there is no change in the rating of any outstanding
Series. See "Description of the Offered Certificates--Exchanges."
 
COMPANION SERIES WITH SERIES 1995-1 CERTIFICATES; DELAY IN ALLOCATIONS OF
PRINCIPAL
   
  Series 1998-2 is a Companion Series with respect to Series 1995-1. If a Pay
Out Event occurs with respect to the Series 1998-2 Certificates prior to the
payment in full of the Series 1995-1 Certificates, Series 1998-2
Certificateholders will receive no allocations of Principal Collections (other
than funds then on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account) until the Series 1995-1
Certificates are paid in full or funds sufficient therefor have been deposited
in the Principal Account, which is expected to occur in October 1998. No
assurance can be given, however, as to when the Series 1995-1 Certificates
will be paid in full. The "Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" (which is
used to determine allocations of Principal Collections among Series following
the end of the Revolving Period, including the occurrence of a Pay Out Event)
with respect to the Series 1998-2 Certificates will be zero until the Pre-
Allocated Invested Amount equals zero. The Pre-Allocated Invested Amount on
the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date will be equal to the amount of principal paid
to the Series 1995-1 Certificateholders on the September 1998 Distribution
Date and thereafter will increase by the aggregate amount of principal
payments made or amounts deposited in the Principal Account on the Series
1995-1 Certificates on each Distribution Date thereafter. On and after the
date on which funds equal to the remaining Invested Amount of the Series 1995-
1 Certificates has been deposited in the Principal Account for Series 1995-1,
which is expected to occur in October 1998, the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount
will be zero. See "Description of the Certificates--Allocation Percentages."
On each business day after the full Invested Amount of Series 1995-1 has been
paid to Series 1995-1 Certificateholders, or deposited in the Principal
Account for Series 1995-1 but not yet paid to the Series 1995-1
Certificateholders, additional Principal Collections otherwise allocable to
the Series 1995-1 Certificates may be allocated to Series 1998-2.     
 
TRANSFER OF THE RECEIVABLES; INSOLVENCY RISK CONSIDERATIONS
   
  Green Tree has warranted to the Transferor in the Purchase Agreement that
the sale of the related Receivables by it to the Transferor is a valid sale of
such Receivables to the Transferor. Green Tree has taken and will take all
actions that are required under Minnesota law to perfect the Transferor's
ownership interest in such Receivables. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables--Transfer of Receivables." Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Green
Tree were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and a creditor or trustee-
in-bankruptcy of Green Tree, or Green Tree itself as debtor-in-possession,
were to take the position that any sale of Receivables to the Transferor
should be recharacterized as a pledge of such Receivables to secure a
borrowing of Green Tree, then delays in payments to the Transferor (and
therefore to the Trust and the Certificateholders) of collections on the
Receivables could occur or (should the court rule that such transfers were
borrowings rather than sales) reductions in the amount of such payments could
result. It is possible that the risk of such treatment may be increased by the
retention by the Transferor of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, the
Class C Certificates, if applicable, and the Class D Certificates, and by any
sale of the Class D Certificates by the Transferor with a guaranty provided by
Green Tree. If a transfer of Receivables to the Transferor were
recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of Green
Tree arising before any Receivables come into existence may have priority over
the Transferor's (and therefore the Trust's) interest in such Receivables. See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to
Bankruptcy." If the transfer of Receivables to the Transferor were respected
as a sale, the Receivables would not be part of Green Tree's bankruptcy estate
and would not be available to Green Tree's creditors.     
 
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
  In addition, if Green Tree were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and
a creditor or trustee-in-bankruptcy of Green Tree, or Green Tree itself as
debtor-in-possession, were to request a bankruptcy court to order that the
Transferor be substantively consolidated with Green Tree, delays in and
reductions in the amount of distributions on the Certificates could occur.
   
  Although the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Transferor is
transferring all of its right, title, and interest in and to the Receivables
to the Trust, a court could treat such transactions as an assignment of
collateral as security for the benefit of holders of certificates issued by
the Trust. It is possible that the risk of such treatment may be increased by
the retention by the Transferor of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate,
the Class C Certificates, if applicable, and the Class D Certificates. The
Transferor has represented and warranted in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement that the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust is either a valid
transfer and assignment of the Receivables to the Trust or the grant to the
Trust of a security interest in the Receivables. The Transferor has taken and
will take certain actions required to perfect the Trust's interest in the
Receivables and will warrant that if the transfer to the Trust is deemed to be
a grant to the Trust of a security interest in the Receivables, the Trustee
will have a first priority perfected security interest therein, subject only
to Permitted Liens (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement). If the
transfer of the Receivables to the Trust is deemed to create a security
interest therein under the Uniform Commercial Code (the "UCC"), a tax or
government lien on property of the Transferor arising before Receivables come
into existence may have priority over the Trust's interest in such
Receivables. In the event of the insolvency of the Transferor, certain
administrative expenses may also have priority over the Trust's interest in
such Receivables. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Transfer of
Receivables."     
 
  In Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir. 1993), the
United States Court of Appeals for the 10th Circuit suggested that even where
a transfer of accounts or chattel paper from a seller to a buyer constitutes a
"true sale," the accounts or chattel paper would nevertheless constitute
property of the seller's estate in a bankruptcy of the seller. If Green Tree
or the Transferor were to become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding and a
court were to follow the Octagon court's reasoning, Certificateholders might
experience delays in payment or possibly losses in their investment in the
Certificates. Counsel to the Transferor has advised the Transferor that the
reasoning of the Octagon case appears to be inconsistent with established
precedent and the UCC. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Certain
Matters Relating to Bankruptcy."
 
  To the extent that the Transferor is deemed to have granted a security
interest in the Receivables to the Trust and such security interest was
validly perfected before any insolvency of the Transferor and was not granted
or taken in contemplation of insolvency or with the intent to hinder, delay,
or defraud the Transferor or its creditors, such security interest should not
be subject to avoidance in the event of insolvency or receivership of the
Transferor, and payments to the Trust with respect to the Receivables should
not be subject to recovery by a bankruptcy trustee or receiver of the
Transferor. If, however, such a bankruptcy trustee or receiver were to assert
a contrary position, delays in payments on the Offered Certificates and
possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur. If a
bankruptcy trustee or receiver were appointed for the Servicer, and no
Servicer Default other than such bankruptcy or receivership or insolvency of
the Servicer exists, the bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to
prevent either the Trustee or the majority of the Certificateholders from
effecting a transfer of servicing to a successor Servicer. If a bankruptcy
trustee or receiver were appointed for the Transferor, causing a Pay Out Event
to occur with respect to all Series then outstanding, new Receivables would
not be transferred to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and the Trustee would sell the portion of the Receivables allocable
in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to each Series (unless
holders of more than 50% of the principal amount of each class of each Series,
excluding any class or portion thereof held by the Transferor, and the holders
of any Supplemental Certificates or any other interest in the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificates other than the Transferor instruct otherwise), thereby
causing early termination of the Trust and a loss to the Certificateholders if
the net proceeds allocable to the Certificateholders from such sale, if any,
were insufficient to pay the Certificateholders in full. The net proceeds of
any such sale of the portion of the Receivables allocated in accordance with
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to each Series will first be used to pay
amounts due to the Class A Certificateholders, will thereafter
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
be used to pay amounts due to the Class B Certificateholders, will thereafter
be used to pay amounts due to the Class C Certificateholders, and will
thereafter be used to pay amounts due to the Class D Certificateholders. If
the only Pay Out Event to occur is either the insolvency of the Transferor or
the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee or receiver for the Transferor, the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to continue to require the
Transferor to transfer new Receivables to the Trust and to prevent the early
sale, liquidation, or disposition of the Receivables and the commencement of
the Early Amortization Period. In addition, a bankruptcy trustee or receiver
for the Transferor may have the power to cause early payment of the
Certificates. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Certain Matters
Relating to Bankruptcy."
 
PARTICIPATION IN RECEIVABLES
 
  The Receivables may include floorplan receivables or asset-based receivables
acquired by Green Tree in the form of participation interests therein, subject
to certain limitations set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. In
purchasing participation interests, Green Tree (and the Transferor and the
Trust, as Green Tree's assignees) may have a contractual relationship only
with the selling institution and not the Dealer. Green Tree (and the
Transferor and the Trust, as Green Tree's assignees) may have no right
directly to enforce compliance by the Dealer with the terms of any such
Accounts, or any rights of set-off against the Dealer, nor have the right to
object to certain changes to any such Account agreed to by the selling
institution. The Trust may not directly benefit from the Collateral Security
related to any such Receivable and may be subject to any rights of set-off the
Dealer has against the selling institution.
 
  In addition, in the event of the insolvency of the selling institution, the
Trust may be treated as a general creditor of the selling institution, and may
not have any exclusive or senior claim with respect to the Receivables
acquired from such selling institution or the Collateral Security related
thereto.
 
BASIS RISK
 
  The Receivables will bear interest at a variable rate above a designated
index rate. See "Green Tree Financial Corporation and its Commercial Finance
Division--Floorplan Payment Terms." The Offered Certificates bear interest at
the lesser of (i) a floating rate based on LIBOR and (ii) the Net Receivables
Rate. If there is a decline in such index rate, the amount of Interest
Collections on such Accounts may be reduced. It is possible that, with respect
to any Interest Accrual Period, LIBOR plus the margin used to compute the
applicable Certificate Rate will exceed the Net Receivables Rate for the
preceding Monthly Period. In such event, interest will accrue on the Offered
Certificates during such Interest Accrual Period at a rate equal to the Net
Receivables Rate. The Servicer has the right to change the Discount Factor to
offset any such reduced Interest Collections. The interest rates borne by the
Receivables will be limited by the applicable state usury laws.
 
SOCIAL, ECONOMIC AND OTHER FACTORS; COMPETITION
 
  Green Tree's ability to generate new Receivables, and the Dealers' ability
to make payments on the Receivables owned by the Trust, will depend upon the
retail sales of manufactured housing and the other products securing such
Receivables. The level of retail sales of such products will be affected by a
variety of social and economic factors, including national and regional
unemployment levels and levels of economic activity in general, interest rates
and consumer perceptions of economic conditions. In addition, Green Tree
competes with various other financing sources, including independent finance
companies, manufacturer-affiliated finance companies and banks, who are in the
business of providing floorplan financing arrangements to dealers. If, for any
reason, Green Tree were unable to or ceased to generate new Receivables, a Pay
Out Event would occur. See "Payments and Maturity; Reinvestment Risk" below.
 
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
   
  The Underwriters currently intend to make a market in the Offered
Certificates but are not obligated to do so. There can be no assurance that a
secondary market will develop for the Offered Certificates, or, if it does
    
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
develop, that it will provide the holders of any of the Offered Certificates
with liquidity of investment or that if such a secondary market develops that
it will continue to exist for the term of the Offered Certificates.
 
NON-RECOURSE TO TRANSFEROR, GREEN TREE OR AFFILIATES THEREOF
 
  No Certificateholder will have recourse for payment of its Certificates to
any assets of any of the Transferor (other than the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate and an interest represented by any class of investor certificates
which is retained by the Transferor (a "Transferor Retained Class"), in each
case to the extent described herein), Green Tree or any affiliates thereof,
except to the extent of any guaranty that may be provided by Green Tree in
connection with a sale by the Transferor of the Class D Certificates.
Consequently, Class A, Class B, and Class C Certificateholders must rely
solely upon payments on the Receivables for the payment of principal of and
interest on the Certificates. Furthermore, under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the Certificateholders have an interest in the Receivables and
Collections only to the extent of the Certificateholders' Interest and, to the
limited extent described herein, the Transferor Interest. Should the Offered
Certificates not be paid in full on a timely basis, Certificateholders may not
look to any assets of any of the Transferor (other than the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate and any Transferor Retained Class, in each case to the
extent described herein), Green Tree or any affiliates thereof to satisfy
their claims.
 
PAYMENTS AND MATURITY; REINVESTMENT RISK
 
  The Receivables may be paid at any time and there is no assurance that there
will be additional Receivables created or that any particular pattern of
repayments will occur. A significant decline in the amount of Receivables
generated could result in the occurrence of a Pay Out Event and the
commencement of the Early Amortization Period if, as a result, the Transferor
Interest were reduced below the Minimum Transferor Interest or amounts in the
Excess Funding Account result in significant Negative Carry Amounts. See
"Maturity Considerations" and "Description of the Offered Certificates--Pay
Out Events" for a discussion of other Pay Out Events. If a Pay Out Event
occurs, the Early Amortization Period will commence and the average life and
maturity of the Offered Certificates may be significantly reduced. There can
be no assurance in that event that the holders of the Offered Certificates
would be able to reinvest any accelerated distributions on account of such
Offered Certificates in other suitable investments having a comparable yield.
   
  Floorplan Receivables are generally payable upon the retail sale of the
related product. Asset-Based Receivables are payable as described under "Green
Tree Financial Corporation and Its Commercial Lending Division--Asset-Based
Receivables." The payment of principal on the Certificates is dependent on the
receipt of Principal Collections during the Controlled Accumulation Period. No
assurance can be given that the Principal Collections allocable to Series
1998-2 during the Controlled Accumulation Period, especially if another Series
enters into an early amortization period during such time, will be sufficient
to fully pay the Class A Invested Amount on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date
or the Class B Invested Amount on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date.     
 
EFFECT OF SUBORDINATION OF CLASS B CERTIFICATES; PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
   
  The Class B Certificates will be subordinated in right of payment of
principal to the Class A Certificates. Payments of principal in respect of the
Class B Certificates will not commence until after the Class A Invested Amount
has been paid in full. Moreover, the Class B Invested Amount is subject to
reduction on any Determination Date if collections of Principal Receivables
allocable to the Class B Certificates are reallocated to cover the Class A
Required Amount or if the aggregate Investor Default Amount, if any, for the
preceding Monthly Period exceeds the aggregate Series Available Interest
Collections applied to the payment thereof and is not funded from Excess
Interest Collections, Class C Reallocated Principal Collections or Class D
Reallocated Principal Collections and is not assessed against the Class C
Invested Amount or the Class D Invested Amount. If the Class B Invested Amount
suffers such a reduction, Interest Collections allocable to the Class B
Certificateholders' Interest in future Monthly Periods will be reduced.
Moreover, to the extent the amount of such reduction in the Class B Invested
Amount is not reimbursed, the amount of principal distributable to the     
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
Class B Certificateholders will be reduced. See "Description of the Offered
Certificates--Allocation Percentages," "--Reallocated Principal Collections,"
"--Investor Charge-Offs" and "--Subordination of the Class B Certificates."
   
NEGATIVE CARRY; DECREASE IN SERIES AVAILABLE INTEREST COLLECTIONS     
 
  Funds in the Pre-Funding Account and funds, if any, in the Excess Funding
Account will be invested in Cash Equivalents and, as a result, would be
expected to earn a rate of return lower than the interest rates borne by a
comparable amount of Principal Receivables. Accordingly, funds in the Pre-
Funding Account and any funds in the Excess Funding Account may be expected to
reduce the amount of Interest Collections available to the Trust on each
business day, until Green Tree is able to generate sufficient Eligible
Receivables to permit such funds to be released from the Pre-Funding Account
or the Excess Funding Account. Transferor Interest Collections will, however,
be applied toward any such Negative Carry Amounts. See "Description of the
Offered Certificates--Coverage of Certain Interest Shortfalls."
 
ABILITY OF SERVICER TO CHANGE PAYMENT TERMS OF THE RECEIVABLES
   
  The Servicer will have the right, on behalf of the Transferor, to change
payment terms (including without limitation the interest rate and repayment
terms) and various other terms with respect to the Receivables, subject to the
conditions described below. A decrease in the interest rate borne by the
Receivables or an increase in interest-free periods without an increase in the
Discount Factor would decrease the amount of Interest Collections available to
the Trust and could result in the occurrence of a Pay Out Event. See "Payments
and Maturity; Reinvestment Risk" above. Green Tree will covenant that it will
only change the terms relating to the Receivables generally if in its
reasonable judgment, no Pay Out Event will occur as a result of the change and
the interests of the certificateholders of all outstanding Series will not be
materially adversely affected. Except as specified above, there are no
restrictions on the ability of the Servicer to change the terms of the
Receivables. While the Servicer has no current intention of taking actions
which would change the payment or other terms of the Receivables, other than
in accordance with its customary and usual procedures, there can be no
assurance that changes in the marketplace or prudent business practice might
not result in a determination to do so.     
 
  Green Tree will have the right to generate new Receivables with payment
terms which are generally longer than the current payment terms on the
Receivables. Such a lengthening of the payment period could result in a
reduction of the monthly payment rate and consequently a reduction in the
Portfolio Yield (if a Discount Factor is in use), unless such Discount Factor
is increased accordingly for any Monthly Period.
 
CONTROL OF CERTAIN ACTIONS UNDER THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
 
  Subject to certain exceptions, the consent or approval of the holders of a
specified percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
outstanding investor certificates of each Series will be required to direct
certain actions to be taken, under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the
related Supplement. In determining whether the required percentage of
Certificateholders have given their approval or consent, except as otherwise
specified, the Class A Certificateholders, the Class B Certificateholders and
the Class C Certificateholders will be treated as a single Series.
Accordingly, the Class A Certificateholders will have the power to determine
whether any such action is taken without regard to the position or interests
of the Class B Certificateholders or the Class C Certificateholders relating
to such action. Neither the Class B Certificateholders nor the Class C
Certificateholders will have similar power. However, under certain
circumstances the consent or approval of a specified percentage of the
aggregate invested amount of all Series outstanding or of the invested amount
of each class of each Series may be required to direct certain actions,
including requiring the appointment of a successor Servicer following a
Servicer Default, amending the Pooling and Servicing Agreement in certain
circumstances, directing the Servicer not to sell the Receivables upon the
occurrence of an Insolvency Event and directing a repurchase of all
outstanding Series upon the breach of certain representations and warranties
by the Transferor. In such instances, it may be difficult for the
Certificateholders to achieve the results that they desire.
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
CERTIFICATE RATING
 
  It is a condition to issuance of the Class A Certificates that they have an
initial rating of "AAA" from Standard & Poor's, "Aaa" from Moody's and "AAA"
from Fitch. It is a condition to issuance of the Class B Certificates that
they have an initial rating of "A" from Standard & Poor's, "A3" from Moody's
and "AA-" from Fitch. However, any such rating will not address the likelihood
that the principal of, or interest on, the Class A Certificates will be paid
by the Class A Scheduled Payment Date or that the principal of, or interest
on, the Class B Certificates will be paid by the Class B Scheduled Payment
Date. The ratings will be based primarily on the value of the Receivables, the
funds in the Pre-Funding Account and the funds, if any, on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account (and the manner in which such funds are invested). The
ratings are not a recommendation to purchase, hold, or sell the Class A
Certificates or the Class B Certificates, inasmuch as such ratings do not
comment as to the market price or suitability for a particular investor. There
can be no assurance that the ratings will remain in effect for any given
period of time or that any rating will not be lowered or withdrawn by any
Rating Agency if in its judgment circumstances so warrant.
 
  There can be no assurance as to whether any rating agency not requested to
rate the Offered Certificates will nonetheless issue a rating with respect to
any Class of the Offered Certificates, and, if so, what such rating would be.
A rating assigned to any Class of the Offered Certificates by a rating agency
that has not been requested by the Transferor to do so may be lower than the
ratings assigned by the Rating Agencies pursuant to the Transferor's request.
 
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT AND THE FUNDING PERIOD
   
  The Invested Amount will be increased during the Funding Period (but not in
excess of the Full Invested Amount) to the extent amounts are (x) withdrawn
from the Pre-Funding Account and paid to the Transferor in connection with the
addition of Receivables to the Trust or in connection with payments of
principal on the Series 1995-1 Certificates, or (y) deposited in the Excess
Funding Account. It is anticipated that the Invested Amount will be equal to
the Full Invested Amount by the end of the March 1999 Monthly Period; however,
there can be no assurance that a sufficient amount of Receivables will be
available for such purpose. Should the Pre-Funded Amount be greater than zero
at the end of the Funding Period, the amounts remaining on deposit in the Pre-
Funding Account will be deposited into the Excess Funding Account. If there is
a decline in the balance of the Receivables during the Funding Period,
deposits may be made to the Excess Funding Account. Amounts on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account are invested in Cash Equivalents and are treated as
assets of the entire Trust allocated to all Series then outstanding and to the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, and will be applied as described in
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Excess Funding Account." Such funds
may be released to holders of certificates of other Series in connection with
a reduction of the principal balance of the certificates of such other Series.
    
                                   THE TRUST
   
  The Trust has been formed, in accordance with the laws of the State of
Minnesota, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Trust was
formed for the transactions described herein and similar transactions, as
contemplated by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Trust will not engage
in any business activity, other than as described herein, but rather will only
acquire and hold the Receivables (and related assets), issue (or cause to be
issued) the Certificates, the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, and
certificates representing additional Series and engage in related activities
(including, with respect to any Series, entering into any credit enhancement
and credit enhancement agreement relating thereto) and make payments thereon.
As a consequence, the Trust is not expected to have any need for additional
capital resources. The Trust has previously issued five Series of
Certificates, Series 1995-1, Series 1996-1, Series 1996-2, Series 1998-1 and
Series 1998-A. See Annex B hereto. The Transferor expects that the Series
1995-1 Certificates and the Series 1998-A Certificates will be retired within
a few months after the issuance of the Series 1998-2 Certificates.     
 
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
                                THE TRANSFEROR
 
  Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Green Tree,
was incorporated in Delaware in September 1995. The Transferor was organized
for the limited purposes of purchasing receivables from Green Tree and
transferring such receivables to third parties, and any activities incidental
to and necessary or convenient for the accomplishment of such purposes. The
principal executive offices of the Transferor are located at 500 Landmark
Towers, 345 St. Peter Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55102-1639 (telephone (651)
293-3400).
 
  The Transferor has taken, and will take in connection with the creation of
each Series of Certificates, steps intended to ensure that the voluntary or
involuntary application for relief by Green Tree under the United States
Bankruptcy Code or similar applicable state laws ("Insolvency Laws") will not
result in consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Transferor with
those of Green Tree. These steps include the creation of the Transferor as a
separate, limited-purpose subsidiary pursuant to a Certificate of
Incorporation containing certain limitations (including restrictions on the
nature of the Transferor's business and a restriction on the Transferor's
ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any Insolvency Laws
without the unanimous affirmative vote of all of its directors). The
Transferor's Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that requires
the Transferor to have two directors who qualify under the Certificate of
Incorporation as "Independent Directors," meaning a person who is not now, and
has never been, a director or officer of, employed by, or the holder of any
beneficial economic interest in any Affiliate, and who may at no time hold any
beneficial or economic interest in the Transferor. "Affiliate" means any
entity other than the Transferor (i) which owns beneficially, directly or
indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Transferor, or (ii) of which 10% or more of the outstanding shares of its
Common Stock is owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by any entity
described in clause (i) above, or (iii) which is controlled by an entity
described in clause (i) above, as the term "control" is defined under the
Rules and Regulations of the Commission. No assurance can be given, however,
that such a consolidation will not occur. See "Risk Factors--Transfer of the
Receivables; Insolvency Risk Considerations."
      
   GREEN TREE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND ITS COMMERCIAL LENDING DIVISION     
 
  Green Tree Financial Corporation is a diversified financial services company
with operations serving customers in the consumer finance, commercial finance
and insurance markets. Through its various divisions, Green Tree purchases,
pools, sells and services retail installment sales contracts for manufactured
housing, home improvements and a variety of consumer products, provides sale
and lease financing for a variety of commerical equipment, and provides
inventory financing to dealers, manufacturers and distributors of various
consumer and commercial products. Green Tree also offers revolving credit and
originates home equity and mortgage loans. Green Tree is currently the largest
servicer of manufactured housing government insured or guaranteed contracts,
and is one of the largest servicers of conventional manufactured housing
contracts, in the United States. Through its principal offices in Saint Paul,
Minnesota and service centers throughout the United States, Green Tree
services all 50 states. Its principal executive offices are located at 1100
Landmark Towers, 345 St. Peter Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55102-1639
(telephone (651) 293-3400). Green Tree's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1997, most recent Proxy Statement, and, when
available, subsequent quarterly or annual reports are available from Green
Tree upon written request. The Certificates do not represent an interest in or
obligation of Green Tree, the Transferor or any of their affiliates, and no
Certificateholder will have recourse for payment of its Certificates to any
assets of any of Green Tree, the Transferor (other than the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate and any Transferor Retained Class, to the extent
described herein) or any of their affiliates.
 
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
          
  On June 30, 1998, Green Tree became a wholly owned subsidiary of Conseco,
Inc., pursuant to a Merger Agreement announced on April 7, 1998. Green Tree
will continue to operate its existing headquarters in St. Paul,     
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
   
Minnesota, and its 200 local offices throughout the country. Lawrence M. Coss,
Green Tree's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has agreed to continue to
manage Green Tree's business for at least one year. Headquartered in Carmel,
Indiana, Conseco is among the nation's leading providers of supplemental
health insurance, retirement annuities and universal life insurance.     
   
  On July 6, 1998, Conseco announced a second-quarter charge of $498 million,
net of income taxes, related to the acquisition of Green Tree. The charges are
directly related to (1) $148 million in merger-related costs, and (2) a $350
million non-cash supplemental reserve against the valuation of Green Tree's
interest-only securities and servicing rights.     
       
  Green Tree has been served with various lawsuits in the United States
District Court for the District of Minnesota. These lawsuits were filed by
certain stockholders of Green Tree as purported class actions on behalf of
persons or entities who purchased common stock of Green Tree during the
alleged class periods. In addition to Green Tree, certain current and former
officers and directors of Green Tree are named as defendants in one or more of
the lawsuits. Green Tree and the other defendants intend to seek consolidation
of each of the lawsuits in the United States District Court for the District
of Minnesota. Plaintiffs in the lawsuits assert claims under Sections 10(b)
and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In each case, plaintiffs
allege that Green Tree and the other defendants violated federal securities
laws by, among other things, making false and misleading statements about the
current state and future prospects of Green Tree (particularly with respect to
prepayment assumptions and performance of certain of Green Tree's loan
portfolios) which allegedly rendered Green Tree's financial statements false
and misleading. Green Tree believes that the lawsuits are without merit and
intends to defend such lawsuits vigorously.
          
COMMERCIAL LENDING DIVISION--GENERAL     
   
  The Receivables sold and to be sold to the Transferor were and will be
selected from extensions of credit made by Green Tree's Commercial Lending
Division ("CLD") under revolving credit agreements with dealers, manufacturers
and distributors of various consumer and commercial products. The Green Tree
party to such an agreement may be a subsidiary of Green Tree. "Floorplan
Receivables" represent the financing of product inventory for retail dealers
of a variety of consumer products. "Asset-Based Receivables" generally
represent the financing of production and inventory by manufacturers,
retailers and distributors such revolving credit arrangements being secured by
finished goods inventory, accounts receivable arising from the sale of such
inventory, certain work-in-process, raw materials and component parts, as well
as other assets of the borrower, which may include commercial real estate in
some cases. The dealers, manufacturers and distributors obligated under the
Receivables are collectively referred to as "Dealers." The products securing
the Floorplan Receivables currently include manufactured housing, recreational
vehicles and marine products. Green Tree expects to provide financing to
additional Dealers in the future, and Green Tree expects that the financing
needs of Dealers will change over time, whether as a result of seasonality or
other changes in the Dealers' business. Accordingly, though the types of
credit arrangements are expected to remain the same, the products securing
those arrangements are expected to expand over time, and the relative
proportions of the various types of product collateral will change over time.
In addition, Green Tree may from time to time sell participation interests in
Floorplan Receivables arising in certain accounts prior to designating such
account as an Additional Account and transferring to the Transferor that
portion of the Receivables arising in such accounts and owned by Green Tree.
    
FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES--GENERAL
 
  The Floorplan Receivables are secured by the products being financed and the
Dealer's other inventory, together with personal guaranties in some instances.
The amount of the advance is generally equal to 100% of the invoice price of
the product. The Floorplan Receivables are generally full recourse obligations
of the related Dealer.
 
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
FLOORPLAN AGREEMENTS WITH MANUFACTURERS
   
  Green Tree will provide financing for products for a particular Dealer, in
most instances, only if Green Tree has also entered into an inventory
repurchase agreement (the "Floorplan Agreement") with the manufacturer,
distributor or other vendor (each a "Manufacturer") of such product. Pursuant
to the Floorplan Agreement, the Manufacturer will agree, among other matters,
to purchase from Green Tree those products sold by such Manufacturer to a
Dealer and financed by Green Tree if Green Tree acquires possession of such
products pursuant to repossession, voluntary surrender, or other
circumstances. The terms of such repurchase obligations may vary, both by
industry and by Manufacturer. In some instances, the Manufacturer will be
obligated to repurchase the product for a price equal to the unpaid principal
balance owed by the Dealer for the product in question whenever Green Tree
acquires possession thereof. On occasion, different terms may be negotiated.
Such terms may provide for a smaller purchase price, or a purchase price which
declines over time, or time periods beyond which no obligation to purchase by
the Manufacturer shall apply. Certain Floorplan Agreements may also eliminate
the repurchase obligation or reduce the purchase price payable by the
Manufacturer, depending upon the condition of the inventory acquired by Green
Tree.     
 
FLOORPLAN CREDIT UNDERWRITING PROCESS
   
  A Dealer requesting the establishment of a credit line with Green Tree is
required to submit an application and financial information, including audited
or unaudited financial statements and, in some cases, tax returns. CLD
attempts to talk to, or receive reference letters from, several of the
applicant's current creditors and may also obtain a credit agency report on
the applicant's credit history. In addition to such current financial
information and historical credit information, CLD will consider the following
factors: the reason for the request for the extension of credit; the need for
the credit line; the products to be financed and the financial status of the
manufacturer of such products, if any, that would enter into a related
Floorplan Agreement; and the experience of the Dealer's management. The
determination of whether to extend credit and the amount to be extended is
based upon a weighing of the above factors.     
   
  Extensions of credit lines in excess of $5,000,000 must be approved at the
corporate level of Green Tree. Extensions of credit up to $5,000,000 may be
approved by division level credit officers and up to $1,000,000 by a business
center vice president. CLD reviews individual Dealer credit limits (i) prior
to any increase in such credit limit, (ii) generally every 12 to 18 months and
(iii) upon becoming aware that the Dealer is experiencing financial
difficulties or is in default on its obligations under its agreement with
Green Tree.     
 
CREATION OF FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES
   
  Green Tree's floorplan business is typically documented by an agreement
between Green Tree and the Dealer which provides for both the extension of
credit and a grant of a security interest. Such agreements are generally for
an unspecified period of time and create discretionary lines of credit, which
Green Tree may terminate at any time in its sole discretion, subject, however,
to prevailing standards of commercial reasonableness and good faith. Absent
default by the Dealer, the outstanding Floorplan Receivables owed by such
Dealer generally cannot be accelerated, even if the line of credit is
terminated. After the effective date of termination, Green Tree is under no
obligation to continue to provide additional financing, but the then current
outstanding balance will be repayable in accordance with the payment terms of
such Dealer's program with Green Tree, as described below.     
 
  Advances made for the purchase of inventory are most commonly arranged in
the following manner: the Dealer will contact the manufacturer and place a
purchase order for a shipment of inventory. If the manufacturer has been
advised that Green Tree is the Dealer's inventory financing source, the
manufacturer will contact Green Tree to obtain an approval number with respect
to such purchase order. Upon such request, Green Tree will determine whether
(i) the manufacturer is in compliance with its Floorplan Agreement, (ii) the
Dealer is in compliance with its program with Green Tree and (iii) such
purchase order is within the Dealer's credit limit. If all of such
requirements are met, Green Tree will issue an approval number to the
manufacturer. The
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
   
manufacturer will then ship the inventory and submit its invoice for such
purchase order directly to Green Tree for payment. Interest or finance charges
normally begin to accrue on the Dealer's accounts as of the invoice date. The
proceeds of the loan being made by Green Tree to the Dealer are paid directly
to the manufacturer in satisfaction of the invoice price and will normally be
funded at that time. In some cases, however, Green Tree will negotiate a delay
in funding the advance for a period which in most cases does not exceed 10
days after the date of the invoice. Green Tree and the manufacturer may also
agree that Green Tree may discount the invoice price of the inventory ordered
by the Dealer. Under this arrangement, the manufacturer will deem itself paid
in full upon receipt of such discounted amount. Typically, in exchange for the
increased yield created by the discount, Green Tree will agree to provide the
manufacturer's Dealers with reduced interest, or perhaps no interest, for some
period of time. Thus, the Dealer's financing program may provide for so-called
"interest free" or "free flooring" periods during which no interest or finance
charges will accrue on their accounts. The price paid by the Trust for such a
Receivable will be the full amount payable by the Dealer.     
 
FLOORPLAN PAYMENT TERMS
 
  The Dealer is obligated to pay interest or finance charges monthly, but
principal repayment with respect to any particular item of inventory financed
by Green Tree is due and payable only upon the sale of such item by the
Dealer, subject in some cases to an ultimate maturity date. In addition, Green
Tree requires Dealers to begin repaying principal in installments if the unit
has not been sold within a specified period of time. These payments are
referred to as "curtailments." Even if a unit is subject to curtailment
payments, the outstanding balance with respect to such unit will remain fully
payable upon the sale of the unit.
 
  Floorplan receivables generally accrue interest (subject to any "interest
free" or "free flooring" periods as described above) at a floating rate based
on a generally published prime rate or other index. Green Tree also charges
the Dealer a documentation, handling and inspection fee for each unit financed
("DHI Fees"). These fees will be included in the Finance Charge Collections
owned by the Trust. Interest and DHI Fees are due and payable on a monthly
basis.
 
FLOORPLAN BILLING PROCEDURES
 
  At the beginning of each month Green Tree sends to each Dealer a billing
statement for the interest, DHI Fees, curtailments, if any, and any other non-
principal charges accrued or arising in the prior month. Payment is due in the
same month.
 
FLOORPLAN DEALER MONITORING
   
  Inventory inspections are performed to physically verify the collateral used
to secure a Dealer's loan, check the condition of the inventory, account for
any missing inventory and collect any funds due. The inventory inspection is
one of the key tools utilized by CLD for monitoring inventory financed by
Green Tree, and is performed generally on a monthly basis with respect to each
Dealer account (and each location within a Dealer account to the extent that a
dealer conducts its business in more than one location). If an inspection
reveals that the Dealer has sold any inventory without immediate repayment to
Green Tree, the inventory is considered "sold and unpaid" ("SAU") and Green
Tree demands immediate repayment from the Dealer or initiates other
appropriate steps to resolve the SAU. Inspection dates within each month may
vary, as all inspections are unscheduled and are performed whenever CLD deems
it appropriate. CLD also requires regular rotation of the individuals
conducting a Dealer's inspections.     
   
  In addition, Area Managers, within their respective portfolio of Dealers,
monitor each Dealer as to such Dealer's performance and adherence to Green
Tree's requirements. This includes a regular review of annual and interim
financial statements for trends, payments for sold inventory between
inspections, monitoring of Green Tree's on-going perfected security interests
in the inventory, existence of proper insurance coverage with respect to such
inventory at all times, timely payment of interest, DHI Fees and curtailments,
proper recording of invoices, the maintenance of the Manufacturer Statements
of Origin which are on file with respect to each     
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
   
item of inventory financed, and the requirement that all inventory stays
within the repurchase period in effect with respect to each Manufacturer.     
 
PARTICIPATIONS IN FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES
 
  Green Tree may also acquire participation interests in floorplan receivables
established by other lenders. Such participation interests, rather than the
receivables themselves, would be transferred to the Transferor and, in turn,
to the Trust. Such receivables would have terms similar to those of Floorplan
Receivables originated by Green Tree, and would be serviced by the lead lender
in a manner similar to Green Tree's servicing standards.
 
PARTICIPATION ARRANGEMENTS
 
  From time to time Green Tree will enable other financing sources to
participate in certain of its credit facilities ("Participations"). Pursuant
to a typical Participation, the documentation for the underlying line of
credit will remain in the name of Green Tree, as lender. In a separate
contractual arrangement with Green Tree, the participant will agree to provide
a portion of the funding for such facility in exchange for an agreed upon
interest rate. Occasionally, fees and other charges may also be shared with
the participant. In certain cases, Green Tree will advise a borrower that the
size of its credit facility is expressly conditioned upon the availability of
participants in the facility. In those situations, if no participants can be
found, or if such participants cease to participate, the size of the credit
facility may be reduced. In other circumstances, there will be no such
condition and Green Tree may be obligated to maintain a credit facility
notwithstanding its expectation that a portion of it would be participated.
The Receivables to be sold by Green Tree to the Transferor, and in turn by the
Transferor to the Trust, may include the non-participated portion of
receivables from accounts which have been participated. In addition, subject
to substantially the same limitations that apply to the removal of Accounts,
the Transferor may cause the Trust to transfer an interest in certain
Receivables to the Transferor, which may thereafter transfer such interest to
another person in the form of a Participation. Green Tree may also sell to the
Transferor (who will then transfer to the Trust) floorplan receivables and
asset-based receivables subject to a participation interest granted to another
lender, or Green Tree may sell to the Transferor (who will then transfer to
the Trust) interests in a partnership or other limited-purpose entity whose
sole assets will be receivables that are subject to the participation
interests of other lenders. In addition, Green Tree may, from time to time,
enter into syndicated credit facilities, pursuant to which multiple lenders,
including Green Tree, will jointly establish a credit facility administered by
a lender Agent. Under these facilities, Green Tree and its co-lenders will
agree, pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement with the borrower, to
provide a portion of the overall credit facility up to their respective
maximum commitment amounts. In return, Green Tree and its co-lenders generally
share in the interest and principal payments and other fees and charges on a
pro-rata basis.
 
ASSET-BASED RECEIVABLES
   
  Asset-Based Receivables that may be sold to the Transferor arise from asset-
based revolving credit facilities provided to certain manufacturers, retailers
and distributors. These facilities typically involve a revolving line of
credit, for a contractually committed period of time, pursuant to which the
borrower may draw the lesser of the maximum amount of such line of credit or a
specifically negotiated loan availability amount, subject to the availability
of adequate collateral. Interest is typically payable monthly, while principal
payments and draws are generally settled weekly or, if earlier, when and to
the extent principal outstandings exceed eligible collateral at negotiated
advance rates (i.e., the maximum percentage of the borrowing base, or portion
thereof, that the borrowed amount can represent). As a result, monthly payment
rates for Asset-Based Receivables will vary depending on the terms of the
facility. The loan availability amount is generally determined by multiplying
an agreed upon advance rate against the value of certain types of assets. In
these facilities, Green Tree will most typically lend against finished
inventory and eligible accounts receivable arising from the sale of such
inventory which are free and clear of other liens and otherwise in compliance
with specified standards. Green Tree's asset-based revolving credit facilities
are secured by the assets which constitute the borrowing base against which
the loan availability amount is calculated and, occasionally, by other
personal property, mortgages or other     
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
assets of the borrower. Asset-Based Receivables are generally not supported by
any Floorplan Agreement with a Manufacturer, and for that reason generally
have significantly lower advance rates than a borrowing agreement supported by
a Floorplan Agreement with a Manufacturer.
 
  Green Tree's underwriting of Asset-Based Receivables gives consideration to
a variety of factors, including, among others, the financial condition of the
borrowing entity, its credit history and relationship with current and
previous lenders and its historical performance and trends. Upon satisfaction
of certain credit criteria, terms and conditions, an account is approved for a
revolving line of credit, the size of which is based on a variety of factors
including the needs of the borrower.
 
  Upon approval of the credit, an evaluation of the borrowing base is
performed and advance rates are established based on the type of collateral.
For purposes of evaluating items such as finished goods inventory, work-in-
process, raw materials and component parts, an independent appraisal may be
obtained and used in connection with establishing advance rates. With respect
to accounts receivable, eligibility criteria, typically excluding items past
due in excess of 60 days or aged over 120 days from invoice date, are
established, and concentration limits are set with respect to the individual
items within the receivables base. Next, an advance rate on eligible
receivables is determined based on a review of historical and projected data,
giving consideration to factors such as credit loss experience, dilution,
contingent sales and aged items. The intended result of the above analyses is
to set eligibility criteria and advance rates such that, under a collateral
liquidation scenario, Green Tree would fully recover any principal dollars
advanced on the revolving line of credit.
 
  The credit facilities giving rise to the Asset-Based Receivables may also
provide for control of all cash receipts of the borrower through a bank
lockbox facility. The adequacy of the borrowing base is monitored weekly and
audited quarterly. Collateral inspections may occur on a more frequent basis.
In addition, the financial condition of the borrower is monitored in
connection with financial covenants set forth in the loan agreements, and is
subject to audit by Green Tree at any time. In cases in which Green Tree is a
co-lender with other lenders one of which is a lead lender, the lead lender
may perform such monitoring.
 
REALIZATION ON THE RECEIVABLES
 
  Upon any default by a Dealer of its obligations to Green Tree under the
related financing agreement and expiration of any and all applicable notice
and cure periods that may have been agreed to between Green Tree and such
Dealer, Green Tree may declare such Dealer's obligations immediately due and
payable and enforce all of its legal rights and remedies, including
commencement of proceedings to realize upon any collateral, subject to
prevailing standards of commercial reasonableness and good faith. Upon
learning of such a default relating to Floorplan Receivables, Green Tree makes
contact with the Dealer to determine whether it can develop a workout
arrangement with the Dealer to cure all defaults. If disputes with the Dealer
exist, such disputes may be submitted to arbitration. If Green Tree determines
that such an arrangement to cure a default cannot be successfully implemented,
the Dealer's payment obligations are accelerated. Green Tree then attempts to
obtain possession of the collateral. If a Manufacturer is obligated to
repurchase the collateral under a Floorplan Agreement as described above under
"Floorplan Agreements with Manufacturers," the collateral is turned over to
the related Manufacturer. Green Tree repossesses, stores and then attempts to
sell all other salable collateral in a commercially reasonable manner. See
"The Accounts--Loss Experience."
   
  Upon default by the borrower under an Asset-Based Receivable revolving
credit arrangement, which, among other conditions, may arise as a result of
the borrower's failure to comply with certain specified debt covenants or
failure to maintain an adequate borrowing base to support outstanding
balances, Green Tree will continue its ongoing assessment of the borrower's
financial condition and determine its best course of action for purposes of
obtaining repayment, including the possibility of immediate liquidation of all
collateral.     
 
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
                                THE RECEIVABLES
   
  The Receivables conveyed to the Trust represent the amounts owed from time
to time under the Accounts. The Accounts were selected from Green Tree's
portfolio of accounts on the basis of criteria set forth in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement as applied on the Cut-off Date and, with respect to
Additional Accounts, as of the related date of their designation (the "Trust
Portfolio"). Many of the Accounts were originated by subsidiaries of Green
Tree. The Transferor has the right (subject to certain limitations and
conditions set forth therein), and in some circumstances will be obligated, to
designate from time to time Additional Accounts and to transfer to the Trust
all Receivables arising from such Additional Accounts, whether such
Receivables are then existing or thereafter created. Green Tree expects to
transfer Receivables in Additional Accounts to the Transferor, who will
transfer such Receivables to the Trust, as Green Tree's commercial finance
business continues to grow. Any Additional Accounts must be Eligible Accounts
as of the date the Transferor designates such accounts as Additional Accounts.
Furthermore, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor
has the right (subject to certain limitations and conditions) to designate
certain Accounts as Removed Accounts and to require the Trustee to reconvey
all Receivables in such Removed Accounts to the Transferor, whether such
Receivables are then existing or thereafter created. Throughout the term of
the Series, the Accounts from which the Receivables arise will be the Accounts
designated by the Transferor on the Cut-off Date plus any Additional Accounts
minus any Removed Accounts. Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
the Transferor will represent and warrant to the Trust that, as of the date
Receivables are conveyed to the Trust, such Receivables meet certain
eligibility requirements. See "Description of the Offered Certificates--
Representations and Warranties."     
 
ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES AND ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS
 
  The Receivables must arise under an Eligible Account. An "Eligible Account"
is defined to mean, as of the Cut-off Date (or, with respect to Additional
Accounts, as of their date of designation for inclusion in the Trust), an
arrangement to provide a revolving extension of credit by Green Tree or one of
its subsidiaries to a Dealer (i) in order to finance the purchase by a Dealer
of consumer and commercial product inventory or (ii) as a line of credit
secured by unencumbered assets of such Dealer, which extension of credit, as
of the date of determination thereof, (a) is in existence and maintained with
Green Tree or such subsidiary, (b) is payable in United States dollars, (c) is
with a Dealer whose most recent billing address is in the United States or its
territories or possessions, (d) has been originated by Green Tree or such
subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business or acquired by Green Tree
through the acquisition of an Eligible Account from another lender upon
satisfying Green Tree's customary underwriting standards, (e) in respect of
which no amounts have been charged off by Green Tree or such subsidiary as
uncollectible in its customary and usual manner as of the Cut-off Date (or,
with respect to Additional Accounts, as of their date of designation for
inclusion in the Trust), and (f) is with a Dealer that is not involved in
insolvency proceedings. The definition of Eligible Account may be changed by
amendment to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement without the consent of the
Certificateholders if (i) the Transferor delivers to the Trustee a certificate
of an authorized officer to the effect that, in the reasonable belief of the
Transferor, such amendment will not as of the date of such amendment adversely
affect in any material respect the interest of the Certificateholders, and
(ii) such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating
of any outstanding Series issued by the Trust.
 
  An "Eligible Receivable" is defined as a Receivable (a) that was originated
by Green Tree or one of its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or
acquired by Green Tree through the acquisition of an Eligible Account from
another lender upon satisfying Green Tree's customary underwriting standards,
(b) that has arisen under an Eligible Account, (c) that was created in
compliance with all requirements of law applicable thereto and pursuant to a
floorplan or asset-based financing agreement that complies with all
requirements of law applicable thereto, (d) with respect to which all
consents, licenses or authorizations of, or registrations with, any
governmental authority required to be obtained or given by Green Tree or such
subsidiary or the Transferor in connection with the creation of such
Receivable, or the transfer thereof to the Trust or the execution, delivery,
creation and performance by Green Tree or such subsidiary of the related
floorplan or asset-based financing
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
   
agreement have been duly obtained or given and are in full force and effect as
of the date of the creation of such Receivable, (e) as to which, at the time
of its creation, the Transferor had good and marketable title free and clear
of all liens and security interests (other than certain liens permitted
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), and at all times following
the transfer of such Receivables to the Trust, the Trust will have good and
marketable title free and clear of all liens and security interests (other
than certain liens permitted pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement)
or the grant of a first priority security interest therein, (f) that is the
legal, valid, binding and assignable payment obligation of the related Dealer,
legally enforceable against such Dealer in accordance with its terms (with
certain bankruptcy related exceptions), (g) that constitutes "chattel paper,"
an "account" or a "general intangible" under Article 9 of the UCC as then in
effect in the State of Minnesota, (h) if such Receivable has the benefit of a
Floorplan Agreement with a Manufacturer, such Floorplan Agreement provides,
subject to the specific terms thereof and any limitations therein (which may
vary among Floorplan Agreements), that the Manufacturer is obligated to
repurchase the products securing the Receivables upon the Servicer's
repossession thereof upon the related Dealer's default, (i) which has been the
subject of a valid transfer and assignment from the Transferor to the Trust of
all the Transferor's interest therein and in the related Collateral Security
(including any proceeds thereof), (j) which at the time of transfer to the
Trust is not subject to any right of rescission, setoff, or any other defense
(including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) of the Dealer,
(k) as to which, at the time of transfer of such Receivable to the Trust,
Green Tree (or such subsidiary) and the Transferor have satisfied all their
respective obligations with respect to such Receivable required to be
satisfied at such time, (l) as to which, at the time of transfer of such
Receivable to the Trust, neither Green Tree (or such subsidiary) nor the
Transferor has taken or failed to take any action which would impair the
rights of the Trust or the certificateholders therein and (m) which represents
the obligation of a Dealer to repay an advance made to or on behalf of such
Dealer to finance products or the accounts receivable arising from the sale of
such products. In addition, participation interests described above under
"Green Tree Financial Corporation and Its Commercial Lending Division--
Participations in Floorplan Receivables" and Receivables described above under
"Green Tree Financial Corporation and Its Commercial Lending Division--
Participation Arrangements" will be Receivables.     
   
  The products financed by the receivables in Green Tree's portfolio as of
June 30, 1998 are shown below under "The Accounts--Description of Green Tree's
Portfolio." Currently, substantially all of the Floorplan Receivables are owed
by manufactured housing, recreational vehicle, marine product (primarily
boats, outboard motors and boat trailers), aircraft, motorcycle and truck
dealers. These Receivables enable dealers to finance their inventory pending
resale to consumers. Green Tree expects that it will establish Accounts for
other Dealers in the future, whose related Receivables will finance other
types of products. The Asset-Based Receivables generally arise under revolving
credit facilities for manufacturers, retailers and distributors of various
products. Green Tree expects that the composition of the Receivables will
change over time.     
 
  In order to reduce the Trust's exposure to any single Dealer or any single
industry, certain diversification thresholds ("Overconcentration Amounts")
will be tested at the end of each Monthly Period. Initially, except as
provided below, no more than 20% of the Receivables may be Asset-Based
Receivables; no more than 2% (or, with respect to certain designated Dealers,
3%) of the Receivables may have arisen under an Account with a single Dealer;
no more than 15% of the Receivables may be Floorplan Receivables financing
products from a single manufacturer; no more than 5% of the Receivables may be
Floorplan Receivables financing marine products; no more than 25% of the
Receivables may be Floorplan Receivables financing recreational vehicles, and
no more than 5% of the Receivables may be Floorplan Receivables financing
products other than manufactured housing, marine products or recreational
vehicles. Green Tree expects that the Receivables will from time to time
exceed one or more of these thresholds. To the extent that any such threshold
is exceeded at the end of a Monthly Period, the Class D Invested Amount will
be increased by an equivalent amount. These threshold percentages may,
however, be increased or decreased in the future without the consent of any
Certificateholder, to a level acceptable to each Rating Agency without any
reduction or withdrawal of its rating of the Class A or Class B Certificates.
See "Description of the Offered Certificates--The Overconcentration Amounts."
 
                                      40

<PAGE>
 
                                 THE ACCOUNTS
 
GENERAL
 
  The Receivables have arisen or will arise in the Accounts. The Accounts were
selected from all the accounts that were Eligible Accounts (the "Eligible
Portfolio") at the Cut-off Date or, in the case of Additional Accounts, as of
the date of their designation. In order to be included in the Eligible
Portfolio, each Account must be an account established by Green Tree in the
ordinary course of business or acquired by Green Tree through the acquisition
of an Eligible Account from another lender upon satisfying Green Tree's
customary underwriting standards, and meet certain other criteria provided in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. See "The Receivables--Eligible
Receivables and Eligible Accounts" and "Description of the Offered
Certificates--Representations and Warranties."
 
  Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor, and
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Green Tree, have the right (subject to
certain limitations and conditions), and in some circumstances are obligated,
to designate from time to time additional Eligible Accounts to be included as
Accounts ("Additional Accounts") and convey to the Trust the Receivables of
such Additional Accounts, including Receivables thereafter created. These
accounts must meet the eligibility criteria set forth above as of the date
such accounts are designated as Additional Accounts. Green Tree will convey
the Receivables then existing, with certain exceptions, or thereafter created
under such Additional Accounts to the Transferor, which will in turn convey
them to the Trust. See "Description of the Offered Certificates--Addition of
Accounts."
 
DESCRIPTION OF GREEN TREE'S PORTFOLIO
   
  The following tables set forth the composition of the receivables in Green
Tree's servicing portfolio of revolving credit agreements, as of June 30,
1998, by business line and other criteria. Because Green Tree expects to
designate Additional Accounts from time to time and to transfer the
Receivables arising therein to the Transferor and thence to the Trust, the
business lines and the actual composition of the Receivables by business line
are expected to change over time. In addition, due to the variability and
uncertainty with respect to the rates at which Receivables in the Trust
Portfolio are created, paid or otherwise reduced, the characteristics set
forth below may vary significantly as of any other date of determination.
Percentages may not add to 100% due to rounding.     
 
  In general, Green Tree considers any number of revolving financing
arrangements established with a group of affiliated Dealers to be a single
account, because the affiliated Dealers represent a consolidated credit risk.
However, Green Tree also measures its exposure to Dealers in various
industries, and for this purpose it would, for example, consider revolving
financing arrangements with a group of affiliated dealers engaged in sales of
manufactured housing and recreational vehicles to be separate accounts, one
relating to a group of manufactured housing dealers and one relating to a
group of recreational vehicle dealers. Accordingly, the total number of
Accounts in the tables below may vary.
 
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
     COMPOSITION OF RECEIVABLES IN GREEN TREE'S PORTFOLIO BY BUSINESS LINE
                              
                           AS OF JUNE 30, 1998     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF
                                                   RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES
   BUSINESS LINE                                     BALANCE         BALANCE
   -------------                                ----------------- -------------
   <S>                                          <C>               <C>
   Manufactured Housing Floorplan Receivables.. $1,495,896,619.71     69.94%
   Marine Floorplan Receivables................     13,901,528.42      0.65
   Recreational Vehicle Floorplan Receivables..    208,249,518.15      9.74
   Aircraft Floorplan Receivables..............      3,150,343.00      0.15
   Motorcycle Floorplan Receivables............      2,543,080.47      0.12
   Trailer Floorplan Receivables...............     12,026,937.92      0.56
   Truck Floorplan Receivables.................      4,465,090.61      0.21
   Asset-Based Receivables.....................    293,932,829.86     13.74
   Real Estate.................................    104,750,693.59      4.90
   Outdoor Power Equipment.....................         11,930.00         *
                                                -----------------    ------
     Total..................................... $2,138,928,571.73    100.00%(1)
                                                =================    ======
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
 * Less than 0.01%.     
   
(1) The sum of the individual Receivables Balance percentages may not total
    100.00% due to rounding.     
 
    COMPOSITION OF RECEIVABLES IN GREEN TREE'S PORTFOLIO BY ACCOUNT BALANCE
                              
                           AS OF JUNE 30, 1998     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                 PERCENTAGE           PERCENTAGE
                                                     OF       NUMBER  OF NUMBER
                                  RECEIVABLES    RECEIVABLES    OF        OF
   ACCOUNT BALANCE RANGE            BALANCE        BALANCE   ACCOUNTS  ACCOUNTS
   ---------------------       ----------------- ----------- -------- ----------
   <S>                         <C>               <C>         <C>      <C>
   $0 to $100,000............  $   20,368,688.50     0.95%      384      16.01%
   $100,000.01 to $500,000...     293,769,193.95    13.73     1,054      43.93
   $500,000.01 to $1,000,000.     362,549,566.31    16.95       517      21.55
   $1,000,000.01 to
    $5,000,000...............     722,353,355.97    33.77       384      16.01
   $5,000,000.01 to
    $10,000,000..............     233,309,464.08    10.91        34       1.42
   Over $10,000,000.01.......     506,578,302.92    23.68        26       1.08
                               -----------------   ------     -----     ------
     Total...................  $2,138,928,571.73   100.00%    2,399     100.00%
                               =================   ======     =====     ======
</TABLE>    
 
       GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF RECEIVABLES IN GREEN TREE'S PORTFOLIO
                              
                           AS OF JUNE 30, 1998     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                          PERCENTAGE OF           PERCENTAGE OF
                           RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES  NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF
   DEALER LOCATION(1)        BALANCE         BALANCE    ACCOUNTS    ACCOUNTS
   ------------------   ----------------- ------------- --------- -------------
   <S>                  <C>               <C>           <C>       <C>
   Florida............. $  191,805,434.07      8.97%        260        5.75%
   North Carolina......    144,134,146.75      6.74         318        7.03
   Texas...............    142,140,368.74      6.65         346        7.65
   Georgia.............    118,369,343.48      5.53         229        5.07
   California..........    115,220,528.73      5.39         209        4.62
   Colorado............    101,067,179.98      4.73         163        3.61
   Alabama.............     98,159,121.43      4.59         226        5.00
   Tennessee...........     90,335,426.90      4.22         133        2.94
   South Carolina......     78,584,020.40      3.67         194        4.29
   Arizona.............     77,014,237.46      3.60         156        3.45
   Michigan............     74,885,944.33      3.50         205        4.53
   Other States (2)....    907,212,819.46     42.41       2,082       46.05
                        -----------------    ------       -----      ------
     Total............. $2,138,928,571.73    100.00%      4,521      100.00%
                        =================    ======       =====      ======
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) For purpose of this table, the Dealer's location is based on the Dealer's
    headquarters address rather than the actual location of the Dealer's place
    of business.
(2) The percentage of the Receivables balance represented by Receivables in
    each state not specifically listed is less than 3% of the Receivables
    balance.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
YIELD INFORMATION
   
  The Receivables bear interest in their accrual periods at rates generally
equal to an index rate selected in the related financing agreement, which as
of the date hereof is generally a prime rate, plus a margin. Certain
Receivables do not bear interest for a specified period after their
origination. During the six months ended June 30, 1998, the receivables in
Green Tree's portfolio had a yield of 9.69% per annum. The Trust's yield on
its Receivables will be affected by the interest rates borne by Receivables,
the Discount Factor, if any, and the rate at which the Receivables balances
are paid.     
 
MAJOR CUSTOMERS; MAJOR MANUFACTURERS
   
  At June 30, 1998 no one Floorplan Dealer accounted for more than 5.23% of
the aggregate balance of the Receivables in Green Tree's portfolio. At June
30, 1998, except as discussed below, no one Manufacturer was obligated under
Floorplan Agreements relating to receivables in Green Tree's portfolio
aggregating more than 10.00% of the aggregate receivables balance. At June 30,
1998, Fleetwood Enterprises, Inc. and Champion Enterprises, Inc. were
obligated under their Floorplan Agreements with Green Tree with respect to
receivables aggregating 13.43% and 12.74%, respectively, of Green Tree's
portfolio. Fleetwood Enterprises, Inc. is a large manufacturer of both
manufactured housing and recreational vehicles, with production facilities
located throughout the United States and in Germany, and is not affiliated
with Green Tree. Champion Enterprises, Inc. is a large manufacturer of
manufactured housing with production facilities located throughout the United
States, and is not affiliated with Green Tree. Both Fleetwood Enterprises,
Inc. and Champion Enterprises, Inc. have recently acquired dealers of
manufactured housing and recreational vehicles and are expected to make
additional acquisitions in the future. The foregoing receivables balances, if
calculated as percentages of the Receivables in the Trust at June 30, 1998,
rather than as percentages of Green Tree's portfolio, would be higher. No
prediction can be made as to what percentage of the Receivables in the future
may be obligations of a single Dealer or be related to a single Manufacturer
under its Floorplan Agreement, but such percentages are subject to the effect
of Overconcentration Amounts. See "Description of the Offered Certificates--
The Overconcentration Amounts."     
 
DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
   
  The following table sets forth the delinquency experience as of the dates
indicated for Green Tree's Floorplan portfolio. Because Green Tree's portfolio
has grown rapidly in the past year, and Green Tree expects to create a
substantial number of Additional Accounts that will be transferred to the
Trust in the future, the actual delinquency experience with respect to the
Eligible Accounts may be different. There can be no assurance that the
delinquency experience for the Receivables in the future will be similar to
the experience shown below.     
             
          DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE FOR THE FLOORPLAN PORTFOLIO(1)     
                              RECEIVABLES BALANCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                              DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,  JUNE 30,
                                  1995         1996         1997        1998
                              ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Aggregate Principal Balance.    $539,615    $1,022,534   $1,496,433  $1,844,996
SAU/NSF(2)..................       1,558         1,319        1,447       2,371
SAU/NSF as a Percentage of
 Aggregate Principal
 Balance....................        0.29%         0.13%        0.10%       0.13%
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1) Excludes Asset-Based Receivables.     
   
(2) A "SAU/NSF" Receivable is one that is deemed delinquent when (i) there is
    an unpaid receivable balance as to which the related product has been sold
    and such receivable balance has not been paid by the related Dealer or
    (ii) a payoff check from the related Dealer has been returned because of
    insufficient funds.     
       
LOSS EXPERIENCE
   
  The following table sets forth Green Tree's average principal receivables
balance and loss experience for each of the periods shown with respect to its
portfolio. Because Green Tree's portfolio has grown rapidly in the past three
years, and Green Tree expects to create a substantial number of Additional
Accounts that will be designated for the Trust in the future, actual loss
experience with respect to the Eligible Accounts may be different. Since a
substantial number of receivables from which the Receivables will be taken
were only recently originated, it may be expected that such receivables have
not yet exhibited a loss experience that is     
 
                                      43

<PAGE>
 
   
representative of the losses that may be experienced over a longer period of
time. There can be no assurance that the loss experience for the Receivables
in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below
with respect to the portfolio. The historical experience set forth below
includes the effect of the financial obligations of Manufacturers in respect
of repossessed products as described above under "Green Tree Financial
Corporation and Its Commercial Lending Division--Floorplan Agreements with
Manufacturers." If Manufacturers are not able to perform such obligations in
the future, the loss experience in respect of the portfolio and the
Receivables may be adversely affected.     
                  
               LOSS EXPERIENCE FOR THE GREEN TREE PORTFOLIO     
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SIX
                                 TWELVE       TWELVE       TWELVE      MONTHS
                              MONTHS ENDED MONTHS ENDED MONTHS ENDED   ENDED
                              DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,  JUNE 30,
                                  1995         1996         1997        1998
                              ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Average Principal
 Receivables Balance (1)....    $380,226    $1,048,260   $1,657,940  $1,883,504
Gross Losses................          24           612        1,667         181
Recoveries..................                      (104)        (239)       (178)
Net Losses (Recoveries) (2).          24           508        1,428           3
Net Losses (Recoveries) as a
 percentage of Average
 Principal Receivables
 Balance....................       0.006%        0.049%       0.086%          *
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
 * Less than .001%.     
          
(1) Average Principal Receivables Balance is the average daily principal
    balances for the twelve months ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, and
    the six months ended June 30, 1998, respectively.     
   
(2) Net losses (recoveries) in any period are gross losses less recoveries for
    such period. Recoveries include recoveries from collateral security in
    addition to recoveries from the products.     
 
AGING EXPERIENCE
   
  The following table provides the age distribution of inventory for all
dealers in the Floorplan portfolio, as a percentage of total principal
outstanding at the date indicated. Because the Eligible Accounts will only be
a portion of the entire portfolio, actual age distribution with respect to the
Eligible Accounts may be different.     
                
             AGE DISTRIBUTION FOR THE FLOORPLAN PORTFOLIO(1)     
                              
                           AS OF JUNE 30, 1998     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF
                                                    RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES
                                                      BALANCE         BALANCE
                                                 ----------------- -------------
<S>                                              <C>               <C>
Days
  0-90.......................................... $  505,678,698.26     27.41%
  91-180........................................    488,571,123.94     26.48
  181-365.......................................    533,287,091.80     28.90
  366-730.......................................    282,112,906.92     15.29
  Over 731......................................     35,345,920.95      1.92
                                                 -----------------    ------
    Total....................................... $1,844,995,741.87    100.00%
                                                 =================    ======
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Excludes Asset-Based Receivables.
 
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
                            MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS
   
  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that Class A Certificateholders
will not receive payments of principal until the Class A Scheduled Payment
Date, or earlier in the event the Servicer elects not to extend the Initial
Principal Payment Date or in the event of a Pay Out Event, either of which
would result in the commencement of the Early Amortization Period. The Pooling
and Servicing Agreement also provides that Class B Certificateholders will not
receive payments of principal until the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, or
earlier in the event the Servicer elects not to extend the Initial Principal
Payment Date or in the event of a Pay Out Event, either of which would result
in the commencement of the Early Amortization Period (in either case, only
after the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full). The Class B
Certificateholders will not receive any payments of principal until the final
principal payment on the Class A Certificates has been made.     
 
  Controlled Accumulation Period. On each business day during the Controlled
Accumulation Period, prior to the payment (or deposit in the Principal
Account) of the Class A Invested Amount in full, an amount equal to the lesser
of (a) Principal Collections allocable to the Class A, Class B and Class C
Certificateholders' Interest plus Shared Principal Collections, if any, from
other Series allocable to the Class A, Class B and Class C Certificates, plus
certain other amounts comprising Class A, Class B and Class C Principal, and
(b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the sum of the Controlled Accumulation
Amount for such Monthly Period plus the Accumulation Shortfall, if any (such
sum being referred to as the "Controlled Deposit Amount" for the related
Monthly Period) exceeds (ii) the amount in the Principal Account for the
account of the Class A, Class B and Class C Certificate Owners, will be
deposited daily in the Principal Account.
   
  On each business day during the Controlled Accumulation Period, following
the payment (or deposit in the Principal Account) of the Class A Invested
Amount in full but prior to the payment (or deposit in the Principal Account)
of the Class B Invested Amount and Class C Invested Amount in full, an amount
equal to the lesser of (a) Principal Collections allocable to the Class A,
Class B and Class C Certificateholders' Interest plus Shared Principal
Collections, if any, from other Series allocable to the Class A, Class B and
Class C Certificates, plus certain other amounts comprising Class A, Class B
and Class C Principal, and (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the Controlled
Deposit Amount for the related Monthly Period exceeds (ii) the amount in the
Principal Account for the account of the Class B and Class C Certificate
Owners, will be deposited daily in the Principal Account.     
 
  Although it is anticipated that during the Controlled Accumulation Period
prior to the payment of the Class A Invested Amount in full, funds will be
deposited in the Principal Account in an amount equal to the applicable
Controlled Deposit Amount for each Monthly Period and that the Class A
Invested Amount will be available for distribution to the Class A Certificate
Owners on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, and that the Class B Invested
Amount will be available for distribution to the Class B Certificate Owners on
the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, respectively, no assurance can be given in
that regard.
   
  Early Amortization Period. If the Servicer elects not to extend the Initial
Principal Payment Date or if a Pay Out Event occurs, the Early Amortization
Period will commence and any amounts on deposit in the Principal Account will
be paid to the Class A Certificate Owners on the Distribution Date in the
month following the commencement of the Early Amortization Period. In
addition, to the extent that the Class A Invested Amount has not been paid in
full on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, the Class A Certificate Owners
will be entitled to monthly payments of principal equal to the Principal
Collections allocable to the Class A, Class B and Class C Certificateholders'
Interest plus Shared Principal Collections, if any, from other Series
allocable to the Class A, Class B and Class C Certificates, plus certain other
amounts comprising Class A, Class B and Class C Principal, until the earlier
of the date on which the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full and the
Series 1998-2 Termination Date. After the Class A Invested Amount has been
paid in full and if the Series 1998-2 Termination Date has not occurred,
Principal Collections allocable to the Class B and Class C Certificateholders'
Interest plus Shared Principal Collections, if any, from other Series
allocable to the Class A, Class B and Class C Certificates, plus certain other
amounts comprising Class B and Class C Principal, will be paid to the Class B
Certificate Owners on each Distribution Date until the earlier of the date on
which the Class B Invested Amount has been paid in full and the Series 1998-2
Termination Date. Thereafter, on and after the Class C Principal Commencement
Date, the Class C Certificate Owners will be entitled to receive monthly
payments of principal,     
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
until the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full or until the Series 1998-2
Termination Date. If a Pay Out Event occurs with respect to the Series 1998-2
Certificates prior to the payment in full of the Series 1995-1 Certificates,
Series 1998-2 Certificateholders will receive no allocations of principal
(other than funds then on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account) until the Series
1995-1 Certificates are paid in full or funds in respect thereof have been
deposited in the Principal Account, which is expected to occur in October
1998. See "Risk Factors--Companion Series with Series 1995-1 Certificates;
Delay in Allocations of Principal."
 
  A "Pay Out Event" occurs, either automatically or after specified notice,
upon
 
    (i) failure by the Transferor to convey Receivables in Additional
  Accounts to the Trust within five Business Days after the day on which it
  is required to convey such Receivables pursuant to the Pooling and
  Servicing Agreement;
 
    (ii) failure on the part of the Transferor, the Servicer or Green Tree,
  as applicable, (a) to make any payment or deposit required by the Pooling
  and Servicing Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, on or before the date
  such payment or deposit is required to be made therein, which failure is
  not cured within five business days after written notice from the Trustee
  of such failure; or (b) to deliver a Distribution Date Statement on the
  date required under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (or within ten
  business days after written notice from the Trustee of such failure); or
  (c) to comply with its covenant not to create any lien on a Receivable
  which failure has a material adverse effect on the holders of the
  Certificates and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after
  written notice to it; provided, however, that any Pay Out Event shall not
  be deemed to have occurred if the Transferor shall have repurchased the
  related Receivables or, if applicable, all the Receivables during such
  period in accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing
  Agreement; or (d) to observe or perform in any material respect any other
  covenants or agreements set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or
  the Purchase Agreement, which failure has a materially adverse effect on
  the Certificateholders and which continues unremedied for a period of 45
  days after written notice of such failure;
 
    (iii) any representation or warranty made by Green Tree in the Purchase
  Agreement or by the Transferor in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or
  any information required to be given by the Transferor to the Trustee to
  identify the Accounts proves to have been incorrect in any material respect
  when made and continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a
  period of 60 days after written notice and as a result the interests of the
  Certificateholders are materially and adversely affected (excluding,
  however, any representation or warranty made by the Transferor that the
  Pooling and Servicing Agreement constitutes, or the transfer of the
  Receivables to the Trust is, a valid sale, transfer and assignment to the
  Trust of all right, title and interest of the Transferor in the Receivables
  and the Collateral Security if the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
  constitutes the grant of a security interest in the Receivables and
  Collateral Security); provided, however, that any Pay Out Event shall not
  be deemed to occur thereunder if the Transferor has repurchased the related
  Receivables or all such Receivables, if applicable, during such period in
  accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement;
 
    (iv) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
  receivership relating to Green Tree or the Transferor;
 
    (v) the Trust or the Transferor becomes an investment company within the
  meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
 
    (vi) any Servicer Default occurs;
 
    (vii) on any Determination Date, the average of the Monthly Payment Rates
  for the three preceding Monthly Periods, where the Monthly Payment Rate for
  a Monthly Period is the percentage obtained by dividing the aggregate of
  the Receivables balances (without deducting therefrom any discount portion)
  collected during such Monthly Period by the average daily aggregate
  Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom any discount portion) for
  such Monthly Period, is less than 18%;
 
    (viii) the failure to pay the outstanding principal amount of the Class A
  or Class B Certificates by the Class A Scheduled Payment Date or the Class
  B Scheduled Payment Date, as applicable;
 
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
    (ix) the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the average for each
  month of the net losses on the Receivables (exclusive of the Ineligible
  Receivables) owned by the Trust (i.e., gross losses less recoveries on any
  such Receivables (including, without limitation, recoveries from collateral
  security in addition to recoveries from the products, recoveries from
  Manufacturers and insurance proceeds)) during any three consecutive
  calendar months to (ii) the average of the month-end aggregate balances of
  such Receivables (without deducting therefrom the discount portion) for
  such three-month period, exceeds 5% on an annualized basis;
 
    (x) the sum of all Cash Equivalents and amounts on deposit in the Excess
  Funding Account represents more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate amount
  of Principal Receivables (without deducting therefrom any discount portion)
  on each of six or more consecutive Determination Dates, after giving effect
  to all payments made or to be made on the Distribution Date next succeeding
  each such respective Determination Date; or
 
    (xi) if Principal Collections allocable to the Class D
  Certificateholder's Interest have been reallocated in any Monthly Period to
  cover any Required Amounts and have not been reimbursed as of the
  Determination Date in such Monthly Period.
   
  The amount of new Receivables generated in any month and payment rates on
the Receivables may vary because of seasonal variations in product sales and
inventory levels, retail incentive programs provided by product manufacturers
and various economic factors affecting product sales generally. The following
table sets forth the monthly payment rates ("MPR") for the receivables
originated by Green Tree from Dealers for each month since January 1995 and
the average monthly payment rates for such receivables for all months during
the periods shown, in each case calculated by dividing the total collections
during a given month by total opening monthly balances of such receivables
during the periods shown and expressing such amounts as a percentage. The
payment rates shown in the table reflect payments on Floorplan Receivables
only. As of June 30, 1998, approximately 13.74% of the receivables in Green
Tree's portfolio were Asset-Based Receivables.     
 
                    MONTHLY PAYMENT RATES FOR THE PORTFOLIO
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                         PAYMENT RATE
                                                      ----------------------
MONTH                                                 1995  1996  1997  1998
- -----                                                 ----  ----  ----  ----    
<S>                                                   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>     
January..............................................  22%   20%   17%   16%
February.............................................  19    19    17    18
March................................................  24    23    22    21
April................................................  25    27    23    24
May..................................................  28    26    24    22
June.................................................  29    25    25    26
July.................................................  29    27    28    --
August...............................................  33    28    25    --
September............................................  28    26    26    --
October..............................................  30    26    26    --
November.............................................  28    23    22    --
December.............................................  24    21    22    --
                                                      ---   ---   ---   ---
Average..............................................  26%   24%   23%   21%(1)
                                                      ---   ---   ---   ---
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1) For six months ended June 30, 1998.     
 
  The amount of collections on Receivables may vary from month to month due to
seasonal fluctuations in sales of the products securing the Receivables and
other factors. There can be no assurance that Principal Collections with
respect to the Trust, and thus the rate at which funds are deposited in the
Principal Account during the Controlled Accumulation Period, will be similar
to the historical experience set forth above. If a Pay
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
Out Event occurs, the average life and maturity of the Offered Certificates
could be significantly reduced. Certificate Owners will bear the risk of being
able to reinvest principal received on the Certificates at a yield at least
equal to their yield on the Certificates. If an investor acquires a
Certificate at a discount, the repayment of principal on the Certificate later
than on the related Scheduled Payment Date will likely result in a lower than
anticipated yield. In addition, if an investor acquires a Certificate at a
premium, repayment of principal earlier than the related Scheduled Payment
Date will result in a yield to that investor that is lower than anticipated by
that investor.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
   
  A portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the Offered Certificates,
expected to be between $       and $      , will be paid by the Underwriters
directly to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("Morgan"), an affiliate
of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., pursuant to the terms of a swap agreement
between Morgan and Green Tree relating to the investment of funds in the
Principal Account for the Series 1995-1 Certificates. The remaining net
proceeds will be paid to the Transferor. The Transferor will apply such net
proceeds to pay the purchase price of Receivables and to fund the Pre-Funding
Account to the extent of the Pre-Funded Amount.     
 
                    DESCRIPTION OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES
   
  The Offered Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and the Series 1998-2 Supplement. Pursuant to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor and the Trustee have executed
Supplements for the Series 1995-1 Certificates, the Series 1996-1
Certificates, the Series 1996-2 Certificates, the Series 1998-1 Certificates
and the Series 1998-A Certificates, as summarized in Annex B, and may execute
additional Supplements in order to issue additional Series.     
 
GENERAL
   
  The Offered Certificates will represent undivided interests in certain
assets of the Trust, including the right to the investor allocation percentage
of all Obligor payments on the Receivables in the Trust. Each Class A
Certificate and Class B Certificate represents the right to receive payments
of interest at the Class A Certificate Rate or the Class B Certificate Rate,
as the case may be, funded from Series Available Interest Collections and the
right to receive payments of principal on or after the Class A Scheduled
Payment Date or the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, as applicable, in each
case funded from Principal Collections allocated to the Class A, Class B and
Class C Certificateholders' Interests.     
 
  The Transferor will own the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and the
Class D Certificates and may either own or privately place the Class C
Certificates. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate will represent an
undivided interest in the Trust, including the right to a percentage (the
"Transferor Percentage") of all Obligor payments on the Receivables in the
Trust equal to 100% minus the sum of the applicable investor allocation
percentages (which shall not exceed 100%) for all Series of certificates then
outstanding. See "--Certain Matters Regarding the Transferor and the
Servicer."
   
  During the Revolving Period, the amount of the Invested Amount in the Trust
will remain constant except under certain limited circumstances. See "--
Defaulted Receivables" and "--The Overconcentration Amounts." The amount of
Principal Receivables in the Trust, however, will vary each day as new
Receivables arise in the Accounts and other Receivables are paid. The amount
of the Transferor Interest (or the amount in the Excess Funding Account, if
necessary) will fluctuate each day, therefore, to reflect the changes in the
amount of the Principal Receivables in the Trust, except to the extent another
Series absorbs such change. During the Controlled Accumulation Period or an
Early Amortization Period, dealer payments of Principal Receivables will be
collected and distributed to the Certificate Owners. As a result, except to
the extent another Series (which may be a Companion Series) absorbs such
change, the Transferor Interest will generally increase as principal payments
are made to Certificateholders of a Series, reducing the Invested Amount of
such Series. The     
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
   
Transferor Interest will also change to reflect the variations in the amount
of the Principal Receivables in the Trust. The Transferor Interest may be
reduced as the result of an Exchange. See "--Exchanges."     
 
  Each Class of Offered Certificates initially will be represented by
certificates registered in the name of the nominee of DTC (together with any
successor depository selected by the Transferor, the "Depository"), except as
set forth below. Beneficial interests in each Class of Offered Certificates
will be available for purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof in book-entry form only. The Transferor
has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. Accordingly,
Cede & Co. is expected to be the holder of record of the Offered Certificates.
Unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued under the limited
circumstances described herein, no Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in
any Class of Offered Certificates will be entitled to receive a certificate
representing such Certificate Owner's interest in such Certificates. Until
such time, all references herein to actions by Certificateholders of any Class
of Offered Certificates will refer to actions taken by the Depository upon
instructions from its participating organizations ("DTC Participants" or
"Participants") and all references herein to distributions, notices, reports,
and statements to Certificateholders of any Class of Offered Certificates will
refer to distributions, notices, reports, and statements to the Depository or
its nominee, as the registered holder of the Offered Certificates of such
Class, for distribution to Certificate Owners of such Class in accordance with
the Depository's procedures. See "--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive
Certificates."
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
  With respect to each Class of Offered Certificates in book-entry form,
Certificateholders may hold their Certificates through DTC (in the United
States) or Cedel or Euroclear (in Europe), if they are participants of such
systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such
systems.
 
  Cede, as nominee for DTC, will hold the global certificates. Cedel and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the Cedel Participants and
the Euroclear Participants, respectively, through customers' securities
accounts in Cedel's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective
depositaries (collectively, the "Depositaries") which in turn will hold such
positions in customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on the
books of DTC.
 
  DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking
Law, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking Law,
a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the
meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a "clearing agency"
registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC
holds securities for its Participants and facilitates the clearance and
settlement among Participants of securities transactions, such as transfers
and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic book-entry changes in
Participants' accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
securities certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers,
banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other
organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is also available to others
such as securities brokers and dealers, banks, and trust companies that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either
directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants"). The rules applicable to DTC
and its Participants are on file with the Commission.
 
  Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and operating
procedures.
 
  Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC in the United States, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly
through Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants on the other, will be
effected in DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant
European international clearing system by its Depositary; however, such cross-
market transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant
European international clearing system by the counterparty in such system in
accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines
(European time). The relevant European international clearing
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver
instructions to its Depositary to take action to effect final settlement on
its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or
receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds
settlement applicable to DTC. Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants
may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.
 
  Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC Participant will be made
during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business day
following the DTC settlement date, and such credits or any transactions in
such securities settled during such processing will be reported to the
relevant Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant on such business day. Cash
received in Cedel or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or
through a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a DTC Participant
will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available
in the relevant Cedel or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day
following settlement in DTC.
 
  Purchases of Offered Certificates under the DTC system must be made by or
through Participants, which will receive a credit for the Offered Certificates
on DTC's records. The ownership interest of each actual Certificate Owner is
in turn to be recorded on the Participants' and Indirect Participants'
records. Certificate Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of
their purchase, but Certificate Owners are expected to receive written
confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic
statements of their holdings, from the Participant or Indirect Participant
through which the Certificate Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of
ownership interests in the Offered Certificates are to be accomplished by
entries made on the books of Participants acting on behalf of Certificate
Owners. Certificate Owners will not receive certificates representing their
ownership interest in Offered Certificates, except in the event that use of
the book-entry system for the Offered Certificates is discontinued.
 
  To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Offered Certificates deposited by
Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC's partnership nominee,
Cede & Co. The deposit of Offered Certificates with DTC and their registration
in the name of Cede & Co. effects no change in beneficial ownership. DTC has
no knowledge of the actual Certificate Owners; DTC's records reflect only the
identity of the Participants to whose accounts such Offered Certificates are
credited, which may or may not be the Certificate Owners. The Participants
will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of
their customers.
 
  Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Participants, by
Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Participants and Indirect
Participants to Certificate Owners will be governed by arrangements among
them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect
from time to time.
 
  Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. will consent or vote with respect to the Offered
Certificates. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to the
issuer as soon as possible after the record date, which assigns Cede & Co.'s
consenting or voting rights to those Participants to whose accounts the
Offered Certificates are credited on the record date (identified in a listing
attached thereto).
 
  Principal and interest payments on the Offered Certificates will be made to
DTC. DTC's practice is to credit Participants' accounts on the Distribution
Date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC's records
unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on the
Distribution Date. Payments by Participants to Certificate Owners will be
governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with
securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in
"street name," and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of
DTC, the Trustee or the Transferor, subject to any statutory or regulatory
requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of principal and
interest to DTC is the responsibility of the Trustee, disbursement of such
payments to Participants shall be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement
of such payments to the Certificate Owners shall be the responsibility of
Participants and Indirect Participants.
 
  DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with
respect to the Offered Certificates at any time by giving reasonable notice to
the Transferor or the Trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
that a successor securities depository is not obtained, Definitive
Certificates are required to be printed and delivered. The Transferor may
decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfers through DTC
(or a successor securities depository). In that event, Definitive Certificates
will be printed and delivered.
 
  Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel") is incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg as a professional depository. Cedel holds securities for its
participating organizations ("Cedel Participants") and facilitates the
clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Cedel Participants
through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Cedel Participants,
thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates.
Transactions may be settled by Cedel in any of 28 currencies, including United
States dollars. Cedel provides to its Cedel Participants, among other things,
services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of
internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Cedel
interfaces with domestic markets in several countries. As a professional
depository, Cedel is subject to regulations by the Luxembourg Monetary
Institute. Cedel Participants are recognized financial institutions around the
world, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations and may
include the underwriters of any Series of Certificates. Indirect access to
Cedel is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies that dear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Cedel
Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
  The Euroclear System (the "Euroclear System") was created in 1968 to hold
securities for participants of the Euroclear System ("Euroclear Participants")
and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear Participants through
simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates and any risk from
lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. Transactions may now be
settled in any of 32 currencies, including United States dollars. The
Euroclear System includes various other services, including securities lending
and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above. The Euroclear System is operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York, Brussels, Belgium office (the "Euroclear Operator" or
"Euroclear"), under contract with Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by
the Euroclear Operator, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and
Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the
Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes policy for the Euroclear system on
behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants include banks
(including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and other
professional financial intermediaries and may include the underwriters of any
Series of Certificates. Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also
available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
  The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it
is regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian
Banking Commission.
 
  Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively, the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions
govern transfers of securities and cash within the Euroclear System,
withdrawal of securities and cash from the Euroclear System, and receipts of
payments with respect to securities in the Euroclear System. All securities in
the Euroclear System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of
specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear
Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear
Participants and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through
Euroclear Participants.
 
  Distributions with respect to Offered Certificates held through Cedel or
Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or
Euroclear Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and
procedures, to the extent received by its Depositary. Such distributions will
be subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws
and regulations. Cedel or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will
take any other action permitted to be taken by a Certificateholder under the
related Pooling and
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
Servicing Agreement on behalf of a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear
Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and
subject to its Depositary's ability to effect such actions on its behalf
through DTC.
 
  Although DTC, Cedel and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in
order to facilitate transfers of Offered Certificates among participants of
DTC, Cedel and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue
to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any
time.
 
DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES
 
  Each Class of Offered Certificates will be issued in such registered,
certificated form to the Certificate Owners of such Class or their nominees
("Definitive Certificates"), rather than to the Depository or its nominee,
only if (i) the Transferor advises the Trustee in writing that the Depository
is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as
Depository with respect to the Offered Certificates of such Class, and the
Trustee or the Transferor is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the
Transferor, at its option, advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to
terminate the book-entry system through the Depository, or (iii) after the
occurrence of a Servicer Default, Certificate Owners representing not less
than 50% of the Invested Amount of such Class advise the Trustee and the
Depository through Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-
entry system through the Depository is no longer in the best interest of the
Certificate Owners of such Class.
 
  Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Depository is required to notify all Participants of
the availability through the Depository of Definitive Certificates. Upon
surrender by the Depository of the definitive certificate representing the
Offered Certificates of the affected Class and instructions for registration,
the Trustee will issue the Offered Certificates of such Class as Definitive
Certificates, and thereafter the Trustee will recognize the holders of such
Definitive Certificates as Certificateholders under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
 
  Distribution of principal and interest on the Offered Certificates will be
made by the Trustee directly to Certificateholders in accordance with the
procedures set forth herein and in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
Interest payments and any principal payments on each Distribution Date will be
made to Certificateholders in whose names the Definitive Certificates were
registered at the close of business on the related Record Date. Distributions
will be made by check mailed to the address of such Certificateholder as it
appears on the register maintained by the Trustee. The final payment on any
Offered Certificate, however, will be made only upon presentation and
surrender of such Certificate at the office or agency specified in the notice
of final distribution to Certificateholders. The Trustee will provide such
notice to registered Certificateholders mailed not later than the fifth day of
the month of such final distributions.
 
  Definitive Certificates will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the transfer agent and registrar, which initially will be the Trustee (in
such capacity, the "Transfer Agent and Registrar"). No service charge will be
imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Transfer Agent
and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith. The Transfer Agent
and Registrar will not be required to register the transfer or exchange of
Definitive Certificates for the period from the Record Date preceding the due
date for any payment to the Distribution Date with respect to such Definitive
Certificates.
 
  In the event that Definitive Certificates are issued, the Trustee will
maintain paying agencies in Luxembourg and London for payments in respect of
Definitive Certificates for so long as they are outstanding. The names and
addresses of the paying agents which are expected to be appointed in such
circumstances are set forth at the end of this Prospectus. If Definitive
Certificates are issued, such paying agents also will act as co-transfer
agents and co-registrars with respect to the Definitive Certificates. In the
event of any such appointment or replacement of paying agents, the Trustee
will publish or cause to be published as soon as possible in the Luxemburger
Wort a notice to the effect that such paying agent has been appointed or
replaced and other relevant information. If Definitive Certificates are
issued, such Definitive Certificates will be transferable and exchangeable at
the offices
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
of the transfer agent and such co-transfer agents. In the event of the
transfer of less than all the Invested Amount represented by a Definitive
Certificate, the transfer agent or such co-transfer agent, as applicable, will
issue a new Definitive Certificate to the transferor thereof representing the
Invested Amount not so transferred. In addition, upon maturity or final
payment, such Definitive Certificates may be presented for payment at the
offices of such paying agents in Luxembourg or London up to two years after
maturity or final payment. The Trustee may take appropriate steps to contact
the remaining Certificateholders regarding the surrender of their
Certificates, and the cost thereof will be paid out of the fund held by the
Trustee for benefit of such Certificateholders. The Trustee and the Paying
Agent will pay to the Transferor upon request any monies held by them for the
payment of principal or interest which remains unclaimed for two years. After
payment to the Transferor, Investor Certificateholders entitled to the money
must look to the Transferor for payment as general creditors unless an
applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.
 
REPLACEMENT OF DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES
 
  In the event that Definitive Certificates are issued, a Class A or a Class B
Certificate that is mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen may be exchanged or
replaced, as the case may be, at the offices of the co-transfer agent and co-
registrar in Luxembourg upon presentation of the Certificate or satisfactory
evidence of the destruction, loss or theft thereof to the co-transfer agent
and co-registrar. An indemnity satisfactory to the co-transfer agent and co-
registrar and the Trustee may be required at the expense of the Class A or the
Class B Certificateholder before a replacement Class A or Class B Certificate
will be issued. The Class A or the Class B Certificateholder will be required
to pay any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection with such
exchange or replacement and any other expenses (including the fees and
expenses of the Trustee and the co-transfer agent and co-registrar) connected
therewith.
 
INTEREST PAYMENTS
   
  Interest on the respective outstanding balance of each Class of Offered
Certificates will accrue at the applicable Certificate Rate and will be
payable on the 13th day of each month, or if such day is not a business day,
on the next succeeding business day (each a "Distribution Date"), beginning
October 13, 1998. A "Business Day" is any day other than a Saturday or Sunday
or another day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, London,
England or Luxembourg are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to
be closed. Interest will accrue from and including the preceding Distribution
Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, from and including the
Series 1998-2 Issuance Date) to but excluding such Distribution Date and will
be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in the related
Interest Accrual Period divided by 360 days.     
   
  Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates
will accrue for each Interest Accrual Period at the Class A Certificate Rate,
which shall equal the lesser of (i) LIBOR (calculated as described below)
determined as of the second LIBOR business day prior to such Interest Accrual
Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, determined as of
September 10, 1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to but excluding
October 13, 1998) plus    % per annum or (ii) the Net Receivables Rate
(described below). Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Class
B Certificates will accrue for each Interest Accrual Period at the Class B
Certificate Rate, which shall equal the lesser of (i) LIBOR determined as of
the second LIBOR business day prior to such Interest Accrual Period (or, in
the case of the first Distribution Date, determined as of September 10, 1998
for the period from September 14, 1998 up to but excluding October 13, 1998)
plus    % per annum or (ii) the Net Receivables Rate.     
 
  On the second London Banking Day prior to the Interest Reset date (as
defined herein) for such Interest Period (a "LIBOR Determination Date"), until
the Series Termination Date, the Trustee will determine the rate for deposits
in United States dollars for the applicable Index Maturity, commencing on such
Interest Reset Date, which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m.,
London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date. If such rate does not appear on
Telerate Page 3750, the rate for such LIBOR Determination Date will be
determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States
dollars are offered by the Reference Banks (as defined herein) at
approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the
London interbank market
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
for the applicable Index Maturity. The Trustee will request the principal
London office in each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its
rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for such LIBOR
Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations (rounded
upward to the nearest 0.015625%). If fewer than two quotations are provided as
requested, the rate for such LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic
mean (rounded upward to the nearest 0.015625%) of the rates quoted by major
banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on such date for loans in United States dollars to leading
European banks for the applicable Index Maturity; provided, however, that if
the Trustee is unable to determine a rate in accordance with one of the
procedures described above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the most
recent LIBOR Determination Date. For purposes of calculating LIBOR, "London
Banking Day" means any business day on which dealings in deposits in United
States dollars are transacted in the London interbank market, "Telerate Page
3750" means the display page currently so designated on the Dow Jones Telerate
Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service for the
purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices), and "Reference Banks" means
three major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Servicer.
 
  The "Net Receivables Rate" for a Distribution Date is (i) the weighted
average of the interest rates borne by the Receivables during the second
preceding Monthly Period (because interest payments on the Receivables at such
rates will be due and payable in the Monthly Period preceding such
Distribution Date), plus (ii) the product of (x) the Monthly Payment Rate for
the Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date, (y) the Discount Factor,
if any, for such Distribution Date and (z) twelve, less 2% per annum, unless
the Servicing Fee has been waived for such Monthly Period. The "Monthly
Payment Rate" for a Monthly Period is the percentage equivalent of a fraction,
the numerator of which is the aggregate of the Receivables balance (without
deducting therefrom the discount portion, if any) collected during such
Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the average daily aggregate
Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom the discount portion, if any)
for such Monthly Period.
 
  The Class A Certificate Rate and the Class B Certificate Rate applicable to
the then current and immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period may be
obtained by telephoning the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office at (612)
667-4959. If the Offered Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange, the Trustee will cause the Class A Certificate Rate and the Class B
Certificate Rate applicable to an Interest Accrual Period to be provided to
the Luxembourg Stock Exchange as soon as possible after its determination but
in no event later than the first day of such Interest Accrual Period. If the
Offered Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Trustee
will publish or cause to be published in the Luxemburger Wort, as soon as
possible after determination, the Certificate Rates for the Interest Accrual
Period commencing on such Distribution Date, as well as the length of such
Interest Accrual Period and the aggregate amount of interest payable on the
Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates on the following
Distribution Date, and will provide notice thereof to the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange.
 
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
   
  During the Revolving Period (which begins on the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date
and ends on the day before the earliest of (i) the Monthly Period preceding
the Initial Principal Payment Date, (ii) the commencement of the Controlled
Accumulation Period or (iii) the occurrence of a Pay Out Event), no principal
payments will be made to the Certificateholders. During the Controlled
Accumulation Period, principal will be deposited in the Principal Account on
each business day and such amounts will be distributed to the Class A
Certificateholders on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, then to the Class B
Certificateholders on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, then to the Class C
Certificateholders until the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full, and
finally to the Class D Certificateholders until the Class D Invested Amount is
paid in full. The amount of principal deposited in the Principal Account
during each Monthly Period during the Controlled Accumulation Period will not
exceed the Controlled Deposit Amount. See "--Pay Out Events" for a discussion
of events which might lead to the commencement of the Early Amortization
Period prior to the first day of the Controlled Accumulation Period. See "--
Application of Collections" for a discussion of the method by which Principal
Collections are allocated during the Controlled Accumulation Period.     
 
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
   
  Principal Collections for any Monthly Period during the Controlled
Accumulation Period allocated to the Class A, Class B and Class C
Certificateholders' Interests will first be used to cover, with respect to
such Monthly Period, required deposits into the Principal Account for the
benefit of the Class A Certificateholders. On and after the date on which an
amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount has been deposited in the
Principal Account, Principal Collections for any Monthly Period allocated to
the Class A, Class B and Class C Certificateholders' Interests will first be
used to cover required deposits into the Principal Account for the benefit of
the Class B Certificateholders. On and after the date on which an amount equal
to the Class B Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account,
Principal Collections for any Monthly Period allocated to the Class A, Class B
and Class C Certificateholders' Interests will first be used to cover required
deposits into the Principal Account for the benefit of the Class C
Certificateholders. The Servicer will determine the amount of Principal
Collections for any business day allocated to the Class A, Class B and Class C
Certificateholders' Interests that remain after covering required deposits or
payments of principal to the Certificateholders and any similar amount
remaining with respect to certificates of any other Series (other than amounts
allocated to Transferor Retained Classes) (collectively, "Shared Principal
Collections"). The Servicer will allocate the Shared Principal Collections to
cover any scheduled or permitted principal distributions to certificateholders
and deposits to principal funding accounts, if any, for any Series that have
not been covered out of the Principal Collections allocable to such Series and
certain other amounts ("Principal Shortfalls"). Shared Principal Collections
will not be used to cover investor charge-offs for any Series. If Principal
Shortfalls exceed Shared Principal Collections on any business day, Shared
Principal Collections will be allocated pro rata among the applicable Series
based on the relative amounts of Principal Shortfalls. To the extent that
Shared Principal Collections exceed Principal Shortfalls, the balance will,
subject to certain limitations, be paid to the holder of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate.     
   
EXTENSION OF INITIAL PRINCIPAL PAYMENT DATE     
   
  Unless a Pay Out Event has occurred, principal with respect to the Class A
Certificates is expected to be paid on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date and
principal with respect to the Class B Certificates is expected to be paid on
the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, provided that the Certificateholders will
receive payments of principal earlier than such dates if the Servicer elects
not to extend the Initial Principal Payment Date. The Initial Principal
Payment Date will initially be the April 2001 Distribution Date, but will
successively and automatically be extended to the next Distribution Date after
the then-current Initial Principal Payment Date unless the Servicer elects not
to so extend; provided that the Initial Principal Payment Date may not be
later than the Class A Scheduled Payment Date. In the event that the Servicer
elects not to extend the Initial Principal Payment Date, the Revolving Period
or the Controlled Accumulation Period, as applicable, will end, and amounts
then on deposit in the Principal Account and Principal Collections with
respect to each Distribution Date commencing on the Initial Principal Payment
Date will be paid first to the Class A Certificateholders until the earlier of
the date on which the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full or the Series
1998-2 Termination Date, and then all Principal Collections will be paid to
the Class B Certificateholders until the earlier of the date on which the
Class B Invested Amount is paid in full or the Series 1998-2 Termination Date
and then all Principal Collections will be paid to the Class C
Certificateholders until the earlier of the date on which the Class C Invested
Amount is paid in full or the Series 1998-2 Termination Date.     
   
  The Servicer will cause the Trustee to provide written notice to each
Certificateholder, the Transferor, the Rating Agency and the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange of any election by the Servicer not to extend the Initial Principal
Payment Date. The Servicer will cause the Trustee to mail such notice not more
than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the then-current Initial Principal
Payment Date.     
 
POSTPONEMENT OF CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD
   
  The Controlled Accumulation Period is currently expected to commence at the
close of business on December 1, 2001; however, the date on which the
Controlled Accumulation Period actually commences may be delayed if the
Controlled Accumulation Period Length (determined as described below) is less
than the number of months remaining between the Period Length Determination
Date (defined below) and the Class A     
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
   
Scheduled Payment Date. On November 13, 2001, the Servicer will determine the
"Accumulation Period Length." The "Accumulation Period Length" will be one,
two, three or four months and will be calculated as the product, rounded
upwards to the nearest integer, of (a) four and (b) a fraction, the numerator
of which is the Invested Amount as of November 13, 2001 (after giving effect
to all changes therein on such date) and the denominator of which is the sum
of such Invested Amount and the invested amounts as of November 13, 2001
(after giving effect to all changes therein on such date) of all other
outstanding Series whose respective revolving periods are not scheduled to end
before the last day of the March 2002 Monthly Period. Depending on whether the
Accumulation Period Length is one month, two months, three months or four
months, the "Accumulation Period Commencement Date" will be the first day of
the March 2002 Monthly Period, the February 2002 Monthly Period, the January
2002 Monthly Period or the December 2001 Monthly Period, respectively.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Accumulation Period Commencement Date will
be December 1, 2001 if, prior to such date, any other outstanding Series has
entered into an early amortization period. The effect of the foregoing
calculation is to reduce the Controlled Accumulation Period Length based on
the invested amounts of other Series that are scheduled to be in their
revolving periods and thus scheduled to create Shared Principal Collections
during the Controlled Accumulation Period.     
 
INTEREST COLLECTIONS; PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
 
  The Servicer will allocate the aggregate amount of Collections available in
the Collection Account (or shall instruct the Trustee to so allocate from
amounts on deposit in the Collection Account if all Collections are being
deposited therein as described below under "--Application of Collections;
Allocations") on each business day to Interest Collections and Principal
Collections. "Interest Collections" are calculated as the sum of (A) all
collections of interest and other fees on the Receivables, (B) all Imputed
Yield Collections (if a Discount Factor is then in effect), (C) investment
earnings on amounts on deposit in the Trust Accounts on such business day and
(D) Recoveries on such business day. "Principal Collections" are such
Collections other than Interest Collections.
 
SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES
 
  The Class B Certificates will be subordinated to the extent necessary to
fund certain payments with respect to the Class A Certificates. To the extent
the Class B Invested Amount is reduced, the percentage of Interest Collections
allocated to the Class B Certificateholders will be reduced. Moreover, to the
extent the amount of such reduction in the Class B Invested Amount is not
reimbursed, the amount of principal distributable to the Class B
Certificateholders will be reduced.
 
  The Class C Certificates will be subordinated to the extent necessary to
fund certain payments with respect to the Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates. To the extent the Class C Invested Amount is reduced, the
percentage of Interest Collections allocated to the Class C Certificateholders
will be reduced. Moreover, to the extent the amount of such reduction in the
Class C Invested Amount is not reimbursed, the amount of principal
distributable to the Class C Certificateholders will be reduced.
   
  If, on any Determination Date, the aggregate Investor Default Amount, if
any, for each business day in the preceding Monthly Period exceeds the sum of
(a) the aggregate amount of Series Available Interest Collections applied to
the payment thereof as described in clauses (iv) and (v) of "--Application of
Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest, and Other Items," (b) the amount of
Excess Interest Collections allocated thereto as described in "--Reallocation
of Cash Flows," and (c) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections
allocated with respect thereto as described in "--Reallocated Principal
Collections," the Class D Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by
which such aggregate Investor Default Amount exceeds the amount applied with
respect thereto during the preceding Monthly Period. Such reductions of the
Class D Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed and the Class D Invested
Amount increased on each business day by the amount, if any, of Series
Available Interest Collections and Excess Interest Collections allocated and
available for that purpose. The Class D Invested Amount will initially be
$16,250,000 and may be adjusted under the circumstances described under "--The
Overconcentration Amounts" below.     
 
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
   
  In the event that any such reduction of the Class D Invested Amount would
cause the Class D Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class D
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero and the Class C Invested Amount will
be reduced by the amount by which the Class D Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Investor Default
Amount for such preceding Monthly Period. Such reductions of the Class C
Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed and the Class C Invested Amount
increased during such Monthly Period by the amount, if any, of such Series
Available Interest Collections and Excess Interest Collections for such
business day allocated and available for that purpose.     
   
  In the event that any such reduction of the Class C Invested Amount would
cause the Class C Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class C
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero and the Class B Invested Amount will
be reduced by the amount by which the Class C Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Investor Default
Amount for such Monthly Period. Such reductions of the Class B Invested Amount
will thereafter be reimbursed and the Class B Invested Amount increased on
each business day by the amount, if any, of Series Available Interest
Collections and Excess Interest Collections for such business day allocated
and available for that purpose. If the Class B Invested Amount is reduced to
zero, the Class A Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the
Class B Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not more than
the remaining aggregate Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period. Such
reductions of the Class A Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed and
the Class A Invested Amount increased on each business day by the amount, if
any, of Series Available Interest Collections and Excess Interest Collections
allocated and available for that purpose. See "--Reallocation of Cash Flows,"
"--Reallocated Principal Collections" and "--Investor Charge-Offs."     
 
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES AND COLLATERAL SECURITY
   
  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Green Tree has contributed and sold to
the Transferor all of its right, title and interest in and to the outstanding
Receivables and the related Collateral Security, all the Receivables and the
related Collateral Security arising in the Accounts from time to time
thereafter, and the proceeds of all of the foregoing. Pursuant to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor has transferred and assigned to the
Trust all of its right, title and interest in and to the outstanding
Receivables and the related Collateral Security and all the Receivables and
the related Collateral Security arising in the Accounts from time to time
thereafter. On the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date, the Trustee will authenticate
the Certificates and deliver the Certificates to the Transferor which will in
turn deliver the Offered Certificates to the Underwriters against payment of
the proceeds of the sale of the Offered Certificates.     
   
  Green Tree, for itself and as Servicer, will identify in its computer files
that the Receivables have been assigned to the Trust. Green Tree, as Servicer,
will retain and will not deliver to the Trustee any other records or
agreements relating to the Receivables. The records and agreements relating to
the Receivables will not be segregated from those relating to other accounts
and receivables of Green Tree and the physical documentation relating to the
Receivables will not be stamped or marked to reflect the transfer of the
Receivables to the Trust. The Trustee will have reasonable access to such
records and agreements as required by applicable law or to enforce the rights
of the Certificateholders. Green Tree has filed one or more UCC-1 financing
statements in accordance with the UCC to perfect the Transferor's interest in
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof, as applicable. The Transferor has
filed one or more UCC-1 financing statements in accordance with applicable
state law to perfect the Trust's interest in the Receivables and the proceeds
thereof. The UCC-1 financing statements that perfect Green Tree's (or the
relevant subsidiary's) security interest in the Collateral Security will not
be amended to reflect such transfers. See "Risk Factors--Transfer of the
Receivables; Insolvency Risk Considerations" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables."     
 
EXCHANGES
 
  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides for the Trustee to issue two
types of certificates: (i) one or more Series of certificates, each of which
may have one or more classes, and (ii) the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate will evidence the
Transferor Interest, will initially be held
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
   
by the Transferor, and will be transferable only as provided in the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement also provides
that, pursuant to any one or more Supplements to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may tender
such certificate, or the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and the
certificates evidencing any Series of certificates, to the Trustee in exchange
for one or more new Series and a reissued Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
(an "Exchange"). Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may define, with respect to any newly
issued Series, certain terms including: (i) its name or designation; (ii) its
initial invested amount (or method for calculating such amount); (iii) its
certificate rate (or the method of allocating interest payments or other cash
flows to such Series); (iv) the closing date; (v) the rating agency or
agencies, if any, rating the Series; (vi) the interest payment date or dates
and the date or dates from which interest shall accrue; (vii) the name of the
clearing agency, if any; (viii) the method for allocating collections to
certificateholders of such Series with respect to Principal Collections,
Interest Collections, and Defaulted Receivables and the method by which the
principal amount of such Series will amortize or accrue; (ix) the names of any
accounts to be used by such Series and the terms governing the operation of
any such accounts; (x) the percentage used to calculate monthly servicing
fees; (xi) the Minimum Transferor Interest; (xii) the credit enhancement
provider, if applicable, and the terms of any credit enhancement with respect
to such Series; (xiii) the base rate applicable to such Series; (xiv) the
terms on which the certificates of such Series may be repurchased or
remarketed to other investors; (xv) the termination date of such Series; (xvi)
any deposit into any account provided for such Series; (xvii) the number of
classes of such Series and, if more than one class, the rights and priorities
of each such class; (xviii) the fees, if any, to be included in funds
available to certificateholders in such Series; (xix) the subordination, if
any, of such new Series with respect to any other Series; (xx) the rights, if
any, of the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate that have been
transferred to the holders of such Series; (xxi) the pool factor (consisting
of a seven-digit decimal expressing the ratio of the invested amount to the
initial invested amount); (xxii) whether such Series will be part of a group
or subject to being paired with any other prefunded Series; (xxiii) whether
such Series will be prefunded; and (xxiv) any other relevant terms, including
whether or not such Series will be pledged as collateral for an issuance of
any other securities, including commercial paper (all such terms, the
"Principal Terms" of such Series). None of the Transferor, the Servicer, the
Trustee, or the Trust is required or intends to obtain the consent of any
Certificateholder to issue any additional Series or in connection with the
determination of the Principal Terms thereof. However, as a condition of an
Exchange, the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate will deliver
to the Trustee written confirmation that the Exchange will not result in any
Rating Agency reducing or withdrawing its rating of any outstanding Series,
including the Offered Certificates. The Transferor may offer any Series to the
public or other investors in transactions either registered under the
Securities Act or exempt from registration thereunder, directly, through one
or more underwriters or placement agents, in fixed-price offerings, in
negotiated transactions, or otherwise. Any such Series may be issued in fully
registered or book-entry form in minimum denominations determined by the
Transferor. The Transferor currently intends to offer, from time to time,
additional Series.     
 
  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may perform Exchanges and define the
Principal Terms of each Series, including the period during which amortization
of the principal amount thereof is intended to occur, which period may have a
different length and begin on a different date than such period for any other
Series. Accordingly, one or more Series may be in their amortization periods
while other Series are not. Moreover, any Series may have the benefit of a
credit enhancement that is available only to such Series. Under the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee will hold any such form of credit
enhancement only on behalf of the Series with respect to which it relates.
Likewise, with respect to each such form of credit enhancement, the holder of
the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may deliver a different form of credit
enhancement agreement. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement also provides that
the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may specify different
coupon rates and monthly servicing fees with respect to each Series (or a
particular class within such Series). Collections allocated to Interest
Receivables not used to pay interest on the certificates, the monthly
servicing fee, the investor default amount, or investor charge-offs with
respect to any Series will be allocated as provided in such credit enhancement
agreement, if applicable. The holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate also has the option under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to
vary between Series the terms upon which a Series (or a particular class
within such Series) may be repurchased by the
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
   
Transferor or remarketed to other investors. Additionally, certain Series may
be subordinated to other Series, and classes within a Series may have
different priorities. The Series 1998-2 Supplement does not permit the
subordination of the Certificates to any other Series that may be issued by
the Trust (except to the limited extent described herein with respect to
Shared Principal Collections and Excess Interest Collections). There is no
limit to the number of Exchanges that may be performed under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. The Trust will terminate only as provided in the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.     
 
  An Exchange may occur only upon the satisfaction of certain conditions
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may perform an Exchange by notifying the
Trustee at least five business days in advance of the date upon which the
Exchange is to occur. The notice will state the designation of any Series to
be issued on the date of the Exchange and, with respect to each such Series:
(i) its initial principal amount (or method for calculating such amount), (ii)
its certificate rate (or the method of allocating interest payments or other
cash flows to such Series), and (iii) the provider of the credit enhancement,
if any, which is expected to provide credit support with respect to it. The
Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that on the date of the Exchange the
Trustee will authenticate any such Series only upon delivery to the Trustee of
the following: (i) a Supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
specifying the Principal Terms of such Series, (ii) an opinion of counsel to
the effect that the certificates of such Series will be characterized as
indebtedness or as partnership interests under existing law for federal and
applicable state income tax purposes and that the issuance of such Series will
not materially adversely affect the federal income tax characterization of any
outstanding Series, including Series 1998-2, or result in the trust being
subject to tax at the entity level for federal or applicable state tax
purposes, (iii) if required by such Supplement, the form of credit enhancement
and an appropriate credit enhancement agreement with respect thereto executed
by the Transferor and the issuer of the credit enhancement, (iv) written
confirmation from each Rating Agency that the Exchange will not result in such
Rating Agency's reducing or withdrawing its rating on any then-outstanding
Series rated by it, including Series 1998-2, (v) the existing Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate and, if applicable, the certificates representing the
Series to be exchanged, and (vi) an officer's certificate of the Transferor
stating that, after giving effect to such Exchange, (a) the Transferor
Interest would be at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest, and (b)
taking into account the certificates of the newly issued Series, more than 20%
(by Invested Amount and by value) of the outstanding certificates issued by
the Trust with respect to which no opinion of counsel was issued that the
applicable class would be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes
(including the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and each Transferor
Retained Class) shall, by their terms, be prohibited from being transferred.
 
  Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor may also exchange
the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate for a newly issued Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate and a second certificate (a "Supplemental Certificate")
the terms of which will be defined in a supplement upon the satisfaction of
certain conditions provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
   
  The Transferor has made and will make representations and warranties to the
Trust relating to the Accounts, the Receivables and the Collateral Security to
the effect, among other things, that (a) as of the Cut-off Date, the Closing
Date and the date of issuance of any other Series (a "Series Issuance Date")
(or, in the case of an Additional Account, as of the date of its designation
for inclusion in the Trust and the date the related Receivables are
transferred to the Trust (an "Addition Date")), each Account or Additional
Account was or is an Eligible Account or, if it was or is an Ineligible
Account on such date, such Account is being removed from the Trust in
accordance with the requirements of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (b)
as of the Cut-off Date (or as of the Additional Cut-off Date, in the case of
any Additional Accounts) or as of the date any Receivable is generated (a
"Receivables Transfer Date"), each Receivable is an Eligible Receivable, (c)
each Receivable and all Collateral Security conveyed to the Trust on the
Closing Date and on each Receivables Transfer Date or, in the case of
Additional Accounts, on the Addition Date, and all of the Transferor's right,
title and interest in the Purchase Agreement, have been conveyed to the Trust
free and clear of any liens, and (d) all     
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
appropriate consents and governmental authorizations required to be obtained
by the Transferor in connection with the conveyance of each such Receivable
have been duly obtained. If the Transferor breaches any representation and
warranty described in this paragraph, such breach remains uncured for 30 days
(or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Trustee) after the earlier
to occur of the discovery of such breach by the Transferor or the Servicer or
receipt of written notice of such breach by the Transferor or the Servicer,
and such breach has a materially adverse effect on the Certificateholders'
Interest or the interests of the holders of other outstanding Series in any
Receivable or Account, the Certificateholders' Interest and such other
certificateholders' interests in such Receivable or, in the case of a breach
relating to an Account, all Receivables in the related Account ("Ineligible
Receivables") will be reassigned to the Transferor on the terms and conditions
set forth below and such Account shall no longer be included as an Account.
 
  Each Ineligible Receivable will be reassigned to the Transferor on or before
the end of the Monthly Period in which such reassignment obligation arises by
the Transferor directing the Servicer to deduct the balance of such Receivable
(discounted by the Discount Factor, if any, for the Monthly Period preceding
such Determination Date) from the Pool Balance. In the event that such
deduction would cause the Transferor Interest to be less than the Minimum
Transferor Interest on the preceding Determination Date (after giving effect
to the allocations, distributions, withdrawals and deposits to be made on such
Distribution Date), on the date on which such reassignment is to occur the
Transferor will be obligated to make a deposit into the Collection Account in
immediately available funds in an amount equal to the amount by which the
Transferor Interest would be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest (the
amount of any such deposit being referred to herein as a "Transfer Deposit
Amount"), provided that if the Transfer Deposit Amount is not so deposited,
the principal balance of the related Receivables will be deducted from the
Pool Balance only to the extent the Transferor Interest is not reduced below
the Minimum Transferor Interest and any principal balance not so deducted will
not be reassigned and will remain part of the Trust. The reassignment of any
such Receivable to the Transferor and the payment of any related Transfer
Deposit Amount will be the sole remedy respecting any breach of the
representations and warranties described in the preceding paragraph with
respect to such Receivable available to Certificateholders or the Trustee on
behalf of Certificateholders.
   
  The Transferor will make in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
representations and warranties to the Trust to the effect, among other things,
that as of the closing date of each Series (a) the Transferor is duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Delaware and has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and
perform its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the related
Series Supplement, and the Purchase Agreement, (b) the Transferor is duly
qualified to do business and in good standing (or is exempt from such
requirement) in any state required in order to conduct its business and has
obtained all necessary licenses and approvals required under federal,
Minnesota and Delaware law, (c) the execution and delivery of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, the related Series Supplement, and the Purchase
Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions provided for therein, have
been duly authorized by the Transferor by all necessary corporate action on
its part, (d) the Pooling and Servicing Agreement constitutes a legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Transferor and (e) the transfer of Receivables
and the Collateral Security by it to the Trust under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement constitutes either a valid transfer and assignment to the Trust of
all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables and
the Collateral Security (other than Receivables in Accounts designated as
Additional Accounts after such closing date), whether then existing or
thereafter created and the proceeds thereof (including amounts in any of the
accounts established for the benefit of Certificateholders) or the grant of a
first priority perfected security interest in such Receivables (except for
certain liens permitted pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) and
the proceeds thereof (including amounts in any of the accounts established for
the benefit of Certificateholders), which is effective as to each such
Receivable upon the creation thereof. In the event of a breach of any of the
representations and warranties described in this paragraph, either the Trustee
or the Holders of Certificates evidencing undivided interests in the Trust
aggregating more than 50% of the aggregate investor interest of the related
Series outstanding may direct the Transferor to accept reassignment of an
amount of Principal Receivables equal to the invested amount to be reassigned
(as described below) within 60 days of such notice, or within such longer
period specified in such notice. The Transferor will thereupon be obligated to
accept     
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
reassignment of such Receivables on a Distribution Date occurring within such
applicable period. Such reassignment will not be required to be made, however,
if at any time during such applicable period, or such longer period, the
representations and warranties shall then be true and correct in all material
respects. The amount to be deposited by the Transferor for distribution to
certificateholders in connection with such reassignment will be equal to the
invested amount for all Series of certificates required to be reassigned on
the last day of the Monthly Period preceding the Distribution Date on which
the reassignment is scheduled to be made, less the amount, if any, previously
allocated for payment of principal to such certificateholders on such
Distribution Date, plus an amount equal to all interest accrued but unpaid on
such certificates at the applicable certificate rate through the last day of
the related Interest Accrual Period, less the amount transferred to the
Distribution Account from the Interest Funding Account in respect of interest
on such certificates for the month ending on such last day of the Monthly
Period. The payment of the reassignment deposit amount and the transfer of all
other amounts deposited for the preceding month in the Distribution Account
will be considered a payment in full of the investor interest for all Series
of certificates required to be repurchased and will be distributed upon
presentation and surrender of the certificates for each such Series. If the
Trustee or certificateholders give a notice as provided above, the obligation
of the Transferor to make any such deposit will constitute the sole remedy
available to the Trustee and the certificateholders with respect to any breach
of the Transferor's representations and warranties.
   
  An "Eligible Account" is defined to mean, as of the Cut-off Date (or, with
respect to Additional Accounts, as of their date of designation for inclusion
in the Trust), an arrangement to provide a revolving extension of credit by
Green Tree or one of its subsidiaries to a Dealer (i) in order to finance the
purchase by a Dealer of consumer and commercial product inventory or (ii) as a
line of credit secured by unencumbered assets of such Dealer, which extension
of credit, as of the date of determination thereof, (a) is in existence and
maintained with Green Tree or such subsidiary, (b) is payable in United States
dollars, (c) is with a Dealer whose most recent billing address is in the
United States or its territories or possessions, (d) has been originated by
Green Tree or such subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or acquired
by Green Tree through the acquisition of an Eligible Account from another
lender upon satisfying Green Tree's customary underwriting standards, (e) in
respect of which no amounts have been charged off by Green Tree or such
subsidiary as uncollectible in its customary and usual manner as of the Cut-
off Date (or, with respect to Additional Accounts, as of their date of
designation for inclusion in the Trust), and (f) is with a Dealer that is not
involved in insolvency proceedings. The definition of Eligible Account may be
changed by amendment to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement without the
consent of the Certificateholders if (i) the Transferor delivers to the
Trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that, in the
reasonable belief of the Transferor, such amendment will not as of the date of
such amendment adversely affect in any material respect the interest of the
Certificateholders, and (ii) such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or
reduction of the rating of any outstanding Series under the Trust.     
 
  An "Eligible Receivable" is defined to mean each Receivable (a) that was
originated or acquired by Green Tree or one of its subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business or acquired by Green Tree through the acquisition
of an Eligible Account from another lender upon satisfying Green Tree's
customary underwriting standards, (b) that has arisen under an Eligible
Account, (c) that was created in compliance with all requirements of law
applicable thereto and pursuant to a floorplan or asset-based financing
agreement that complies with all requirements of law applicable thereto, (d)
with respect to which all consents, licenses or authorizations of, or
registrations with, any governmental authority required to be obtained or
given by Green Tree or such subsidiary or the Transferor in connection with
the creation of such Receivable or the transfer thereof to the Trust or the
execution, delivery, creation and performance by Green Tree or such subsidiary
of the related floorplan or asset-based financing agreement have been duly
obtained or given and are in full force and effect as of the date of the
creation of such Receivable, (e) as to which, at the time of its creation, the
Transferor had good and marketable title free and clear of all liens and
security interests (other than certain liens permitted pursuant to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement), and at all times following the transfer of such
Receivables to the Trust, the Trust will have good and marketable title free
and clear of all liens and security interests (other than certain liens
permitted pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) or the grant of a
first priority security interest therein, (f) that
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
   
is the legal, valid, binding and assignable payment obligation of the related
Dealer, legally enforceable against such Dealer, in accordance with its terms
(with certain bankruptcy related exceptions), (g) that constitutes "chattel
paper," an "account" or a "general intangible" under Article 9 of the Uniform
Commercial Code as then in effect in the State of Minnesota, (h) if such
Receivable has the benefit of a Floorplan Agreement with a Manufacturer, such
Floorplan Agreement provides, subject to the specific terms thereof and any
limitations therein (which may vary among Floorplan Agreements), that the
Manufacturer is obligated to repurchase the products securing the Receivables
upon the Servicer's repossession thereof upon the related Dealer's default,
(i) which has been the subject of a valid transfer and assignment from the
Transferor to the Trust of all the Transferor's interest therein and in the
related Collateral Security (including any proceeds thereof), (j) which at the
time of transfer to the Trust is not subject to any right of rescission,
setoff, or any other defense (including defenses arising out of violations of
usury laws) of the Dealer, (k) as to which, at the time of transfer of such
Receivable to the Trust, Green Tree (or such subsidiary) and the Transferor
have satisfied all their respective obligations with respect to such
Receivable required to be satisfied at such time, (l) as to which, at the time
of transfer of such Receivable to the Trust, neither Green Tree or such
subsidiary nor the Transferor has taken or failed to take any action which
would impair the rights of the Trust or the certificateholders therein and
(m) which represents the obligation of a Dealer to repay an advance made to or
on behalf of such Dealer to finance products or the accounts receivable
arising from the sale of such products. In addition, participation interests
described above under "Green Tree Financial Corporation and Its Commercial
Lending Division--Participations in Floorplan Receivables" and Receivables
described above under "Green Tree Financial Corporation and Its Commercial
Lending Division--Participation Arrangements" will be Receivables.     
 
  It will not be required or anticipated that the Trustee will make any
initial or periodic general examination of the Receivables or any records
relating to the Receivables for the purpose of establishing the presence or
absence of defects, compliance with the Transferor's representations and
warranties or for any other purpose. The Servicer, however, will deliver to
the Trustee on or before March 31 of each year, an opinion of counsel with
respect to the validity of the security interest of the Trust in and to the
Receivables and certain other components of the Trust Portfolio.
 
ADDITION OF ACCOUNTS
   
  Subject to the conditions described below, the Transferor will have the
right to designate, from time to time, Additional Accounts to be included as
Accounts with respect to the Trust. In addition, the Transferor will be
required to designate Additional Accounts if (i) the Transferor Interest on
the last day of any Monthly Period is less than the Minimum Transferor
Interest or (ii) the Pool Balance is less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal
Receivables (less any amounts in the Excess Funding Account or amounts
deposited in the Principal Account with respect to any Series from the Excess
Funding Account). The Transferor will convey to the Trust its interest in all
Receivables in such Additional Accounts, whether such Receivables are then
existing or thereafter created.     
 
  Each Additional Account must be an Eligible Account at the time of its
designation. However, Additional Accounts may not be of the same credit
quality as the initial Accounts, and may have been originated by Green Tree
using credit criteria different from those which were applied by Green Tree to
the initial Accounts.
 
  A conveyance by the Transferor to the Trust of Receivables in Additional
Accounts is subject to the following conditions, among others: (i) each such
Additional Account must be an Eligible Account; (ii) the Transferor shall
represent and warrant that the addition of such Additional Accounts shall not,
in the reasonable belief of the Transferor, cause a Pay Out Event to occur;
(iii) the Transferor shall not select such Additional Accounts in a manner
that it believes is adverse to the interests of the certificateholders or any
Enhancement Provider; (iv) the Transferor shall deliver a Tax Opinion, other
than in the case of a required addition, and certain other opinions of counsel
with respect to the addition of such Additional Accounts to the Trustee, each
Rating Agency and any credit enhancement provider and (v) if the Automatic
Addition Condition (as described below) is not satisfied, the applicable
Rating Agencies shall have provided written confirmation that such addition
will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of the Certificates
or any other rated outstanding Series or class of certificates. If the
Automatic Addition Condition is satisfied and the Account being added will
contain Receivables secured by a security interest in a type of product not
previously financed by Green Tree, then such
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
addition is subject to each Rating Agency confirming that the addition of such
Account would not result in the reduction or the withdrawal of the rating of
the Certificates.
 
  The "Automatic Addition Condition" means, with respect to the addition of
Accounts that (i) during the calendar quarter in which such addition occurs,
the number of new Accounts for Dealers that are financing products of the type
already being financed by Green Tree does not exceed 5% of the number of all
Accounts at the end of the preceding calendar quarter, (ii) during the twelve
months ending at the beginning of such calendar quarter, the number of such
new Accounts does not exceed 20% of the number of all Accounts at the
beginning of such twelve month period, (iii) the average for the three months
preceding the month of such addition of the aggregate balance of Receivables
that have been delinquent for more than 30 days does not exceed 1.25% of the
Pool Balance at the end of the month preceding the month of such addition, and
(iv) the annualized average for such three month period of the net losses
incurred in respect of the Receivables does not exceed 1.75% of the Pool
Balance at the end of the month preceding the month of such addition.
 
  In addition to the periodic reports otherwise required to be filed by the
Servicer with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Servicer
intends to file, on behalf of the Trust, a Report on Form 8-K with respect to
any addition to the Trust of Receivables in Additional Accounts that would
have a material effect on the composition of the assets of the Trust.
 
REMOVAL OF ACCOUNTS
 
  The Transferor shall have the right at any time to require the removal from
the Trust of Eligible Accounts, including all amounts then held by the Trust
or thereafter received by the Trust in respect of the Eligible Accounts to be
removed. To remove any Eligible Account and such amounts, the Transferor (or
the Servicer on its behalf) shall, among other things, (a) on or before the
fifth business day prior to the Determination Date on which such removal will
occur (the "Removal Date"), furnish to the Trustee, any credit enhancement
provider and each Rating Agency a written notice (the "Removal Notice")
specifying the Removal Date; (b) on or before the fifth business day after the
Removal Date, the Transferor shall have furnished to the Trustee a computer
file, microfiche list or other list of the Accounts (the "Removed Accounts")
that were removed on the Removal Date, specifying for each Removed Account as
of the date of the Removal Notice its number, the aggregate amount outstanding
in such Removed Account and the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
therein; (c) represent and warrant that the removal of any such Eligible
Account on the Removal Date will not, in the reasonable belief of the
Transferor, cause a Pay Out Event to occur or cause the Transferor Interest to
be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest amount as of such date; (d)
represent and warrant that no selection procedures believed by the Transferor
to be adverse to the interest of the certificateholders were utilized in
selecting the Removed Accounts; (e) obtain a statement from each Rating Agency
that such removal will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating
of the Class A or Class B Certificates or any other outstanding Series or
class of certificates; and (f) on or before the related Removal Date, deliver
to the Trustee and any credit enhancement provider an Officer's certificate
confirming the items set forth in clauses (c), (d) and (e) above and a Tax
Opinion with respect to such removal.
 
  All Receivables existing in the Removed Accounts will be reassigned to the
Transferor as of the Removal Date. On any date on which an Account becomes an
Ineligible Account (which date will be deemed the Removal Date for such
Account), the Transferor will commence the removal of such Account from the
Trust. However, all Receivables existing in any such Account (other than an
Account that was an Ineligible Account at the time it was originally
designated as an Account) as of the Removal Date will continue to be a Trust
asset.
 
  Accounts that are terminated by their Dealers after they have paid the
related Receivables in full will be deemed to be removed from the Trust
without having to follow the procedures described above.
 
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
TRUST ACCOUNTS
   
  The Trustee will establish and maintain with a Qualified Institution in the
name of the Trust, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, two separate
accounts, each in a segregated trust account (which need not be a deposit
account), consisting of an "Interest Funding Account" and a "Principal
Account." The Trustee will also establish a "Distribution Account" for the
benefit of the certificateholders of each Series which will be a non-interest
bearing segregated demand deposit account established with a Qualified
Institution. The Servicer will establish and maintain, in the name of the
Trust, for the benefit of certificateholders of all Series, a "Collection
Account," which will be a segregated account established by and maintained by
the Servicer with a Qualified Institution. A "Qualified Institution" is a
depository institution or trust company, which may include the Trustee,
organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the states
thereof, which at all times has a certificate of deposit rating of P-1 by
Moody's, of A-1+ by Standard & Poor's and of F-1+ by Fitch if rated by Fitch
or long-term unsecured debt obligation (other than such obligation the rating
of which is based on collateral or on the credit of a person other than such
institution or trust company) rating of Aaa by Moody's, of AAA by Standard &
Poor's and of AAA by Fitch if rated by Fitch and deposit insurance provided by
the FDIC, or a depository institution, which may include the Trustee, which is
acceptable to the Rating Agencies; provided, however, that no such rating
shall be required of an institution which shall have corporate trust powers
and which maintains the Collection Account, any principal account, any
interest funding account or any other account maintained for the benefit of
Certificateholders as a fully segregated trust account with the trust
department of such institution which is rated at least Baa3 by Moody's. Funds
in the Principal Account and the Interest Funding Account will be invested, at
the direction of the Transferor, in (i) obligations fully guaranteed by the
United States of America, (ii) time deposits, promissory notes, or
certificates of deposit of depository institutions or trust companies, the
certificates of deposit of which are rated P-1 by Moody's, A-1+ by Standard &
Poor's and F-1+ by Fitch if rated by Fitch, (iii) commercial paper having, at
the time of the Trust's investment, a rating of P-1 by Moody's, of A-1+ by
Standard & Poor's and F-1+ by Fitch if rated by Fitch, (iv) bankers'
acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company described in
clause (ii) above, (v) money market funds which have the highest rating from,
or have otherwise been approved in writing by, Moody's, Standard & Poor's and
Fitch, (vi) certain open end diversified investment companies, (vii)
Eurodollar time deposits that have been rated P-1 by Moody's, A-1+ by Standard
& Poor's and F-1+ by Fitch if rated by Fitch, and (viii) any other investment
that each Rating Agency confirms in writing will not adversely affect its then
current rating of any outstanding Certificates (such investments, "Cash
Equivalents"). Any earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds
in the Interest Funding Account and the Principal Account will be deposited in
the Collection Account as part of Series Available Interest Collections. The
Servicer has the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection
Account, and to instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the
Interest Funding Account and the Principal Account, for the purpose of
carrying out the Servicer' duties under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
The agent making payments to the Certificateholders (the "Paying Agent") has
the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Distribution Account for the
purpose of making distributions to Certificateholders. The Paying Agent
initially will be the Trustee.     
 
EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT
   
  The Trustee will establish and maintain in the name of the Trust, for the
benefit of the certificateholders of all Series, an "Excess Funding Account"
which will be a segregated account established by and maintained by the
Servicer with a Qualified Institution. At any time during which the Transferor
Interest (plus any funds deposited in the Principal Account with respect to
any Series from the Excess Funding Account) does not exceed the Minimum
Transferor Interest, funds (to the extent available therefor as described
herein) otherwise payable to the Transferor will be deposited in the Excess
Funding Account on any business day until the Transferor Interest is at least
equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest. Funds on deposit in the Excess
Funding Account will be withdrawn and paid to the Transferor to the extent
that on any day the Transferor Interest exceeds the Minimum Transferor
Interest as a result of the addition of new Receivables to the Trust. Such
deposits in and withdrawals from the Excess Funding Account may be made on a
daily basis. No funds will be deposited in the     
 
                                      64
<PAGE>
 
Excess Funding Account, however, if any Series is in an amortization or
accumulation period (including any early amortization period), unless the
principal account for such Series has been fully funded for such Monthly
Period.
   
  Any funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the beginning of the
Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period will be deposited
in the Principal Account as part of Class A Principal, Class B Principal, or
Class C Principal, as applicable, for any Distribution Date. In the event that
more than one Series begins its amortization or accumulation period at the
same time, amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (other than any
amounts in the Class D Subaccount) will be paid out to each such Series pro
rata based on the aggregate invested amount of each such Series. A Pay Out
Event will occur if the sum of all Cash Equivalents and other amounts on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account as a percentage of the sum of the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables (without deducting therefrom any
discount portion) plus the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account
shall equal or exceed 50% on the last day of six consecutive Monthly Periods.
    
  Funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account will be invested by the
Trustee at the direction of the Transferor in Cash Equivalents. On each
Distribution Date, all net investment income earned on amounts in the Excess
Funding Account since the preceding Distribution Date will be withdrawn from
the Excess Funding Account and treated as Interest Collections. Amounts, if
any, in the Excess Funding Account may be expected to earn interest at a rate
that is less than the Base Rate. The difference between the amount of interest
actually earned on investments in the Excess Funding Account on any day and
the amount of interest that would have been earned on such investments at the
Base Rate is the "Negative Carry Amount" for such day. See "--Coverage of
Certain Interest Shortfalls" below.
 
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT
   
  The Servicer will establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, on
behalf of the Trust, the Pre-Funding Account. The Pre-Funding Account will be
established and maintained with the trust department of the Trustee. Funds on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be withdrawn and paid to the
Transferor to the extent of any increases in the Invested Amount during the
Funding Period as a result of (a) an increase in the amount of Receivables in
the Trust or (b) payments of principal on the Series 1995-1 Certificates, in
accordance with the Series 1998-2 Supplement. If a Pay Out Event were to occur
during the Funding Period, the amounts remaining on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account would be payable as principal first to the Class A Certificateholders
until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full, then to the Class B
Certificateholders until the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full, then to
the Class C Certificateholders until the Class C Invested Amount is paid in
full, and then to the Class D Certificateholders until the Class D Invested
Amount is paid in full. Should the Pre-Funded Amount be greater than zero at
the end of the March 1999 Monthly Period, such amount will be deposited in the
Excess Funding Account. The percentage of the assets of the Trust represented
by amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will not exceed 25%. The
underwriting standards for receivables transferred to the Trust during the
period in which the Pre-Funding Account is funded will be the same as those
described in "Green Tree Financial Corporation and Its Commercial Lending
Division."     
   
  All amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be invested by the
Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in Cash Equivalents that would not
require registration of the Trust as an investment company under the
Investment Company Act. On each Distribution Date with respect to the Funding
Period, all investment income earned on amounts in the Pre-Funding Account
since the preceding Distribution Date will be withdrawn from the Pre-Funding
Account and deposited into the Collection Account for application as Series
Available Interest Collections for distribution to the Certificateholders.
       
  Amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account may be expected to earn
interest at a rate that is less than the Base Rate. Although Transferor
Interest Collections will be made available to cover any Negative Carry Amount
and any Principal Funding Investment Shortfall, as described below under "--
Coverage of Certain Interest Shortfalls," a Capitalized Interest Account will
also be established on the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date     
 
                                      65
<PAGE>
 
   
with the deposit of an amount approved by the Rating Agencies. If, on any
Distribution Date during the Funding Period, Transferor Interest Collections
are insufficient to cover any Negative Carry Amount and any Principal Funding
Investment Shortfall, the amount of such shortfall will be withdrawn from the
Capitalized Interest Account and deposited in the Collection Account. Any
funds remaining in the Capitalized Interest Account at the end of the Funding
Period will be released to the Transferor.     
 
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES
   
  Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, during each Monthly Period,
the Servicer will allocate among the Class A Certificateholders' Interest, the
Class B Certificateholders' Interest, the Class C Certificateholders'
Interest, the Class D Certificateholders' Interest, the Transferor Interest,
and the holders of all other Series issued and outstanding from time to time
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and applicable Supplements,
all Interest Collections and all Principal Collections and the amount of all
Defaulted Receivables. Interest Collections and the amount of Defaulted
Receivables will be allocated at all times, and Principal Collections will be
allocated during the Revolving Period, to the Class A Certificateholders'
Interest, the Class B Certificateholders' Interest, the Class C
Certificateholders' Interest and the Class D Certificateholders' Interest,
based on the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested
Amount, or the Class D Invested Amount, respectively, at the end of the
preceding business day and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the
Pool Balance (plus amounts, if any, on deposit in the Excess Funding Account)
as of the end of the preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerator
for all classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the
applicable allocation percentage (the "Class A Floating Allocation
Percentage," the "Class B Floating Allocation Percentage," the "Class C
Floating Allocation Percentage," and the "Class D Floating Allocation
Percentage," respectively; the sum of all such percentages, the "Floating
Allocation Percentage"). During the Revolving Period, all Principal
Collections allocable to the Certificates will be allocated and paid to the
Transferor (except for collections applied as Reallocated Principal
Collections and Shared Principal Collections paid to the holders of
certificates of other Series, if any, and except for any funds deposited in
the Excess Funding Account). On any business day on or after the Controlled
Accumulation Period Commencement Date or during the Early Amortization Period,
Principal Collections will be allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest
based on the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested
Amount or the Class D Invested Amount, respectively, at the end of the last
day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a)
the Pool Balance (plus amounts, if any, on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account) at the end of the preceding business day and (b) the sum of the
numerators used to calculate the allocation percentages with respect to
Principal Collections for all Series (the "Class A Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage," the "Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage," the "Class C
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage," and the "Class D Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage," respectively; the sum of all such percentages the
"Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage"). On any business day when Principal
Collections are being allocated for payment to the Class A, Class B or Class C
Certificates, Principal Collections will be allocated to the Class A, Class B
or Class C Certificateholders' Interest based on the percentage equivalent of
a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Class A Invested Amount,
the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount at the end of the
last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater
of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the amount on deposit in the Excess
Funding Account at the end of the preceding business day and (b) the sum of
the numerators used to calculate the allocation percentages with respect to
Principal Collections for all Series (the "ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage"). If, however, on any business day on which such Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentages are being calculated, the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount
is greater than zero, then each such Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage will
be zero. As a result, if a Pay Out Event occurs with respect to the Series
1998-2 Certificates prior to the payment in full of the Series 1995-1
Certificates, Series 1998-2 Certificateholders will receive no allocations of
principal (other than funds then on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account) until
the Series 1995-1 Certificates are paid in full or funds sufficient therefor
have been deposited in the Principal Account, which is expected to occur in
October 1998. No assurance can be given, however, as to when the Series 1995-1
Certificates will be paid in full. See "Risk Factors--Companion Series with
Series 1995-1 Certificates; Delay in Allocations of Principal."     
 
 
                                      66
<PAGE>
 
  "Pool Balance" means, as of the time of determination thereof, the product
of (i) the total amount of Principal Receivables at such time multiplied by
(ii) one minus the Discount Factor, if any.
   
  "Class A Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the initial principal
balance of the Class A Certificates less the Class A Percentage of the initial
deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class A Percentage of any
withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period, in
connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or payment of
principal on the Series 1995-1 Certificates, or (ii) at the end of the Funding
Period, for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate
amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from the Pre-
Funding Account) made to Class A Certificateholders prior to such date, minus
(c) the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior
Determination Dates, equal to the amount by which the Class A Invested Amount
has been reduced to fund the Investor Default Amount on all prior Distribution
Dates as described under "--Investor Charge-Offs," and plus (d) the aggregate
amount of Series Available Interest Collections, Excess Interest Collections
and Reallocated Principal Collections applied on all prior Distribution Dates
for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing
clause (c).     
   
  "Class B Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the
initial principal balance of the Class B Certificates less the Class B
Percentage of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class B
Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the
Funding Period, in connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or
payment of principal on the Series 1995-1 Certificates, or (ii) at the end of
the Funding Period, for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from
the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class B Certificateholders prior to such
date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all
prior Determination Dates, equal to the amount by which the Class B Invested
Amount has been reduced to fund the Investor Default Amount on all prior
Distribution Dates as described under "--Investor Charge-Offs," minus (d) the
aggregate amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for which
neither the Class D Invested Amount nor the Class C Invested Amount has been
reduced for all prior Distribution Dates, and plus (e) the aggregate amount of
Series Available Interest Collections, Excess Interest Collections and
Reallocated Class C Principal Collections and Reallocated Class D Principal
Collections applied on all prior Distribution Dates for the purpose of
reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).
       
  "Class C Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the
initial principal balance of the Class C Certificates less the Class C
Percentage of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class C
Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the
Funding Period, in connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or
payment of principal on the Series 1995-1 Certificates, or (ii) at the end of
the Funding Period, for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from
the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class C Certificateholders prior to such
date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class C Investor Charge-Offs for all
prior Determination Dates, equal to the amount by which the Class C Invested
Amount has been reduced to fund the Investor Default Amount on all prior
Distribution Dates as described under "--Investor Charge-Offs," minus (d) the
aggregate amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections and Reallocated
Class C Principal Collections for which the Class D Invested Amount has not
been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates, and plus (e) the aggregate
amount of Series Available Interest Collections, Excess Interest Collections,
Reallocated Class D Principal Collections and certain other amounts as may be
available applied on all prior Distribution Dates for the purpose of
reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).
    
  "Class D Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the initial principal
balance of the Class D Certificates, plus (b) the Class D Incremental Invested
Amount (described below under "--The Overconcentration Amounts") for the
related Monthly Period, plus (c) any Additional Class D Invested Amount, minus
(d) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class D
Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (e) the aggregate amount of Class
D Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Determination Dates, equal to the amount
by which the Class D Invested Amount has been reduced to fund the Investor
Default Amount on all prior Distribution Dates as described under "--Investor
Charge-Offs," minus (f) the aggregate amount of
 
                                      67
<PAGE>
 
   
Reallocated Class D Principal Collections for all prior Distribution Dates,
plus (g) the aggregate amount of Series Available Interest Collections and
Excess Interest Collections applied on all prior Distribution Dates for the
purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (e)
and (f).     
 
  "Invested Amount" means the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount.
   
  "Pre-Allocated Invested Amount" means, on any date, (a) the amount of
principal paid to the Series 1995-1 Certificateholders on the September 1998
Distribution Date, plus the aggregate amount of principal paid to the Series
1995-1 Certificateholders on each subsequent Distribution Date, plus the
aggregate amount deposited in the Principal Account for Series 1995-1 but not
yet paid to the Series 1995-1 Certificateholders, or (b) on and after the date
the amount described in (a) is equal to $460,000,000, zero.     
 
  "Transferor's Percentage" means (a) when used with respect to Principal
Collections during the Revolving Period and Interest Collections and the
amount of Defaulted Receivables at all times, 100% minus the sum of the
Floating Allocation Percentage and the floating allocation percentages for all
other Series and (b) when used with respect to Principal Collections during
the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, 100% minus
the sum of the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and the allocation
percentages used with respect to Principal Collections for all other Series.
 
  As a result of the Floating Allocation Percentage, Interest Collections and
the portion of Defaulted Receivables allocated to the Certificateholders will
change each business day based on the relationship of the Class A Invested
Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount, and Class D
Invested Amount to the Pool Balance and amounts on deposit in the Excess
Funding Account on the preceding business day.
 
THE OVERCONCENTRATION AMOUNTS
 
  The Class D Invested Amount will be adjusted to reflect, on each
Distribution Date, the aggregate principal amount of Receivables in the Trust
on such Distribution Date which are Asset-Based Receivable Overconcentrations,
Dealer Overconcentrations, Manufacturer Overconcentrations and Product Line
Overconcentrations (the "Overconcentration Amount") allocable to the
Certificateholders' Interest. The Overconcentration Amount is intended to
provide additional protection to Class A, Class B and Class C
Certificateholders against the risk of a decrease in credit diversification of
the Receivables caused by such Overconcentrations. There can be no assurance,
however, that the adjustment to the Class D Invested Amount (as described
below) will provide sufficient protection against losses on the Receivables.
Moreover, if Green Tree is unable to continue to generate new Receivables that
satisfy these diversification requirements, the resulting increase in the
Class D Invested Amount (as described below) due to the Overconcentration
Amount, resulting in a corresponding decrease in the Transferor Interest,
could cause a Pay Out Event to occur.
 
    "Asset-Based Receivable Overconcentration" on any Distribution Date means
  the excess of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in
  Accounts for Asset-Based Receivables on the last day of the Monthly Period
  immediately preceding such Distribution Date over (b) 20% of the Principal
  Receivables on the last day of such immediately preceding Monthly Period.
 
    "Dealer Overconcentration" on any Distribution Date means, with respect
  to any Account with a Dealer, the excess of (a) the aggregate amount of
  Principal Receivables in such Account on the last day of the Monthly Period
  immediately preceding such Distribution Date over (b) 2% of the Principal
  Receivables on the last day of such immediately preceding Monthly Period.
  Certain designated Dealers may be subject to a higher percentage limit with
  Rating Agency approval, but in no case higher than 3%.
 
    "Manufacturer Overconcentration" on any Distribution Date means the
  excess of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in
  Accounts created pursuant to Floorplan Agreements with a single
  Manufacturer on the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding
  such Distribution Date over (b) 15% of the Principal Receivables on the
  last day of such immediately preceding Monthly Period.
 
    "Product Line Overconcentration" on any Distribution Date means the
  excess of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in the
  Accounts that represent financing for a single product line (other
 
                                      68
<PAGE>
 
     
  than Asset-Based Receivables and Receivables that represent financing for
  manufactured housing) on the last day of the Monthly Period immediately
  preceding such Distribution Date over (b) 5% for marine products, 25% for
  recreational vehicles, and 5% for any other products in total, of the
  Principal Receivables on the last day of such immediately preceding Monthly
  Period. If Receivables are transferred to the Trust in the future and such
  Receivables are secured by products in a product line that is new to the
  Trust, the Rating Agencies may create a separate category of product line
  overconcentration with its own overconcentration limits, and such new
  product line overconcentration will become part of the Overconcentration
  Amount.     
 
  The Class D Invested Amount will be adjusted to reflect changes in the Class
D Incremental Invested Amount, as described under "Allocation Percentages"
above. The "Class D Incremental Invested Amount" for any Monthly Period will
equal the product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Invested
Amount (exclusive of the Class D Incremental Invested Amount) on the last day
of the immediately preceding Monthly Period, and the denominator of which is
the Pool Balance on such last day, times (b) the Overconcentration Amount for
the Distribution Date in such Monthly Period.
 
  Notwithstanding the above, in the case of each such Overconcentration, the
percentage in clause (b) for such Overconcentration may be increased or
decreased by the Transferor, without the consent of any Certificateholder, to
a level acceptable to each Rating Agency without any reduction or withdrawal
of its rating of the Class A or Class B Certificates. Any such increase in
such a percentage may involve an adjustment, upward or downward, of the Class
D Invested Amount (if upward, an "Additional Class D Invested Amount").
 
REALLOCATION OF CASH FLOWS
 
  On the first business day following the end of each Monthly Period, the
Servicer will determine the Required Amount, if any. Commencing on such first
business day, the Servicer will apply all or a portion of the Excess Interest
Collections of other Series with respect to such business day allocable to the
Series 1998-2 Certificates in an amount equal to the remaining Required
Amount. Excess Interest Collections from other Series allocable to the Series
1998-2 Certificates for any business day will be equal to the product of (x)
Excess Interest Collections available from all other Series for such business
day and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Required Amount for such
business day and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of
shortfalls in required amounts or other amounts to be paid from available
Interest Collections for all Series for such business day.
 
REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
 
  On the first business day following the end of each Monthly Period, the
Servicer will apply or cause the Trustee to apply an amount, not to exceed the
Class D Invested Amount, equal to the product of (a)(i) during the Revolving
Period, the Class D Floating Allocation Percentage or (ii) during the
Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, the Class D
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) the amount of Principal
Collections with respect to such business day to the following amounts in the
following priority (such collections applied in accordance with clause (a)
below are called "Reallocated Class D Principal Collections"):
 
    (a) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the remaining Class A Required
  Amount, if any, with respect to the prior Monthly Period, (ii) the
  remaining Class B Required Amount, if any, with respect to the prior
  Monthly Period and (iii) the remaining Class C Required Amount, if any,
  with respect to the prior Monthly Period will be applied first to the
  components of the Class A Required Amount, then to the components of the
  Class B Required Amount and then to the components of the Class C Required
  Amount in the same priority in which Available Series Interest Collections
  are applied to such components as described in "--Application of
  Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items"; and
 
    (b) any such collections not applied in the foregoing manner (and
  therefore not constituting Reallocated Class D Principal Collections) (i)
  on business days with respect to the Revolving Period and the Controlled
  Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period prior to the payment in
  full of the Class C Invested Amount will be paid to the Transferor in order
  to maintain the Class D Invested Amount, (ii) on business
 
                                      69
<PAGE>
 
  days during the Controlled Accumulation Period following payment in full of
  the Class C Invested Amount will be included in the funds available to make
  principal payments to the Class D Certificateholders until the Class D
  Invested Amount is paid in full and (iii) on business days during an Early
  Amortization Period will be deposited in the Class D Subaccount of the
  Excess Funding Account to be held until the Class C Invested Amount is paid
  in full and to be available to be applied as Reallocated Class D Principal
  Collections.
 
  On each business day, the Servicer will apply or cause the Trustee to apply
an amount, not to exceed the Class C Invested Amount, equal to the product of
(a)(i) during the Revolving Period, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage
or (ii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization
Period, the Class C Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) the amount of
Principal Collections with respect to such business day to the following
amounts in the following priority (such collections applied in accordance with
clause (a) below are called "Reallocated Class C Principal Collections"):
     
    (a) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the remaining Class A Required
  Amount, if any, with respect to the prior Monthly Period over the amount of
  Reallocated Class D Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for
  such Monthly Period and (ii) the remaining Class B Required Amount, if any,
  with respect to the prior Monthly Period over the amount of Reallocated
  Class D Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for such Monthly
  Period, will be applied first to the remaining components of the Class A
  Required Amount and then to the remaining components of the Class B
  Required Amount in the same priority in which Series Available Interest
  Collections are applied to such components as described in "--Application
  of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items"; and     
 
    (b) any such collections not applied in the foregoing manner (and
  therefore not constituting Reallocated Class C Principal Collections) will,
  on business days with respect to the Revolving Period, be applied as Shared
  Principal Collections and on business days with respect to the Controlled
  Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period will be included in the
  funds available to make principal payments to the Class A
  Certificateholders until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full and
  then to the Class B Certificateholders until the Class B Invested Amount is
  paid in full and then to the Class C Certificateholders until the Class C
  Invested Amount is paid in full.
 
  On each business day, the Servicer will apply or cause the Trustee to apply
an amount, not to exceed the Class B Invested Amount, equal to the product of
(a)(i) during the Revolving Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage
or (ii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization
Period, the Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) the amount of
Principal Collections with respect to such business day to the following
amounts in the following priority (such collections applied in accordance with
clause (a) below are called "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" and
the sum of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections, Reallocated Class C
Principal Collections and Reallocated Class B Principal Collections is called
"Reallocated Principal Collections"):
     
    (a) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the remaining Class A
  Required Amount, if any, with respect to the prior Monthly Period over the
  sum of the amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections and
  Reallocated Class C Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for
  the prior Monthly Period will be applied to the remaining components of the
  Class A Required Amount in the same priority in which Series Available
  Interest Collections are applied to such components as described in "--
  Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items"; and
      
    (b) any such collections not applied in the foregoing manner (and
  therefore not constituting Reallocated Class B Principal Collections) will,
  on business days with respect to the Revolving Period, be applied as Shared
  Principal Collections and on business days with respect to the Controlled
  Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period will be included in the
  funds available to make principal payments to the Class A
  Certificateholders until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full and
  then to the Class B Certificateholders until the Class B Invested Amount is
  paid in full.
 
  On each Determination Date, the Class D Invested Amount will be reduced by
the amount of unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections for the related
Monthly Period. In the event that such reduction would cause the Class D
Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class D Invested Amount will be
reduced to zero and the Class C Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount
by which the Class D Invested Amount would have
 
                                      70
<PAGE>
 
been reduced below zero. In the event that the amount of Reallocated Principal
Collections for such Distribution Date would cause the Class C Invested Amount
to be a negative number, the Class C Invested Amount will be reduced to zero
and the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the
Class C Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. In the event that
the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for such Distribution Date
would cause the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number on any
Distribution Date, the amount of Class B Reallocated Principal Collections on
such Distribution Date will be an amount not to exceed the amount which would
cause the Class B Invested Amount to be reduced to zero.
 
APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
 
  Allocations. Payments on the Receivables will be made to the Servicer, who
will deposit all such payments (other than collections allocable to the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, subject to certain exceptions specified
herein), in the Collection Account no later than the second business day
following the date of processing. On the day on which any deposit to the
Collection Account is available, the Servicer will make the deposits and
payments to the accounts and parties as indicated below; provided, however,
that for as long as Green Tree or any affiliate of Green Tree remains the
Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, then the Servicer may make
such deposits and payments on the business day immediately prior to the
Distribution Date (the "Transfer Date") in an aggregate amount equal to the
net amount of such deposits and payments which would have been made had the
conditions of this proviso not applied if (a)(i) the Servicer provides to the
Trustee a letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement rated in the
highest rating category by the Rating Agency covering the risk of collection
of the Servicer and (ii) the Transferor shall not have received a notice from
the Rating Agency that making payments monthly rather than daily would result
in the lowering of such Rating Agency's then-existing rating of any Series of
certificates then outstanding or (b) the Servicer has and maintains a short-
term credit rating of P-1 by Moody's, A-1 by Standard & Poor's and F-1 by
Fitch. During the Revolving Period, upon the retail sale of a product securing
a Receivable where Green Tree is providing the customer financing for such
retail sale, Green Tree will not, except under certain limited circumstances,
be obligated to deposit cash in the Collection Account in respect of the
principal amount of such Receivable but may instead replace such Receivable
with other Receivables.
 
  If clause (a) or clause (b) set forth in the proviso to the immediately
preceding paragraph is satisfied, payments on the Receivables collected by the
Servicer will not be segregated from the assets of the Servicer. Until such
payments on the Receivables collected by the Servicer are deposited into the
Collection Account, such funds may be used by the Servicer for its own
benefit, and the proceeds of any short-term investment of such funds will
accrue to the Servicer. During such times as the Servicer holds funds
representing payments on the Receivables collected by the Servicer and is
permitted to use such funds for its own benefit, the Certificateholders are
subject to risk of loss, including risk resulting from the bankruptcy or
insolvency of the Servicer. The Servicer will pay no fee to the Trust or any
Certificateholder for any use by the Servicer of funds representing
collections on the Receivables.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, whether the Servicer is required to make
daily or monthly deposits to the Collection Account, the Servicer is only
required to deposit Collections from the Collection Account into any Trust
Account or any account for any other Series up to the required amount to be
deposited therein and is permitted to withdraw from the Collection Account any
funds not required to be so deposited.
 
  The Servicer will withdraw the following amounts from the Collection Account
for application on each business day as indicated:
 
    (i) an amount equal to the Transferor Percentage plus, prior to the Class
  D Principal Payment Commencement Date, the Class D Floating Allocation
  Percentage or the Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage, as
  applicable, of the aggregate amount of Principal Collections (less the
  amount thereof which may be applied as Reallocated Class D Principal
  Collections) and any amounts to be paid in respect of the Class D Investor
  Default Amount will be paid to the Transferor to maintain the Class D
  Invested Amount;
 
    (ii) an amount equal to the Transferor Percentage of the aggregate amount
  of Interest Collections will be paid to the holder of the Exchangeable
  Transferor Certificate to the extent such funds are not applied to cover
  Negative Carry Amounts or Principal Funding Investment Shortfalls, or
  allocated to any Series as set forth in the applicable Supplement;
 
 
                                      71
<PAGE>
 
    (iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Floating Allocation
  Percentage of the aggregate amount of Interest Collections and (b) Excess
  Interest Collections of other Series allocable to such Series, will be
  allocated and paid as described below in "--Payment of Fees, Interest, and
  Other Items;"
 
    (iv) during the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the sum of the Class
  A Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating Allocation
  Percentage and the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal
  Collections (less the amount thereof which may be applied as Reallocated
  Class B Principal Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal
  Collections) will be applied as Shared Principal Collections;
     
    (v) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization
  Period and prior to the date on which an amount equal to the Class A
  Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Amount, an amount equal
  to the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections
  (less the amount thereof which may be applied as Reallocated Class B
  Principal Collections or Reallocated Class C Principal Collections), any
  amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (exclusive of any amount in
  the Class D Subaccount), any amounts to be paid in respect of the ABC
  Investor Default Amount, Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor
  Charge-Offs and Class C Investor Charge-Offs and any amount of Shared
  Principal Collections allocated to the Certificates on such business day up
  to (a) during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Controlled Deposit
  Amount or (b) during the Early Amortization Period, the Class A Invested
  Amount, will be deposited in the Principal Account;     
     
    (vi) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization
  Period and on or after the date on which an amount equal to the Class A
  Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account, an amount
  equal to the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of such Principal
  Collections (less the amount thereof which may be applied as Reallocated
  Class B Principal Collections or Reallocated Class C Principal
  Collections), any remaining amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account
  (exclusive of any amount in the Class D Subaccount), any amounts to be paid
  in respect of the ABC Investor Default Amount, Class B Investor Charge-Offs
  and Class C Investor Charge-Offs and any amount of Shared Principal
  Collections allocated to the Certificates on such business day, up to (a)
  during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Controlled Deposit Amount or
  (b) during the Early Amortization Period, the Class B Invested Amount, will
  be deposited in the Principal Account;     
     
    (vii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization
  Period and on or after the date on which an amount equal to the Class B
  Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account, an amount
  equal to the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of such Principal
  Collections (less the amount thereof which may be applied as Reallocated
  Class C Principal Collections), any remaining amount on deposit in the
  Excess Funding Account (exclusive of any amount in the Class D Subaccount),
  any amounts to be paid in respect of the ABC Investor Default Amount, and
  Class C Investor Charge-Offs and any amount of Shared Principal Collections
  allocated to the Certificates on such business day, up to the Class C
  Invested Amount, will be deposited into the Principal Account;     
 
    (viii) Shared Principal Collections will be allocated to each outstanding
  Series pro rata based on any Principal Shortfalls with respect to any
  Series which is in its amortization period. The Servicer will pay any
  remaining Shared Principal Collections on such business day to the holder
  of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; and
 
    (ix) Excess Interest Collections will be allocated as set forth below in
  paragraph (xii) to "--Payment of Fees, Interest, and Other Items."
 
  Any Shared Principal Collections and other amounts described above as being
payable to the Transferor will not be paid to the Transferor if the Transferor
Interest on any date, after giving effect to the inclusion in the Trust of all
Receivables on or prior to such date and the application of all prior payments
to the Transferor, does not exceed the Minimum Transferor Interest. Any such
amounts otherwise payable to the Transferor will be deposited into and held in
the Excess Funding Account, and on the commencement of the accumulation period
or amortization period with respect to any Series, such amounts will be
deposited in the principal account of such Series to the extent specified in
the related Supplement until the applicable principal account of such Series
 
                                      72
<PAGE>
 
has been funded in full or the holders of certificates of such Series have
been paid in full. See "--Excess Funding Account."
   
  Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items. On each business day during a
Monthly Period, the Servicer will determine the Floating Allocation Percentage
of Interest Collections (the "Series Available Interest Collections") and will
distribute from the Collection Account the following amounts in the following
priority (in each case, subject to the limit of the Series Available Interest
Collections less all amounts distributed pursuant to a higher priority):     
 
    (i) an amount equal to the excess of
 
        (A) the sum of (1) the Class A Monthly Interest, (2) the amount of
      any Class A Monthly Interest previously due but not deposited in the
      Interest Funding Account in prior Monthly Periods, and (3) any
      additional interest (to the extent permitted by applicable law) at
      the Class A Certificate Rate with respect to interest amounts that
      were due but not paid in a prior Monthly Period over
 
        (B) the amount which has already been deposited in the Interest
      Funding Account with respect thereto in the current Monthly Period,
 
  will be deposited in the Interest Funding Account for distribution on the
  next succeeding Distribution Date to the Class A Certificateholders;
 
    (ii) an amount equal to the excess of
 
        (A) the sum of (1) the Class B Monthly Interest, (2) the amount of
      any Class B Monthly Interest previously due but not deposited in the
      Interest Funding Account in prior Monthly Periods, and (3) any
      additional interest (to the extent permitted by applicable law) at
      the Class B Certificate Rate with respect to Class B Monthly
      Interest amounts that were due but not paid in a prior Monthly
      Period over
 
        (B) the amount which has already been deposited in the Interest
      Funding Account with respect thereto in the current Monthly Period,
 
  will be deposited in the Interest Funding Account for distribution on the
  next succeeding Distribution Date to the Class B Certificateholders;
 
    (iii) if Green Tree or an affiliate of Green Tree is not the Servicer, an
  amount equal to the portion of the Monthly Servicing Fee for the current
  month that has not been previously paid to the Servicer plus any prior
  Monthly Servicing Fee that was due but not previously paid to the Servicer,
  will be distributed to the Servicer;
     
    (iv) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate ABC Investor Default
  Amount for such business day and (2) the unpaid ABC Investor Default Amount
  for any prior business day during the then-current Monthly Period, will (w)
  during the Revolving Period, be treated as Shared Principal Collections,
  (x) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period
  on and prior to the date on which an amount equal to the Class A Invested
  Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account, be deposited in the
  Principal Account for payment to the Class A Certificateholders, (y) on and
  after the date on which an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount has
  been deposited in the Principal Account, be deposited in the Principal
  Account for payment to the Class B Certificateholders and (z) on and after
  the date on which an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount has been
  deposited in the Principal Account, be deposited in the Principal Account
  for payment to the Class C Certificateholders;     
     
    (v) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate Class D Investor
  Default Amount for such business day and (2) the unpaid Class D Investor
  Default Amount for any prior business day during the then-current Monthly
  Period, will (x) during the Revolving Period and the Controlled
  Accumulation Period prior to the date on which an amount equal to the Class
  C Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account, be paid to
  the Transferor in order to maintain the Class D Invested Amount, (y) during
  the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period following
  the date on which an amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount has been
  deposited in the Principal Account, be deposited in the Principal Account
  for payment to the Class D Certificateholders, and (z) during the Early
  Amortization Period prior to the date on which an amount equal to the Class
  C Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account,     
 
                                      73
<PAGE>
 
  deposited in the Class D Subaccount of the Excess Funding Account, to be
  held until the Class C Invested Amount has been paid in full, and to be
  available to be applied as Reallocated Class D Principal Collections;
     
    (vi) an amount equal to unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge-Offs, if
  any, will be applied to reimburse Class A Investor Charge-Offs and (w)
  during the Revolving Period, be treated as Shared Principal Collections,
  (x) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period
  but on and prior to the date on which an amount equal to the Class A
  Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account, be deposited
  in the Principal Account for payment to the Class A Certificateholders, (y)
  on and after the date on which an amount equal to the Class A Invested
  Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account, be deposited in the
  Principal Account for payment to the Class B Certificateholders and (z) on
  and after the date on which an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount
  has been deposited in the Principal Account, be deposited in the Principal
  Account for payment to the Class C Certificateholders;     
 
    (vii) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the amount of interest which has
  accrued with respect to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the
  Class B Certificates at the Class B Certificate Rate but has not been
  deposited in the Interest Funding Account with respect to the Class B
  Certificateholders either on such business day or on a prior business day,
  and (2) any additional interest (to the extent permitted by applicable law)
  at the Class B Certificate Rate with respect to such interest amounts that
  were due but not paid to Class B Certificateholders in any previous Monthly
  Period, will be deposited in the Interest Funding Account for distribution
  on the next succeeding Distribution Date to the Class B Certificateholders;
     
    (viii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) unreimbursed Class B Investor
  Charge-Offs, if any, and (b) any unreimbursed reduction in the Class B
  Invested Amount on account of Reallocated Principal Collections as
  described under "--Reallocated Principal Collections" will be applied to
  reimburse such Class B Investor Charge-Offs and such reduction and (w)
  during the Revolving Period, be treated as Shared Principal Collections,
  (x) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period
  but prior to the date on which an amount equal to the Class A Invested
  Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account, be deposited in the
  Principal Account for payment to the Class A Certificateholders, (y) on and
  after the date on which an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount has
  been deposited in the Principal Account but prior to the date on which an
  amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount has been deposited in the
  Principal Account, be deposited in the Principal Account for payment to the
  Class B Certificateholders and (z) on and after the date on which an amount
  equal to the Class B Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal
  Account, be deposited in the Principal Account for payment to the Class C
  Certificateholders;     
     
    (ix) an amount equal to the sum of (a) unreimbursed Class C Investor
  Charge-Offs, if any, and (b) any unreimbursed reduction in the Class C
  Invested Amount on account of Reallocated Principal Collections as
  described under "--Reallocated Principal Collections" will be applied to
  reimburse such Class C Investor Charge-Offs and such reduction and (w)
  during the Revolving Period, be treated as Shared Principal Collections,
  (x) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period
  but prior to the date on which an amount equal to the Class A Invested
  Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account, be deposited in the
  Principal Account for payment to the Class A Certificateholders, (y) on and
  after the date on which an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount has
  been deposited in the Principal Account but prior to the date on which an
  amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount has been deposited in the
  Principal Account, be deposited in the Principal Account for payment to the
  Class B Certificateholders and (z) on and after the date on which an amount
  equal to the Class B Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal
  Account, be deposited in the Principal Account for payment to the Class C
  Certificateholders;     
     
    (x) an amount equal to the sum of (a) unreimbursed Class D Investor
  Charge-Offs, if any, and (b) any unreimbursed reduction in the Class D
  Invested Amount on account of Reallocated Principal Collections as
  described under "--Reallocated Principal Collections" will (x) during the
  Revolving Period and during the Controlled Accumulation Period prior to the
  date on which an amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount has been
  deposited in the Principal Account, be paid to the Transferor, (y) during
  the Early Amortization Period, be deposited in the Class D Subaccount of
  the Excess Funding Account, to be held until the date on which an amount
  equal to the Class C Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal
  Account and to     
 
                                      74
<PAGE>
 
     
  be available to be applied as Reallocated Class D Principal Collections,
  and (z) during the Controlled Accumulation Period on or after date on which
  an amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount has been deposited in the
  Principal Account, be deposited in the Principal Account for payment to the
  Class D Certificateholders;     
 
    (xi) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the amount of interest which has
  accrued with respect to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the
  Class C Certificates at the Class C Certificate Rate but has not been
  deposited in the Interest Funding Account with respect to the Class C
  Certificateholders either on such business days or on a prior business day,
  and (2) any additional interest (to the extend permitted by applicable law)
  at the interest rate on the Class C Certificate with respect to such
  interest amounts that are due but not paid to Class C Certificateholders in
  any previous Monthly Period, will be deposited in the Interest Funding
  Account for distribution on the next succeeding Distribution Date to the
  Class C Certificateholders.
 
    (xii) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the amount of interest which has
  accrued with respect to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the
  Class D Certificates at the Class D Certificate Rate but has not been
  deposited in the Interest Funding Account with respect to the Class D
  Certificateholders either on such business days or on a prior business day,
  and (2) any additional interest (to the extend permitted by applicable law)
  at the interest rate on the Class D Certificate with respect to such
  interest amounts that are due but not paid to Class D Certificateholders in
  any previous Monthly Period, will be deposited in the Interest Funding
  Account for distribution on the next succeeding Distribution Date to the
  Class D Certificateholders.
 
    (xiii) if Green Tree or an affiliate of Green Tree is the Servicer, an
  amount equal to the portion of the Monthly Servicing Fee for the current
  month that has not been previously paid to the Servicer plus any prior
  Monthly Servicing Fee that was due but not previously paid to the Servicer
  will be distributed to the Servicer; and
     
    (xiv) any Series Available Interest Collections remaining after making
  the above described distributions will be treated as Excess Interest
  Collections which will be available to cover shortfalls, if any, in amounts
  payable from Interest Collections to certificateholders of other Series and
  then to pay any unpaid commercially reasonable costs and expenses of a
  successor Servicer, if any. Excess Interest Collections which are not so
  used will be paid to the Transferor.     
 
  "Class A Monthly Interest" with respect to any Distribution Date will equal
the product of (i) the Class A Certificate Rate for the related Interest
Accrual Period, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Accrual Period
divided by 360 and (iii) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
Certificates at the close of business on the first day of such Interest
Accrual Period.
 
  "Class B Monthly Interest" with respect to any Distribution Date will equal
the product of (i) the Class B Certificate Rate for the related Interest
Accrual Period, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Accrual Period
divided by 360 and (iii) with respect to the Funding Period, the outstanding
principal balance of the Class B Certificates at the close of business on the
first day of such Interest Accrual Period and after the Funding Period, the
Class B Invested Amount at the close of business on the first day of such
Interest Accrual Period.
   
  "Required Amount" means on the first business day following a Monthly Period
the amount, if any, by which the full amount to be paid pursuant to clauses
(i)-(xiii) above in "--Payments of Fees, Interest, and Other Items" for such
prior Monthly Period exceeds the portion of the Series Available Interest
Collections applied to the payment of the amounts described in such clauses
for such prior Monthly Period.     
 
  Payment of Principal. On each business day during the Revolving Period, the
Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, will treat
the amount described in clause (iv) of "--Allocations" as Shared Principal
Collections which will be applied as described in clause (viii) of "--
Allocations." On the Transfer Date preceding the Class A Scheduled Payment
Date, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
will withdraw the amount on deposit in the Principal Account and deposit such
amount in the Distribution Account for distribution to the Class A
Certificateholders on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date.
 
                                      75
<PAGE>
 
If the amount so distributed on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date is less
than the Class A Invested Amount, the Class A Certificateholders will be
entitled on each subsequent Distribution Date to receive principal payments to
the extent of Class A Principal until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in
full. The Class B Certificateholders will be entitled to receive payment of
the Class B Invested Amount on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, but only
after the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full. The Class C
Certificateholders will be entitled to receive principal payments to the
extent of Class C Principal until the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full
only after the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount have
been paid in full. The Class D Certificateholders will be entitled to receive
principal payments only after the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount, and the Class C Invested Amount have been paid in full.
   
  "Class A Principal" with respect to any Distribution Date during the
Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period will equal the sum
of (i) an amount equal to the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of all
Principal Collections (less the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal Collections) received during the
Monthly Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date, (ii) any amount
on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (other than any amount in the Class D
Subaccount) or the Pre-Funding Account allocated to the Class A Certificates
with respect to the preceding Monthly Period, (iii) the aggregate ABC Investor
Default Amount paid from Series Available Interest Collections, Excess
Interest Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to the
preceding Monthly Period and any reimbursements from Series Available Interest
Collections, Excess Interest Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections
of unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor Charge-Offs and
Class C Investor Charge-Offs and (iv) Shared Principal Collections allocated
to the Class A Certificates; provided, however, that with respect to any
Distribution Date during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Class A Principal
will not exceed the lesser of (i) the Controlled Deposit Amount and (ii) the
Class A Invested Amount; provided, further, that with respect to the Series
1998-2 Termination Date, Class A Principal will be an amount equal to the
Class A Invested Amount.     
   
  "Class B Principal" with respect to any Distribution Date on or after the
Class A Scheduled Payment Date will equal the sum of (i) an amount equal to
the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of all Principal Collections
(less the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections and Reallocated
Class C Principal Collections) received during the Monthly Period immediately
preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution
Date following the date on which an amount equal to the Class A Invested
Amount is deposited in the Principal Account to be applied to the payment of
Class A Principal, the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal
Collections from the date on which such deposit is made), (ii) any amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account (other than any amount in the Class D
Subaccount) or the Pre-Funding Account allocated to the Class B Certificates
with respect to the preceding Monthly Period, and (iii) the aggregate ABC
Investor Default Amount paid from Series Available Interest Collections,
Excess Interest Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections with respect
to the preceding Monthly Period and any reimbursements from Series Available
Interest Collections, Excess Interest Collections or Reallocated Principal
Collections of unreimbursed Class B Investor Charge-Offs and Class C Investor
Charge-Offs and (iv) Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Class B
Certificates; provided, however, that with respect to any Distribution Date
during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Class B Principal will not exceed
the lesser of (i) the Controlled Deposit Amount and (ii) the Class B Invested
Amount; provided, further, that with respect to the Series 1998-2 Termination
Date, Class B Principal will be an amount equal to the Class B Invested
Amount.     
   
  "Class C Principal" with respect to any Distribution Date on or after the
date on which an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount has been
deposited in the Principal Account will equal the sum of (i) an amount equal
to the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of all Principal Collections
(less the amount of Reallocated Class C Principal Collections) received during
the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the
case of the first Distribution Date following the date on which an amount
equal to the Class B Invested Amount is deposited in the Principal Account to
be applied to the payment of Class B Principal, the ABC Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections from the date on which such
deposit is made), (ii) any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account
(other than any amount in the Class D Subaccount) or the Pre-Funding Account
allocated to the Class C Certificates with respect to the preceding     
 
                                      76
<PAGE>
 
   
Monthly Period, (iii) the aggregate ABC Investor Default Amount paid from
Series Available Interest Collections, Excess Interest Collections or
Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period
and any reimbursements from Series Available Interest Collections, Excess
Interest Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections of unreimbursed
Class C Investor Charge-Offs and (iv) Shared Principal Collections allocated
to the Class C Certificates; provided, that with respect to the Series 1998-2
Termination Date, Class C Principal will be an amount equal to the Class C
Invested Amount.     
   
  On the Transfer Date preceding the date on which an amount equal to the
Class C Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account, and on
each Transfer Date thereafter until the Trust is terminated or until the Class
D Invested Amount is paid in full, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
instructions from the Servicer, will withdraw amounts deposited into the
Principal Account in respect of Principal Collections processed during the
related Monthly Period and, to the extent of the Class D Invested Amount,
deposit such amounts in the Distribution Account for distribution to the Class
D Certificateholders on the next succeeding Distribution Date (the "Class D
Principal"). The Class D Certificateholders will be entitled to receive
principal payments to the extent of Class D Principal until the Class D
Invested Amount is paid in full.     
 
COVERAGE OF CERTAIN INTEREST SHORTFALLS
   
  To the extent of any shortfall in the amount of Series Available Interest
Collections due to the accumulation of principal in the Excess Funding
Account, the Pre-Funding Account or the Principal Account, the Transferor
Interest Collections will be made available to cover such Negative Carry
Amount and such Principal Funding Investment Shortfall.     
 
  Interest Collections allocable to any Series in excess of the amounts
necessary to make required payments with respect to such Series ("Excess
Interest Collections") will be applied to cover any shortfalls with respect to
amounts payable from Interest Collections allocable to any other Series, pro
rata based upon the amounts of the shortfalls, if any, with respect to such
other Series. Any Excess Interest Collections remaining after covering
shortfalls with respect to all outstanding Series during a Monthly Period will
be paid to the successor Servicer, if any, to cover certain costs and expenses
and then to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.
 
DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES
 
  Receivables will be charged off as uncollectible in accordance with the
Servicer's customary and usual policies (a "Defaulted Receivable"). See "The
Accounts--Loss Experience." On each business day, the Servicer will allocate
to the Certificateholders a portion of all Defaulted Receivables in an amount
(the "Investor Default Amount") equal to the product of (a) the Floating
Allocation Percentage applicable on such business day and (b) the aggregate
principal amount of Defaulted Receivables identified since the prior reporting
date. On each business day, the Servicer will allocate to the Class A, Class B
and Class C Certificateholders a portion of all Defaulted Receivables in an
amount (the "ABC Investor Default Amount") equal to the product of (a) the sum
of the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage and the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage applicable on such
business day and (b) the aggregate principal amount of Defaulted Receivables
identified since the prior reporting date. On each business day, the Servicer
will allocate to the Class D Certificateholders a portion of all Defaulted
Receivables in an amount (the "Class D Investor Default Amount") equal to the
product of (a) the Class D Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) the
aggregate principal amount of Defaulted Receivables identified since the prior
reporting date.
 
INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS
   
  If on the second business day preceding each Distribution Date (the
"Determination Date"), the aggregate Investor Default Amount, if any, for all
business days in the preceding Monthly Period exceeded the aggregate amount of
the Series Available Interest Collections, Excess Interest Collections and
Reallocated Principal Collections allocated with respect thereto during such
Monthly Period, then the Class D Invested Amount will be reduced by the
aggregate amount of such excess, but not more than the remaining aggregate
Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period (a "Class D Investor Charge-
Off"). The Class D Invested Amount thereafter will be increased (but not in
excess of the aggregate of such reductions in the Class D Invested Amount     
 
                                      77
<PAGE>
 
previously made that have not been previously reimbursed as described in this
sentence) on any business day by the amounts allocated and available for that
purpose as described under clause (x) of "--Application of Collections--
Payment of Fees, Interest, and Other Items."
 
  In the event that any such reduction of the Class D Invested Amount would
cause the Class D Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class D
Invested Amount will be maintained at or reduced to zero, and the Class C
Invested Amount will be reduced by the aggregate amount of such excess, but
not more than the remaining aggregate Investor Default Amount for such Monthly
Period (a "Class C Investor Charge-Off"), which will have the effect of
slowing or reducing the return of principal to the Class C Certificateholders.
The Class C Invested Amount will thereafter be increased (but not in excess of
the unpaid principal balance of the Class C Certificates) on any Monthly
Period by the amounts allocated and available for that purpose as described
under clause (ix) of "--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest,
and Other Items."
 
  In the event that any such reduction of the Class C Invested Amount would
cause the Class C Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class C
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class B Invested Amount will
be reduced by the aggregate amount of such excess, but not more than the
remaining aggregate Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period (a "Class
B Investor Charge-Off"), which will have the effect of slowing or reducing the
return of principal to the Class B Certificateholders. The Class B Invested
Amount will thereafter be increased (but not in excess of the unpaid principal
balance of the Class B Certificates) on any Monthly Period by the amounts
allocated and available for that purpose as described under clause (viii) of
"--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest, and Other Items."
 
  In the event that any such reduction of the Class B Invested Amount would
cause the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class B
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class A Invested Amount will
be reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Investor Default
Amount for such Monthly Period (a "Class A Investor Charge-Off"). The Class A
Invested Amount will thereafter be increased (but not in excess of the unpaid
principal balance of the Class A Certificates) on any Monthly Period by the
amounts allocated and available for that purpose as described under clause
(vi) of "--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest, and Other
Items."
 
COMPANION SERIES
   
  The Series 1998-2 Certificates may be paired with one or more other Series
(each a "Companion Series"). Each Companion Series either will be prefunded
with an initial deposit to a prefunding account in an amount up to the initial
principal balance of such Companion Series, funded primarily from the proceeds
for the sale of such Companion Series, or will have a variable principal
amount. Any such prefunding account will be held for the benefit of such
Companion Series and not for the benefit of Series 1998-2 Certificateholders.
As principal is deposited in the Principal Account with respect to the Series
1998-2 Certificates or paid to the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders, either
(i) in the case of a prefunded Companion Series, an equal amount of funds on
deposit in any prefunding account for such prefunded Companion Series will be
released (which funds will be distributed to the Transferor) or (ii) in the
case of a Companion Series having a variable principal amount, an interest in
such variable Companion Series in an equal or lesser amount may be sold by the
Trust (and the proceeds thereof will be distributed to the Transferor) and, in
either case, the invested amount in the Trust of such Companion Series will
increase by up to the corresponding amount. Upon payment in full of the Series
1998-2 Certificates, assuming that there have been no unreimbursed charge-offs
with respect to any related Companion Series, the aggregate invested amount of
such related Companion Series will have been increased by an amount up to an
aggregate amount equal to the Series 1998-2 Investor Interest paid to the
Series 1998-2 Certificateholders since the issuance of such Companion Series.
The issuance of a Companion Series will be subject to the conditions described
under "Description of the Certificates--Exchanges." Green Tree does not expect
that the terms of any Companion Series would have an impact on the timing or
amount of payments received by a Series 1998-2 Certificateholder.     
 
FINAL PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL; TERMINATION
   
  The Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates, and the Class C
Certificates will each be subject to optional repurchase by the Transferor on
any Distribution Date when the sum of the Class A Invested Amount,     
 
                                      78
<PAGE>
 
   
the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount is reduced to an
amount less than or equal to $48,375,000 (10% of the initial outstanding
principal amount of the Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates and the
Class C Certificates), if certain conditions set forth in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement are satisfied. The repurchase price will be equal to (i)
the unpaid Class A Invested Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on the
Class A Certificates, (ii) the unpaid Class B Invested Amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest on the Class B Certificates, (iii) the unpaid Class C Invested
Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Class C Certificates and (iv)
the unpaid Class D Invested Amount. In each case interest will accrue through
the day preceding the Distribution Date on which the repurchase occurs.     
   
  The Certificates will be retired on the day following the Distribution Date
on which the final payment of principal is scheduled to be made to the
Certificateholders, whether as a result of optional reassignment to the
Transferor or otherwise. Subject to prior termination as provided above, the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the final distribution of
principal and interest on the Certificates will be made on the earlier of (i)
the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is paid in full and (ii)
the April 2004 Distribution Date (the "Series 1998-2 Termination Date"),
except to the extent provided below. In the event that the Invested Amount is
greater than zero, exclusive of any Class held by the Transferor, on the
Series 1998-2 Termination Date, the Trustee will sell or cause to be sold (and
apply the proceeds first to the Class A Certificates until paid in full, then
to the Class B Certificates until paid in full, then to the Class C
Certificates until paid in full, and finally to the Class D Certificates to
the extent necessary to pay such remaining amounts to all Certificateholders
pro rata within each Class as final payment of the Certificates) interests in
the Receivables or certain Receivables, as specified in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and the Series 1998-2 Supplement, in an amount up to 110%
of the Invested Amount at the close of business on such date (but not more
than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Certificates in
accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement). If the sale contemplated
by the preceding sentence has not occurred by the Series 1998-2 Termination
Date, the affected Certificateholders shall remain entitled to receive
proceeds of such sale when it occurs. The net proceeds of such sale and any
collections on the Receivables, up to an amount equal to the Invested Amount
plus accrued interest due on the Certificates, will be paid on the Series
1998-2 Termination Date first to Class A Certificateholders until the Class A
Invested Amount is paid in full, then to the Class B Certificateholders until
the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full, then to the Class C
Certificateholders until the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full, and then
to the Class D Certificateholders until the Class D Invested Amount is paid in
full.     
   
  Unless the Servicer and the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate instruct the Trustee otherwise, the Trust will terminate on the
earlier of (a) the day after the Distribution Date following the date on which
funds shall have been deposited in the Distribution Account for the payment to
certificateholders outstanding sufficient to pay in full the aggregate
investor interest of all Series outstanding plus interest thereon at the
applicable certificate rates to the next Distribution Date and (b) a date
which shall not be later than December 20, 2025, or (c) if the Receivables are
sold, disposed of or liquidated following the occurrence of an Insolvency
Event, immediately following such sale, disposition or liquidation (such date,
the "Trust Termination Date"). Upon the termination of the Trust and the
surrender of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, the Trustee will convey
to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate all right, title, and
interest of the Trust in and to the Receivables and other funds of the Trust
(other than funds on deposit in the Distribution Account and other similar
bank accounts of the Trust with respect to any Series).     
 
PAY OUT EVENTS
   
  As described above, the Revolving Period is expected to continue through the
end of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Controlled Accumulation
Period, unless a Pay Out Event occurs prior to such date or the Initial
Principal Payment Date is not extended by the Servicer, as described under
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Extension of Initial Principal
Payment Date." A "Pay Out Event" refers to any of the following events:     
 
    (i) failure by the Transferor to convey Receivables in Additional
  Accounts to the Trust within five business days after the day on which it
  is required to convey such Receivables pursuant to the Pooling and
  Servicing Agreement;
 
                                      79
<PAGE>
 
    (ii) failure on the part of the Transferor, the Servicer or Green Tree,
  as applicable, (a) to make any payment or deposit required by the Pooling
  and Servicing Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, on or before the date
  such payment or deposit is required to be made therein, which failure is
  not cured within five business days after written notice from the Trustee
  of such failure; or (b) to deliver a Distribution Date Statement on the
  date required under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (or within ten
  business days after written notice from the Trustee of such failure); or
  (c) to comply with its covenant not to create any lien on a Receivable
  which failure has a material adverse effect on the holders of the
  Certificates and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after
  written notice to it; provided, however, that any Pay Out Event shall not
  be deemed to have occurred if the Transferor shall have repurchased the
  related Receivables or, if applicable, all the Receivables during such
  period in accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing
  Agreement; or (d) to observe or perform in any material respect any other
  covenants or agreements set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or
  the Purchase Agreement, which failure has a materially adverse effect on
  the Certificateholders and which continues unremedied for a period of 45
  days after written notice of such failure;
 
    (iii) any representation or warranty made by Green Tree in the Purchase
  Agreement or by the Transferor in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or
  any information required to be given by the Transferor to the Trustee to
  identify the Accounts proves to have been incorrect in any material respect
  when made and continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a
  period of 60 days after written notice and as a result the interests of the
  Certificateholders are materially and adversely affected (excluding,
  however, any representation or warranty made by the Transferor that the
  Pooling and Servicing Agreement constitutes, or the transfer of the
  Receivables to the Trust is, a valid sale, transfer and assignment to the
  Trust of all right, title and interest of the Transferor in the Receivables
  and the Collateral Security if the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
  constitutes the grant of a security interest in the Receivables and
  Collateral Security); provided, however, that any Pay Out Event shall not
  be deemed to occur thereunder if the Transferor has repurchased the related
  Receivables or all such Receivables, if applicable, during such period in
  accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement;
 
    (iv) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
  receivership relating to Green Tree or the Transferor;
 
    (v) the Trust or the Transferor becomes an investment company within the
  meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
 
    (vi) any Servicer Default occurs;
 
    (vii) on any Determination Date, the average of the Monthly Payment Rates
  for the three preceding Monthly Periods, where the Monthly Payment Rate for
  a Monthly Period is the percentage obtained by dividing the aggregate of
  the Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom any discount portion)
  collected during such Monthly Period by the average daily aggregate
  Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom any discount portion) for
  such Monthly Period, is less than 18%;
 
    (viii) the failure to pay the outstanding principal amount of the Class A
  Certificates or Class B Certificates by the Class A Scheduled Payment Date
  or the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, as applicable;
 
    (ix) the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the average for each
  month of the net losses on the Receivables (exclusive of the Ineligible
  Receivables) owned by the Trust (i.e., gross losses less recoveries on any
  such Receivables (including, without limitation, recoveries from collateral
  security in addition to recoveries from the products, recoveries from
  Manufacturers and insurance proceeds)) during any three consecutive
  calendar months to (b) the average of the month-end aggregate balances of
  such Receivables (without deducting therefrom the discount portion) for
  such three-month period, exceeds 5% on an annualized basis;
 
    (x) the sum of all Cash Equivalents and other amounts on deposit in the
  Excess Funding Account represents more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate
  amount of Principal Receivables (without deducting therefrom any discount
  portion) on each of six or more consecutive Determination Dates, after
  giving effect to all payments made or to be made on the Distribution Date
  next succeeding each such respective Determination Date; or
 
                                      80
<PAGE>
 
    (xi) if Principal Collections allocable to the Class D
  Certificateholder's Interest have been reallocated in any Monthly Period to
  cover any Required Amounts and have not been reimbursed as of the
  Determination Date in such Monthly Period.
 
  In the case of any event described in clause (ii), (iii) or (vi) above, a
Pay Out Event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to the Certificates
only if, after any applicable grace period, the Certificateholders evidencing
undivided interests aggregating more than 50% of the Invested Amount, by
written notice to the Transferor and the Servicer, declare that a Pay Out
Event has occurred with respect to the Certificates as of the date of such
notice. In the case of any event described in clause (iv) or (v) above, a Pay
Out Event with respect to all Series then outstanding, and in the case of any
event described in clause (i), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) or (xi) above, a Pay
Out Event with respect only to the Certificates, will be deemed to have
occurred without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or the
Certificateholders or all certificateholders, as appropriate, immediately upon
the occurrence of such event. On the date on which a Pay Out Event is deemed
to have occurred, the Early Amortization Period will commence. In such event,
distributions of principal to the Certificateholders will begin on the first
Distribution Date following the month in which such Pay Out Event occurred.
If, because of the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, the Early Amortization
Period begins, Certificateholders will begin receiving distributions of
principal earlier than they otherwise would have, which may shorten the
average life of the Certificates.
 
  In addition to the consequences of a Pay Out Event discussed above, if,
pursuant to certain provisions of federal law, the Transferor voluntarily
enters liquidation or a trustee in bankruptcy is appointed for the Transferor
(an "Insolvency Event"), the Transferor will immediately cease to transfer
Receivables to the Trust and promptly give notice to the Trustee of such
event. Within 15 days, the Trustee will publish a notice of the liquidation or
the appointment stating that the Trustee intends to sell, dispose of, or
otherwise liquidate the Receivables in a commercially reasonable manner. With
respect to each Series outstanding at such time (or, if any such Series has
more than one class, of each class of such Series excluding any class or
portion thereof held by the Transferor), unless otherwise instructed within a
specified period by certificateholders representing undivided interests
aggregating more than 50% of the invested amount of such Series (or class
excluding any class or portion thereof held by the Transferor) and the holders
(other than the Transferor) of any Supplemental Certificates or any other
interest in the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, the Trustee will sell,
dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the portion of the Receivables allocable to
the Series that did not vote to continue the Trust in accordance with the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement in a commercially reasonable manner and on
commercially reasonable terms. The proceeds from the sale, disposition, or
liquidation of the Receivables will be treated as collections of the
Receivables allocable to such Certificateholders and will be distributed to
the applicable Certificateholders as provided above in "--Application of
Collections."
 
  If the only Pay Out Event to occur is either the bankruptcy or insolvency of
the Transferor or the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee or receiver for the
Transferor, the bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent
the early sale, liquidation, or disposition of the Receivables and the
commencement of the Early Amortization Period. In addition, a bankruptcy
trustee or receiver may have the power to cause the early sale of the
Receivables and the early retirement of the Certificates.
 
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
 
  The Servicer's compensation for its servicing activities and reimbursement
for its expenses will take the form of the payment to it of a servicing fee in
an amount for any Monthly Period equal to the sum of (i) with respect to each
Series, one-twelfth of the product of (x) the applicable servicing fee
percentage with respect to such Series and (y) the Invested Amount of such
Series on the first day of the related Monthly Period and (ii) one-twelfth of
the product of the weighted average servicing fee percentage for all Series
and the average Transferor Interest for such Monthly Period. The monthly
servicing fee will be allocated between the Transferor Interest, the
Certificateholders' Interest, and the investor interest for all other Series.
The portion of the servicing fee allocable to the Certificateholders' Interest
during each Monthly Period (the "Monthly Servicing Fee") will be equal to one-
twelfth of the product of (x) the Servicing Fee Rate per annum and (y) the
Invested Amount on the first day of the related Monthly Period or, in the case
of the first Distribution Date, the initial principal amount of the
Certificates. The Monthly Servicing Fee will be funded from Interest
Collections allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest, and will be paid
each month from the amount so allocated and on deposit in the
 
                                      81
<PAGE>
 
Collection Account. See "--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees,
Interest, and Other Items" above. The remainder of the servicing fee will be
allocable to the Transferor Interest and the investor interests of other
Series. Neither the Trust nor the Certificateholders will have any obligation
to pay such portion of the servicing fee.
 
  The Servicer will be permitted to waive its right to receive the Servicing
Fee on any Distribution Date, so long as it believes that sufficient Interest
Collections will be available on a future Distribution Date to pay the Monthly
Servicing Fee relating to such waived Servicing Fee, in which case the
Servicing Fee and the Monthly Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date shall
be deemed to be zero.
 
  The Servicer will pay from its servicing compensation certain expenses
incurred in connection with servicing the Receivables, including, without
limitation, payment of the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and
independent certified public accountants and other fees which are not
expressly stated in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be payable by the
Trust or the Certificateholders other than federal, state, and local income
and franchise taxes, if any, of the Trust.
 
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE TRANSFEROR AND THE SERVICER
 
  The Servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except upon determination that performance of
its duties is no longer permissible under applicable law. No such resignation
will become effective until the Trustee or a successor to the Servicer has
assumed the Servicer's responsibilities and obligations under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. The Servicer may delegate some or all of its servicing
duties; provided, however, such delegation will not relieve the Servicer of
its obligation to perform such duties in accordance with the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. In addition, any affiliate of Green Tree may be
substituted in all respects for Green Tree as Servicer, provided that Green
Tree will remain jointly and severally liable with such affiliate.
 
  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer will
indemnify the Trust and the Trustee from and against any reasonable loss,
liability, expense, damage, or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any
acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions of the Servicer with respect to
the activities of the Trust or the Trustee; provided, however, that the
Servicer will not indemnify (a) the Trustee for liabilities imposed by reason
of fraud, negligence, or willful misconduct by the Trustee in the performance
of its duties under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (b) the Trust, the
Certificateholders, or the Certificate Owners for liabilities arising from
actions taken by the Trustee at the request of Certificateholders, (c) the
Trust, the Certificateholders, or the Certificate Owners for any losses,
claims, damages, or liabilities incurred by any of them in their capacities as
investors, including without limitation, losses incurred as a result of
Defaulted Receivables, or (d) the Trust, the Certificateholders, or the
Certificate Owners for any liabilities, costs, or expenses of the Trust, the
Certificateholders, or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law,
including without limitation, any federal, state, or local income or franchise
tax or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or
penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith)
required to be paid by the Trust, the Certificateholders, or the Certificate
Owners in connection with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to any taxing
authority.
 
  In addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, subject to
certain exceptions, the Transferor will indemnify the Trust and the Trustee
from and against any reasonable loss, liability, expense, damage, or injury
(other than to the extent that any of the foregoing relate to any tax law or
any failure to comply therewith) suffered or sustained by reason of any acts
or omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of or based upon the
arrangement created by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as though the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement created a partnership under the Minnesota
Uniform Partnership Act in which the Transferor is a general partner.
 
  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, except for the foregoing
indemnities, neither the Transferor nor the Servicer nor any of their
respective directors, officers, employees, or agents will be under any
 
                                      82
<PAGE>
 
liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, or any other
person for any action taken, or for refraining from taking any action pursuant
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Neither the Transferor nor the
Servicer nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, or agents
will be protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by
reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence of the
Transferor, the Servicer, or any such person in the performance of its duties
thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties
thereunder. In addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the
Servicer is not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute, or defend any
legal action that is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and which in its opinion may expose it to
any expense or liability.
 
  Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor will be liable
directly to an injured party for the entire amount of any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a Certificateholder in
the capacity of an investor in the Certificates) arising out of or based on
the arrangement created by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the actions
of the Servicer taken pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as
though the Pooling and Servicing Agreement created a partnership under the
Minnesota Uniform Partnership Act in which the Transferor is a general
partner. The Transferor will also pay, indemnify and hold harmless each
Certificateholder for any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (other
than those incurred by a Certificateholder in the capacity of an investor in
the Certificates) except to the extent that they lapse from any action by any
Certificateholder. In the event of a Service Transfer, the successor Servicer
will indemnify the Transferor for any losses, claims, damages and liabilities
of the Transferor as described in this paragraph arising from the actions or
omissions of such successor.
 
SERVICER DEFAULT
 
  In the event of any Servicer Default (as defined below), either the Trustee
or certificateholders representing undivided interests aggregating more than
50% of the aggregate investor interests for all outstanding Series, by written
notice to the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the
certificateholders), may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the
Servicer as servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and in and to
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof and the Trustee may appoint a new
Servicer (a "Service Transfer"). The
   
rights and interest of the Transferor under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and in the Transferor Interest will not be affected by such
termination. Upon such termination, the Trustee will as promptly as possible
appoint a successor Servicer. If no such Servicer has been appointed and has
accepted such appointment by the time the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer,
all authority, power, and obligations of the Servicer under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement will pass to and be vested in the Trustee. If the Trustee
is unable to obtain any bids from eligible servicers and the Servicer delivers
an Officer's Certificate to the effect that it cannot in good faith cure the
applicable Servicer Default, and if the Trustee is legally unable to act as a
successor Servicer, then the Trustee will give the Transferor the right to
accept reassignment of all of the Receivables on terms equivalent to the best
purchase offer as determined by the Trustee.     
 
  A "Servicer Default" refers to any of the following events:
 
    (i) failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer, or deposit, or
  to give instructions to the Trustee to make certain payments, transfers, or
  deposits within five business days after the date the Servicer is required
  to do so under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any Supplement;
  provided, however, that any such failure caused by a nonwillful act of the
  Servicer shall not constitute a Servicer Default if the Servicer promptly
  remedies such failure within five business days after receiving notice of
  such failure or otherwise becoming aware of such failure;
 
    (ii) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in
  any respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer which has a
  material adverse effect on the certificateholders of any Series then
  outstanding and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after
  written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall
  have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the
  Trustee by holders of Certificates evidencing undivided interests
  aggregating not less than 50% of the Invested Amount of any Series
  materially adversely affected thereby and continues to have a material
 
                                      83
<PAGE>
 
  adverse effect on the certificateholders of any Series then outstanding for
  such period; or the delegation by the Servicer of its duties under the
  Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except as specifically permitted
  thereunder;
 
    (iii) any representation, warranty, or certification made by the Servicer
  in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or in any certificate delivered
  pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, proves to have been
  incorrect when made which has a material adverse effect on the
  certificateholders of any Series then outstanding, and which continues to
  be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after written
  notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been
  given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and Trustee by the
  holders of Certificates evidencing undivided interests aggregating not less
  than 50% of the Invested Amount of any Series materially adversely affected
  thereby and continues to have a material adverse effect on such
  certificateholders for such period; or
 
    (iv) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or
  receivership of the Servicer.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred
to in clause (i) above for a period of five business days, or referred to
under clause (ii) or (iii) for a period of 60 business days, will not
constitute a Servicer Default if such delay or failure could not be prevented
by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such delay or
failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence. Upon the
occurrence of any such event, the Servicer will not be relieved from using its
best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance with
the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and the Servicer will
provide the Trustee, any provider of credit enhancement, the Transferor, and
the holders of certificates of all Series outstanding prompt notice of such
failure or delay by it, together with a description of the cause of such
failure or delay and its efforts to perform its obligations.
 
  In the event of a Servicer Default due to the bankruptcy of the Servicer, if
no Servicer Default other than such bankruptcy or the insolvency of the
Servicer exists, the bankruptcy trustee or the Servicer itself as debtor-in-
possession may have the power to prevent either the Trustee or the majority of
the Certificateholders from effecting a Service Transfer.
 
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
  On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent will forward to each
Certificateholder of record (which is expected to be Cede & Co., as nominee
for DTC, unless Definitive Certificates are issued) a statement prepared by
the Servicer setting forth, among other things, with respect to such Series:
(a) the total amount distributed, (b) the amount of the distribution allocable
to principal on the Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates, the Class
C Certificates and the Class D Certificates, (c) the amount of such
distribution allocable to interest on the Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates, (d) the amount of Principal Collections processed during the
related Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Class A Certificates,
the Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D
Certificates, respectively, (e) the amount of Interest Collections processed
during the preceding Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Class A
Certificates, the Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class
D Certificates, respectively, (f) the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables, the Invested Amount, the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount, the Class D Invested Amount, the
Floating Allocation Percentage, and during the Controlled Accumulation Period
or Early Amortization Period, the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage
with respect to the Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of
business on the Record Date, (g) the aggregate outstanding balance of
Receivables which are current, 30-59, 60-89 and 90 or more days delinquent as
of the end of the day on the Record Date, (h) the Aggregate Investor Default
Amount for the related Monthly Period, (i) the aggregate amount of Class A
Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor Charge-Offs, Class C Investor Charge-
Offs and Class D Investor Charge-Offs for the preceding Monthly Period, (j)
the amount of the Monthly Servicing Fee for the preceding Monthly Period, and
(k) the aggregate amount of funds in the Excess Funding Account as of the last
day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Distribution Date. Unless
and until Definitive Certificates are issued, such reports with respect to the
Series 1998-2 Certificates will be sent to Cede & Co., as registered holder of
the Certificates and the nominee of DTC. Certificate Owners may receive copies
of such reports upon
 
                                      84
<PAGE>
 
written request, together with a certification that they are Certificate
Owners and payment of reproduction and postage expenses associated with the
distribution of such reports, from the Trustee. See "Reports to
Certificateholders."
 
  The Paying Agent will furnish to each person who at any time during the
preceding calendar year was a Certificateholder of record (which is expected
to be Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, unless Definitive Certificates are
issued) a statement prepared by the Servicer containing the information
required to be contained in the regular monthly report to Certificateholders,
as set forth in clauses (a), (b), and (c) above aggregated for such calendar
year or the applicable portion thereof during which such person was a
Certificateholder, together with, on or before March 31 of each year, such
customary information (consistent with the treatment of the Certificates as
debt) as the Servicer or Trustee deems necessary or desirable for tax
reporting purposes. Moreover, as long as the Certificateholder of record is
Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, Certificate Owners will receive tax and other
information from Participants and Indirect Participant rather than from the
Trustee.
 
REPORTS; NOTICES
 
  If the Offered Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the
Trustee will publish or will cause to be published following each Distribution
Date in the Luxemburger Wort a notice to the effect that Servicer's reports
described above will be available for review at the main office of the Listing
Agent of the Trust in Luxembourg, Luxembourg.
 
  Following the listing of the Offered Certificates on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange, notices to Certificateholders will be given by publication in the
Luxemburger Wort. In the event that Definitive Certificates are issued,
notices to Certificateholders will also be given by mail to the addresses of
such holders as they appear in the certificate register.
 
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
 
  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that on or before March 31 of
each calendar year, the Servicer will cause a firm of independent public
accountants which is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants to furnish a report to the effect that such accounting firm has
examined selected documents and records relating to the servicing of the
Accounts in accordance with certain procedures agreed upon with the Servicer,
and that, on the basis of such agreed upon procedures, such firm states that
such servicing was conducted in compliance with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement during the period covered by such report except for such significant
exceptions or errors in records that, in the opinion of such firm, generally
accepted auditing standards requires it to report.
 
AMENDMENTS
 
  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement may be amended by the
Transferor, the Servicer, and the Trustee, without the consent of
Certificateholders, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and Supplements or of modifying in any manner the rights of such
Certificateholders; provided that (i) the Transferor delivers an opinion of
counsel acceptable to the trustee to the effect that such amendment will not
adversely affect in any material respect the interest of the
Certificateholders, and (ii) such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or
reduction of the rating of any outstanding series.
   
  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Supplement may be amended by the
Transferor, the Servicer, and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of
certificates evidencing undivided interests aggregating not less than 66 2/3%
of the investor interests of each and every Series adversely affected (and
with respect to Series 1998-2, the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the
Invested Amount of each Class of Certificates adversely affected), for the
purpose of adding any provisions to, changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or any Supplement or
of modifying in any manner the rights     
 
                                      85
<PAGE>
 
of certificateholders of any then outstanding Series. No such amendment,
however, may (a) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
distributions required to be made on any such Series, (b) change the
definition of or the manner of calculating the interest of any
certificateholder of such Series, or (c) reduce the aforesaid percentage of
investor interests the holders of which are required to consent to any such
amendment, in each case without the consent of all certificateholders of all
Series adversely affected. Promptly following the execution of any amendment
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee will furnish written
notice of the substance of such amendment to each Certificateholder. Any
Supplement and any amendments regarding the addition or removal of Receivables
from the Trust will not be considered an amendment requiring certificateholder
consent under the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any
Supplement.
 
LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
   
  Upon written request of Certificateholders representing undivided interests
in the Trust aggregating not less than 10% of the Invested Amount, the
Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Certificateholders
for its costs and expenses and having given the Servicer notice that such
request has been made, will afford such Certificateholders access during
business hours to the current list of Certificateholders of the Trust for
purposes of communicating with other Certificateholders with respect to their
rights under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. See "--Book-Entry
Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates."     
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
  The Transferor, the Servicer, and their respective affiliates may from time
to time enter into normal banking, lending and trustee relationships with the
Trustee and its affiliates. The Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer, and any
of their respective affiliates may hold Certificates in their own names. In
addition, for purposes of meeting the legal requirements of certain local
jurisdictions, the Trustee will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or
separate trustees of all or any part of the Trust. In the event of such
appointment, all rights, powers, duties, and obligations conferred or imposed
upon the Trustee by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be conferred or
imposed upon the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or,
in any jurisdiction in which the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified
to perform certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who
will exercise and perform such rights, powers, duties, and obligations solely
at the direction of the Trustee.
 
  The Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Transferor will be
obligated to appoint a successor Trustee. The Transferor may also remove the
Trustee if the Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or if the Trustee becomes insolvent. In such
circumstances, the Transferor will be obligated to appoint a successor
Trustee. Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee does not become effective until acceptance of the
appointment by the successor Trustee.
 
  If the Trustee fails to perform any of its obligations under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, and a certificateholder delivers written notice of such
failure to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have corrected such failure
for 60 days thereafter, then the holders of investor certificates representing
more than 50% of the aggregate invested amount of all Series (including
related commitments) shall have the right to remove the Trustee and (with the
consent of the Transferor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) promptly
appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of
which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to
the successor trustee.
 
                                      86
<PAGE>
 
                     DESCRIPTION OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
  The following summary describes certain terms of the Receivables Purchase
Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Purchase Agreement.
 
TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES
 
  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Green Tree has sold and transferred to
the Transferor all of its right, title and interest in and to all of the
outstanding Receivables and the Collateral Security as of the Cut-off Date and
will sell and transfer all of the Receivables thereafter created. As described
herein, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor has
transferred to the Trust all of its right, title and interest in and to the
Purchase Agreement.
 
  In connection with each such sale or transfer of Receivables to the
Transferor, Green Tree will indicate in its computer files that such
Receivables have been sold or transferred to the Transferor, and that such
Receivables have been transferred by the Transferor to the Trust. In addition,
Green Tree will provide to the Transferor a computer file or microfiche or
written list containing a true and complete list of all such Receivables,
identifying the balances of the Receivables as of the Cut-off Date. The
records and agreements relating to such Accounts and Receivables will not be
segregated by Green Tree from other documents and agreements relating to other
accounts and receivables and will not be stamped or marked to reflect the sale
or transfer of such Receivables to the Transferor, but the computer records of
Green Tree will be marked to evidence such sale or transfer. Green Tree will
file UCC financing statements with respect to the Receivables meeting the
requirements of Minnesota state law. See "Risk Factors--Transfer of the
Receivables; Insolvency Risk Considerations" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables--Transfer of Receivables."
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Green Tree made certain representations
and warranties to the Transferor that, among other things, (a) it has been
duly incorporated and is in good standing and that it has the authority to
consummate the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and (b) as
of the Cut-off Date (or, in the case of an Additional Account, as of the
Additional Cut-off Date and Addition Date), each Account or Additional Account
was an Eligible Account.
 
  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Green Tree will make certain
representations and warranties to the Transferor relating to the Receivables
that, among other things, (a) as of the Cut-off Date and each Closing Date,
each of the Accounts was an Eligible Account or, if it was or is an Ineligible
Account on such date, such Account is being removed from the Trust in
accordance with the requirements of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and
(b) as of the date any new Receivable is created, such Receivable is an
Eligible Receivable. In the event of a breach of any representation and
warranty set forth in this paragraph which results in an Ineligible Receivable
and the requirement that the Transferor accept retransfer of such Ineligible
Receivable pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, then Green Tree
will be obligated to repurchase such Ineligible Receivable from the Transferor
on the date of such retransfer. The purchase price for such Ineligible
Receivable will be the face amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, of which at least the amount of any cash deposit required to
be made by the Transferor under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement in respect
of the retransfer of such Ineligible Receivable must be paid in cash.
   
  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Green Tree also made representations and
warranties to the Transferor that, among other things, as of each Closing
Date, (a) the Purchase Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of Green Tree and (b) the Purchase Agreement constitutes a valid
sale or transfer to the Transferor of all right, title and interest of Green
Tree in and to the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter created in
the Accounts, the Collateral Security, all related security interests and
other related rights and the proceeds thereof, which is effective as to each
Receivable upon the creation thereof. If the breach of any of the
representations and warranties described in this paragraph results in the
obligation of the Transferor under     
 
                                      87
<PAGE>
 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to accept retransfer of the Receivables,
Green Tree will be obligated to repurchase the Receivables retransferred to
Green Tree for an amount of cash equal to the amount of cash the Transferor is
required to deposit under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement in connection
with such retransfer.
 
  Green Tree has agreed to indemnify the Transferor and to hold the Transferor
harmless from and against any and all losses, damages and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees) suffered or incurred by the Transferor if the
foregoing representations and warranties are materially false.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Green Tree covenants that it will
perform its obligations under the agreements relating to the Receivables and
the Accounts in conformity with its then-current policies and procedures
relating to the Receivables and Accounts.
 
  Green Tree further covenants that, except for the sale and conveyance under
the Purchase Agreement and the interests created under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and the Series Supplement, Green Tree will not sell,
pledge, assign or transfer any interest in the Receivables to any other
person. Green Tree also covenants to defend and indemnify the Transferor for
any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Transferor in connection with a
breach by Green Tree of any of its representations, warranties or covenants
contained in the Purchase Agreement.
 
  In addition, Green Tree expressly acknowledges and consents to the
Transferor's assignment of its rights relating to the Receivables under the
Purchase Agreement to the Trustee.
 
TERMINATION
 
  The Purchase Agreement will terminate immediately after the Trust
terminates. In addition, if Green Tree becomes party to any bankruptcy or
similar proceeding (other than as a claimant) and, if such proceeding is not
voluntary and is not dismissed within 60 days of its institution, Green Tree
will immediately cease to sell or transfer Receivables to the Transferor and
will promptly give notice of such event to the Transferor and to the Trustee.
 
                   CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
 
TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES
   
  On the Series 1995-1 Closing Date, Green Tree sold and assigned the
Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts to the Transferor pursuant to the
Purchase Agreement, and the Transferor immediately sold and assigned such
Receivables to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
Green Tree has since designated Additional Accounts from time to time and sold
and assigned the Receivables arising in such Additional Accounts to the
Transferor, and the Transferor immediately sold and assigned such Receivables
to the Trust. The Transferor represented and warranted in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement that each such sale to the Trust constituted a valid
transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the
Transferor in and to the Receivables, except for the interest of any investor
certificate of any Series then held by it, or the grant to the Trust of a
security interest in the Receivables. The Transferor has also represented and
warranted in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement that, in the event the
transfer of the Receivables by the Transferor to the Trust is deemed to create
a security interest under the UCC, there will exist a valid, subsisting, and
enforceable first priority perfected security interest in such Receivables
created thereafter in favor of the Trust on and after their creation, subject
to certain tax liens. For a discussion of the Trust's rights arising from
these representations and warranties not being satisfied, see "Description of
the Offered Certificates--Representations and Warranties."     
 
  Each of Green Tree and the Transferor has represented that the Receivables
are "general intangibles," "chattel paper" or "accounts" for purposes of the
UCC as in effect in Minnesota. If the Receivables are deemed to be general
intangibles and the transfer thereof by either Green Tree to the Transferor or
by the Transferor to the Trust is deemed to be a sale, Minnesota common law
applies and neither possession nor a financing statement
 
                                      88
<PAGE>
 
is required. If the Receivables are deemed to be general intangibles and the
transfer thereof by either Green Tree to the Transferor or by the Transferor
to the Trust is deemed to create a security interest, the UCC as in effect in
Minnesota applies and the transferee must file an appropriate financing
statement or statements in order to perfect its interest therein. If the
Receivables are deemed to be chattel paper and the transfer thereof by either
Green Tree to the Transferor or by the Transferor to the Trust is deemed
either to be a sale or to create a security interest, the UCC as in effect in
Minnesota applies and the transferee must either take possession of the
chattel paper or file an appropriate financing statement or statements in
order to perfect its interest therein. If the Receivables are treated as
accounts and the transfer thereof by either by Green Tree to the Transferor or
the Transferor to the Trust is deemed either to be a sale or create a security
interest, the transferee must file an appropriate financing statement or
statements in order to perfect its interest therein under the UCC as in effect
in Minnesota. Financing statements covering the Receivables will be filed
under the UCC as in effect in Minnesota by both the Transferor and the Trust
to perfect their respective interests in the Receivables and continuation
statements will be filed as required to continue the perfection of such
interests. The Receivables will not be stamped to indicate the interest of the
Transferor or the Trustee.
   
  There are certain limited circumstances under the UCC and other applicable
law in which prior or subsequent transferees of Receivables could have an
interest in such Receivables with priority over the Trust's interest. A
purchaser of the Receivables that are chattel paper who gives new value and
takes possession of the instruments that evidence the Receivables (i.e., the
chattel paper) in the ordinary course of such purchaser's business may, under
certain circumstances, have priority over the interest of the Trust in such
Receivable. Under the Purchase Agreement, Green Tree warrants to the
Transferor, and under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series 1998-
2 Supplement the Transferor warrants to the Trust, that the Receivables have
been transferred free and clear of the lien of any third party. Each of Green
Tree and the Transferor will also covenant that it will not sell, pledge,
assign, transfer or grant any lien on any Receivable or, except as described
under "Description of the Offered Certificates--Exchanges," the Exchangeable
Transferor's Certificate (or any interest therein) other than to the Trust. A
tax or other government lien on property of Green Tree or the Transferor
arising prior to the time a Receivable comes into existence may also have
priority over the interest of the Trust in such Receivable. In addition, while
Green Tree is the Servicer, cash collections on the Receivables may, under
certain circumstances, be commingled with the funds of Green Tree prior to
each Distribution Date and, in the event of bankruptcy of Green Tree, the
Trust may not have a perfected interest in such collections.     
 
CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY
   
  Green Tree warrants to the Transferor in the Purchase Agreement that the
sale of the Receivables by it to the Transferor is a valid sale of the
Receivables to the Transferor. In addition, pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement, Green Tree and the Transferor have agreed to treat the transactions
described herein as a sale of such Receivables to the Transferor, and Green
Tree will take all actions that are required under Minnesota law to perfect
the Transferor's ownership interest in the Receivables. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if Green Tree were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and a
creditor or trustee-in-bankruptcy of Green Tree or Green Tree itself as
debtor-in-possession were to take the position that the sale of Receivables
from Green Tree to the Transferor should be recharacterized as a pledge of
such Receivables to secure a borrowing from Green Tree, then delays in
payments of collections of Receivables to the Transferor could occur or
(should the court rule in favor of any such trustee, debtor-in-possession or
creditor) reductions in the amount of such payments could result.     
 
  In addition, if Green Tree were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and
a creditor or trustee-in-bankruptcy of such debtor or Green Tree itself were
to request a court to order that Green Tree should be substantively
consolidated with the Transferor, delays in payments on the Certificates could
result. Should the bankruptcy court rule in favor of any such creditor,
trustee-in-bankruptcy or Green Tree, reductions in such payments could result.
   
  The Transferor warrants to the Trust that the transfer of the Receivables to
the Trust is a sale of the Receivables to the Trust or the grant of a security
interest in the Receivables to the Trust. The Transferor is     
 
                                      89
<PAGE>
 
   
required to take all actions that are required under Minnesota law to perfect
the Trust's ownership interest or security interest in the Receivables and the
Transferor warrants to the Trust that the Trust will at all times have a first
priority perfected ownership interest or security interest therein and, with
certain exceptions, the proceeds thereof. Nevertheless, a tax or government
lien on property of Green Tree or the Transferor arising prior to the time a
Receivable is conveyed to the Trust may have priority over the interest of the
Trust in such Receivable. The Transferor's certificate of incorporation
provides that, under certain circumstances, the Transferor is required to have
two independent directors (as defined therein) in which event it shall not
file a voluntary application for relief under Title 11 of the United States
Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") without the affirmative vote of its two
independent directors. Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the
Trustee, all certificateholders and any credit enhancement provider with
respect to any other series have covenanted that they will not at any time
institute against the Transferor any bankruptcy, reorganization or other
proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.
Notwithstanding such steps, if the Transferor were to become a debtor in a
bankruptcy case, and a bankruptcy trustee for the Transferor or the Transferor
as debtor in possession or a creditor of the Transferor were to take the
position that the transfer of the Receivables from the Transferor to the Trust
should be recharacterized as a pledge of such Receivables, then delays in
payments on the Certificates or (should the court rule in favor of any such
trustee, debtor in possession or creditor) reductions in the amount of such
payments could result.     
   
  The Transferor does not intend to file, and Green Tree has agreed that it
will not cause the Transferor to file, a voluntary application for relief
under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar applicable state law with respect to
the Transferor so long as the Transferor is solvent and does not foresee
becoming insolvent.     
 
  If Green Tree or the Transferor were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case
causing a Pay Out Event to occur, then, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement,
new Receivables would no longer be transferred to the Transferor and, pursuant
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, only collections on Receivables
theretofore sold to the Transferor and transferred to the related Trust would
be available to be applied to pay interest accruing on the Certificates and to
pay the principal amount of the Certificates. Under such circumstances, the
Servicer is obligated to allocate all Principal Collections to the oldest
principal balance first. If such allocation method were to be altered by the
bankruptcy court, the rate of payment on the Certificates might be adversely
affected. In addition, distributions of principal on each Certificate would
not be subject to the applicable Controlled Accumulation Amount. If the only
Pay Out Event to occur is either the insolvency of the Transferor or the
appointment of a bankruptcy trustee or receiver for the Transferor, the
receiver or bankruptcy trustee for the Transferor may have the power to
continue to require the Transferor to transfer new Principal Receivables to
the Trust and to prevent the early sale, liquidation, or disposition of the
Receivables and the commencement of the Early Amortization Period. See
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Pay Out Events."
 
  The occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership
with respect to the Servicer will result in a Servicer Default, which Servicer
Default, in turn, will result in a Pay Out Event. If no other Servicer Default
other than the commencement of such bankruptcy or similar event exists, a
trustee-in-bankruptcy of the Servicer may have the power to prevent either the
Trustee or the Certificateholders from appointing a successor Servicer.
 
  Payments made in respect of repurchases of Receivables by Green Tree or the
Transferor pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series
1998-2 Supplement may be recoverable by Green Tree or the Transferor, as
debtor in possession, or by a creditor or a trustee-in-bankruptcy of Green
Tree or the Transferor as a preferential transfer from Green Tree or the
Transferor if such payments are made within one year prior to the filing of a
bankruptcy case in respect of Green Tree or the Transferor.
 
  In Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir. 1993), the
United States Court of Appeals for the 10th Circuit suggested that even where
a transfer of accounts from a seller to a buyer constitutes a "true sale," the
accounts would nevertheless constitute property of the seller's bankruptcy
estate in a bankruptcy of the seller. If Green Tree or the Transferor were to
become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding and a court were to follow the
Octagon court's reasoning, Certificateholders might experience delays in
payment or possibly losses
 
                                      90
<PAGE>
 
in their investment in the Certificates. Counsel has advised the seller that
the reasoning of the Octagon case appears to be inconsistent with established
precedent and the UCC. In addition, because Green Tree, the Transferor, the
Trust and the transaction governed by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement do
not have any particular link to the 10th Circuit, it is unlikely that Green
Tree or the Transferor would be subject to a receivership proceeding in the
10th Circuit. Accordingly, the Octagon case should not be binding precedent on
a court in a receivership proceeding.
 
SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE RELATED PRODUCTS
 
  The Transferor represents and warrants in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement that each Receivable is at the time of creation secured by a first
priority security interest in the related product or accounts receivable.
Generally, under applicable state laws, a security interest in goods or
accounts receivable which secure wholesale financing obligations may be
perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements. Green Tree endeavors to
take all actions necessary under applicable state laws to perfect Green Tree's
(or a subsidiary's) security interest in such goods and accounts receivable.
However, at the time a product is sold or an account receivable is paid, Green
Tree's (or a subsidiary's) security interest therein will terminate.
Therefore, if a Dealer fails to remit to Green Tree amounts owed with respect
to a product that has been sold or an account receivable that has been paid,
the related Receivables will no longer be secured by such goods or accounts
receivable.
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
  Set forth below is a discussion of the material federal income tax
consequences to Certificate Owners. This discussion is based upon present
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the
regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial or ruling authority, all of
which are subject to change (which may be retroactive). Dorsey & Whitney LLP,
counsel to Green Tree and the Transferor ("Counsel"), is delivering its
opinion regarding certain federal income tax matters discussed below. The
opinion of Counsel specifically addresses only those issues specifically
identified below as being covered by such opinion; however, the opinion of
Counsel also states that the additional discussion set forth below accurately
sets forth Counsel's advice with respect to material tax issues. No ruling on
any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the Internal Revenue
Service (the "IRS"). This discussion does not deal with all aspects of federal
income taxation that may be relevant to Offered Certificate Owners in light of
their personal investment circumstances, nor to certain types of owners
subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws (e.g., banks,
life insurance companies and tax-exempt organizations). Prospective investors
are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors with regard to the federal
income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the Certificates, as well
as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any applicable state,
foreign country or other jurisdiction.
 
  Treatment of the Certificates as Indebtedness of the Transferor. The
Transferor and the holders of Certificates will express in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement the intent that, for federal, state and local income and
franchise tax purposes, the Offered Certificates will be indebtedness secured
by the Receivables and any other Trust assets allocable to the Offered
Certificates. The Transferor, by entering into the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, and each Offered Certificate Owner, by the acceptance of an
interest in an Offered Certificate, will agree to treat the Offered
Certificates as indebtedness for federal, state and local income and franchise
tax purposes. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement generally will refer to the
transfer of the related Receivables as a "sale," however, and since different
criteria are used in determining the nontax accounting treatment of the
transaction, the Transferor will treat the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
for certain nontax purposes, as effecting a transfer of an ownership interest
in the Receivables and not as creating a debt obligation.
 
  A basic premise of federal income tax law is that the economic substance of
a transaction generally determines the tax consequences. The form of a
transaction, while a relevant factor, is not conclusive evidence of its
economic substance. In appropriate circumstances, the courts have allowed
taxpayers, as well as the IRS, to treat a transaction in accordance with its
economic substance, as determined under federal income tax law, even though
the participants in the transaction have characterized it differently for
nontax purposes.
 
                                      91
<PAGE>
 
  The determination of whether the economic substance of a property transfer
is a sale or a loan secured by the transferred property has been made by the
IRS and the courts on the basis of numerous factors designed to determine
whether the transferor has relinquished (and the transferee has obtained)
substantial incidents of ownership in the property. Among those factors, the
primary factors examined are whether the transferee has the opportunity to
gain if the property increases in value and bears the risk of loss if the
property decreases in value. Based upon an analysis of such factors, Counsel's
opinion provides that for federal income tax purposes the Offered Certificates
will be characterized as indebtedness secured by the Receivables and any other
Trust assets, and the Trust will not be characterized as an "association,"
"publicly traded partnership" or "taxable mortgage pool" taxable as a
corporation.
 
  Interest Income to Certificate Owners. Assuming the Offered Certificates are
debt obligations for federal income tax purposes, interest on the Offered
Certificates will be taxable as ordinary interest income when received by
Certificate Owners utilizing the cash-basis method of accounting and when
accrued by Certificate Owners utilizing the accrual method of accounting.
Under the applicable regulations, the Offered Certificates would be considered
issued with original issue discount ("OID") if the "stated redemption price at
maturity" of an Offered Certificate (generally equal to its principal amount
as of the date of issuance plus all interest other than "qualified stated
interest" payable prior to or at maturity) exceeds the original issue price
(in this case, the initial offering price at which a substantial amount of the
Offered Certificates are sold to the public). Any OID would be considered de
minimis under the regulation if it does not exceed 1/4% of the stated
redemption price at maturity of an Offered Certificate multiplied by the
number of full years until its maturity date. It is anticipated that the
Offered Certificates will not be considered issued with more than de minimis
OID. Under the OID regulations, an owner of an Offered Certificate issued with
a de minimis amount of OID must include such OID in income, on a pro rata
basis, as principal payments are made on the Offered Certificate.
 
  While it is not anticipated that the Offered Certificates will be issued
with more than de minimis OID, it is possible that they will be so issued or
will be deemed to be issued with OID. This deemed OID could arise, for
example, if interest payments on the Offered Certificates are not deemed to be
"qualified stated interest" because the Offered Certificates do not provide
for default remedies ordinarily available to holders of debt instruments or
because no penalties are imposed as a result of any failure to make interest
payments on the Offered Certificates. In addition, under the OID regulations,
certain variable interest rates, including rates based upon the weighted
average interest rate of the Receivables, may not be treated as qualified
stated interest. Based upon existing authority, however, the Transferor and
the Trustee will treat interest payments on the Offered Certificates as
qualified stated interest under the OID regulations. If the Offered
Certificates are issued or are deemed to be issued with OID, all or a portion
of the taxable income to be recognized with respect to the Offered
Certificates would be includible in the income of Certificate Owners as OID.
Any amount treated as OID would not, however, be includible again when the
amount is actually received. If the yield on a class of Offered Certificates
were not materially different from its coupon, this treatment would have no
significant effect on Certificate Owners using the accrual method of
accounting. However, cash method Certificate Owners may be required to report
income with respect to the Offered Certificates in advance of the receipt of
cash attributable to such income.
 
  A Certificate Owner must include OID in income as interest over the term of
the Offered Certificate under a constant yield method. In general, OID must be
included in income in advance of the receipt of cash representing that income.
Each Certificate Owner should consult its own tax advisor regarding the impact
of the OID rules if the Offered Certificates are issued with OID.
 
  A Certificate Owner who purchases an Offered Certificate at a discount may
be subject to the "market discount" rules of the Code. These rules provide, in
part, for the treatment of gain attributable to accrued market discount as
ordinary income upon the receipt of partial principal payments or on the sale
or other disposition of the Offered Certificate, and for the deferral of
interest deductions with respect to debt incurred to acquire or carry the
market discount Offered Certificate. A Certificate Owner who purchases an
Offered Certificate at a premium may elect to amortize and deduct this premium
over the remaining term of the Offered Certificate in accordance with rules
set forth in Section 171 of the Code.
 
                                      92
<PAGE>
 
  As an alternative to the above treatments, accrual method Certificate Owners
may elect to include in gross income all interest with respect to an Offered
Certificate, including stated interest, acquisition discount, OID, de minimis
OID, market discount, de minimis market discount, and unstated interest, as
adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium, using the
constant yield method.
   
  Disposition of Offered Certificates. Generally, gain or loss will be
recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of Offered Certificates in
an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the seller's
tax basis in the Offered Certificates. A Certificate Owner's tax basis in an
Offered Certificate will generally equal the cost thereof increased by any
OID, market discount and gain previously included by such Certificate Owner in
income with respect to the Offered Certificate and decreased by any bond
premium previously amortized and any principal payments previously received by
such Certificate Owner with respect to the Offered Certificate. Any such gain
or loss will be capital gain or loss if the Offered Certificate was held as a
capital asset, except for gain representing accrued interest and accrued
market discount not previously included in income. Any such capital gain would
be taxed at long-term rates if the Offered Certificate is held for more than
one year and at short-term rates if held for not more than one year.     
 
  Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. The Trustee will be required
to report annually to the IRS, and to each Offered Certificateholder of
record, the amount of interest paid on the Offered Certificates (and the
amount of interest withheld for federal income taxes, if any) for each
calendar year, except as to exempt holders (generally, holders that are
corporations, tax-exempt organizations, qualified pension and profit-sharing
trusts, individual retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide
certification of their status as nonresidents). As long as the only
"Certificateholder" of record is Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, Certificate
Owners and the IRS will receive tax and other information only from
Participants and Indirect Participants rather than from the Trustee. Each
nonexempt Offered Certificate Owner will be required to provide, under
penalties of perjury, a certificate on IRS Form W-9 containing the Owner's
name, address, federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that
such Owner is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt Offered
Certificate Owner fail to provide the required certification, the Trustee (or
the Participants or Indirect Participants) will be required to withhold (or
cause to be withheld) 31% of the interest (and principal) otherwise payable to
the Owner, and remit the withheld amounts to the IRS as a credit against the
Owner's federal income tax liability.
 
  Possible Classification of the Trust as a Partnership or Association. As
described above, it is the opinion of Counsel that for federal income tax
purposes the Offered Certificates will be characterized as debt and the Trust
will not be characterized as an association, publicly traded partnership or
taxable mortgage pool taxable as a corporation. However, this opinion is not
binding on the IRS and no assurance can be given that this characterization
will be sustained.
 
  If the IRS were to contend successfully that any class of Certificates is
not debt for federal income tax purposes, the Trust might be classified for
federal income tax purposes as a partnership, an association taxable as a
corporation, or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. In the
opinion of Counsel, if the Class C Certificates were sold to investors and the
IRS were to contend successfully that the Class C Certificates were not debt
for federal income tax purposes (assuming that neither the Class A or Class B
Certificates, nor certificates of any other outstanding series, were also
recharacterized) the arrangement among the Transferor and the Class C
Certificateholders would be classified as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes and would not be treated as a publicly traded partnership because of
an exception for (i) an entity whose income is interest income that is not
derived in the conduct of a financial business or (ii) partnership interests
that are privately placed. In such case, the partnership would not be subject
to federal income tax. If the Class A or Class B Certificates are treated as
equity interests in a partnership, the partnership would in all likelihood be
treated as a publicly traded partnership. A publicly traded partnership is, in
general, taxable as a corporation. If the partnership were nevertheless not
taxable as a corporation because of an exception for an entity whose income is
interest income that is not derived in the conduct of a financial business, it
would not be subject to federal income tax. Rather, each item of income, gain,
loss, deduction and credit generated through the ownership of the Receivables
by the partnership would be passed through to the partners in the partnership
(including the Certificate Owners) according to their respective interests
therein.
 
                                      93
<PAGE>
 
  The income reportable by the Offered Certificate Owners as partners in such
a partnership could differ from the income reportable by them as holders of
debt. However, except as provided below, it is not expected that such
differences would be material. If the Offered Certificate Owners were treated
as partners, a cash-basis Certificate Owner might be required to report income
when it accrues to the partnership rather than when it is received by the
Certificate Owner. Moreover, if the Offered Certificates are interests in a
partnership, an individual Certificate Owner's share of expenses of the
partnership would be miscellaneous itemized deductions that might not be
deductible in whole or in part, causing the Certificate Owner to be taxable on
a greater amount of income than the stated interest on the Offered
Certificates. Finally, if any class of Certificates is treated as equity in a
partnership in which other Certificates are debt, all or part of a tax-exempt
Certificate Owner's share of income from Certificates treated as equity would
be treated as unrelated debt-financed income taxable to the Certificate Owner.
 
  Alternatively, if the Trust were treated as either an association taxable as
a corporation, a publicly traded partnership or taxable mortgage pool taxable
as a corporation, the resulting entity would be subject to federal income
taxes at corporate tax rates on its taxable income generated by ownership of
the Receivables. Distributions by the entity (other than interest
distributions on classes of Certificates properly characterized as debt) would
probably not be deductible in computing the entity's taxable income. Such an
entity-level tax could result in reduced distributions to Offered Certificate
Owners, and the Offered Certificate Owners could be liable for a share of such
a tax. Moreover, all or part of the distributions on Certificates treated as
equity would probably be treated as dividend income to the recipients,
although such dividends might, under certain circumstances, be eligible for
the dividends received deduction under the Code.
 
  Since the Transferor will treat the Offered Certificates as indebtedness for
federal income tax purposes, the Trustee (and Participants and Indirect
Participants) will not comply with the tax reporting requirements that would
apply under these alternative characterizations of the Offered Certificates.
 
  Foreign Investors. If, in accordance with the opinion of Counsel, the
Offered Certificates are classified as debt for federal income tax purposes,
the following information describes the federal income tax treatment of
investors that are not U.S. persons (each a "Foreign Person"). The term
"Foreign Person" means any person other than (i) a citizen or resident of the
United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity organized in or
under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof,
(iii) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S.
federal income tax purposes, regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if (A) a
court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over
the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have
authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) the trust
was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a United States person at
that time and has in effect an election to continue to be so treated.
 
    (a) Interest paid or accrued to a Foreign Person would be exempt from
  U.S. withholding taxes (including backup withholding taxes); provided that
  the Foreign Person complies with applicable identification requirements
  (and does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting
  stock of Green Tree, is not a controlled foreign corporation with respect
  to Green Tree and is not a bank receiving interest described in Section
  881(c)(3)(A) of the Code). Applicable identification requirements will be
  satisfied if there is delivered to a securities clearing organization (or
  bank or other financial institution that holds the Offered Certificates on
  behalf of the customer in the ordinary course of its trade or business) (i)
  IRS Form W-8 signed under penalties of perjury by the beneficial owner of
  the Offered Certificates stating that the owner is not a U.S. person and
  providing the owner's name and address, (ii) IRS Form 1001 signed by the
  beneficial owner of the Offered Certificates or the owner's agent claiming
  exemption from withholding under an applicable tax treaty, or (iii) IRS
  Form 4224 signed by the beneficial owner of the Offered Certificates or the
  owner's agent claiming exemption from withholding of tax on income
  connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States;
  provided that in any such case (x) the applicable form is delivered
  pursuant to applicable procedures and is properly transmitted to the United
  States entity otherwise required to withhold tax and (y) none of the
  entities receiving the form has actual knowledge that the owner is a U.S.
  person or that any certification on the form is false.
 
                                      94
<PAGE>
 
    (b) An owner of an Offered Certificate who is a Foreign Person will not
  be subject to United States federal income tax on gain realized on the
  sale, exchange or redemption of the Offered Certificate, provided that (i)
  the gain is not effectively connected to a trade or business carried on by
  the owner in the United States, (ii) in the case of an owner who is an
  individual, the owner is not present in the United States for 183 days or
  more during the taxable year in which the sale, exchange or redemption
  occurs, (iii) in the case of gain representing accrued interest, the
  conditions described in clause (a) are satisfied, and (iv) the Offered
  Certificate was held as a capital asset.
 
    (c) If the interest, gain or income on an Offered Certificate held by a
  Foreign Person is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
  business in the United States by the Foreign Person, the holder (although
  exempt from the withholding tax previously discussed if an appropriate
  statement is furnished) generally will be subject to United States federal
  income tax on the interest, gain or income at regular federal income tax
  rates. In addition, if the Foreign Person is a foreign corporation, it may
  be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30 percent of its "effectively
  connected earnings and profits" within the meaning of the Code for the
  taxable year, as adjusted for certain items, unless it qualifies for a
  lower rate under an applicable tax treaty.
 
    (d) An Offered Certificate owned by an individual who at the time of
  death is a nonresident alien will not be subject to United States federal
  estate tax as a result of the owner's death if, immediately before his
  death, (i) the decedent did not actually or constructively own 10% or more
  of the voting stock of Green Tree Financial Corporation and (ii) the
  ownership of the Offered Certificate was not effectively connected with the
  conduct by the decedent of a trade or business in the United States.
 
  Final regulations dealing with withholding tax on income paid to foreign
persons, backup withholding tax, and related matters (the "New Withholding
Regulations") were issued by the Treasury Department on October 6, 1997. The
New Withholding Regulations will generally be effective for payments made
after December 31, 1998, subject to certain transition rules. In certain
circumstances, the New Withholding Regulations may impose stricter
certification requirements than the regulations presently in effect.
Prospective holders of Offered Certificates are urged to consult their own tax
advisors with respect to the New Withholding Regulations.
 
  If the IRS were to contend successfully that the Offered Certificates are
equity interests in a partnership (not taxable as a corporation), an Offered
Certificate Owner that is a Foreign Person might be required to file a U.S.
income tax return and pay tax on its share of partnership income at regular
U.S. rates, including, in the case of a corporation, the branch profits tax
(and would be subject to withholding tax on its share of partnership income).
If the Offered Certificates are recharacterized as equity interests in an
association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable
as a corporation, an owner who is a Foreign Person would generally be taxed
(and be subject to withholding) on the gross amount of the distributions on
the Offered Certificates, to the extent they are treated as dividends, at the
rate of 30% (unless the rate is reduced by applicable treaty).
 
STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
  The activities to be undertaken by the Servicer in servicing and collecting
the Receivables will take place in Minnesota. The State of Minnesota imposes
an income tax on individuals, trusts and estates and a franchise tax measured
by net income on corporations. This discussion of Minnesota taxation is based
upon current statutory provisions and the regulations promulgated thereunder,
and applicable judicial or ruling authority, all of which are subject to
change (which may be retroactive). No ruling on any of the issues discussed
below will be sought from the Minnesota Department of Revenue.
 
  If the Offered Certificates are treated as debt for federal income tax
purposes, in the opinion of Counsel this treatment will also apply for
Minnesota tax purposes, and the Trust will not be characterized as an
association, publicly traded partnership or taxable mortgage pool taxable as a
corporation for Minnesota tax purposes. Certificate Owners not otherwise
subject to Minnesota income or franchise taxation would not become subject to
such a tax solely because of their ownership of the Offered Certificates.
Certificate Owners already subject to income or franchise taxation in
Minnesota could, however, be required to pay such a tax on all or a portion of
the income generated from ownership of the Offered Certificates.
 
                                      95
<PAGE>
 
  If the Trust is treated as a partnership (not taxable as a corporation) for
federal income tax purposes, in the opinion of Counsel the Trust would also be
treated as such a partnership for Minnesota income tax purposes. The
partnership therefore would not be subject to Minnesota taxation. Certificate
Owners that are not otherwise subject to Minnesota income or franchise
taxation would not become subject to such a tax solely because of their
interests in the constructive partnership. Certificate Owners already subject
to income or franchise taxation in Minnesota could, however, be required to
pay such a tax on all or a portion of the income from the constructive
partnership.
 
  If the Offered Certificates are treated as ownership interests in an
association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, in the
opinion of Counsel this treatment would also apply for Minnesota income and
franchise tax purposes. Pursuant to this treatment, the Trust would be subject
to the Minnesota franchise tax measured by net income (which could result in
reduced distributions to Certificate Owners). Certificate Owners that are not
otherwise subject to Minnesota income or franchise taxation would not become
subject to such a tax solely because of their interests in the constructive
corporation. Certificate Owners already subject to income or franchise
taxation in Minnesota could, however, be required to pay such a tax on all or
a portion of the income from the constructive corporation.
 
  Because state tax laws vary, it is not possible to describe the tax
consequences to the Certificate Owners in all of the states. Certificate
Owners are therefore urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to
the state tax treatment of the Offered Certificates and income derived
therefrom.
 
                     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN CONSIDERATIONS
   
  Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension, profit
sharing or other employee benefit or other plan (such as an individual
retirement account) that is subject to Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of
the Code (collectively referred to as "Benefit Plans") from engaging in
certain transactions involving "plan assets" with persons that are "parties in
interest" under ERISA or "disqualified persons" under the Code with respect to
the plan. A violation of these "prohibited transaction" rules may generate
excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.
       
  ERISA also imposes certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of Benefit
Plans subject to ERISA including the requirements of investment prudence and
diversification, and the requirement that such a Benefit Plan's investments be
made in accordance with the documents governing the Benefit Plan. Under ERISA,
any person who exercises any authority or control respecting the management or
disposition of the assets of a plan is considered to be a fiduciary of such
plan (subject to certain exceptions not here relevant). Plan fiduciaries must
determine whether the acquisition and holding of the Offered Certificates and
the operations of the Trust would result in direct or indirect prohibited
transactions under ERISA and the Code. The operations of the Trust could
result in prohibited transactions if Benefit Plans that purchase the Offered
Certificates are deemed to own an interest in the underlying assets of the
Trust. There may also be an improper delegation of the responsibility to
manage Benefit Plan assets if Benefit Plans that purchase the Offered
Certificates are deemed to own an interest in the underlying assets of the
Trust.     
   
  Pursuant to a final regulation (the "Final Regulation") issued by the
Department of Labor (the "DOL") concerning the definition of what constitutes
the "plan assets" of a Benefit Plan, the assets and properties of certain
entities in which a Benefit Plan makes an equity investment could be deemed to
be assets of the Benefit Plan in certain circumstances. Accordingly, if
Benefit Plans purchase Offered Certificates, the Trust could be deemed to hold
plan assets unless one of the exceptions under the Final Regulation is
applicable to the Trust.     
 
  The Final Regulation applies to the purchase by a Benefit Plan of an "equity
interest" in an entity. Assuming that interests in Offered Certificates are
equity interests, the Final Regulation contains an exception that provides
that if a Benefit Plan acquires a "publicly offered security," the issuer of
the security is not deemed to hold plan assets. A publicly offered security is
a security that is (i) freely transferable, (ii) part of a class of securities
that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one
another and (iii) either is
 
                                      96
<PAGE>
 
   
(A) part of a class of securities registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of
the Exchange Act or (B) sold to the plan as part of an offering of securities
to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act and the class of securities of which such security is a part is
registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days (or such later time as may
be allowed by the Commission) after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer
during which the offering of such securities to the public occurred. In
addition, the Final Regulation provides that if at all times less than 25% of
the value of all classes of equity interests in Certificates are held by
benefit plan investors (which is defined as including employee benefit and
other plans, whether or not subject to ERISA, as well as entities whose
underlying assets include plan assets because of investing by such a plan in
the entity, the investing plan's assets will not include any of the underlying
assets of the Trust.     
   
  The Underwriters of the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates
expect that the Offered Certificates will not be held by at least 100 persons.
Consequently, the publicly offered security exception contained in the Final
Regulation will not be met with respect to the Offered Certificates.
Consequently, no transfer of an Offered Certificate will be permitted to be
made to a Benefit Plan unless such Benefit Plan, at its expense, delivers to
the Trustee and the Transferor an opinion of counsel satisfactory to them to
the effect that the purchase or holding of an Offered Certificate by such
Benefit Plan will not result in the assets of the Trust being deemed to be
"assets of the Benefit Plan" or subject to the prohibited transaction
provisions of ERISA and the Code and will not subject the Trustee, the
Transferor or the Servicer to any obligation in addition to those undertaken
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Unless such opinion is delivered, each
person acquiring an Offered Certificate or the beneficial ownership of an
Offered Certificate will be deemed to represent to the Trustee, the Transferor
and the Servicer that such person is not a Benefit Plan subject to ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code and is not investing on behalf of, or with the assets
of, a Benefit Plan.     
   
  If interests in a Class of the Offered Certificates fail to meet the
criteria of publicly offered securities, the Trust's assets may be deemed to
include assets of Benefit Plans that are holders of the Certificates of such
Class, and transactions involving the Trust and "parties in interest" or
"disqualified persons" with respect to such Benefit Plans might be prohibited
under Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code unless an exemption is
applicable. In addition, the Transferor or the Underwriters may be considered
to be a party in interest, disqualified person or fiduciary with respect to an
investing Benefit Plan. Accordingly, an investment by a Benefit Plan in
Offered Certificates may be a prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code
unless such investment is subject to a statutory, regulatory or administrative
exemption. Thus, for example, if a participant in any Benefit Plan is an
Obligor, under DOL interpretations the purchase of interests in Offered
Certificates by such plan could constitute a prohibited transaction. Five
class exemptions issued by the DOL that could apply in such event are DOL
Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14 (Class Exemption for Plan Asset
Transactions Determined by Independent Qualified Professional Asset Managers),
91-38 (Class Exemption for Certain Transactions Involving Bank Collective
Investment Funds), 90-1 (Class Exemption for Certain Transactions Involving
Insurance Company Pooled Separate Accounts), 95-60 (Class Exemption for
Certain Transactions Involving Insurance Company General Accounts) and 96-23
(Class Exemption for Plan Asset Transactions Determined by In-house Asset
Managers). There is no assurance that these exemptions, even if all of the
conditions specified therein are satisfied, or any other exemption will apply
to all transactions involving the Trust's assets.     
   
  In light of the foregoing, fiduciaries of a Benefit Plan considering the
purchase of interests in Offered Certificates should consult their own counsel
as to whether the assets of the Trust which are represented by such interests
would be considered plan assets, and whether, under the general fiduciary
standards of investment prudence and diversification, an investment in Offered
Certificates is appropriate for the Benefit Plan taking into account the
overall investment policy of the Benefit Plan and the composition of the
Benefit Plan's investment portfolio, and whether the opinion of counsel
described above can be delivered. In addition, fiduciaries should consider the
consequences that would apply if the Trust's assets were considered plan
assets, the applicability of exemptive relief from the prohibited transaction
rules, and, whether all conditions for such exemptive relief would be
satisfied. In this regard, purchasers that are insurance companies should
consult with their counsel with respect to the United States Supreme Court
case interpreting the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA, John Hancock
Mutual Life Insurance Co. v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank, 144 S.Ct. 517
(1993). In John Hancock, the Supreme Court ruled that assets held in an
insurance company's general account may be deemed to be "plan assets" for
ERISA purposes under certain circumstances. Prospective purchasers should
determine whether the decision affects their ability to make purchases of the
Offered Certificates.     
 
                                      97
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
   
  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an Underwriting Agreement
dated August   , 1998 (the "Underwriting Agreement"), among the Transferor,
Green Tree and the underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), the
Transferor has agreed to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the
Underwriters has severally agreed to purchase from the Transferor, the
principal amount of the Offered Certificates set forth opposite its name
below.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                        AMOUNT OF    AMOUNT OF
                                                         CLASS A      CLASS B
                         UNDERWRITER                   CERTIFICATES CERTIFICATES
                         -----------                   ------------ ------------
       <S>                                             <C>          <C>
       J.P. Morgan Securities Inc..................... $            $
       Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
        Incorporated..................................
                                                       ------------ -----------
           Total......................................  $           $
                                                       ============ ===========
</TABLE>    
   
  In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Offered
Certificates offered hereby if any Offered Certificates are purchased.     
   
  The Transferor has been advised by the Underwriters that the Underwriters
intend to offer the Class A Certificates to the public at the public offering
price set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, and to certain dealers at
such price less a concession not in excess of    % of the principal amount of
the Class A Certificates. The Transferor has been advised by the Underwriters
that the Underwriters propose initially to offer the Class B Certificates to
the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in
excess of    % of the principal amount of the Class B Certificates. The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount with respect
to the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates not in excess of
    % and    %, respectively, of such principal amount to certain other
dealers. After the initial public offering, such public offering prices,
concessions and discounts may be changed.     
   
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Transferor and Green Tree will
indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under applicable securities laws, or contribute to payments the Underwriters
may be required to make in respect thereof.     
   
  The Underwriters have represented and agreed that (i) they have not offered
or sold and, prior to the expiration of the period of six months from the
Closing Date, will not offer or sell any Class A or Class B Certificates to
persons in the United Kingdom, except to persons whose ordinary activities
involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as
principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in
circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the
public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of
Securities Regulation 1995; (ii) they have complied and will comply with all
applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to
anything done by them in relation to the Class A or Class B Certificates in,
from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) they have only
issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any
document received by them in connection with the issue of the Class A or Class
B Certificates to a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the
Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order
1995, or is a person to whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or
passed on.     
   
  The Underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time provide banking
and other financial services to the Transferor and the Trust, including
investment vehicles for funds held by the Trust. A portion of the net proceeds
from the sale of the Offered Certificates, expected to be between $    and
$   , will be paid by the Underwriters directly to Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York ("Morgan"), an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,
pursuant to the terms of a swap agreement between Morgan and Green Tree
relating to the investment of funds in the Principal Account for the Series
1995-1 Certificates.     
   
  In connection with the offering, the Underwriters may engage in transactions
that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Offered
Certificates. Specifically, the Underwriters may overallot the offering,     
 
                                      98
<PAGE>
 
   
creating a syndicate short position. The Underwriters may bid for and purchase
Offered Certificates in the open market to cover syndicate short positions. In
addition, the Underwriters may bid for and purchase Offered Certificates in
the open market to stabilize the price of the Offered Certificates. These
activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Offered
Certificates above independent market levels. The Underwriters are not
required to engage in these activities, and may end these activities at any
time.     
 
                        LISTING AND GENERAL INFORMATION
 
  The Transferor has taken all reasonable care to ensure that the information
in this Prospectus in relation to the Transferor, the Trust, the Offered
Certificates and the Servicer is true and accurate in all material respects
and that in relation to the Transferor, the Trust, the Offered Certificates
and the Servicer there are no material facts the omission of which would make
misleading any statement herein, whether fact or opinion. The Transferor
accepts responsibility for the information contained in this Prospectus.
 
  Application has been made to list the Offered Certificates on the Luxembourg
Stock Exchange. In connection with the listing application, the Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws of the Transferor, as well as legal notice relating
to the issuance of the Offered Certificates will be deposited prior to listing
with the Chief Registrar of the District Court of Luxembourg, where copies
thereof may be obtained upon request. Once the Certificates have been so
listed, trading of the Offered Certificates may be effected on the Luxembourg
Stock Exchange. The Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates have
been accepted for clearance through the facilities of DTC, Cedel and Euroclear
under the following common codes:         for the Class A Certificates and
        for the Class B Certificates. The ISIN number for the Class A
Certificates is              and for the Class B Certificates is             .
   
  The transactions contemplated in this Prospectus were authorized by
resolutions adopted by the Transferor on September 13, 1995, and August 18,
1998.     
   
  There have been no material adverse changes in the composition of the Trust
Portfolio since June 30, 1998.     
 
  Copies of the Purchase Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the
Series 1998-2 Supplement, a form of Floorplan Agreement, the annual report of
independent public accountants described in "Description of the Offered
Certificates--Evidence as to Compliance" in the Prospectus, the documents
listed under "Available Information" and the reports to Certificateholders
referred to under "Reports to Certificateholders" and "Description of the
Offered Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders" in the Prospectus will be
available at the office of the Listing Agent of the Trust in Luxembourg, whose
address is 80, place de la Gare 1616, Luxembourg. Financial information
regarding the Transferor will be included in the consolidated financial
statements of Green Tree Financial Corporation in its Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, which will be available at
the office of the Listing Agent in Luxembourg, along with future quarterly and
annual reports of Green Tree Financial Corporation. In the event that the
Listing Agent is changed or replaced, in any manner, the Trustee will publish
or will cause to be published in the Luxemburger Wort a notice to the effect
that a change in the Listing Agent has occurred and other relevant
information.
 
  If the Offered Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the
Trustee will publish or will cause to be published following each Distribution
Date in the Luxemburger Wort a notice to the effect that copies of the
statements described under "Description of the Offered Certificates--Reports
to Certificateholders" will be available for collection at the main office of
the Listing Agent of the Trust in Luxembourg.
 
  If the Offered Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, all
notices to Certificateholders will be given by publication in the Luxemburger
Wort. In the event that Definitive Certificates are issued, notices to
Certificateholders will also be given by mail to the address of such holders
as they appear in the Certificate Register.
 
 
                                      99
<PAGE>
 
  The Offered Certificates, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the 1998-2
Series Supplement and the Receivables Purchase Agreement are governed by the
laws of the State of Minnesota. The Trust was organized under the laws of the
State of Minnesota.
 
  The Certificates, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series 1998-2
Supplement are governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
   
  The legality of the Offered Certificates will be passed upon for the
Transferor and Green Tree by Dorsey & Whitney LLP, Minneapolis, Minnesota. The
material federal income tax consequences of the Certificates will be passed
upon for the Transferor by Dorsey & Whitney LLP. Certain legal matters
relating to the Offered Certificates will be passed upon for the Underwriters
by Brown & Wood LLP.     
 
                                      100
<PAGE>
 
                               GLOSSARY OF TERMS
 
  There follows abbreviated definitions of certain capitalized terms used in
the Prospectus. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 1998-2 Series
Supplement may contain a more complete definition of certain of the terms
defined herein and reference should be made to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and the 1998-2 Series Supplement for a more complete definition of
all such terms.
 
  "ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) for any business day
on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than zero, zero, and
(ii) for any business day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is zero,
the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of
the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C
Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of
the Pool Balance and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at
the end of the preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerators used
to calculate the allocation percentages with respect to Principal Receivables
for all Series.
 
  "ABC Investor Default Amount" means an amount equal to the product of (a)
the sum of the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating
Allocation Percentage and the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage
applicable on such business day and (b) the aggregate principal amount of
Defaulted Receivables identified since the prior reporting date.
   
  "Accounts" mean the revolving credit agreements entered into with Green Tree
or one of its subsidiaries by dealers, manufacturers, retailers and
distributors located throughout the United States to finance their production
and inventory of consumer and commercial products.     
   
  "Accumulation Period Commencement Date" means the first day of the December
2001 Monthly Period, if the Accumulation Period Length is four months, the
first day of the January 2002 Monthly Period, if the Accumulation Period
Length is three months, the first day of the February 2002 Monthly Period, if
the Accumulation Period Length is two months and the first day of the March
2002 Monthly Period if the Accumulation Period Length is one month; provided,
however, if the Accumulation Period Length has been determined to be less than
four months and, after such determination, any outstanding Series enters into
an early amortization period, the Accumulation Period Commencement Date shall
be the earlier of (i) the date that such outstanding Series entered into its
early amortization period and (ii) the Accumulation Period Commencement Date,
as previously determined.     
   
  "Accumulation Period Length" means the one, two, three or four month(s)
period, determined on November 13, 2001, and shall be calculated as the
product, rounded upwards to the nearest integer, of (a) four and (b) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Invested Amount as of November 13,
2001 (after giving effect to all changes therein on such date) and the
denominator of which is the sum of such Invested Amount and the invested
amounts as of November 13, 2001 (after giving effect to all changes therein on
such date) of all other outstanding Series whose respective revolving periods
are not scheduled to end before the last day of the March 2002 Monthly Period.
    
  "Accumulation Shortfall" means, for the succeeding Monthly Period, the
amount by which the Controlled Deposit Amount exceeds the amount deposited in
the Principal Account for any Monthly Period.
 
  "Addition Date" means in the case of an Additional Account, the date of its
designation for inclusion as an Account and the date the related Receivables
are transferred to the Trust.
 
  "Additional Accounts" means the additional Eligible Accounts which the
Transferor and Green Tree have the right (subject to certain limitations and
conditions), and in some circumstances are obligated, to designate from time
to time to be included as Accounts and to convey to the Trust the Receivables
of such Additional Accounts.
 
 
                                      101
<PAGE>
 
  "Additional Cut-off Date" means with respect to Additional Accounts, the
date specified in the Addition Notice delivered with respect to such
Additional Accounts pursuant to Section 2.6(c) of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
 
  "Additional Class D Invested Amount" means any increase in the Class D
Invested Amount agreed to in connection with an increase by the Transferor in
any of the percentages used to calculate the Overconcentration Amounts.
 
  "Affiliate" means, with respect to a particular Person, any Person that,
directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such Person.
 
  "Asset-Based Receivable Overconcentration" on any Distribution Date means
the excess of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in
Accounts for Asset-Based Receivables on the last day of the Monthly Period
immediately preceding such Distribution Date over (b) 20% of the Principal
Receivables on the last day of such immediately preceding Monthly Period.
Notwithstanding the above, in the case of such Overconcentration, the
percentage in clause (b) may be increased by the Transferor, without the
consent of any Certificateholder, to a level acceptable to each Rating Agency
without any reduction or withdrawal of its rating of the Class A or Class B
Certificates (but which may involve an adjustment, upward or downward, of the
Class D Invested Amount).
   
  "Asset-Based Receivables" represent extensions of credit generally to
manufacturers, retailers and distributors to finance their production and
inventory, and are secured by finished goods inventory, accounts receivable,
certain work-in-process, raw materials and component parts, as well as other
assets of the borrower, which may include commercial real estate in some
cases.     
 
  "Automatic Addition Condition" means, with respect to the addition of
Accounts, that (i) during the calendar quarter in which such addition occurs,
the number of new Accounts for Dealers that are financing products of the type
already being financed by Green Tree does not exceed 5% of the number of all
Accounts at the end of the preceding calendar quarter, (ii) during the twelve
months ending at the beginning of such calendar quarter, the number of such
new Accounts does not exceed 20% of the number of all Accounts at the
beginning of such twelve month period, (iii) the average for the three months
preceding the month of such addition of the aggregate balance of Receivables
that have been delinquent for more than 30 days does not exceed 1.25% of the
Pool Balance at the end of the month preceding the month of such addition, and
(iv) the annualized average for such three month period of the net losses
incurred in respect of the Receivables does not exceed 1.75% of the Pool
Balance at the end of the month preceding the month of such addition.
       
  "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code.
 
  "Base Rate" means the sum of (i) the weighted average of the Class A
Certificate Rate, the Class B Certificate Rate, the Class C Certificate Rate
and the Class D Certificate Rate plus (ii) 2% per annum.
   
  "Benefit Plans" means a pension, profit sharing or other employee benefit
plan or other plan (such as an individual retirement account) that is subject
to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.     
   
  "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or another day
on which banking institutions in New York, New York, London, England or
Luxembourg are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.
    
  "Cash Equivalents" mean, unless otherwise provided in the Supplement with
respect to any Series, (a) negotiable instruments or securities represented by
instruments in bearer or registered form which evidence (i) obligations of or
fully guaranteed by the United States of America; (ii) time deposits,
promissory notes, or certificates of deposit of any depositary institution or
trust company; provided, however, that at the time of the Trust's investment
or contractual commitment to invest therein, the certificates of deposit or
short-term deposits of such depositary institution or trust company shall have
a credit rating from Standard & Poor's of A-1+, from Moody's of P-1 and Fitch
of F-1+ if rated by Fitch; (iii) commercial paper having, at the time of the
Trust's
 
                                      102
<PAGE>
 
investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from Standard
& Poor's of A-1+, from Moody's of P-1 and from Fitch of F-1+ if rated by
Fitch; (iv) banker's acceptances issued by any depositary institution or trust
company described in clause (a)(ii) above; and (v) investments in money market
funds rated AAA-m or AAA-mg by Standard & Poor's, Aaa by Moody's and AAA by
Fitch if rated by Fitch or otherwise approved in writing by Moody's, Standard
& Poor's and Fitch; (b) time deposits and demand deposits in the name of the
Trust or the Trustee in any depositary institution or trust company referred
to in clause (a)(ii) above; (c) securities not represented by an instrument
that are registered in the name of the Trustee or its nominee (which may not
be Green Tree or an Affiliate) upon books maintained for that purpose by or on
behalf of the issuer thereof and identified on books maintained for that
purpose by the Trustee as held for the benefit of the Trust or the
Certificateholders, and consisting of (x) shares of an open end diversified
investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act which
(i) invests its assets exclusively in obligations of or guaranteed by the
United States of America or any instrumentality or agency thereof having in
each instance a final maturity date of less than one year from their date of
purchase or other Cash Equivalents, (ii) guarantees to maintain a constant net
asset value per share, (iii) has aggregate net assets of not less than
$100,000,000 on the date of purchase of such shares and (iv) which each Rating
Agency designates in writing will not result in a withdrawal or downgrading of
its then current rating of any Series rated by it or (y) Eurodollar time
deposits of a depository institution or trust company that are rated A-1+ by
Standard & Poor's, P-1 by Moody's and F-1+ by Fitch if rated by Fitch;
provided, however, that at the time of the Trust's investment or contractual
commitment to invest therein, the Eurodollar deposits of such depositary
institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Standard & Poor's
of A-1+, from Moody's of P-1 and from Fitch of F-1+ if rated by Fitch; and (d)
any other investment if each Rating Agency confirms in writing that such
investment will not adversely affect its then current rating of the Investor
Certificates.
 
  "Cede & Co." means DTC's nominee. Cede & Co. is expected to be the holder of
record of the Offered Certificates.
 
  "Cedel" means Cedel Bank, societe anonyme, the professional depository,
incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, which holds securities for its
participating organizations and facilitates the clearance and settlement of
securities transactions between Cedel Participants through electronic book-
entry changes in the accounts of such Cedel Participants.
 
  "Cedel Participants" means the participating organizations for which Cedel
holds securities.
 
  "Certificate Owners" means the owners of the beneficial interests in the
Offered Certificates.
 
  "Certificateholders" means the holders of record of the Class A, Class B,
Class C and Class D Certificates.
 
  "Certificateholders' Interest" means the interest in the assets of the Trust
allocated to the Certificateholders.
 
  "Certificate Rates" means the Class A Certificate Rate and the Class B
Certificate Rate.
 
  "Certificates" means each of the Offered Certificates, the Floorplan
Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class C and the Floorplan
Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class D.
       
  "Class" means, with respect to any Series, any one of the classes of
Certificates of that Series as specified in the related Series Supplement.
 
  "Class A Certificate Rate" means the rate at which interest on the
outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates will accrue, which
will be at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the applicable LIBOR
plus    % per annum or (ii) the applicable Net Receivables Rate.
 
  "Class A Certificateholder" means the Person in whose name a Class A
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
 
                                      103
<PAGE>
 
  "Class A Certificates" means each of the Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable
Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class A.
 
  "Class A Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the
Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the Class A Certificates.
 
  "Class A Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means (i) with respect to any
business day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than zero,
zero, and (ii) for any business day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount
is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class A Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period
and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance
and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the
preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.
 
  "Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any business
day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class A Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding business day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the Pool Balance and the amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding business
day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of all
Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation
percentage.
   
  "Class A Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the initial principal
balance of the Class A Certificates less the Class A Percentage of the initial
deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class A Percentage of any
withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period, in
connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or payment of
principal on the Series 1995-1 Certificates or (ii) at the end of the Funding
Period for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate
amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from the Pre-
Funding Account) made to Class A Certificateholders prior to such date, minus
(c) the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior
Distribution Dates, equal to the amount by which the Class A Invested Amount
has been reduced to fund the Investor Default Amount on all prior Distribution
Dates, and plus (d) the aggregate amount of Series Available Interest
Collections, Excess Interest Collections and Reallocated Principal Collections
applied on all prior Distribution Dates for the purpose of reimbursing amounts
deducted pursuant to the foregoing clause (c).     
   
  "Class A Investor Charge-Off" has the meaning assigned under "Description of
the Offered Certificates--Investor Charge-Offs" on page 78.     
 
  "Class A Monthly Interest" with respect to any Distribution Date will equal
the product of (i) the Class A Certificate Rate for the related Interest
Accrual Period, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Accrual Period
divided by 360 and (iii) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
Certificates at the close of business on the first day of such Interest
Accrual Period.
   
  "Class A Percentage" means the percentage derived from the fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class A original principal amount and the
denominator of which is the sum of the Class A original principal amount, the
Class B original principal amount and the Class C original principal amount.
       
  "Class A Principal" with respect to any Distribution Date during the
Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period will equal the sum
of (i) an amount equal to the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of all
Principal Collections (less the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal Collections) received during the
Monthly Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date, (ii) any amount
on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (other than any amount in the Class D
Subaccount) or the Pre-Funding Account allocated to the Class A Certificates
with respect to the preceding Monthly Period, (iii) the aggregate ABC Investor
Default Amount paid from Series Available Interest Collections, Excess
Interest Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to the
preceding Monthly Period and any reimbursements from Series Available Interest
Collections, Excess Interest Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections
of unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor Charge-     
 
                                      104
<PAGE>
 
Offs and Class C Investor Charge-Offs and (iv) Shared Principal Collections
allocated to the Class A Certificates; provided, however, that with respect to
any Distribution Date during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Class A
Principal will not exceed the lesser of (i) the Controlled Deposit Amount and
(ii) the Class A Invested Amount; provided, further, that with respect to the
Series 1998-2 Termination Date, Class A Principal will be an amount equal to
the Class A Invested Amount.
   
  "Class A Required Amount" means the amount determined by the Servicer on
each Business Day in a Monthly Period equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) Class A Monthly Interest for the prior Monthly Period, (ii) any
Class A Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous Distribution Date
plus any Class A Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class
A Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, (iii) if Green Tree or an
Affiliate of Green Tree is no longer the Servicer, the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage of the Servicing Fee for the prior Monthly Period and
(iv) the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage of the Default Amount, to the
extent not previously paid, for any Business Day in the prior Monthly Period
over (y) the Series Available Interest Collections plus any Excess Interest
Collections from other Series allocated with respect to the amounts described
in clauses (x)(i) through (iv).     
   
  "Class A Scheduled Payment Date" means the Distribution Date in April 2002.
    
  "Class B Certificate Rate" means the rate at which interest on the
outstanding principal balance of the Class B Certificates will accrue, which
shall be at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the applicable LIBOR
plus    % per annum or (ii) the applicable Net Receivables Rate.
 
  "Class B Certificateholder" means the Person in whose name a Class B
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
 
  "Class B Certificates" means each of the Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable
Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class B.
 
  "Class B Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the
Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the Class B Certificates.
 
  "Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means (i) with respect to any
business day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than zero,
zero, and (ii) for any business day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount
is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class B Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period
and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance
and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the
preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.
 
  "Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any business
day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class B Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding business day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding
business day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of
all Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation
percentage.
   
  "Class B Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the
initial principal balance of the Class B Certificates less the Class B
Percentage of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class B
Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the
Funding Period, in connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or
payment of principal on the Series 1995-1 Certificates or (ii) at the end of
the Funding Period for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from
the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class B Certificateholders prior to such
date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all
prior Determination Dates, equal to the amount by which the Class B Invested
Amount has been reduced to fund the Investor Default Amount on all prior
Distribution Dates, and minus (d) the aggregate amount of     
 
                                      105
<PAGE>
 
   
Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for which neither the Class D
Invested Amount nor the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced for all prior
Distribution Dates, and plus (e) the aggregate amount of Series Available
Interest Collections, Excess Interest Collections and Reallocated Class C
Principal Collections and Reallocated Class D Principal Collections applied on
all prior Distribution Dates for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted
pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).     
   
  "Class B Investor Charge-Off" has the meaning assigned under "Description of
the Offered Certificates--Investor Charge-Offs" on page 78.     
 
  "Class B Monthly Interest" with respect to any Distribution Date will equal
the product of (i) the Class B Certificate Rate for the related Interest
Accrual Period, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Accrual Period
divided by 360 and (iii) with respect to the Funding Period, the outstanding
principal balance of the Class B Certificates at the close of business on the
first day of such Interest Accrual Period and after the Funding Period, the
Class B Invested Amount at the close of business on the first day of such
Interest Accrual Period.
 
  "Class B Percentage" means the percentage derived from the fraction the
numerator of which is the Class B original principal amount and the
denominator of which is the sum of the Class A original principal amount, the
Class B and the Class C original principal amount.
   
  "Class B Principal" with respect to any Distribution Date on or after the
Class A Scheduled Payment Date will equal the sum of (i) an amount equal to
the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of all Principal Collections
(less the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections and Reallocated
Class C Principal Collections) received during the Monthly Period immediately
preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution
Date following the date on which an amount equal to the Class A Invested
Amount is deposited in the Principal Amount to be applied to the payment of
Class A Principal, the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal
Collections from the date on which such deposit is made), (ii) any amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account (other than the Class D Subaccount) or
the Pre-Funding Account allocated to the Class B Certificates with respect to
the preceding Monthly Period, (iii) the aggregate ABC Investor Default Amount
paid from Series Available Interest Collections, Excess Interest Collections
or Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly
Period and any reimbursements from Series Available Interest Collections,
Excess Interest Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections of
unreimbursed Class B Investor Charge-Offs and Class C Investor Charge-Offs and
(iv) Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Class B Certificates;
provided, however, that with respect to any Distribution Date during the
Controlled Accumulation Period, Class B Principal will not exceed the lesser
of (i) the Controlled Deposit Amount and (ii) the Class B Invested Amount;
provided, further that with respect to the Series 1998-2 Termination Date,
Class B Principal will be an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount.     
 
  "Class B Principal Commencement Date" means the earliest of (a) the Class B
Scheduled Payment Date, (b) the Distribution Date during the Early
Amortization Period or following the Initial Principal Payment Date on which
the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full or, if there are no Principal
Collections allocable to the Series 1998-2 Investor Certificates remaining
after payments have been made to the Class A Certificates on such Distribution
Date, the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date on which the Class
A Invested Amount is paid in full and (c) the Distribution Date following a
sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set forth in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and the 1998-2 Series Supplement.
   
  "Class B Required Amount" means the amount determined by the Servicer on
each Business Day in a Monthly Period equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) Class B Monthly Interest for the prior Monthly Period, (ii) any
Class B Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous Distribution Date
plus any Class B Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class
B Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, (iii) if Green Tree or an
Affiliate of Green Tree is no longer the Servicer, the Class B Floating
Allocation Percentage of the Servicing Fee for the prior Monthly Period and
(iv) the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage of the Default Amount, to the
extent not previously paid, for any Business Day in the prior Monthly Period
over     
 
                                      106
<PAGE>
 
   
(y) the Series Available Interest Collections plus any Excess Interest
Collections from other Series allocated with respect to the amounts described
in clauses (x)(i) through (iv).     
   
  "Class B Scheduled Payment Date" means the Distribution Date in May 2002.
    
  "Class C Certificate Rate" means the rate at which interest on the
outstanding principal balance of the Class C Certificates will accrue, which
shall be at a rate per annum not in excess of the applicable LIBOR plus    %
per annum.
 
  "Class C Certificates" means each of the Floorplan Receivable Trust
Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class C.
 
  "Class C Certificateholder" means the Person in whose name a Class C
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
 
  "Class C Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the
Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the Class C Certificates.
 
  "Class C Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means (i) with respect to any
business day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than zero,
zero, and (ii) for any business day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount
is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class C Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period
and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance
and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the
preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.
 
  "Class C Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any business
day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class C Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding business day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding
business day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of
all Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation
percentage.
   
  "Class C Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the
initial principal balance of the Class C Certificates less the Class C
Percentage of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class C
Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the
Funding Period, in connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or
payment of principal on the Series 1995-1 Certificates or (ii) at the end of
the Funding Period for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from
the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class C Certificateholders prior to such
date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class C Investor Charge-Offs for all
prior Distribution Dates, equal to the amount by which the Class C Invested
Amount has been reduced to fund the Investor Default Amount on all prior
Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class C
Principal Collections for which the Class D Invested Amount has not been
reduced for all prior Distribution Dates, (provided that Class C Invested
Amount may not be reduced below zero) and plus (e) the aggregate amount of
Series Available Interest Collections, Excess Interest Collections,
Reallocated Class D Principal Collections and certain other amounts as may be
available applied on all prior Distribution Dates for the purpose of
reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).
       
  "Class C Investor Charge-Off" has the meaning assigned under "Description of
the Offered Certificates--Investor Charge-Offs" on page 78.     
 
  "Class C Percentage" means the percentage derived from the fraction the
numerator of which is the Class C original principal amount and the
denominator of which is the sum of the Class A original principal amount, the
Class B original principal amount and the Class C original principal amount.
 
 
                                      107
<PAGE>
 
   
  "Class C Principal" with respect to any Distribution Date on or after the
date on which an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount has been
deposited in the Principal Account will equal the sum of (i) an amount equal
to the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of all Principal Collections
(less the amount of Reallocated Class C Principal Collections) received during
the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the
case of the first Distribution Date following the date on which an amount
equal to the Class B Invested Amount is deposited in the Principal Account to
be applied to the payment of Class B Principal, the ABC Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections from the date on which such
deposit is made), (ii) any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account
(other than the Class D Subaccount) or the Pre-Funding Account allocated to
the Class C Certificates with respect to the preceding Monthly Period, (iii)
the aggregate ABC Investor Default Amount paid from Series Available Interest
Collections, Excess Interest Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections
with respect to the preceding Monthly Period and any reimbursements from
Series Available Interest Collections, Excess Interest Collections or
Reallocated Principal Collections of unreimbursed Class C Investor Charge-Offs
and (iv) Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Class C Certificates;
provided, that with respect to the Series 1998-2 Termination Date, Class C
Principal will be an amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount.     
 
  "Class C Principal Commencement Date" means the earlier of (a) the
Distribution Date on which the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full or, if
there are no Principal Collections allocable to the Series 1998-2 Investor
Certificates remaining after payments have been made to the Class B
Certificates on such Distribution Date, the Distribution Date following the
Distribution Date on which the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full and (b)
the Distribution Date following a sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set
forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 1998-2 Series Supplement.
   
  "Class C Required Amount" means the amount determined by the Servicer on
each Business Day in a Monthly Period equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) if the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates have been
reduced to zero, interest accrued on the Class C Certificates for the prior
Monthly Period, (ii) if the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates have
been reduced to zero, any interest due on the Class C Certificates but not
paid on any previous Distribution Date plus any interest at the Class C
Certificate Rate (to the extent lawful) on interest on the Class C
Certificates previously due but not paid to the Class C Certificateholders on
a prior Distribution Date, (iii) if Green Tree or an Affiliate of Green Tree
is no longer the Servicer, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage of the
Servicing Fee for the prior Monthly Period and (iv) the Class C Floating
Allocation Percentage of the Default Amount, to the extent not previously
paid, for any Business Day in the prior Monthly Period over (y) the Series
Available Interest Collections plus any Excess Interest Collections from other
Series allocated with respect to the amounts described in clauses (x)(i)
through (iv).     
 
  "Class D Certificate Rate" means the rate at which interest on the
outstanding principal balance of the Class D Certificates will accrue, which
shall be at a rate per annum not in excess of the applicable LIBOR plus    %
per annum.
 
  "Class D Certificateholder" means the person in whose name a Class D
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
 
  "Class D Certificates" means each of the Floorplan Receivable Trust
Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class D.
 
  "Class D Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the
Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the Class D Certificates.
 
  "Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means (i) with respect to any
business day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than zero,
zero, and (ii) for any business day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount
is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class D Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period
and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance
and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the
preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.
 
                                      108
<PAGE>
 
   
  "Class D Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any business
day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class D Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding business day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the preceding
business day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of
all Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation
percentage.     
 
  "Class D Incremental Invested Amount" means for any Monthly Period the
product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which the Invested Amount
(exclusive of the Class D Incremental Invested Amount) on the last day of the
immediately preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Pool
Balance on such last day times (b) the Overconcentration Amount for such
Monthly Period.
 
  "Class D Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the initial principal
balance of the Class D Certificates, plus (b) the Class D Incremental Invested
Amount for the related Monthly Period, plus (c) any Additional Class D
Invested Amount, minus (d) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to
Class D Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (e) the aggregate amount
of Class D Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, equal to the
amount by which the Class D Invested Amount has been reduced to fund the
Investor Default Amount on all prior Distribution Dates minus (f) the
aggregate amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections for all prior
Distribution Dates, plus (g) the aggregate amount of Interest Collections and
Excess Interest Collections applied on all prior Distribution Dates for the
purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (e)
and plus (f).
 
  "Class D Investor Charge-Off" has the meaning assigned under "Description of
the Offered Certificates--Investor Charge-Offs" on page 77.
 
  "Class D Investor Default Amount" means the portion of all Defaulted
Receivables in an amount equal to the product of (a) the Class D Floating
Allocation Percentage and (b) the aggregate principal amount of Defaulted
Receivables identified since the prior reporting date.
   
  "Class D Principal" means, beginning on the Transfer Date preceding the date
on which an amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount has been deposited in
the Principal Account, the amounts that the Trustee, acting in accordance with
instructions from the Servicer, will withdraw from amounts deposited into the
Principal Account in respect of Principal Collections processed during the
related Monthly Period and, to the extent of the Class D Invested Amount,
shall deposit in the Distribution Account for distribution to the Class D
Certificateholders on the next succeeding Distribution Date.     
 
  "Class D Principal Payment Commencement Date" means the earlier of (a) the
Distribution Date on which the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full or, if
there are no Principal Collections allocable to the Series 1998-2 Investor
Certificates remaining after payments have been made to the Class C
Certificates on such Distribution Date, the Distribution Date following the
Distribution Date on which the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full and (b)
the Distribution Date following a sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set
forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 1998-2 Series Supplement.
 
  "Class D Subaccount" means a subaccount of the Excess Funding Account, into
which Principal Collections allocable to Class D Certificates will be
deposited during any Early Amortization Period.
          
  "CLD" means Green Tree's Commercial Lending Division.     
   
  "Closing Date" means, with respect to any Series, the date of issuance of
such Series of Certificates, as specified in the related Supplement.     
 
  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
  "Collateral Security" means an assignment of a security interest in the
consumer and commercial products or other assets securing each Receivable.
 
  "Collection Account" means a segregated account established by and
maintained by the Servicer with a Qualified Institution in the name of the
Trust, for the benefit of certificateholders of all Series.
 
 
                                      109
<PAGE>
 
  "Collections" means the Principal Collections and Interest Collections.
 
  "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
  "Companion Series" means one or more other Series with which the Series
1998-2 Certificates may be paired.
 
  "Controlled Accumulation Amount" means an amount sufficient to amortize the
Class A Invested Amount given the Accumulation Period Length.
   
  "Controlled Accumulation Period" means, unless a Pay Out Event has occurred,
the period commencing on the Accumulation Period Commencement Date and ending
upon the earliest to occur of (i) the commencement of the Early Amortization
Period, (ii) payment to the Investor Certificateholders of the full Invested
Amount, and (iii) the Series 1998-2 Termination Date.     
 
  "Controlled Deposit Amount" means, for any Monthly Period, the sum of the
(i) Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Monthly Period plus (ii) the
Accumulation Shortfall for the related Monthly Period.
 
  "Cooperative" means the Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation.
 
  "Counsel" means Dorsey & Whitney LLP.
   
  "Cut-off Date" means December 1, 1995 or, with respect to Additional
Accounts, the date of their designation as Additional Accounts.     
       
  "DHI Fees" means, with respect to the Floorplan Receivables, the
documentation, handling and inspection fee charged to each Dealer by Green
Tree for each unit financed.
 
  "DOL" means the United States Department of Labor.
 
  "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company.
 
  "DTC Participants" means the participating organizations of DTC.
 
  "Dealer Overconcentration" means, on any Distribution Date with respect to
any Account with a Dealer, the excess of (a) the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in such Account on the last day of Monthly Period immediately
preceding such Distribution Date over (b) 2% of the Principal Receivables on
the last day of such immediately preceding Monthly Period. Certain Dealers may
be subject to a higher percentage limit with Rating Agency approval, but in no
case higher than 3%. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of such
Overconcentration, the percentage in clause (b) may be increased by the
Transferor, without the consent of any Certificateholder, to a level
acceptable to each Rating Agency without any reduction or withdrawal of its
rating of the Class A or Class B Certificates (but which may involve an
adjustment, upward or downward, of the Class D Invested Amount).
   
  "Dealers" means those dealers, manufacturers, retailers and distributors who
are obligated under the Receivables.     
 
  "Defaulted Receivables" means the Receivables that will be charged off as
uncollectible in accordance with the Servicer's customary and usual policies.
 
  "Definitive Certificates" means definitive, fully registered Certificates
issued to Certificate Owners pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
 
  "Depositaries" means Cede & Co., Cedel and Euroclear.
 
  "Depository" means the nominee of DTC (together with any successor
depository selected by the Transferor).
 
  "Determination Date" means the second business day preceding each
Distribution Date.
 
                                      110
<PAGE>
 
  "Discount Factor" means a specified percentage of Principal Collections to
be treated as interest collections. The Discount Factor, if any, may vary from
time to time and initially will be zero.
 
  "Distribution Account" means a non-interest bearing segregated demand
deposit account established by the Trustee with a Qualified Institution for
the benefit of the certificateholders of each Series.
   
  "Distribution Date" means the 13th day of each month, or if such day is not
a business day, the next succeeding business day, beginning October 13, 1998.
       
  "Early Amortization Period" means the period beginning on the earlier of (a)
the first day of the Monthly Period preceding the Initial Principal Payment
Date and (b) the date that a Pay Out Event occurs, and ending on the earlier
of (i) the date on which the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested
Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount have been
paid in full and (ii) the Series 1998-2 Termination Date.     
 
  "Eligible Account" means as of the Cut-off Date (or, with respect to
Additional Accounts, as of their date of designation for inclusion in the
Trust), an arrangement to provide a revolving extension of credit by Green
Tree or one of its subsidiaries to a Dealer (i) in order to finance the
purchase by a Dealer of consumer and commercial product inventory or (ii) as a
line of credit secured by unencumbered assets of such Dealer, which extension
of credit, as of the date of determination thereof, (a) is in existence and
maintained with Green Tree or such subsidiary, (b) is payable in United States
dollars, (c) is with a Dealer whose most recent billing address is in the
United States or its territories or possessions, (d) has been originated by
Green Tree or such subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business or
acquired by Green Tree through the acquisition of an Eligible Account from
another lender upon satisfying Green Tree's customary underwriting standards
(e) in respect of which no amounts have been charged off by Green Tree or such
subsidiary as uncollectible in its customary and usual manner as of the Cut-
off Date (or, with respect to Additional Accounts, as of their date of
designation for inclusion in the Trust), and (f) is with a Dealer that is not
involved in insolvency proceedings.
 
  "Eligible Portfolio" means all the accounts that were Eligible Accounts at
the Cut-off Date.
 
  "Eligible Receivable" means a Receivable (a) that was originated by Green
Tree or one of its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or acquired
by Green Tree through the acquisition of an Eligible Account from another
lender upon satisfying Green Tree's customary underwriting standards, (b) that
has arisen under an Eligible Account, (c) that was created in compliance with
all requirements of law applicable thereto and pursuant to a floorplan or
asset-based financing agreement that complies with all requirements of law
applicable thereto, (d) with respect to which all consents, licenses or
authorizations of, or registrations with, any governmental authority required
to be obtained or given by Green Tree or such subsidiary or the Transferor in
connection with the creation of such Receivable, or the transfer thereof to
the Trust or the execution, delivery, creation and performance by Green Tree
or such subsidiary of the related floorplan or asset-based financing agreement
have been duly obtained or given and are in full force and effect as of the
date of the creation of such Receivable, (e) as to which, at the time of its
creation, the Transferor had good and marketable title free and clear of all
liens and security interests (other than certain liens permitted pursuant to
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), and at all times following the transfer
of such Receivables to the Trust, the Trust will have good and marketable
title free and clear of all liens and security interests (other than certain
liens permitted pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) or the grant
of a first priority security interest therein, (f) that is the legal, valid,
binding and assignable payment obligation of the related Dealer, legally
enforceable against such Dealer in accordance with its terms (with certain
bankruptcy related exceptions), (g) that constitutes "chattel paper," an
"account" or a "general intangible" under Article 9 of the UCC as then in
effect in the State of Minnesota, (h) if such Receivable has the benefit of a
Floorplan Agreement with a Manufacturer, such Floorplan Agreement provides,
subject to the specific terms thereof and any limitations therein (which may
vary among Floorplan Agreements), that the Manufacturer is obligated to
repurchase the products securing the Receivables upon the Servicer's
repossession thereof upon the related Dealer's default, (i) which has been the
subject of a valid transfer and assignment from the Transferor to the Trust of
all the Transferor's interest therein and in the related Collateral
 
                                      111
<PAGE>
 
   
Security (including any proceeds thereof), (j) which at the time of transfer
to the Trust is not subject to any right of rescission, setoff, or any other
defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) of the
Dealer, (k) as to which, at the time of transfer of such Receivable to the
Trust, Green Tree (or such subsidiary) and the Transferor have satisfied all
their respective obligations with respect to such Receivable required to be
satisfied at such time, (l) as to which, at the time of transfer of such
Receivable to the Trust, neither Green Tree (or such subsidiary) nor the
Transferor has taken or failed to take any action which would impair the
rights of the Trust or the certificateholders therein and (m) which represents
the obligation of a Dealer to repay an advance made to or on behalf of such
Dealer to finance products or the accounts receivable arising from the sale of
such products. In addition, participation interests described above under
"Green Tree Financial Corporation and Its Commercial Lending Division--
Participations in Floorplan Receivables" and Receivables described above under
"Green Tree Financial Corporation and Its Commercial Lending Division--
Participation Arrangements" will be Receivables.     
 
  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.
 
  "Euroclear" or "Euroclear Operator" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
New York, Brussels, Belgium office as operator of the Euroclear System.
 
  "Euroclear Participants" means participants of the Euroclear System.
Euroclear Participants include banks (including central banks), securities
brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries and may
include the underwriters of any Series of Certificates.
 
  "Euroclear System" means the system created in 1968 to hold securities for
Euroclear Participants and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear
Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against
payment.
 
  "Excess Funding Account" means the segregated account established by and
maintained by the Servicer in the name of the Trust with a Qualified
Institution for the benefit of the certificateholders of all Series.
 
  "Excess Interest Collections" means Interest Collections allocable to any
Series in excess of the amounts necessary to make required payments with
respect to such Series.
 
  "Exchange" means a transaction whereby the Transferor may tender the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or, if provided in the relevant
Supplement, certificates comprising any Series and the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate, to the Trustee in exchange for certificates comprising one or
more new Series and a reissued Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.
 
  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
  "Exchangeable Transferor Certificate" means a certificate representing the
Transferor's interest in the Trust, which shall be the remaining undivided
interest in the Trust not represented by the Certificates and any other
investor certificates issued by the Trust.
 
  "FDIC" means the United States Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
 
  "Final Regulation" means the final regulation issued by the DOL concerning
the definition of what constitutes the "plan assets" of an employee benefit
plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, or an IRA.
 
  "Finance Charge Collections" means, for any business day, the aggregate of
(a) all collections on the Receivables with respect to interest or other fees,
(b) investment earnings on amounts on deposit in all Trust Accounts on such
business day and (c) Recoveries.
 
  "Fitch" means Fitch IBCA, Inc., or any successor thereto.
 
                                      112
<PAGE>
 
  "Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means (i) for any business day on
which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than zero, zero, and (ii)
for any business day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is zero, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount or
the Class D Invested Amount, respectively, at the end of the last day of the
Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the Pool
Balance (plus amounts, if any, on deposit in the Excess Funding Account) at
the end of the preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerators used
to calculate the allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections
for all Series.
 
  "Floating Allocation Percentage" means on any business day, the percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Invested
Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount, or the Class
D Invested Amount, respectively, at the end of the preceding business day and
the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the Pool Balance (plus amounts,
if any, on deposit in the Excess Funding Account) as of the end of the
preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerator for all classes of all
Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation
percentage.
 
  "Floorplan Agreement" means the agreement Green Tree enters into with a
Manufacturer providing financing for products for Dealers.
 
  "Floorplan Receivables" represent extensions of credit to finance product
inventory for dealers, and are secured by the related dealer's product
inventory.
   
  "Foreign Person" has the meaning assigned under "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences" on page 94.     
 
  "Free Flooring Period" means a period during which no interest or finance
charges accrue on a Dealer's account.
   
  "Funding Period" means the period from and including the Series 1998-2
Issuance Date to but excluding the earliest of (x) the first day for which the
Invested Amount equals the Full Invested Amount; (y) the first day on which a
Pay Out Event is deemed to occur; and (z) the last day of the March 1999
Monthly Period.     
   
  "Full Invested Amount" means $500,000,000.     
 
  "Global Securities" means the globally offered Floorplan Receivable Trust
Certificates, Series 1998-2.
 
  "Green Tree" means Green Tree Financial Corporation.
 
  "Holders" means the holders of record of the Class A, Class B, Class C and
Class D Certificates.
 
  "Imputed Yield Collections" means the specified percentage of Principal
Collections which the Transferor elects to be treated as interest collections.
 
  "Independent Director" means a person who is not now, and has never been, a
director or officer of, employed by, or the holder of any beneficial economic
interest in any Affiliate of the Transferor, and who may at no time hold any
beneficial or economic interest in the Transferor.
 
  "Indirect Participants" means securities brokers and dealers, banks, and
trust companies that have an indirect access to the DTC system and that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either
directly or indirectly.
 
  "Ineligible Receivable" means any Receivable that does not satisfy the
definition of Eligible Receivable.
 
                                      113
<PAGE>
 
  "Initial Invested Amount" means, with respect to any Series of Certificates,
the amount stated in the related Supplement.
   
  "Initial Principal Payment Date" means initially the April 2001 Distribution
Date, but will successively and automatically be extended to the next
Distribution Date after the then-current Initial Principal Payment Date unless
the Servicer elects not to so extend; provided that the Initial Principal
Payment Date may not be later than the Class A Scheduled Payment Date.     
 
  "Insolvency Event" means the event whereby, pursuant to certain provisions
of federal law, the Transferor voluntarily enters liquidation or a trustee in
bankruptcy is appointed for the Transferor.
 
  "Insolvency Laws" means the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar
applicable state laws.
 
  "Interest Accrual Period" means, with respect to a Distribution Date, the
period from and including the preceding Distribution Date (or, in the case of
the first Distribution Date, from and including the Series 1998-2 Issuance
Date) to but excluding such Distribution Date.
 
  "Interest Collections" for any business day means the sum of (A) all Finance
Charge Collections and (B) all Imputed Yield Collections (if a Discount Factor
is then in effect) for such business day.
 
  "Interest Free Period" means a period during which no interest or finance
charges accrue on a Dealer's account.
 
  "Interest Funding Account" means a segregated trust account (which need not
be a deposit account) established and maintained by the Trustee with a
Qualified Institution in the name of the Trust, for the benefit of the
Certificateholders.
 
  "Interest Receivables" means, with respect to any Account, all amounts
billed to the related Dealer in respect of interest and all other non-
principal charges, plus any Imputed Yield Receivables.
 
  "Invested Amount" means the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount.
 
  "Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended from time to time.
 
  "Investor Default Amount" means a portion of all Defaulted Receivables which
will be allocated to the Certificateholders in an amount equal to the product
of the Floating Allocation Percentage applicable during the related Monthly
Period and the Principal Amount of Defaulted Receivables for such Monthly
Period.
 
  "IRA" means an individual retirement account.
 
  "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.
 
  "LIBOR" for any Interest Accrual Period is described under "Description of
the Offered Certificates-- Interest Payments."
   
  "LIBOR Determination Date" has the meaning assigned under "Description of
the Offered Certificates--Interest Payments" on page 53.     
 
  "Manufacturer" means the manufacturer, distributor or vendor of products for
sale or lease to Dealers in the ordinary course of business.
 
  "Manufacturer Overconcentration" means, on any Distribution Date, the excess
of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in Accounts
created pursuant to Floorplan Agreements with a single Manufacturer on the
last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date
over (b) 15%
 
                                      114
<PAGE>
 
of the Principal Receivables on the last day of such immediately preceding
Monthly Period. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of each such
Overconcentration, the percentage in clause (b) for such Overconcentration may
be increased by the Transferor, without the consent of any Certificateholder,
to a level acceptable to each Rating Agency without any reduction or
withdrawal of its rating of the Class A or Class B Certificates (but which may
involve an adjustment, upward or downward, of the Class D Invested Amount).
 
  "Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables" means the sum of all numerators
used to calculate the allocation percentages with respect to Principal
Collections for all Series.
 
  "Minimum Transferor Interest" means, as of any date of determination, the
sum of the product for each Series of (i) the Minimum Transferor Percentage
for such Series, times (ii) the Invested Amount for such Series.
 
  "Minimum Transferor Percentage" is 4% with respect to the Series 1998-2
Certificates.
 
  "Monthly Payment Rate" means, for any Monthly Period, the percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate of the
Receivables balances (without deducting therefrom the discount portion, if
any) collected during such Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the
average daily aggregate Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom the
discount portion, if any) for such Monthly Period.
 
  "Monthly Period" means the period from and including the first day of each
calendar month to and including the last day of such calendar month.
   
  "Monthly Servicing Fee" means the portion of the servicing fee allocable to
the Certificateholders' Interest during each Monthly Period, which will be
equal to one-twelfth of the product of (x) the Servicing Fee Rate per annum
and (y) the Invested Amount on the first day of such Monthly Period or, in the
case of the first Distribution Date, the initial principal amount of the
Certificates.     
 
  "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.
 
  "Negative Carry Amount" means the difference between the amount of interest
actually earned on investments in the Excess Funding Account and the Pre-
Funding Account on any day and the amount of interest that would have been
earned on such investments at the Base Rate on such day.
 
  "Net Receivables Rate" means for a Distribution Date (i) the weighted
average of the interest rates borne by the Receivables during the second
preceding Monthly Period (because interest payments on the Receivables at such
rates will be due and payable in the Monthly Period preceding such
Distribution Date), plus (ii) the product of (x) the Monthly Payment Rate for
the Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date, the (y) Discount Factor,
if any, for such Distribution Date and (z) twelve, less 2% per annum, unless
the Servicing Fee has been waived for such Monthly Period.
 
  "New Issuance" means one or more new Series of Certificates that the
Transferor may cause the Trustee to issue pursuant to any one or more
Supplements to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
 
  "Offered Certificates" means the Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates.
 
  "OID" means original issue discount.
 
  "Overconcentration Amount" means on each Distribution Date, the aggregate
principal amount of Receivables in the Trust on such Distribution Date which
are Asset-Based Receivable Overconcentrations, Dealer Overconcentrations,
Manufacturer Overconcentrations and Product Line Overconcentrations.
 
  "Participants" means the participating organizations of DTC.
 
  "Pay Out Event" is described under "Description of the Offered
Certificates--Pay Out Event."
 
                                      115
<PAGE>
 
  "Paying Agent" means the agent making payments to the Certificateholders.
 
  "Permitted Lien" means, with respect to the Receivables, (i) liens in favor
of the Transferor created pursuant to the Purchase Agreement assigned to the
Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; (ii) liens in favor
of the Trustee pursuant to Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and (iii) liens
which secure the payment of taxes, assessments and governmental charges or
levies, if such taxes are either (a) not delinquent or (b) being contested in
good faith by appropriate legal or administrative proceedings and as to which
adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
shall have been established.
 
  "Pool Balance" means the product of (i) the total amount of Principal
Receivables and (ii) one minus the Discount Factor.
 
  "Pooling and Servicing Agreement" means the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of December 1, 1995, among the Transferor, the Servicer, and the
Trustee, as supplemented or amended in accordance with its terms. Unless the
context requires otherwise, the term "Pooling and Servicing Agreement" refers
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as supplemented by the 1998-2 Series
Supplement.
       
          
  "Pre-Allocated Invested Amount" means, on any date, (a) the amount of
principal paid to the Series 1995-1 Certificateholders on the September 1998
Distribution Date, plus the aggregate amount of principal paid to the Series
1995-1 Certificateholders on each subsequent Distribution Date, plus the
aggregate amount deposited in the Principal Account for Series 1995-1 but not
yet paid to the Series 1995-1 Certificateholders, or (b) on and after the date
the amount described in (a) is equal to $460,000,000, zero.     
 
  "Pre-Funded Amount" means, as of any date during the Funding Period, the
amount of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account less the amounts of
any increases in the Invested Amount pursuant to the Series 1998-2 Supplement
in connection with the increase in the amount of the Receivables in the Trust
or in connection with payments of principal on the Series 1995-1 Certificates.
 
  "Pre-Funding Account" means a segregated trust account established and
maintained in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, with the trust
department of a Qualified Institution.
 
  "Presold" means the financing program offered by Green Tree to dealers
through which floorplan financing is provided to a dealer on units for which
Green Tree has already approved a retail financing contract for sale to a
customer.
 
  "Principal Account" means a segregated trust account (which need not be a
deposit account) established and maintained by the Trustee with a Qualified
Institution in the name of the Trust, for the benefit of the
Certificateholders.
 
  "Principal Collections" means all Collections other than Interest
Collections.
 
  "Principal Funding Investment Shortfall" means, for any day, the difference
between the amount of interest actually earned on investments in the Principal
Account on any day and the amount of interest that would have been earned on
such investments at the Base Rate for such day.
 
  "Principal Investment Proceeds" means investment earnings (net of investment
losses and expenses) on funds on deposit in the Principal Account during the
Controlled Accumulation Period.
 
  "Principal Receivables" means, with respect to an Account, amounts shown on
the Servicer's records as Receivables (other than such amounts that represent
Interest Receivables, Defaulted Receivables or interest payable by the related
Dealer).
 
                                      116
<PAGE>
 
  "Principal Shortfalls" means the amounts representing scheduled or permitted
principal distributions to certificateholders and deposits to principal
funding accounts, if any, for any Series that have not been covered out of the
Principal Collections allocable to such Series and certain other amounts.
 
  "Principal Terms" means certain terms, with respect to any newly issued
Series, including: (i) its name or designation; (ii) its initial invested
amount (or method for calculating such amount); (iii) its certificate rate (or
the method of allocating interest payments or other cash flows to such
Series); (iv) the closing date; (v) the rating agency or agencies, if any,
rating the Series; (vi) the interest payment date or dates and the date or
dates from which interest shall accrue; (vii) the name of the clearing agency,
if any; (viii) the method for allocating collections to certificateholders of
such Series with respect to Principal Collections, Interest Collections, and
Defaulted Receivables and the method by which the principal amount of such
Series will amortize or accrue; (ix) the names of any accounts to be used by
such Series and the terms governing the operation of any such accounts; (x)
the percentage used to calculate monthly servicing fees; (xi) the Minimum
Transferor Interest; (xii) the credit enhancement provider, if applicable, and
the terms of any credit enhancement with respect to such Series; (xiii) the
base rate applicable to such Series; (xiv) the terms on which the certificates
of such Series may be repurchased or remarketed to other investors; (xv) the
termination date of such Series; (xvi) any deposit into any account provided
for such Series; (xvii) the number of classes of such Series and, if more than
one class, the rights and priorities of each such class; (xviii) the fees, if
any, to be included in funds available to certificateholders in such Series;
(xix) the subordination, if any, of such new Series with respect to any other
Series; (xx) the rights, if any, of the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate that have been transferred to the holders of such Series; (xxi)
whether such Series will be part of a group or subject to being paired with
any other prefunded Series; (xxii) whether such Series will be prefunded; and
(xxiii) any other relevant terms, including whether or not such Series will be
pledged as collateral for an issuance of any other securities, including
commercial paper.
 
  "Product Line Overconcentration" on any Distribution Date means the excess
of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in the Accounts
that represent financing for a single product line (other than Asset-Based
Receivables and Receivables that represent financing for manufactured housing)
on the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Distribution
Date over (b) 5% for marine products, 25% for recreational vehicles, and 5%
for any other products in total, of the Principal Receivables on the last day
of such immediately preceding Monthly Period. Notwithstanding the above, in
the case of each such Overconcentration, the percentage in clause (b) for such
Overconcentration may be increased by the Transferor, without the consent of
any Certificateholder, to a level acceptable to each Rating Agency without any
reduction or withdrawal of its rating of the Class A or Class B Certificates
(but which may involve an adjustment, upward or downward, of the Class D
Invested Amount).
 
  "Purchase Agreement" means the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of
December 1, 1995, between the Transferor and Green Tree Financial Corporation.
 
  "Qualified Institution" means a depository institution or trust company,
which may include the Trustee, organized under the laws of the United States
or any one of the states thereof, which at all times has a certificate of
deposit rating of P-1 by Moody's, of A-1+ by Standard & Poor's of F-1+ by
Fitch if rated by Fitch or long-term unsecured debt obligation (other than
such obligation the rating of which is based on collateral or on the credit of
a person other than such institution or trust company) rating of Aaa by
Moody's, of AAA by Standard & Poor's and of AAA by Fitch if rated by Fitch and
deposit insurance provided by the FDIC, or a depository institution, which may
include the Trustee, which is acceptable to the Rating Agencies; provided,
however, that no such rating shall be required of an institution which shall
have corporate trust powers and which maintains the Collection Account, any
principal account, any interest funding account or any other account
maintained for the benefit of Certificateholders as a fully segregated trust
account with the trust department of such institution which is rated at least
Baa3 by Moody's.
 
  "Rating Agency" means each of Standard & Poor's, Moody's and Fitch.
 
                                      117
<PAGE>
 
  "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" is described in "Description of
the Offered Certificates--Reallocated Principal Collections."
 
  "Reallocated Class C Principal Collections" is described in "Description of
the Offered Certificates--Reallocated Principal Collections."
 
  "Reallocated Class D Principal Collections" is described in "Description of
the Offered Certificates--Reallocated Principal Collections."
 
  "Reallocated Principal Collections" means the sum of Reallocated Class D
Principal Collections, Reallocated Class C Principal Collections and
Reallocated Class B Principal Collections.
 
  "Receivables" means, with respect to an Account, all amounts payable
(including interest, finance charges and other charges), and the obligation to
pay such amounts, by the related Dealer from time to time in respect of
advances made by Green Tree (or one of its subsidiaries) to or on behalf of
such Dealer in connection with the Floorplan Business or the Asset Based
Lending Business, as the case may be, together with the group of writings
evidencing such amounts and the security interest created in connection
therewith and all of the rights, remedies, powers and privileges thereunder
(including under the related Financing Agreement). Receivables which become
Defaulted Receivables will cease to be included as Receivables on the day on
which they become Defaulted Receivables. Receivables which Green Tree is
unable to transfer to the Transferor pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or
which the Transferor is unable to transfer to the Trust as provided in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and Receivables which arise in Designated
Accounts from and after the related Removal Commencement Date shall not be
included in calculating the amount of Receivables.
 
  "Record Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the third
business day preceding such Distribution Date, except that, with respect to
any Definitive Certificates, Record Date shall mean the fifth day of the then
current Monthly Period.
 
  "Recoveries" means any amounts received by the Servicer with respect to
Receivables that were previously charged off as uncollectible in accordance
with the Servicer's customary and usual servicing procedures.
 
  "Reference Banks" means three major banks in the London interbank market
selected by the Servicer to determine and provide LIBOR on the basis of
quotations of the offered rates for one-month United States dollar deposits
following the LIBOR Determination Date.
 
  "Removal Date" means, with respect to the Transferor's removal from the
Trust of Eligible Accounts, the Determination Date on which such removal will
occur.
 
  "Removal Notice" means, with respect to the Transferor's removal from the
Trust of Eligible Accounts, the written notice furnished to the Trustee, any
credit enhancement provider and each Rating Agency specifying the Removal Date
of such Removed Accounts.
 
  "Removed Accounts" means the Accounts that were removed from the Trust, as
identified on a computer file, microfiche list or other list furnished by the
Transferor to the Trustee.
   
  "Required Amount" means on the first business day following a Monthly
Period, the amount, if any, by which the full amount to be paid pursuant to
clauses (i)-(xiii) in "Description of the Offered Certificates--Payments of
Fees, Interest, and Other Items" for such prior Monthly Period exceeds the
portion of the Series Available Interest Collections applied to the payment of
the amounts described in such clauses for such prior Monthly Period.     
   
  "Revolving Period" with respect to Series 1998-2 means the period from and
including the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date to, but not including, the earlier
of (a) the Monthly Period preceding the Initial Principal Payment Date, (b)
the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period and (c) the occurrence
of a Pay Out Event.     
 
                                      118
<PAGE>
 
  "SAU" means "sold and unpaid" and refers to inventory that the Dealer has
sold without immediate repayment to Green Tree.
 
  "SAU/NSF" means an account that is deemed delinquent when (i) there is an
unpaid receivable balance as to which the related product has been sold and
such receivable balance has not been paid by the related Dealer or (ii) a
payoff check from the related Dealer has been returned because of insufficient
funds.
 
  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
  "Series" means any series of certificates issued by the Trust pursuant to a
Supplement, including the 1998-2 Series Supplement.
 
  "Series Allocation Percentage" means, on any date of determination, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Invested
Amount of such Series and the denominator of which is the sum of the Invested
Amounts of all Series then outstanding.
   
  "Series Available Interest Collections" means the amount of the Floating
Allocation Percentage of Interest Collections available in the Collection
Account plus net investment earnings on amounts in the Pre-Funding Account.
    
  "Series Issuance Date" means the date of issuance of any other Series.
 
  "Series 1998-2" means the Offered Certificates, the Class C Certificates and
the Class D Certificates.
   
  "Series 1998-2 Issuance Date" means September 14, 1998.     
   
  "Series 1998-2 Supplement" means the Supplement, dated as of August 1, 1998,
among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee, relating to the Series
1998-2 Certificates.     
   
  "Series 1998-2 Termination Date" means the earlier of (i) the Distribution
Date on which the Invested Amount is paid in full and (ii) the April 2004
Distribution Date.     
 
  "Service Transfer" means, in the event of a Servicer Default, the
termination of all rights and obligations of the Servicer as servicer under
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and in and to the Receivables and the
proceeds thereof and the appointment by the Trustee of a new Servicer.
 
  "Servicer" means Green Tree Financial Corporation or an Affiliate or
successor of Green Tree Financial Corporation, and any replacement Servicer as
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
 
  "Servicer Default" means any of the following events: (i) failure by the
Servicer to make any payment, transfer, or deposit, or to give instructions to
the Trustee to make certain payments, transfers, or deposits within five
business days after the date the Servicer is required to do so under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any Supplement; provided, however, that any
such failure caused by a nonwillful act of the Servicer shall not constitute a
Servicer Default if the Servicer promptly remedies such failure within five
business days after receiving notice of such failure or otherwise becoming
aware of such failure; (ii) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to
observe or perform in any respect any other covenants or agreements of the
Servicer which has a material adverse effect on the certificateholders of any
Series then outstanding and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days
after written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall
have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the
Trustee by holders of Certificates evidencing undivided interests aggregating
not less than 50% of the Invested Amount of any Series materially adversely
affected thereby and continues to have a material adverse effect on the
certificateholders of any Series then outstanding for such period; or the
delegation by the Servicer of its duties under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, except as specifically permitted thereunder; (iii) any
representation, warranty, or certification made by the Servicer in the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, or in any certificate delivered pursuant to the
Pooling
 
                                      119
<PAGE>
 
and Servicing Agreement, proves to have been incorrect when made which has a
material adverse effect on the certificateholders of any Series then
outstanding, and which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a
period of 60 days after written notice of such failure, requiring the same to
be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the
Servicer and Trustee by the holders of Certificates evidencing undivided
interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Invested Amount of any Series
materially adversely affected thereby and continues to have a material adverse
effect on such certificateholders for such period; or (iv) the occurrence of
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or receivership of the Servicer.
 
  "Servicing Compensation" means the Monthly Servicing Fee and certain other
amounts (as specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series
Supplement) which the Servicer will receive from the Trust.
   
  "Servicing Fee Rate" means 2.00% per annum.     
 
  "Shared Principal Collections" means the amount of Principal Collections for
any business day allocated by the Servicer to the Class A, Class B and Class C
Certificateholders' Interest (other than amounts allocated to the Transferor
Retained Class) remaining after covering required deposits or payments to the
Certificateholders and any similar amount remaining for any other Series.
 
  "Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a Division of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.
 
  "Supplement" means any supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
 
  "Supplemental Certificate" means a second certificate issued in addition to
a newly issued Exchangeable Transferor Certificate which was exchanged for an
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.
 
  "Terms and Conditions" means the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of
Euroclear and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and
applicable Belgian law which govern securities clearance accounts and cash
accounts within the Euroclear System.
 
  "Transfer Agent and Registrar" means the transfer agent and registrar, which
initially will be the Trustee.
 
  "Transfer Date" means, with respect to any Series, the business day
immediately prior to the Distribution Date on which the Servicer may make
deposits and payments.
 
  "Transfer Deposit Amount" means, on any date on which a reassignment of an
Ineligible Receivable is to occur, the amount of the deposit by the Transferor
into the Collection Account in immediately available funds, equal to the
amount by which the Transferor Interest is less than the Minimum Transferor
Interest.
 
  "Transferor" means Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp.
 
  "Transferor Interest" means the Transferor's right to the assets of the
Trust not allocated to the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders' interest or the
interest of the holders of certificates of any other Series pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and applicable Supplements.
 
  "Transferor Interest Collections" means, on any business day, the Series
Allocation Percentage of the Interest Collections allocable to the Transferor
Interest for such business day.
 
  "Transferor Percentage" (a) when used with respect to Principal Collections
during the Revolving Period and Interest Collections and the amount of
Defaulted Receivables at all times, 100% minus the sum of the Floating
Allocation Percentage and the floating allocation percentages for all other
Series and (b) when used with respect to Principal Collections during the
Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, 100% minus the
sum of the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and the allocation percentages
used with respect to Principal Collections for all other Series.
 
                                      120
<PAGE>
 
  "Transferor Retained Class" means any class of investor certificates of any
Series that the Transferor is initially required to retain pursuant to the
terms of any Supplement.
 
  "Trust" means the Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust.
 
  "Trust Accounts" means the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Account,
the Distribution Account, the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account,
the Pre-Funding Account and the Class D Subaccount of the Excess Funding
Account.
 
  "Trust Portfolio" means the Receivables conveyed to the Trust that arise in
Accounts selected from Green Tree's portfolio of accounts on the basis of
criteria set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 1998-2
Series Supplement as applied on the Cut-off Date and, with respect to
Additional Accounts, as of the related date of their designation.
   
  "Trust Termination Date" means the date in which the Trust will terminate on
the earlier of (a) the day after the Distribution Date following the date on
which funds shall have been deposited in the Distribution Account for the
payment to certificateholders outstanding sufficient to pay in full the
aggregate investor interest of all Series outstanding plus interest thereon at
the applicable certificate rates to the next Distribution Date and (b) a date
which shall not be later than December 20, 2025, or (c) if the Receivables are
sold, disposed of or liquidated following the occurrence of an Insolvency
Event, immediately following such sale, disposition or liquidation, unless the
Servicer and the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate instruct
the Trustee otherwise.     
 
  "Trustee" means Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association.
 
  "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time, as in
effect in the applicable jurisdiction.
   
  "U.S. Person" has the meaning assigned under "Global Clearance Settlement
and Tax Documentation Procedures" on page A-4.     
   
  "Underwriters" means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated.     
   
  "Underwriting Agreement" means the underwriting agreement dated August   ,
1998, among the Transferor, Green Tree and the Underwriters.     
 
                                      121
<PAGE>
 
                                                                        ANNEX A
 
         GLOBAL CLEARANCE SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
 
  Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Floating Rate
Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2 (the "Global
Securities") will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the
Global Securities may hold such Global Securities through any of The
Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), Cedel or Euroclear. The Global Securities
will be tradeable as home market instruments in both the European and U.S.
domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in
same-day funds.
 
  Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities through
Cedel and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance with
their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with
conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).
 
  Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities through
DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable to U.S.
corporate debt obligations.
 
  Secondary cross-market trading between Cedel or Euroclear and DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-
payment basis through the respective Depositaries of Cedel and Euroclear (in
such capacity) and as DTC Participants.
 
  Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing
organizations or their participants.
 
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
 
  All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities
will be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as
direct and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Cedel and Euroclear will
hold positions on behalf of their participants through their respective
Depositaries, which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC
Participants.
 
  Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to conventional credit card certificate
issues. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with their
holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
 
  Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through Cedel or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to
the securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in the
same-day funds.
 
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
 
  Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and Transferor's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired
value date.
 
  Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional
credit card certificate issues in same-day funds.
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
  Trading between Cedel and/or Euroclear Participants. Secondary market
trading between Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.
 
  Trading between DTC Transferor and Cedel or Euroclear purchaser. When Global
Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the
accounts of a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will
send instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or
Euroclear Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. Cedel or
Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as the case may be, to
receive the Global Securities against payment. Payment will include interest
accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last coupon payment
date to and excluding the settlement date, on the basis of actual days elapsed
and a 360 day year. Payment will then be made by the respective Depositary to
the DTC Participant's account against delivery of the Global Securities. After
settlement has been completed, the Global Securities will be credited to the
respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in accordance with its
usual procedures, to the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's
account. The Global Securities credit will appear the next day (European time)
and the cash debit will be bad-valued to, and the interest on the Global
Securities will accrue from, the value date (which would be the preceding day
when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Cedel or Euroclear cash debit
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.
 
  Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make available to
the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process De-day funds
settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to pre-position funds for
settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they
would for any settlement occurring within Cedel or Euroclear. Under this
approach, they may take on credit exposure to Cedel or Euroclear until the
Global Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.
 
  As an alternative, if Cedel or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to
preposition funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance
settlement. Under this procedure, Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants
purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day,
assuming they cleared the overdraft when the Global Securities were credited
to their accounts. However, interest on the Global Securities would accrue
form the value date. Therefore, in many cases the investment income on the
Global Securities earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce
or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will
depend on each Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular cost
of funds.
 
  Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities
to the respective Depositary for the benefit of Cedel Participants or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC
Transferor on the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participants a cross-
market transaction will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC
Participants.
 
  Trading between Cedel or Euroclear Transferor and DTC purchaser. Due to time
zone differences in their favor, Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants
may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through
the respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The Transferor will send
instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases,
Cedel or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, to
deliver the bonds to the DTC Participant's account against payment. Payment
will include interest accrued on the Global Securities from and including the
last coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement date on the basis of
actual days elapsed and a 360 day year. The payment will then be reflected in
the account of the Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant the following
day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's account would be back-valued to the value date (which would be
the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York). Should the Cedel
Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its respective
clearing
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
system and elect to be in debt in anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds
in its account, the back-valuation will extinguish any overdraft charges
incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in
the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would instead be
valued as of the actual settlement date.
 
  Finally, day traders that use Cedel or Euroclear and that purchase Global
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to Cedel Participants or
Euroclear Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail
on the sale side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three
techniques should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:
 
    (a) borrowing through Cedel or Euroclear for one day (until the purchase
  side of the day trade is reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear accounts) in
  accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
 
    (b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant no
  later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global
  Securities sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear
  account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
 
    (c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade so
  that the value date for the purchase form the DTC Participant is at least
  one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedel Participant or
  Euroclear Participant.
 
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
 
  A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through Cedel or
Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will
be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments
of interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt issued by
U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its
trade or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner
and the U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable
certification requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the
following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:
 
  Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial owners of Certificates
that are non-U.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption from the withholding
tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status) and a
certificate under penalties of perjury (the "Tax Certificate") that such
beneficial owner is (i) not a controlled foreign corporation (within the
meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code) that is related (within the meaning of
Section 864(d)(4) of the Code) to the Trust or the Transferor and (ii) not a
10 percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the
Code) of the Trust or the Transferor. If the information shown on Form W-8 or
the Tax Certificate changes, a new Form W-8 or Tax Certificate, as the case
may be, must be filed within 30 days of such change.
 
  Exemption for non-U.S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form
4224). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its
conduct of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an exemption
from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of
Tax on Income Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in
the United States).
 
  Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. persons resident in treaty countries
(Form 1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Certificate Owners residing in a
country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption
or reduced tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form 1001
(Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides
only for a reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate unless
the filer alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the
Certificate Owner or his agent.
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
  Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
 
  U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Certificate Owner of a
Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his
agent, files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it
holds (the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the
books of the clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three
calendar years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.
 
  The term "U.S. Person" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of the United
States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of
which is includible in gross income for United States tax purposes, regardless
of its source or (iv) a trust if (A) a court within the United States is able
to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (B)
one or more United States trustees have authority to control all substantial
decisions of the trust. This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S.
Federal income tax withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the
Global Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for
specific tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global
Securities.
 
                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
                                                                        ANNEX B
 
                                 OTHER SERIES
   
  The table below sets forth the principal characteristics of Series 1995-1,
Series 1996-1, Series 1996-2, Series 1998-1 and Series 1998-A, the only Series
heretofore issued by the Trust. Each of Series 1996-1 and Series 1998-A is a
series of variable funding certificates, meaning that the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Series 1996-1 Certificates and the Series
1998-A Certificates may be increased or decreased from time to time subject to
a maximum amount. It is expected that the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the Series 1996-1 Certificates and the Series 1998-A Certificates
will be zero on the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date. For more specific information
with respect to any Series, any prospective investor should contact the
Servicer at (651) 293-3400. The Servicer will provide, without charge, to any
prospective purchaser of the Certificates, a copy of the disclosure documents
for any previous publicly issued Series.     
 
SERIES 1995-1
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
Scheduled Series Termination Date............................. December 13, 2000
Series Issuance Date.......................................... December 1995
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage............................... 2.00%
</TABLE>
 
CLASS A CERTIFICATES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Initial Invested Amount.............. $409,400,000
Expected Invested Amount as of        $409,400,000
 Closing Date........................
Certificate Rate..................... LIBOR + 0.16%
Commencement of Controlled            August 1998 (extendible)
 Accumulation Period.................
Enhancement.......................... Subordination of Class B Certificates,
                                       Class C Certificates and Class D
                                       Certificates
 
CLASS B CERTIFICATES
 
Initial Invested Amount.............. $18,400,000
Certificate Rate..................... LIBOR + 0.32%
Enhancement.......................... Subordination of Class C Certificates and
                                       Class D Certificates
 
CLASS C CERTIFICATES
 
Initial Invested Amount.............. $6,900,000
Certificate Rate..................... None
Enhancement.......................... Subordination of Class D Certificates
 
CLASS D CERTIFICATES
 
Initial Invested Amount.............. $25,300,000 (exclusive of the Class D
                                       Incremental Invested Amount)
Certificate Rate..................... None
</TABLE>
 
                                      B-1
<PAGE>
 
SERIES 1996-1
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Scheduled Series Termination Date............................ September 13, 2000
Series Issuance Date......................................... June 12, 1996
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage.............................. 2.0%
</TABLE>
 
CLASS A CERTIFICATES
 
<TABLE>   
<S>                                    <C>
Invested Amount....................... Variable (subject to a maximum of
                                        $382,700,000)
Certificate Rate...................... Variable
Commencement of Amortization Period... June 1999
Enhancement........................... Subordination of Class B Certificates,
                                        Class C Certificates and Class D
                                        Certificates
 
CLASS B CERTIFICATES
 
Invested Amount....................... Variable (subject to a maximum of
                                        $17,200,000)
Certificate Rate...................... Variable
Enhancement........................... Subordination of Class C Certificates and
                                        Class D Certificates
 
CLASS C CERTIFICATES
 
Invested Amount....................... Variable (subject to a maximum of
                                        $6,450,000)
Certificate Rate...................... None
Enhancement........................... Subordination of Class D Certificates
 
CLASS D CERTIFICATES
 
Initial Invested Amount............... Variable (subject to a maximum of
                                        $23,650,000)
Certificate Rate...................... None
 
SERIES 1996-2
 
Scheduled Series Termination Date..... December 13, 2001
Series Issuance Date.................. December 18, 1996
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage....... 2.0%
</TABLE>    
 
CLASS A CERTIFICATES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Invested Amount...................... $478,800,000
Certificate Rate..................... LIBOR + 0.08%
Commencement of Controlled            August 1999
 Accumulation Period.................
Enhancement.......................... Subordination of Class B Certificates,
                                       Class C Certificates and Class D
                                       Certificates
 
CLASS B CERTIFICATES
 
Invested Amount...................... $21,500,000
Certificate Rate..................... LIBOR + 0.30%
Enhancement.......................... Subordination of Class C Certificates and
                                       Class D Certificates
 
CLASS C CERTIFICATES
 
Invested Amount...................... $8,100,000
Certificate Rate..................... None
Enhancement.......................... Subordination of Class D Certificates
 
CLASS D CERTIFICATES
 
Initial Invested Amount.............. $29,600,000 (exclusive of the Class D
                                       Incremental Invested Amount)
Certificate Rate..................... None
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
SERIES 1998-1
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Scheduled Series Termination Date................................ March 13, 2003
Series Issuance Date............................................. April 15, 1998
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage.................................. 2.00%
</TABLE>
 
CLASS A CERTIFICATES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Invested Amount...................... $400,400,000
Certificate Rate..................... LIBOR + .05%
Commencement of Controlled            October 2000
 Accumulation Period.................
Enhancement.......................... Subordination of Class B Certificates,
                                       Class C Certificates and Class D
                                       Certificates
 
CLASS B CERTIFICATES
 
Invested Amount...................... $20,475,000
Certificate Rate..................... LIBOR + .27%
Enhancement.......................... Subordination of Class C Certificates and
                                       Class D Certificates
 
CLASS C CERTIFICATES
 
Invested Amount...................... $19,337,000
Certificate Rate..................... LIBOR + .70%
Enhancement.......................... Subordination of Class D Certificates
</TABLE>
 
CLASS D CERTIFICATES
 
<TABLE>   
<S>                                        <C>
Initial Invested Amount................... $14,788,000 (exclusive of the Class D
                                            Incremental Invested Amount)
Certificate Rate.......................... LIBOR + .70%
 
SERIES 1998-A
 
Scheduled Series Termination Date......... March 13, 2001
Series Issuance Date...................... August 3, 1998
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage........... 2.00%
</TABLE>    
   
CLASS A CERTIFICATES     
 
<TABLE>   
<S>                                    <C>
Invested Amount....................... Variable (subject to a maximum of
                                        $404,800,000)
Certificate Rate...................... Variable
Commencement of Amortization Period... December 1998
Enhancement........................... Subordination of Class B Certificates,
                                        Class C Certificates and Class D
                                        Certificates
 
CLASS B CERTIFICATES
 
Invested Amount....................... Variable (subject to a maximum of
                                        $20,700,000)
Certificate Rate...................... Variable
Enhancement........................... Subordination of Class C Certificates and
                                        Class D Certificates
 
CLASS C CERTIFICATES
 
Invested Amount....................... Variable (subject to a maximum of
                                        $25,300,000)
Certificate Rate...................... Variable
Enhancement........................... Subordination of Class D Certificates
 
CLASS D CERTIFICATES
 
Initial Invested Amount............... Variable (subject to a maximum of
                                        $9,200,000)
Certificate Rate...................... Variable
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
                              PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF
                                 THE TRANSFEROR
 
                              500 Landmark Towers
                              345 St. Peter Street
                        Saint Paul, Minnesota 55102-1639
 
                                    TRUSTEE
                              AND TRUST'S ADDRESS
 
                  Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
                                 Norwest Center
                       Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
                       Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0669
 
                                 PAYING AGENTS
 
    Norwest Bank Minnesota, National           Banque Generale du Luxembourg
              Association                         50, avenue J.F. Kennedy
             Norwest Center                               L-2951
   Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue                    Luxembourg
   Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0669
 
                                 LISTING AGENT
 
                         Banque Generale du Luxembourg
                            50, avenue J.F. Kennedy
                                     L-2951
                                   Luxembourg
 
    LEGAL ADVISOR TO THE TRANSFEROR          LEGAL ADVISOR TO THE UNDERWRITER
        AS TO UNITED STATES LAW                   AS TO UNITED STATES LAW
 
 
          Dorsey & Whitney LLP                       Brown & Wood LLP
         220 South Sixth Street                   One World Trade Center
      Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402               New York, New York 10048
 
                    SPECIAL LEGAL ADVISOR TO THE TRANSFEROR
                        AS TO UNITED STATES TAX MATTERS
 
                              Dorsey & Whitney LLP
                             220 South Sixth Street
                          Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
 
                   INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS TO THE TRANSFEROR
 
                             KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
                              4200 Norwest Center
                              90 South 7th Street
                       Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-3900
<PAGE>
 
   
NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE INFORMATION OR
TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REF-
ERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS
AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE TRANSFEROR OR THE UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER
THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AF-
FAIRS OF GREEN TREE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.
OR THE RECEIVABLES SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE
AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION BY ANYONE IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICI-
TATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITA-
TION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE
SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.     
 
                                ---------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Reports to Certificateholders..............................................   2
Available Information......................................................   2
Other Information..........................................................   2
Prospectus Summary.........................................................   3
Risk Factors...............................................................  26
The Trust..................................................................  32
The Transferor.............................................................  33
Green Tree Financial Corporation and its Commercial Lending Division.......  33
The Receivables............................................................  39
The Accounts...............................................................  41
Maturity Considerations....................................................  45
Use of Proceeds............................................................  48
Description of the Offered Certificates....................................  48
Description of the Purchase Agreement......................................  87
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables...................................  88
Certain Federal Income Tax
 Consequences..............................................................  91
Employee Benefit Plan Considerations.......................................  96
Underwriting...............................................................  98
Listing and General Information............................................  99
Legal Matters.............................................................. 100
Glossary of Terms.......................................................... 101
Annex A.................................................................... A-1
Annex B.................................................................... B-1
</TABLE>    
 
                                ---------------
 
UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS, ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANS-
ACTIONS IN THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DIS-
TRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE
OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND
WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
   
$462,500,000     
 
                       [LOGO OF GREENTREE APPEARS HERE]
 
GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
   
$440,000,000 Floating Rate     
Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates,
Series 1998-2, Class A
   
$22,500,000 Floating Rate     
Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates,
Series 1998-2, Class B
 
GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.
Transferor
 
GREEN TREE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Servicer
       
   
J.P. MORGAN & CO.     
   
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.     
 
PROSPECTUS
   
      , 1998     
<PAGE>
 
                                   PART II.
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
<TABLE>   
   <S>                                                             <C>
   SEC registration fee........................................... $136,438.00
   Blue Sky fees and expenses.....................................   10,000.00*
   Accountant's fees and expenses.................................   30,000.00*
   Attorney's fees and expenses...................................   75,000.00*
   Trustee's fees and expenses....................................   15,000.00*
   Printing and engraving expenses................................  150,000.00*
   Rating Agency fees.............................................  150,000.00*
   Miscellaneous..................................................    8,562.00*
                                                                   -----------
     Total........................................................ $575,000.00*
                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>    
- -------
     
   * Estimated     
         
   
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.     
   
  Pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), a corporation
may indemnify any person in connection with any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative (other than a derivative action by or in the right of such
corporation) who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such
corporation, or serving at the request of such corporation in such capacity
for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with
such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a
manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of such corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was
unlawful.     
   
  The DGCL also permits indemnification by a corporation under similar
circumstances for expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by such persons in connection with the defense or settlement of a
derivative action, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of
any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to
be liable to such corporation unless the Court of Chancery or the court in
which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that
such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses
which such court shall deem proper.     
   
  The Bylaws of the registrants provide that the directors, officers,
employees and agents of the registrants shall be indemnified to the fullest
extent permitted by Delaware law.     
   
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.     
   
  Since August 1, 1995, the registrants have issued and sold the following
securities, which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"):     
     
  On June 12, 1996, the registrants completed a private placement of Series
  1996-1 Variable Funding Certificates, Class A and Class B, with qualified
  institutional lenders.     
     
  On April 15, 1998, the registrants completed a private placement of
  $19,337,000 of Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates,
  Series 1998-1, Class C, with qualified institutional investors.     
     
  On August 3, 1998, the registrants completed a private placement of Series
  1998-A Variable Funding Certificates, Class A, Class B and Class C, with
  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York.     
   
  The sales of securities described above were made in reliance upon Section
4(2) of the Securities Act, which provides an exemption for transactions not
involving a public offering. The purchasers of the securities described above
represented that they acquired such securities for their own account and not
with a view to any distribution thereof to the public. The registrants made
inquiries of purchasers of securities in these transactions and obtained
representations from such purchasers to establish that such issuances
qualified for an exemption from the registration requirements.     
 
 
                                     II-1

<PAGE>
 
   
  For a description of additional terms concerning the sales of securities
listed above, see Annex B to the Prospectus forming part of this registration
statement.     
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
  (a) Exhibits:
 
<TABLE>   
  <C>       <S>
       *1.1 Proposed form of Underwriting Agreement
     ***3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp.
     ***3.2 Bylaws of Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp.
    ****4.1 Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated December 1, 1995
       *4.2 Form of Series 1998-2 Supplement to the Pooling and Servicing
             Agreement dated as of August 1, 1998
    ****4.3 Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 1, 1995
      **4.4 Amendment No. 1 to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of
             March 11, 1998
       *4.5 Series 1998-A Supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
             dated as of August 1, 1998
       *5.1 Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP as to legality
       *8.1 Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP as to tax matters
      *23.1 Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
      *23.2 Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1)
  *****24.1 Power of attorney from officers and directors of the Registrants
             (Included at II-2)
</TABLE>    
- -------
   
    *Filed herewith.     
   **Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to Post Effective
     Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No.
     333-47533, filed April 15, 1998.
  ***Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit numbers in
     Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
     Registration No. 33-62433, filed November 8, 1995.
 ****Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit in the Company's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-15285, filed
     October 31, 1996.
*****Previously filed.
 
  (b) Financial Statements:
 
    Not Applicable
   
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS     
   
  The undersigned registrants hereby undertake that:     
   
  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
of prospectus filed by the registrants pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.     
   
  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.     
   
  The undersigned registrants hereby undertake that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of
each registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an
employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the
registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.     
   
  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of
the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrants have been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for indemnification against liabilities (other than the payment by
either registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of either registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, each
registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will by governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.     
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE REGISTRANT
HAS DULY CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED
ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF
SAINT PAUL, STATE OF MINNESOTA, ON THE 17TH DAY OF AUGUST, 1998.     
 
 
                                          Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp.
 
                                                   /s/ Phyllis A. Knight
                                          By __________________________________
                                                   PHYLLIS A. KNIGHT
                                               Senior Vice President and
                                                       Treasurer
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
   
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 1 to
the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the date indicated.     
 
 
              SIGNATURE                         TITLE                DATE
 
                                        President and               
               *                         Director                   August 17,
- -------------------------------------                                1998 
          RICHARD G. EVANS
 
 
                                        Senior Vice                 
               *                         President and              August 17,
- -------------------------------------    Treasurer                   1998 
          PHYLLIS A. KNIGHT              (Principal
                                         Financial Officer
                                         and Principal
                                         Accounting Officer)
 
 
                                        Senior Vice                 
               *                         President and              August 17,
- -------------------------------------    Director                    1998 
          JOEL H. GOTTESMAN
 
                                        Director                    
               *                                                    August 17,
- -------------------------------------                                1998 
            PAUL A. BOYUM
 
                                        Director                    
               *                                                    August 17,
- -------------------------------------                                1998 
 
            GARY P. MILLS

*By    /s/ Phyllis A. Knight
  ----------------------------------
         PHYLLIS A. KNIGHT 
          Attorney-in-fact     
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE REGISTRANT
HAS DULY CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED
ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF
SAINT PAUL, STATE OF MINNESOTA, ON THE 17TH DAY OF AUGUST, 1998.     
 
 
                                          Green Tree Floorplan Receivables
                                           Master Trust
 
                                          By Green Tree Floorplan Funding
                                           Corp.
 
                                                   /s/ Phyllis A. Knight
                                          By __________________________________
                                                   PHYLLIS A. KNIGHT
                                               Senior Vice President and
                                                       Treasurer
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
                                                                           PAGE
 
 
<TABLE>   
  <C>       <S>                                            <C>
       *1.1 Proposed form of Underwriting Agreement        Electronically filed
     ***3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of Green Tree
             Floorplan Funding Corp.
     ***3.2 Bylaws of Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp.
    ****4.1 Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated
             December 1, 1995
       *4.2 Form of Series 1998-2 Supplement to the        Electronically filed
             Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of
             August 1, 1998
    ****4.3 Receivables Purchase Agreement dated
             December 1, 1995
      **4.4 Amendment No. 1 to the Pooling and Servicing
             Agreement dated as of March 11, 1998
       *4.5 Series 1998-A Supplement to the Pooling and    Electronically filed
             Servicing Agreement dated as of August 1,
             1998
       *5.1 Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP    Electronically filed
             as to legality
       *8.1 Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP    Electronically filed
             as to tax matters
      *23.1 Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as   Electronically filed
             part of Exhibit 5.1)
      *23.2 Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as   Electronically filed
             part of Exhibit 8.1)
  *****24.1 Power of attorney from officers and
             directors of the Registrants (Included at
             II-2)
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
    *Filed herewith.     
   **Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to Post Effective
     Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration
     No. 333-47533, filed April 15, 1998.
  ***Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit numbers in
     Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
     Registration No. 33-62433, filed November 8, 1995.
 ****Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit in the Company's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-15285, filed
     October 31, 1996.
   
*****Previously filed.     
 
  (b) Financial Statements:
  
       Not Applicable

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1



                                      $[ ]
            (Floating Rate) Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates,
                             Series 1998-2, Class A

                                       and

                                      $[ ]
            (Floating Rate) Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates,
                             Series 1998-2, Class B


                  GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



                                                                 August __, 1998


J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
60 Wall Street
New York, NY  10260

[other Underwriter]

Dear Sirs:

         Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. ("GTFFC") is a Delaware corporation
with its principal place of business in Saint Paul, Minnesota. GTFFC has filed a
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (hereinafter referred to as the "Registration
Statement") relating to $[ ] (Floating Rate) Floorplan Receivable Trust
Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class A and $[ ] (Floating Rate) Floorplan
Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class B (the "Offered
Certificates") evidencing interests in Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master
Trust (the "Trust"). The Offered Certificates will be issued pursuant to a
pooling and servicing agreement (the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement") dated as
of December 1, 1995 among GTFFC, as transferor, Green Tree Financial
Corporation, as servicer ("Green Tree" or the "Servicer"), and Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee") and pursuant to a
1998-2 Series Supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (the "Series
Supple-
<PAGE>
 
ment"), dated as of September 1, 1998 among GTFFC, as transferor, Green Tree, as
Servicer, and the Trustee, as trustee. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
supplemented by the Series Supplement, is hereinafter referred to as the
"Pooling and Servicing Agreement." $[ ] principal amount of Class C Certificates
(the "Class C Certificates"), $[ ] principal amount of Class D Certificates (the
"Class D Certificates") and the Exchangeable Transferor's Certificate (together
with the Offered Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D
Certificates, the "Certificates") will also be issued pursuant to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement. The assets of the Trust will consist of (i) all
wholesale receivables (the "Receivables") generated from time to time in a
portfolio of revolving financing arrangements between Green Tree and certain
dealers in consumer and commercial products (the "Accounts") satisfying certain
criteria described in the Prospectus, (ii) all funds collected from Obligors in
respect of the Receivables, (iii) all right, title, and interest of GTFFC in,
to, and under a receivables purchase agreement (the "Purchase Agreement"), dated
as of December 1, 1995 between GTFFC and Green Tree, (iv) all funds on deposit
in the Trust Accounts, (v) Recoveries, (vi) an assignment of a security interest
in the Collateral Security, (vii) GTFFC's rights under all Floorplan Agreements,
and (viii) proceeds of the foregoing. The Receivables will be purchased from
Green Tree by GTFFC pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and thereafter
transferred to the Trust. The forms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
the Series Supplement have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to
them in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series Supplement and the
Purchase Agreement (together, the "Designated Agreements").

         The Certificates are more fully described in a Registration Statement
that GTFFC has furnished to you. The terms "you" or "Underwriters" as used
herein, unless the context otherwise requires, shall mean you, acting severally
and not jointly under this Agreement. The term "Representative" refers to J.P.
Morgan Securities Inc. acting as Representative of the Underwriters.

         The offering of the Offered Certificates will be made through you.
GTFFC and Green Tree will also enter into an agreement (the "Terms Agreement")
providing for the sale of such Offered Certificates to, and the purchase thereof
by, you, severally and not jointly. The Terms Agreement shall specify, among
other things, the price or prices at which the Offered Certificates are to be
purchased by the Underwriters from the Trust and the initial public offering
price or prices or the method by which the price or prices at which the Offered
Certificates are to be sold will be determined. The Terms Agreement, which shall
be substantially in the form of Exhibit A 


                                       2
<PAGE>
 
hereto, may take the form of an exchange of any standard form of written
telecommunication between you and GTFFC. The offering of the Offered
Certificates will be governed by this Agreement, as supplemented by the Terms
Agreement.

         GTFFC has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (Nos. 333-59865-01 and
333-59865) and a related preliminary prospectus for the registration of the
Offered Certificates under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act"), and has
filed, and proposes to file, such amendments thereto as may have been required
to the date hereof pursuant to the 1933 Act and the rules of the Commission
thereunder (the "Regulations"). The registration statement (including the
prospectus constituting a part thereof and the information, if any, deemed to be
part thereof pursuant to Rule 430A(b) of the Regulations) in the form in which
it became effective under the Act on August __, 1998 (the "Effective Date"),
including the exhibits thereto, is referred to herein as the "Registration
Statement," and the prospectus dated August __, 1998 in the form in which it was
most recently filed with the Commission (including the information, if any,
deemed to be part thereof pursuant to Rule 430A(b) of the Regulations) is
referred to herein as the "Prospectus", except that if any revised prospectus
shall be provided to you by GTFFC for use in connection with the offering of the
Offered Certificates which differs from the Prospectus on file at the Commission
at the time the Registration Statement becomes effective (whether or not such
revised prospectus is required to be filed by GTFFC pursuant to Rule 424(b) of
the Regulations), the term "Prospectus" shall refer to such revised prospectus
from and after the time it is first provided to you for such use.

         GTFFC understands that you propose to make a public offering of the
Offered Certificates as soon as you deem advisable after this Agreement and the
Terms Agreement have been executed and delivered; provided that the Class A
Certificates may be sold to a single trust.

         SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties. Each of GTFFC and Green Tree
represents and warrants to you as of the date hereof, as of the date of the
Terms Agreement (the "Representation Date") and as of the Closing Time, (as
defined below) as follows:

                  (a) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus do, on the
         Effective Date and on the date hereof, and as of the Representation
         Date will, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the
         1933 Act and the Regulations. The Registration Statement, on the
         Effective Date and on the date hereof, did not and does not, and as of
         the Representa-

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
         tion Date and the Closing Time will not, contain any untrue statement
         of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
         stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
         misleading. The Prospectus, as amended or supplemented on the Effective
         Date and on the date hereof, did not and does not, and as amended or
         supplemented as of the Representation Date and the Closing Time will
         not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
         material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
         light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
         provided, however, that the representations and warranties in this
         subsection shall not apply to statements in, or omissions from, the
         Registration Statement or Prospectus made in reliance upon and in
         conformity with information furnished to GTFFC in writing by any
         Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use in the
         Registration Statement or Prospectus. There are no contracts or
         documents of GTFFC which are required to be filed as exhibits to the
         Registration Statement pursuant to the 1933 Act or the Regulations
         which have not been so filed or incorporated by reference therein.

                  (b) Each of GTFFC and Green Tree has been duly incorporated
         and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
         laws of the state of Delaware, with corporate power and authority to
         own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as
         described in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its
         obligations under this Agreement, the Designated Agreements and the
         Terms Agreement as each of GTFFC and Green Tree may be a party to; and
         each of GTFFC and Green Tree is duly qualified as a foreign corporation
         to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in
         which the ownership or lease of its properties or the conduct of its
         business under the Designated Agreements requires such qualification.

                  (c) Neither GTFFC nor Green Tree is in violation of its
         certificate of incorporation or by-laws or is in default in the
         performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement,
         covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage,
         loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument to which it is a party
         or by which it or its properties may be bound, which default might
         result in any material adverse change in its financial condition,
         earnings, affairs or business or which may materially and adversely
         affect the properties or assets thereof.

                  (d) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Terms
         Agreement and the Designated Agreements by GTFFC and





                                        4
<PAGE>
 
         Green Tree are within the corporate power of GTFFC and Green Tree,
         respectively, and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
         action on the part of GTFFC and Green Tree, respectively; and neither
         the issuance and sale of the Offered Certificates to the Underwriters,
         nor the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Terms Agreement
         or the Designated Agreements by GTFFC or Green Tree, nor the
         consummation by GTFFC or Green Tree of any of the transactions therein
         contemplated, nor compliance by GTFFC or Green Tree with the provisions
         hereof or thereof, will materially conflict with or result in a
         material breach of, or constitute a material default under, any of the
         provisions of any law, governmental rule, regulation, judgment, decree
         or order binding on GTFFC or Green Tree or their respective properties
         or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of GTFFC or Green Tree,
         or any of the provisions of any indenture, mortgage, contract or other
         instrument to which GTFFC or Green Tree is a party or by which each is
         bound or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or
         encumbrance upon any of their respective properties pursuant to the
         terms of any such indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument.

                  (e) This Agreement has been, and the Terms Agreement when
         executed and delivered as contemplated hereby and thereby will have
         been, duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of GTFFC and
         Green Tree, and each constitutes, or will constitute when so executed
         and delivered, a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable
         against GTFFC and Green Tree in accordance with its terms, subject (i)
         to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or
         other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, (ii) as to
         enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether
         enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) as
         to enforceability with respect to rights of indemnity thereunder, to
         limitations of public policy under securities laws.

                  (f) The Designated Agreements, when executed and delivered as
         contemplated hereby and thereby, will have been duly authorized,
         executed and delivered by each of GTFFC and Green Tree, and will
         constitute, when so executed and delivered, a legal, valid and binding
         agreements, enforceable against GTFFC and Green Tree in accordance with
         their respective terms, subject (i) to applicable bankruptcy,
         reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
         creditors' rights generally and (ii) as to enforceability, to general
         principles of equity





                                        5
<PAGE>
 
         (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding
         in equity or at law).

                  (g) As of the Closing Time, the Certificates will have been
         duly and validly authorized, and, when executed and authenticated as
         specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, will be validly
         issued and outstanding and will be entitled to the benefits of the
         Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and will be binding obligations of the
         Trust to the extent provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  (h) No filing or registration with, notice to or consent,
         approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority
         or agency is required for the consummation by GTFFC or Green Tree of
         the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any of the Designated
         Agreements or the Terms Agreement, except such as may be required under
         the 1933 Act, the Regulations, or state securities or Blue Sky laws.

                  (i) There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to
         the best knowledge of GTFFC or Green Tree, threatened against GTFFC or
         Green Tree before any governmental authority (i) asserting the
         invalidity of any Designated Agreement or of this Agreement, (ii)
         seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions
         contemplated thereby, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that
         would materially and adversely affect the performance by GTFFC or Green
         Tree of its obligations thereunder or the ability of Green Tree to
         originate Receivables, (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that
         would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability
         thereof or (v) seeking to affect adversely the tax attributes of the
         Trust.

                  (j) Each of GTFFC and Green Tree possesses all material
         licenses, certificates, authorities or permits issued by the
         appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies
         necessary to conduct the business now operated by it or as described in
         the Prospectus and has not received any notice of proceedings relating
         to the revocation or modification of any such license, certificate,
         authority or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject
         of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would materially and
         adversely affect the conduct of the business, operations, financial
         condition or income of GTFFC or Green Tree, respectively.

                  (k) Neither GTFFC, Green Tree nor the Trust will be subject to
         registration as an "investment company" under the Investment Company
         Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").





                                        6
<PAGE>
 
                  (l) The Certificates and the Designated Agreements conform in
         all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the
         Prospectus.

                  (m) At the Closing Time, the Offered Certificates shall have
         received the certificate ratings specified in the Terms Agreement.

                  (n) At the Closing Time, each of the representations and
         warranties of GTFFC and Green Tree set forth in any of the Designated
         Agreements will be true and correct.

         SECTION 2. Purchase and Sale. The commitment of the Underwriters to
purchase the Offered Certificates pursuant to the Terms Agreement shall be
deemed to have been made on the basis of the representations and warranties
herein contained and shall be subject to the terms and conditions herein set
forth.

         Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of, the Offered
Certificates to be purchased by you shall be made at the office of Dorsey &
Whitney LLP, 220 South Sixth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, or at such
other place as shall be agreed upon by you and GTFFC, at such time or date as
shall be agreed upon by you and GTFFC and Green Tree in the Terms Agreement
(such time and date being referred to as the "Closing Time"). Payment of the
purchase price for the Offered Certificates shall be made to or at the direction
of GTFFC, in immediately available Federal funds wired to such bank as may be
designated by GTFFC. The Offered Certificates shall be in such denominations
specified by the Representative and registered in the name of Cede & Co., unless
the Representative shall otherwise specify in writing at least two business days
prior to the Closing Time. The Offered Certificates, which may be in temporary
form, will be made available for examination and packaging by you no later than
12:00 noon on the first business day prior to the Closing Time.

         SECTION 3. Covenants of GTFFC and Green Tree. GTFFC and Green Tree
covenant with you as follows:

                  (a) Immediately following the execution of this Agreement and
         the Terms Agreement, GTFFC will prepare the Prospectus setting forth
         the principal amount of the Offered Certificates, the price at which
         the Offered Certificates are to be purchased by you, either the initial
         public offering price or the method by which the price at which the
         Offered Certificates are to be sold will be determined, the selling
         concession(s) and reallowance(s), if any, and such other information as
         you and GTFFC deem appropriate in connection with the offering of the
         Offered Certificates.





                                       7
<PAGE>
 
         GTFFC will, to the extent required by the Regulations, promptly
         transmit copies of the Prospectus to the Commission for filing pursuant
         to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act and will furnish to you as many copies
         of the Prospectus as you shall reasonably request.

                  (b) If at any time when the Prospectus is required by the 1933
         Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Offered
         Certificates by you, any event shall occur or condition exist as a
         result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of your counsel,
         counsel for GTFFC, or otherwise, to further amend or supplement the
         Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include an untrue
         statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
         necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of circumstances
         existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or
         if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of any such counsel or
         otherwise, at any such time to amend or supplement the Registration
         Statement or the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of
         the 1933 Act or the Regulations thereunder, GTFFC will promptly prepare
         and will (1) file with the Commission such amendment or supplement as
         may be necessary to correct such untrue statement or omission or to
         make the Registration Statement comply with such requirements and (2)
         within two business days will furnish you with as many copies of the
         Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, as you shall reasonably
         request.

                  (c) GTFFC will give you reasonable notice of any intention to
         file any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or
         supplement to the Prospectus, whether pursuant to the 1933 Act or
         otherwise (other than reports to be filed pursuant to the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act")), and GTFFC will
         furnish you with copies of any such amendment or supplement or other
         documents proposed to be filed a reasonable time in advance of filing,
         and will not file any such amendment or supplement or other documents
         in a form to which you or your counsel shall object.

                  (d) GTFFC will notify you immediately, and confirm the notice
         in writing (i) of the effectiveness of any amendment to the
         Registration Statement, (ii) of the mailing or the delivery to the
         Commission for filing of any supplement to the Prospectus or any
         document, other than reports to be filed pursuant to the 1934 Act,
         (iii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission with respect
         to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, (iv) of any request by
         the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any
         amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for





                                        8
<PAGE>
 
         additional information, and (v) of the issuance by the Commission of
         any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
         Statement or suspension of the qualification of the Certificates or the
         initiation of any proceedings for that purpose. GTFFC will make every
         reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and,
         if any such stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the
         earliest possible moment.

                  (e) GTFFC will deliver to you as many signed and as many
         conformed copies of the Registration Statement (as originally filed)
         and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or
         incorporated by reference therein) as you may reasonably request.

                  (f) GTFFC will endeavor, in cooperation with you, to qualify
         the Certificates for offering and sale under the applicable securities
         laws of such states and other jurisdictions of the United States as you
         may designate, and will maintain or cause to be maintained such
         qualifications in effect for as long as may be required for the
         distribution of the Certificates. GTFFC will file or cause the filing
         of such statements and reports as may be required by the laws of each
         jurisdiction in which the Certificates have been qualified as above
         provided.

         SECTION 4. Conditions of Underwriter's Obligations. The obligations of
the Underwriters to purchase the Offered Certificates pursuant to the Terms
Agreement are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on
the part of GTFFC and Green Tree herein contained, to the accuracy of the
statements of officers of GTFFC and Green Tree made pursuant hereto, to the
performance by each of GTFFC and Green Tree of all of its obligations hereunder
and to the following further conditions:

         (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later
than 4:00 p.m., New York time, on the day following the date of this Agreement
or such later date as shall have been consented to by the Representative; and at
the Closing Time (i) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement shall have been issued or proceedings therefor initiated
or threatened by the Commission, (ii) the Offered Certificates shall have
received the ratings specified in the Terms Agreement, and (iii) there shall not
have come to your attention any facts that would cause you to believe that the
Prospectus, at the time it was required to be delivered to a purchaser of the
Offered Certificates, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances exist-





                                        9
<PAGE>
 
ing at such time, not misleading. If GTFFC has elected to rely upon Rule 430A of
the Regulations, the price of the Offered Certificates and any price-related
information previously omitted from the effective Registration Statement
pursuant to such Rule 430A shall have been transmitted to the Commission for
filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Regulations within the prescribed time
period, and prior to Closing Time GTFFC shall have provided evidence
satisfactory to the Representative of such timely filing, or a post-effective
amendment providing such information shall have been promptly filed and declared
effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A of the Regulations.

         (b) At or prior to the Closing Time you shall have received:

         (1) The favorable opinion (the "Underwriter Opinion"), dated as of the
Closing Time, of Dorsey & Whitney LLP, special counsel for GTFFC and Green Tree,
in form and substance satisfactory to you and your counsel, to the effect that:

                                  (i) Each of GTFFC and Green Tree has been duly
                  organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good
                  standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

                                 (ii) The execution and delivery by each of
                  GTFFC and Green Tree of this Agreement, the Terms Agreement,
                  the Purchase Agreement and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
                  and the signing of the Registration Statement by GTFFC are
                  within the corporate power of GTFFC and Green Tree,
                  respectively, and each has been duly authorized by all
                  necessary corporate action on the part of each of GTFFC and
                  Green Tree.

                                (iii) This Agreement and the applicable Terms
                  Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by
                  each of GTFFC and Green Tree, and each is a valid and binding
                  obligation of each of GTFFC and Green Tree enforceable against
                  GTFFC and Green Tree in accordance with its terms, except that
                  (A) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy,
                  insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
                  now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' or secured
                  parties' rights generally, (B) such enforcement may be limited
                  by general principles of equity, including (without
                  limitation) concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good
                  faith and fair dealing, and other similar doctrines affecting
                  the enforceability of agreements generally (regardless of
                  whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at
                  law), and (C) the enforceability as to rights to indemnity
                  thereunder





                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                  is subject to the effect of federal and state securities laws
                  and public policy relating thereto.

                                 (iv) The Designated Agreements have been duly
                  authorized, executed and delivered by GTFFC and Green Tree,
                  and are the valid and binding obligations of GTFFC and Green
                  Tree enforceable against GTFFC and Green Tree in accordance
                  with their respective terms, except that (A) such enforcement
                  may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
                  moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect
                  relating to creditors' rights generally and (B) such
                  enforcement may be limited by general principles of equity
                  (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding
                  in equity or at law).

                                  (v) None of the transfer of the Receivables to
                  the Trust, the issue and sale of the Certificates or the
                  consummation of the transactions contemplated herein nor the
                  fulfillment of the terms hereof or of the Designated
                  Agreements will, to the best of such counsel's knowledge,
                  conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, any
                  contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or
                  other instrument to which GTFFC or Green Tree is a party or by
                  which either of them may be bound or to which the property or
                  assets of either of them are subject (which contracts,
                  indentures, mortgages, loan agreements, notes, leases and
                  other such instruments have been identified by GTFFC and Green
                  Tree to such counsel), nor will such action result in any
                  violation of the provisions of the certificate of
                  incorporation or by-laws of GTFFC or Green Tree or, to the
                  best of such counsel's knowledge, any order or regulation
                  known to such counsel to be applicable to GTFFC or Green Tree
                  of any state or federal court, regulatory body, administrative
                  agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction
                  over GTFFC or Green Tree.

                                 (vi) The Certificates have been duly authorized
                  and, when executed and authenticated as specified in the
                  Pooling and Servicing Agreement and delivered and, in the case
                  of the Offered Certificates, paid for pursuant to this
                  Agreement and the Terms Agreement, will be duly issued and
                  entitled to the benefits of the Pooling and Servicing
                  Agreement.

                                (vii) The Receivables are either "chattel
                  paper", "accounts" or "general intangibles" under the UCC. The
                  Purchase Agreement creates, in favor of GTFFC, a valid





                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                  security interest (as such term is defined in Section 1-201 of
                  the UCC) in the Receivables now existing and hereafter created
                  that are either chattel paper or accounts, which security
                  interest, if characterized as a transfer for security, will
                  secure the "Secured Obligations" (as defined in the Pooling
                  and Servicing Agreement) and, in the case of Receivables that
                  are general intangibles, is effective to transfer Green Tree's
                  ownership interest in such Receivables to GTFFC. The Pooling
                  and Servicing Agreement creates, in favor of the Trustee for
                  the benefit of the Certificate- holders, a valid security
                  interest (as such term is defined in Section 1-201 of the UCC)
                  in the Receivables now existing and hereafter created, which
                  security interest, if characterized as a transfer for
                  security, will secure the "Secured Obligations" (as defined in
                  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), and, in the case of
                  Receivables that are general intangibles, is effective to
                  transfer GTFFC's ownership interest in such Receivables to the
                  Trustee. The perfection and the effect of perfection or
                  nonperfection of the ownership or security interests in the
                  Receivables created pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or the
                  Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be governed by the laws
                  of the State of Minnesota. The UCC-1 financing statements are
                  in appropriate form for filing with the Secretary of State of
                  Minnesota. Upon the filing of the UCC-1 financing statements
                  in the office of the Secretary of State of Minnesota, GTFFC
                  will have a perfected ownership interest in the Receivables,
                  which ownership interest shall have priority over any other
                  security interest in the Receivables, and the Trustee will
                  have a perfected ownership or security interest in the
                  Receivables, which ownership or security interest shall have
                  priority over any other security interest in the Receivables.
                  In rendering such opinion, such counsel may take customary
                  exceptions acceptable to you.

                               (viii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge,
                  no filing or registration with or notice to or consent,
                  approval, authorization or order of any Minnesota or federal
                  court or governmental authority or agency is required to be
                  obtained by GTFFC or Green Tree for the consummation by GTFFC
                  or Green Tree of the transactions contemplated by this
                  Agreement, the Terms Agreement or the Designated Agreements,
                  except such as may be required under the 1933 Act or the
                  Regulations, or state securities or Blue Sky laws.






                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                                 (ix) The Registration Statement is effective
                  under the 1933 Act and, to the best of such counsel's
                  knowledge and information, no stop order suspending the
                  effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued
                  under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or
                  threatened by the Commission.

                                  (x) The Pooling and Servicing Agreement is not
                  required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of
                  1939, as amended.

                                 (xi) To the best of such counsel's knowledge,
                  there are no contracts or documents which are required to be
                  filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement pursuant to
                  the 1933 Act or the Regulations thereunder which have not been
                  so filed or incorporated by reference.

                                (xii) The statements in the Prospectus under the
                  heading "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences," to the
                  extent that they constitute statements of law or legal
                  conclusions as to the likely outcome of material issues under
                  the federal income tax laws, have been prepared or reviewed by
                  such counsel and are correct in all material respects.

                               (xiii) The Trust created by the Pooling and
                  Servicing Agreement is not, and will not as a result of the
                  offer and sale of the Offered Certificates as contemplated in
                  the Prospectus and in this Agreement become, an "investment
                  company" as such term is defined in the 1940 Act.

                                (xiv) The statements in the Prospectus under the
                  caption "Description of the Certificates," insofar as such
                  statements purport to summarize certain terms of the
                  Certificates and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
                  constitute a fair and accurate summary of such documents.

                                 (xv) The statements in the Prospectus under the
                  headings "Risk Factors--Transfer of the Receivables;
                  Insolvency Risk Considerations," "Certain Legal Aspects of the
                  Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy" and
                  "Employee Benefit Plan Considerations," to the extent that
                  they constitute statements of law or legal conclusions with
                  respect thereto, have been reviewed by such counsel and are
                  correct in all material respects.






                                       13
<PAGE>
 
                                (xvi) The Certificates, the Pooling and
                  Servicing Agreement and the Underwriting Agreement conform in
                  all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in
                  the Prospectus.

                               (xvii) The Registration Statement and the
                  Prospectus (other than the financial statements and other
                  financial, statistical and numerical information included
                  therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered) as of their
                  respective effective or issue dates, complied as to form in
                  all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act
                  and the Regulations thereunder.

                              (xviii) The execution, delivery and performance by
                  GTFFC or Green Tree of the Designated Agreements do not
                  require the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to,
                  the registration with, or the taking of any other action in
                  respect of any federal, state or other governmental agency or
                  authority which has not previously been effected.

                                (xix) To such counsel's knowledge, there are no
                  pending or overtly threatened lawsuits or claims against GTFFC
                  or Green Tree or relating to the transactions contemplated by
                  this Agreement or the Designated Agreements which, if
                  adversely determined, would have a materially adverse effect
                  on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
                  Designated Agreements.

         Such counsel shall deliver to you such additional opinions addressing
the transfer by Green Tree to GTFFC and the transfer by GTFFC to the Trust of
each of its right, title and interest in and to the Receivables and other
property included in the Trust on the Closing Time as may be reasonably required
by the Rating Agencies rating the Offered Certificates.

         Such counsel shall state that it has participated in conferences with
officers and other representatives of GTFFC and Green Tree, your counsel,
representatives of the independent accountants for GTFFC and Green Tree and you
at which the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were
discussed and, although such counsel is not passing upon and does not assume
responsibility for, the factual accuracy, completeness or fairness of the
statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (except as
stated in paragraphs (xii), (xiv), (xv) and (xvi) above) and has made no
independent check or verification thereof for the purpose of rendering this
opinion, on the basis of the foregoing (relying as to materiality





                                       14
<PAGE>
 
to a large extent upon the certificates of officers and other representatives of
GTFFC and Green Tree), nothing has come to their attention that leads such
counsel to believe that the Registration Statement, when it became effective,
contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading or that the Registration Statement and the Prospectus on the date
of this Agreement and the Terms Agreement contained, and the Prospectus at
Closing Time contains, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or
omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading, except that such counsel need express no view with respect to the
financial statements, schedules and other financial, statistical and numerical
data included in or incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus.

         Such counsel may state that they are admitted to practice only in the
State of Minnesota, that they are not admitted to the Bar in any other State and
are not experts in the law of any other State and to the extent that the
foregoing opinions concern the laws of any other State such counsel may rely
upon the opinion of counsel satisfactory to you and admitted to practice in such
jurisdiction. Any opinions relied upon by such counsel as aforesaid shall be
addressed to you and shall be delivered together with the opinion of such
counsel, which shall state that such counsel believes that their reliance
thereon is justified.

                  (2) The favorable opinion, dated as of the applicable Closing
         Time, of Joel H. Gottesman, Senior Vice President and General Counsel
         to Green Tree, as Servicer of the Receivables, in form and substance
         satisfactory to you and your counsel, to the effect that:

                                  (i) There are no pending or, to his knowledge,
                  threatened litigation or administrative proceeding of or
                  before any court, tribunal or governmental agency, authority
                  or body or any arbitrator which, if adversely determined,
                  would have a material adverse effect on the financial
                  condition of GTFFC or Green Tree.

                                 (ii) Each of GTFFC and Green Tree is qualified
                  to do business, and is in good standing, as a foreign
                  corporation in each U.S. jurisdiction in which the character
                  of the business owned or leased by it makes such qualification
                  necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified would
                  not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition
                  of Green Tree.






                                       15
<PAGE>
 
                                (iii) Each of GTFFC and Green Tree possesses all
                  material licenses, certificates, authorities or permits issued
                  by the appropriate state or federal regulatory agencies or
                  bodies necessary to conduct the business now conducted by it
                  and as described in the Prospectus, except to the extent that
                  the failure to have such licenses, certificates, authorities
                  or permits does not have a material adverse effect on the
                  Receivables or the Certificates or the financial condition of
                  GTFFC or Green Tree, and neither GTFFC nor Green Tree has
                  received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation
                  or modification of any such license, certificate, authority or
                  permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an
                  unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would materially and
                  adversely affect the conduct of its business, operations or
                  financial condition.

                                 (iv) At the time of the transfer of the
                  Receivables to GTFFC, Green Tree owned the Receivables free
                  and clear of any lien, security interest, charge or other
                  interests of others, except such liens as are permitted under
                  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  (3) The favorable opinion of counsel to the Trustee, dated as
         of the Closing Time, addressed to you and in form and scope
         satisfactory to your counsel, to the effect that:

                                  (i) The Pooling and Servicing Agreement has
                  been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee
                  and is enforceable against the Trustee in accordance with its
                  terms, subject to customary and usual exceptions.

                                 (ii) The Trustee has full power and authority
                  to execute and deliver the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
                  to perform its obligations thereunder.

                                (iii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge,
                  there are no actions, proceedings or investigations pending or
                  threatened against or affecting the Trustee before or by any
                  court, arbitrator, administrative agency or other governmental
                  authority which, if adversely decided, would materially and
                  adversely affect the ability of the Trustee to carry out the
                  transactions contemplated in the Pooling and Servicing
                  Agreement.

                                 (iv) No consent, approval or authorization of,
                  or registration, declaration or filing with, any court





                                       16
<PAGE>
 
                  or governmental agency or body of the jurisdiction of
                  incorporation of the Trustee is required for the execution,
                  delivery or performance by the Trustee of the Pooling and
                  Servicing Agreement.

         In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely, as to matters of
fact, to the extent deemed proper and stated therein, on certificates of
responsible officers of the Trustee or public officials.

                  (4) The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of
         counsel for the Underwriters with respect to the issue and sale of the
         Certificates, the Registration Statement, this Agreement, the
         Prospectus and other related matters as you may require.

         (c) You shall have received from Dorsey & Whitney LLP, special counsel
for GTFFC, an opinion, dated as of the Closing Time and satisfactory in form and
substance to the Representative and to counsel to the Underwriters, to the
effect that the Offered Certificates will be characterized for Minnesota income
and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness secured by the Receivables and
Certificateholders not otherwise subject to taxation in Minnesota will not be
subject to tax in respect of the Offered Certificates.

         (d) At the Closing Time you shall have received a certificate of the
President or a Vice President of each of GTFFC and Green Tree, dated as of such
Closing Time, to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties of each
of GTFFC and Green Tree contained in Section 1 are true and correct with the
same force and effect as though such Closing Time were the Representation Date;
(ii) GTFFC or Green Tree, as applicable, has complied in all material respects
with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be
performed or satisfied under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Time;
(iii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been initiated or, to
GTFFC's or Green Tree's knowledge, threatened by the Commission as of the
Closing Time; and (iv) nothing has come to such person's attention that would
lead such person to believe that the Prospectus contains an untrue statement of
a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.

         (e) You shall have received from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, or other
independent certified public accountants acceptable to you, a letter, dated as
of the Closing Time, delivered at such time, in the form heretofore agreed to.





                                       17
<PAGE>
 
         (f) At the Closing Time you shall have received, addressed to you, any
additional opinions delivered by counsel pursuant to the request of the Rating
Agencies rating the Offered Certificates.

         (g) The Representative shall have received facsimile confirmation from
a filing service that (i) a copy of the UCC-1 financing statement on Form UCC-1
has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Minnesota with
respect to the transfer of the Receivables by Green Tree to GTFFC pursuant to
the Purchase Agreement, identifying the Receivables as collateral and naming
Green Tree as debtor and GTFFC as the secured party and (ii) a copy of the UCC-1
financing statement on Form UCC-1 has been filed with the Secretary of State of
the State of Minnesota with respect to the transfer of the Receivables by GTFFC
to the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, identifying the
Receivables as collateral and naming GTFFC as debtor and the Trustee as the
secured party.

         (h) At the Closing Time, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been
furnished with such documents and opinions as they reasonably may require for
the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Offered
Certificates as herein contemplated and the related proceedings or in order to
evidence the accuracy and completeness of any of the representations and
warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions herein contained; and
all proceedings taken by GTFFC and Green Tree in connection with the issuance
and sale of the Certificates as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in
form and substance to you and counsel for the Underwriters.

         (i) As of the Closing Time, each of the Designated Agreements will have
been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and will constitute a legal,
valid and binding obligation of, and will be enforceable against each of GTFFC
and Green Tree, in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally, and as to enforceability, to general principles of
equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or
at law).

         (j) At the Closing Time, Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, A Division
of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. shall have delivered a letter to GTFFC
stating that the Class A Certificates are rated "AAA" and the Class B
Certificates are rated "A" and Moody's Investor Service, Inc. shall have
delivered a letter to GTFFC stating that the Class A Certificates are rated
"Aaa" and the Class B Certificates are rated "A3" and Fitch IBCA, Inc. shall
have delivered a letter to GTFFC stating that the





                                       18
<PAGE>
 
Class A Certificates are rated "AAA" and the Class B Certificates
are rated "AA-."

         In addition to the above conditions, Green Tree and GTFFC understand
that Green Tree and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("Morgan") are
parties to the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (Multi-currency Cross-border) and the
confirmation thereunder that relates to the Series 1998-A Certificates and the
Series 1995-1 Certificates, dated August 3, 1998 (the "Green Tree Swap
Agreement"). Green Tree and GTFFC agree that, pursuant to the Green Tree Swap
Agreement, Morgan will be permitted to retain proceeds from the issuance of the
Offered Certificates if Green Tree fails to satisfy any of its obligations under
the Green Tree Swap Agreement.

         If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been
fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement and the Terms
Agreement may be terminated by you by notice to GTFFC at any time at or prior to
the Closing Time, and such termination shall be without liability of any party
to any other party except as provided in Section 5.

         SECTION 5. Payment of Expenses. Green Tree will pay all expenses
incident to the performance of the obligations of GTFFC or Green Tree under this
Agreement, including without limitation those related to (i) the filing of the
Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, (ii) the printing and
delivery to the Underwriters, in such quantities as you may reasonably request,
of copies of this Agreement, the Terms Agreement, any agreements among
underwriters and selling agreements and the Underwriters' questionnaires and
powers of attorney, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Offered
Certificates to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of GTFFC's and
Green Tree's counsel and accountants, (v) the qualification of the Offered
Certificates under securities and Blue Sky laws and the determination of the
eligibility of the Offered Certificates for investment in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3(g), including filing fees, and the fees and
disbursements of your counsel in connection therewith and in connection with the
preparation of any Blue Sky Survey and Legal Investment Survey, (vi) the
printing and delivery to the Underwriters, in such quantities as you may
reasonably request, hereinafter stated, of copies of the Registration Statement
and Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto, and of any Blue Sky
Survey and Legal Investment Survey, (vii) the printing and delivery to the
Underwriters, in such quantities as you may reasonably request, of copies of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (viii) the fees charged by the Rating Agencies
for rating the Offered Certificates, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the listing of the Offered Certificates on any securities





                                       19
<PAGE>
 
exchange, (x) the fees and expenses, if any, incurred with respect to the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., including the fees and
disbursements of counsel for you in connection therewith and (xi) the fees and
expenses of the Trustee and its counsel.

         If this Agreement and the Terms Agreement is terminated by you in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4 or Section 9(i) hereof, Green Tree
shall reimburse you for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

         SECTION 6.  Indemnification.  (a)  GTFFC and Green Tree,
jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter
within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act as follows:

                         (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage
and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or alleged omission
therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any
amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom
of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless such
untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to GTFFC by
any Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto);

                         (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage
and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid
in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any
governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever
based upon any such untrue statement or omission, (A) if such settlement is
effected with the written consent of GTFFC, or (B) if such settlement is
effected without the written consent of GTFFC more than 30 days after receipt by
GTFFC of a notice from the Underwriters, substantially reflecting the proposed
terms of such settlement, to which GTFFC has not responded prior to the date
such settlement is effected; and






                                       20
<PAGE>
 
                  (iii) against any and all expenses whatsoever (including the
fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by you), reasonably incurred in
investigating, preparing to defend or defending against any litigation,
investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body commenced or
threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or
omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii)
above, which expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.

         This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which
either GTFFC or Green Tree may otherwise have.

         (b) Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
each of GTFFC and Green Tree, each director of GTFFC and Green Tree, each of
GTFFC's officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any,
who controls either GTFFC or Green Tree within the meaning of Section 15 of the
1933 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, but only
with respect to untrue statements or omissions or alleged untrue statements or
omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to GTFFC by any Underwriter
through the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or
any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement
thereto). This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that
such Underwriter may otherwise have.

         (c) Each indemnified party shall give prompt notice to each
indemnifying party of any action commenced against it with respect to which
indemnity may be sought hereunder, although failure to so notify an indemnifying
party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have otherwise than on
account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at
its own expense in the defense of such action. In no event shall the
indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one
counsel (in addition to local counsel) for all indemnified parties in connection
with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same
jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.

         SECTION 7. Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable
contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in
Section 6 hereof is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified
parties although applicable in accordance with its terms, GTFFC and Green Tree
on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall contribute to





                                       21
<PAGE>
 
the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature
contemplated by said indemnity agreement incurred by GTFFC and Green Tree and
one or more of the Underwriters (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate
to reflect the relative benefit received by the Underwriters, as represented by
the percentage that the Underwriting discount or discounts on the cover of the
Prospectus bears to the initial public offering price or prices as set forth
thereon, and GTFFC and Green Tree, as applicable, shall be responsible for the
balance; or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted
by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
benefit referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of GTFFC and
Green Tree, as applicable, on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other
with respect to statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim,
damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations, provided, however, that no person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation and, provided further, no Underwriter shall be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price of the
Offered Certificates purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to the Terms
Agreement exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise
paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement
or omission or alleged omission. For purposes of this Section, each person, if
any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933
Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Underwriters and each
director of GTFFC and Green Tree, each officer of GTFFC who signed the
Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls GTFFC or Green
Tree within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act shall have the same rights
to contribution as GTFFC and Green Tree.

         SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to survive
Delivery. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this
Agreement, or contained in certificates of Officers of GTFFC or Green Tree
submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect,
regardless of any termination of this Agreement, or any investigation made by or
on behalf of the Underwriters or controlling person thereof, or by or on behalf
of GTFFC or Green Tree and shall survive delivery of any Offered Certificates to
the Underwriters.

         SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement. The Representative may terminate
this Agreement and the Terms Agreement, immediately upon notice to GTFFC, at any
time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the date of
the Terms Agreement or





                                       22
<PAGE>
 
since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, any change, or any development involving a
prospective change in, or affecting, the condition, financial or otherwise,
earnings, affairs or business of GTFFC or Green Tree whether or not arising in
the ordinary course of business, which in your judgment would materially impair
the market for, or the investment quality of, the Offered Certificates, or (ii)
if there has occurred any outbreak of hostilities or other calamity or crisis
the effect of which on the financial markets of the United States is such as to
make it, in the judgment of the Representative, impracticable to market the
Offered Certificates or enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered
Certificates, or (iii) if trading generally on either the New York Stock
Exchange or the American Stock Exchange has been suspended, or minimum or
maximum prices for securities have been required, by either of said exchanges or
by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority, or if a banking
moratorium has been declared by either Federal, Minnesota or New York
authorities. In the event of any such termination, (A) the covenants set forth
in Section 3 with respect to the offering of the Offered Certificates shall
remain in effect so long as the Underwriters own any Offered Certificates
purchased pursuant to the Terms Agreement, and (B) the covenant set forth in
Section 3(c), the provisions of Section 5, the indemnity agreement set forth in
Section 6, the contribution provisions set forth in Section 7, and the
provisions of Sections 8 and 13 shall remain in effect.

         SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters. If one or more
of the Underwriters participating in the offering of the Offered Certificates
shall fail at the Closing Time to pur- chase the Offered Certificates which it
or they are obligated to purchase hereunder and under the Terms Agreement (the
"Defaulted Certificates"), then the Representative shall have the right, within
24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting
Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all,
of the Defaulted Certificates in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the
terms herein set forth. If, however, you have not completed such arrangements
within such 24-hour period, then:

                  (1) if the aggregate principal amount of Defaulted
         Certificates does not exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of
         the Offered Certificates to be purchased pursuant to such Terms
         Agreement, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated to
         purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their
         respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting
         obligations of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or






                                       23
<PAGE>
 
                  (2) if the aggregate principal amount of Defaulted
         Certificates exceeds 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the
         Certificates to be purchased pursuant to such Terms Agreement, the
         Terms Agreement shall terminate, without any liability on the part of
         any non-defaulting Underwriters.

         No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting
Underwriters from liability with respect to any default of such Underwriters
under this Agreement and the Terms Agreement.

         In the event of a default by any Underwriters as set forth in this
Section, either the Representative or GTFFC shall have the right to postpone the
Closing Time for a period of time not exceeding seven days in order that any
required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other
documents or arrangements may be effected.

         SECTION 11. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or
transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the
Underwriters shall be directed to you at the respective addresses set forth on
the first page hereof, attention of the Syndicate Department. Notices to GTFFC
shall be directed to Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., 500 Landmark Towers,
345 St. Peter Street, Saint Paul, Minnesota, 55102-1639, Attention of the
Secretary, with a copy to the Treasurer. Notices to Green Tree shall be directed
to Green Tree Financial Corporation, 1100 Landmark Towers, 345 St. Peter Street,
Saint Paul, Minnesota 55102-1639, attention of the Secretary, with a copy to the
Treasurer.

         SECTION 12. Parties. This Agreement and the Terms Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon you, GTFFC, Green Tree and each
Underwriter who becomes a party to this Agreement and the Terms Agreement, and
their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement or
the Terms Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm
or corporation, other than the parties hereto or thereto and their respective
successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in
Sections 6 and 7, and their heirs and legal representatives any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or the
Terms Agreement or any provision herein or therein contained. This Agreement and
the Terms Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof or thereof are
intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties and their
respective successors and said controlling persons and officers and directors
and their heirs and legal representatives (to the extent of their rights as
specified herein and therein) and for





                                       24
<PAGE>
 
the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Offered
Certificates from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason
merely of such purchase.

         SECTION 13. Governing Law and Time. This Agreement and the Terms
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. Specified
times of day refer to New York City time.

         SECTION 14. Counterparts. This Agreement and the Terms Agreement may be
executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original of any
party whose signature appears on it, and all of which shall together constitute
a single instrument.

         SECTION 15. Representations and Warranties of the Underwriters. Each of
the Underwriters represents and warrants as of the date hereof, as of the
Representation Date and as of the Closing Time as follows:

                  (a) Such Underwriter has not offered or sold and, prior to the
         expiry of the period of six months from the Closing Date, such
         Underwriter will not offer or sell any Class A or Class B Certificates
         to persons in the United Kingdom, except to persons whose ordinary
         activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of
         investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their
         businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and
         will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within
         the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulation 1998;

                  (b) Such Underwriter has complied and will comply with all
         applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with respect
         to anything done by it in relation to the Class A or Class B
         Certificates in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and

                  (c) Such Underwriter has only issued or passed on and will
         only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it
         in connection with the issue of the Class A or Class B Certificates to
         a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial
         Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995,
         or is a person to whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued
         or passed on.






                                       25
<PAGE>
 
         If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, whereupon this
instrument along with all counterparts will become a binding agreement between
you, GTFFC and Green Tree in accordance with its terms.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                      GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.


                                      By______________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                      GREEN TREE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                      By______________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:




CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of 
  the date first above written:

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.


By___________________________
  Name:
  Title:



[other Underwriter]


By___________________________
  Name:
  Title:







                                       26
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                      $[ ]
            (Floating Rate) Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates,
                             Series 1998-2, Class A

                                       and

                                      $[ ]
            (Floating Rate) Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates,
                             Series 1998-2, Class B


                  GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST

                             FORM OF TERMS AGREEMENT


                                                          Dated: August __, 1998


To:  Green Tree Financial Corporation, ("GreenTree"),
     Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. ("GTFFC")

Re:  Underwriting Agreement dated August __, 1998

Terms of the Certificates:
- --------------------------

                        Original
                       Principal                              Certificate
                         Amount                                  Rate
                         ------                               -----------

Class A             $[          ]                      the lesser of (i) one-
                                                       month LIBOR determined as
                                                       of the second LIBOR
                                                       business day prior to the
                                                       relevant Interest Accrual
                                                       Period plus 0.[  ]% per
                                                       annum or (ii) the Net
                                                       Receivables Rate

Class B             $[          ]                      the lesser of (i) one-
                                                       month LIBOR determined as
                                                       of the second LIBOR
                                                       business day prior to the
                                                       relevant Interest Accrual
                                                       Period plus 0.[  ]% per
                                                       annum or (ii) the Net
                                                       Receivables Rate


                                        1
<PAGE>
 
Servicer:
- ---------

         Green Tree Financial Corporation (in such capacity, the
"Servicer")

Purchase Price:
- ---------------

         The purchase price payable by the Underwriters for the Class A
Certificates is [ ]% of the principal amount of the Class A Certificates plus
accrued interest, if any, at the Class A Certificate Rate from [September __],
1998. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. shall purchase $[ ] principal amount of the
Class A Certificates and [other Underwriter] shall purchase $[ ] principal
amount of the Class A Certificates.

         The purchase price payable by J.P. Morgan for the Class B Certificates
is [ ]% of the principal amount of the Class B Certificates plus accrued
interest, if any, at the Class B Certificate Rate from [September __], 1998.
J.P. Morgan shall purchase $[ ] principal amount of the Class B Certificates and
[other Underwriter] shall purchase $[ ] principal amount of the Class B
Certificates.

Underwriting Commission:
- ------------------------

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Underwriting Agreement,
no additional underwriting commission shall be payable by GTFFC to the
Underwriters in connection with the purchase of the Offered Certificates.

         Public Offering price (exclusive of any accrued interest) at which the
Underwriters will initially sell the Offered Certificates:

                             Class A            [         ]%
                             Class B            [         ]%

Closing Date and Location:
- --------------------------

         On or about [September __], 1998, offices of Dorsey & Whitney LLP, 220
South Sixth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.


                                        2
<PAGE>
 
         If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, whereupon this
instrument along with all counterparts will become a binding agreement between
you, GTFFC and Green Tree in accordance with its terms.

                                            J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.


                                            By___________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:



                                              [other Underwriter]


                                            By___________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:



ACCEPTED:

GREEN TREE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By:_______________________________
   Name:
   Title:

GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.

By:_______________________________
   Name:
   Title:



                                        3

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 4.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.

                                   Transferor

                        GREEN TREE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                    Servicer

                                       and

                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                     Trustee

                on behalf of the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders

                                 ---------------

                            SERIES 1998-2 SUPPLEMENT

                           Dated as of August 1, 1998

                                       to

                         POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 1, 1995

                                 ---------------

                  GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST

              $__________ Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust
                      Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class A

              $__________ Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust
                      Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class B

              $__________ Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust
                      Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class C

              $__________ Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust
                      Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class D

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page

SECTION 1. Designation ......................................................  1

SECTION 2. Definitions ......................................................  1

SECTION 3. Optional Repurchase .............................................. 19

SECTION 4. Delivery and Payment for the Series 1998-2 Certificates .......... 19

SECTION 5. Form of Delivery of Series 1998-2 Certificates ................... 20

SECTION 6. Article IV of Agreement .......................................... 20

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        Rights of Certificateholders and
                        --------------------------------
                    Allocation and Application of Collections
                    -----------------------------------------

         Section 4.4  Rights of Certificateholders .......................... 20
         Section 4.5  Collections and Allocation; Payments on
                      Exchangeable Transferor Certificate ................... 21
         Section 4.6  Determination of Monthly Interest for the Series
                      1998-2 Certificates ................................... 22
         Section 4.7  Determination of Principal Amounts .................... 24
         Section 4.8  Shared Principal Collections .......................... 26
         Section 4.9  Application of Funds on Deposit in the Collection
                      Account for the Certificates .......................... 27
         Section 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount for the Series 1998-2
                      Certificates .......................................... 34
         Section 4.11 Payment of Certificate Interest ....................... 35
         Section 4.12 Payment of Certificate Principal ...................... 35
         Section 4.13 Investor Charge-Off ................................... 36
         Section 4.14 Reallocated Principal Collections for the Series
                      1998-2 Certificates ................................... 37
         Section 4.15 Determination of LIBOR ................................ 38
         Section 4.16 Determination of Accumulation Period Length ........... 39
         Section 4.17 Pre-Funding Account ................................... 39
         Section 4.18 Increases in Invested Amount .......................... 40

                                      - i -
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 7. Article V of the Agreement ....................................... 41

                                    ARTICLE V

            Distributions and Reports to Investor Certificateholders
            --------------------------------------------------------

         Section 5.1 Distributions .......................................... 41
         Section 5.2 Certificateholders' Statement .......................... 43

SECTION 8. Series 1998-2 Pay Out Events ..................................... 45

SECTION 9. Series 1998-2 Termination ........................................ 45

SECTION 10. Legends; Transfer and Exchange; Restrictions on Transfer
            of Series 1998-2 Certificates; Tax Treatment .................... 46

SECTION 11. Additional Restrictions on Transfers of Class C Certificates;
            Withholding Requirements; Tax Treatment ......................... 49

SECTION 12. Ratification of Agreement ....................................... 53

SECTION 13. Counterparts .................................................... 53

SECTION 14. Governing Law ................................................... 53

SECTION 15. Instructions in Writing ......................................... 53


EXHIBITS
- --------

EXHIBIT A    Form of Class A Investor Certificate

EXHIBIT B    Form of Class B Investor Certificate

EXHIBIT C    Form of Class C Investor Certificate

EXHIBIT D    Form of Class D Investor Certificate

EXHIBIT E    Form of Monthly Certificateholder's Statement

EXHIBIT F    Form of Representation Letter and Certification


                                     - ii -
<PAGE>
 
     SERIES 1998-2 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of August 1, 1998 (the "Series
Supplement") by and among GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP., a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, as Transferor
(the "Transferor"), GREEN TREE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a corporation organized
and existing under the laws of Delaware, as Servicer (the "Servicer"), and
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as
trustee (together with its successors in trust thereunder as provided in the
Agreement referred to below, the "Trustee"), under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of December 1, 1995 (as supplemented, the "Agreement") among
the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee.

     Section 6.9 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that the
Transferor and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a
supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the issuance by the
Trustee to the Transferor, for execution and redelivery to the Trustee for
authentication, of one or more Series of Certificates.

     Pursuant to this Series Supplement, the Transferor and the Trustee shall
create a new Series of Investor Certificates and shall specify the Principal
Terms thereof.

     SECTION 1. Designation. There is hereby created a Series of Investor
Certificates to be issued pursuant to the Agreement and this Series Supplement
to be known generally as the "Series 1998-2 Certificates." The Series 1998-2
Certificates shall be issued in four Classes, which shall be designated
generally as the Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates, Series
1998-2, Class A (the "Class A Certificates"), the Floating Rate Floorplan
Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class B (the "Class B
Certificates"), the Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates,
Series 1998-2, Class C (the "Class C Certificates") and the Floating Rate
Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class D (the "Class D
Certificates"). The Series 1998-2 Certificates shall be paired with the Series
1995-1 Certificates, in the manner and to the extent provided herein.

     SECTION 2. Definitions. In the event that any term or provision contained
herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision contained in
the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Series Supplement shall govern
with respect to the Series 1998-2 Certificates. All Article, Section or
subsection references herein shall mean Article, Section or subsections of the
Agreement, as amended or supplemented by this Series Supplement, except as
otherwise provided herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein
are defined in the Agreement. Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate
only to the Series 1998-2 Certificates and no other Series of Certificates
issued by the Trust.

     "ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) for any Business Day
on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than zero, zero, and (ii)
for
<PAGE>
 
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is zero, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the
Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested
Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of the Pool Balance
and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the
preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "ABC Investor Default Amount" means, for any Business Day, an amount equal
to the product of (a) the sum of the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the
Class B Floating Allocation Percentage and the Class C Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable on such Business Day and (b) the aggregate principal
amount (exclusive of the portion thereof allocable to the Discount Factor, if
any) of Defaulted Receivables identified since the prior reporting date.

     "Accumulation Period Commencement Date" means the first day of the December
2001 Monthly Period if the Accumulation Period Length is four months, the first
day of the January 2002 Monthly Period if the Accumulation Period Length is
three months, the first day of the February 2002 Monthly Period if the
Accumulation Period Length is two months, and the first day of the March 2002
Monthly Period if the Accumulation Period Length is one month; provided,
however, if the Accumulation Period Length has been determined to be less than
four months and, after such determination, any outstanding Series enters into an
early amortization period, the Accumulation Period Commencement Date shall be
the earlier of (x) the date on which such other outstanding Series entered its
early amortization period and (y) the Accumulation Period Commencement Date as
previously determined.

     "Accumulation Period Length" means the one, two, three or four month(s)
period determined on November 13, 2001, and shall be calculated as the product,
rounded upwards to the nearest integer, of (a) four and (b) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Invested Amount as of November 13, 2001 (after giving
effect to all changes therein on such date) and the denominator of which is the
sum of such Invested Amount and the invested amounts as of November 13, 2001
(after giving effect to all changes therein on such date) of all other
outstanding Series whose respective revolving periods are not scheduled to end
before the last day of the March 2002 Monthly Period.

     "Accumulation Shortfall" means, for the succeeding Monthly Period, the
amount by which the Controlled Deposit Amount exceeds the amount deposited in
the Principal Account for any Monthly Period.

     "Additional Class D Invested Amount" means any increase in the Class D
Invested Amount agreed to in connection with an increase by the Transferor in
any of the percentages used to calculate the Overconcentration Amounts.

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>
 
     "Additional Interest" means, at any time of determination, the sum of
Class A Additional Interest and Class B Additional Interest.

     "Base Rate" means the sum of (i) the weighted average of the Class A
Certificate Rate, the Class B Certificate Rate, the Class C Certificate Rate and
the Class D Certificate Rate, plus (ii) 2% per annum.

     "Carryover Class A Interest" means (a) any Class A Monthly Interest due but
not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b) any Class A Additional
Interest.

     "Carryover Class B Interest" means (a) any Class B Monthly Interest due but
not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b) any Class B Additional
Interest.

     "Carryover Class C Interest" means (a) any Class C Monthly Interest due but
not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b) any Class C Additional
Interest.

     "Cash Equivalents" mean, unless otherwise provided in this Series
Supplement, (a) negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments
in bearer or registered form which evidence (i) obligations of or fully
guaranteed by the United States of America; (ii) time deposits, promissory
notes, or certificates of deposit of any depositary institution or trust
company; provided, however, that at the time of the Trust's investment or
contractual commitment to invest therein, the certificates of deposit or short-
term deposits of such depositary institution or trust company shall have a
credit rating from Standard & Poor's of A-1+, from Moody's of P-1 and from Fitch
of F-1+ if rated by Fitch; (iii) commercial paper having, at the time of the
Trust's investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from
Standard & Poor's of A-1+, from Moody's of P-1 and from Fitch of F-1+ if rated
by Fitch; (iv) banker's acceptances issued by any depositary institution or
trust company described in clause (a)(ii) above; and (v) investments in money
market funds rated AAA-m or AAA-mg by Standard & Poor's, Aaa by Moody's and AAA
by Fitch if rated by Fitch or otherwise approved in writing by Moody's, Standard
& Poor's and Fitch; (b) time deposits and demand deposits in the name of the
Trust or the Trustee in any depositary institution or trust company referred to
in clause (a)(ii) above; (c) securities not represented by an instrument that
are registered in the name of the Trustee or its nominee (which may not be Green
Tree or an Affiliate) upon books maintained for that purpose by or on behalf of
the issuer thereof and identified on books maintained for that purpose by the
Trustee as held for the benefit of the Trust or the Certificateholders, and
consisting of (x) shares of an open end diversified investment company which is
registered under the Investment Company Act which (i) invests its assets
exclusively in obligations of or guaranteed by the United States of America or
any instrumentality or agency thereof having in each instance a final maturity
date of less than one year from their date of purchase or other Cash
Equivalents, (ii) guarantees to maintain a constant net asset value per share,
(iii) has aggregate net assets of not less than $100,000,000 on the date of
purchase of such shares and (iv) which each Rating Agency designates in writing
will not result in a withdrawal or downgrading of its then current rating of any

                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>
 
Series rated by it or (y) Eurodollar time deposits of a depository institution
or trust company that are rated A-1+ by Standard & Poor's, P-1 by Moody's and F-
1+ by Fitch if rated by Fitch; provided, however, that at the time of the
Trust's investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the Eurodollar
deposits of such depositary institution or trust company shall have a credit
rating from Standard & Poor's of A-1+, from Moody's of P-1 and from Fitch of F-
1+ if rated by Fitch; and (d) any other investment if each Rating Agency
confirms in writing that such investment will not adversely affect its then
current rating of the Investor Certificates.

     "Class A Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(a).

     "Class A Certificate Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period, the lesser of (i) the applicable LIBOR plus .__% per annum or (ii) the
applicable Net Receivables Rate.

     "Class A Certificateholder" means the Person in whose name a Class A
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

     "Class A Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the Series
1998-2 Certificateholder's Interest evidenced by the Class A Certificates.

     "Class A Certificates" means any of the certificates executed by the
Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto.

     "Class A Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) with respect to
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than
zero, zero, and (ii) for any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested
Amount is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Class A Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving
Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool
Balance and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of
the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate
the allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class A Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding Business Day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding
Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>
 
     "Class A Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial principal
amount of the Class A Certificates, which is $__________.

     "Class A Interest Shortfall" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(a).

     "Class A Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the initial
principal balance of the Class A Certificates less the Class A Percentage of the
initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class A Percentage of any
withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.18 in connection
with (i) during the Funding Period, the addition of Receivables to the Trust or
payment of principal to the Series 1995-1 Certificates or (ii) at the end of the
Funding Period, for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from the
Pre-Funding Account) made to Class A Certificateholders prior to such date,
minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior
Determination Dates, and plus (d) the aggregate amount allocated and available
on all prior Business Days pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(vi) (including amounts
applied pursuant to such subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and
(b) and Section 4.14(a), (b) and (c)) for the purpose of reimbursing amounts
deducted pursuant to the foregoing clause (c).

     "Class A Investor Charge-Off" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.13(d).

     "Class A Monthly Interest" means the interest distributable in respect of
the Class A Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(a).

     "Class A Percentage" means the percentage derived from the fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class A Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of
which is the sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial
Invested Amount and the Class C Initial Invested Amount.

     "Class A Pre-Funded Amount" means the product of the Pre-Funded Amount and
the Class A Percentage.

     "Class A Principal" means the principal distributable in respect of the
Class A Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.7(a).

     "Class A Required Amount" means the amount determined by the Servicer on
each Business Day in a Monthly Period equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) Class A Monthly Interest for the prior Monthly Period, (ii) any Class
A Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus any
Class A Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class A
Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, (iii) if Green Tree or an
Affiliate of Green Tree is no longer the Servicer, the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage of the Servicing Fee

                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>
 
for the prior Monthly Period and (iv) the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage
of the Investor Default Amount, to the extent not previously paid, for any
Business Day in the prior Monthly Period over (y) the Series Available Interest
Collections plus any Excess Interest Collections from other Series allocated
with respect to the amounts described in clauses (x)(i) through (iv).

     "Class A Scheduled Payment Date" means the Distribution Date in April 2002.

     "Class B Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(b).

     "Class B Certificate Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period, the lesser of (i) the applicable LIBOR plus .__% per annum or (ii) the
applicable Net Receivables Rate.

     "Class B Certificateholder" means the Person in whose name a Class B
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

     "Class B Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the Series
1998-2 Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the Class B Certificates.

     "Class B Certificates" means any of the certificates executed by the
Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in
the form of Exhibit B hereto.

     "Class B Daily Principal Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.9(c)(ii).

     "Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) with respect to
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than
zero, zero, and (ii) for any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested
Amount is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Class B Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving
Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool
Balance and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of
the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate
the allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class B Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding Business Day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding
Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>
 
     "Class B Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial principal
amount of the Class B Certificates, which is $__________.

     "Class B Interest Shortfall" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(b).

     "Class B Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the
initial principal balance of the Class B Certificates less the Class B
Percentage of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class B
Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to Section
4.18 in connection with (i) during the Funding Period, the addition of
Receivables to the Trust or payment of principal to the Series 1995-1
Certificates or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period, for deposit into the
Excess Funding Account minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments
(except principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class B
Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of the
Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Determination Dates equal to the
amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced to fund the
Investor Default Amounts on all prior Determination Dates pursuant to Section
4.13(c), minus (d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections for which neither the Class D Invested Amount nor the Class C
Invested Amount has been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates, and plus
(e) the aggregate amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(viii) (including amounts applied pursuant to such
subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) and Section 4.14(a)
and (b)) for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the
foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

     "Class B Investor Charge-Off" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.13(c).

     "Class B Monthly Interest" means the interest distributable in respect of
the Class B Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(b).

     "Class B Percentage" means the percentage derived from the fraction the
numerator of which is the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of
which is the sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial
Invested Amount and the Class C Initial Invested Amount.

     "Class B Pre-Funded Amount" means the product of the Pre-Funded Amount and
the Class B Percentage.

     "Class B Principal" means the principal distributable in respect of the
Class B Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.7(b).

     "Class B Principal Commencement Date" means the earliest of (a) the Class B
Scheduled Payment Date, (b) the Distribution Date during the Early Amortization
Period on which the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full or, if there are no

                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>
 
Principal Collections allocable to the Series 1998-2 Investor Certificates
remaining after payments have been made to the Class A Certificates on such
Distribution Date, the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date on
which the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full and (c) the Distribution Date
following a sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set forth in Sections
2.4(d), 9.2, 10.2, 12.1 or 12.2 of the Agreement and Section 3 of this Series
Supplement.

     "Class B Required Amount" means the amount determined by the Servicer on
each Business Day in a Monthly Period equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) Class B Monthly Interest for the prior Monthly Period, (ii) any Class
B Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus any
Class B Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class B
Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, (iii) if Green Tree or an
Affiliate of Green Tree is no longer the Servicer, the Class B Floating
Allocation Percentage of the Servicing Fee for the prior Monthly Period and
(iv) the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage of the Investor Default Amount,
to the extent not previously paid, for any Business Day in the prior Monthly
Period over (y) the Series Available Interest Collections plus any Excess
Interest Collections from other Series allocated with respect to the amounts
described in clauses (x)(i) through (iv).

     "Class B Scheduled Payment Date" means the Distribution Date in May 2002.

     "Class C Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(c).

     "Class C Certificate Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period, the lesser of (i) the applicable LIBOR plus .__% per annum or (ii) the
applicable Net Receivables Rate.

     "Class C Certificateholder" means the Person in whose name a Class C
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

     "Class C Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the Series
1998-2 Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the Class C Certificates.

     "Class C Certificates" means any of the certificates executed by the
Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in
the form of Exhibit C hereto.

     "Class C Daily Principal Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.9(c)(iii).

     "Class C Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) with respect to
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than
zero, zero, and (ii) for any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested
Amount is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Class C

                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>
 
Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the preceding
Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class C Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class C Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding Business Day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding
Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class C Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial principal
amount of the Class C Certificates, which is $__________.

     "Class C Interest Shortfall" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(c).

     "Class C Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the
initial principal balance of the Class C Certificates less the Class C
Percentage of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class C
Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to Section
4.18 in connection with (i) during the Funding Period, the addition of
Receivables to the Trust or payment of principal to the Series 1995-1
Certificates or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period, for deposit into the
Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments
(except principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class C
Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of the
Class C Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates equal to the
amount by which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced to fund the
Investor Default Amounts on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to Section
4.13(b), minus (d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal Collections for which the Class D
Invested Amount has not been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates (provided
that the Class C Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero), and plus
(e) the aggregate amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(ix) (including amounts applied pursuant to such
subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) and Section 4.14(a)
for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing
clauses (c) and (d).

     "Class C Investor Charge-Off" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.13(b).

                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>
 
     "Class C Monthly Interest" means the interest distributable in respect of
the Class C Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(c).

     "Class C Percentage" means the percentage derived from the fraction the
numerator of which is the Class C Invested Initial Amount and the denominator of
which is the sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial
Invested Amount and the Class C Initial Invested Amount.

     "Class C Pre-Funded Amount" means the product of the Pre-Funded Amount and
the Class C Percentage.

     "Class C Principal" means the principal distributable in respect of the
Class C Certificates as calculated in accordance with Section 4.7(c).

     "Class C Principal Commencement Date" means the earlier of (a) the
Distribution Date on which the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full or, if
there are no Principal Collections allocable to the Series 1998-2 Investor
Certificates remaining after payments have been made to the Class B Certificates
on such Distribution Date, the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date
on which the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full and (b) the Distribution
Date following a sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set forth in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 1998-2 Series Supplement.

     "Class C Required Amount" means the amount determined by the Servicer on
each Business Day in a Monthly Period equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) if the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates have been
reduced to zero, interest accrued on the Class C Certificates for the prior
Monthly Period, (ii) if the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates have
been reduced to zero, any interest due on the Class C Certificates but not paid
on any previous Distribution Date plus any Class C Additional Interest
previously due but not paid to the Class C Certificateholders on a prior
Distribution Date, (iii) if Green Tree or an Affiliate of Green Tree is no
longer the Servicer, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage of the Servicing
Fee for the prior Monthly Period and (iv) the Class C Floating Allocation
Percentage of the Investor Default Amount, to the extent not previously paid,
for any Business Day in the prior Monthly Period over (y) the Series Available
Interest Collections plus any Excess Interest Collections from other Series
allocated with respect to the amounts described in clauses (x)(i) through (iv).

     "Class D Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(d).

     "Class D Certificate Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period, the lesser of (i) the applicable LIBOR plus .__% per annum or (ii) the
applicable Net Receivables Rate.

                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>
 
     "Class D Certificateholder" means the person in whose name a Class D
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

     "Class D Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the Series
1998-2 Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the Class D Certificates.

     "Class D Certificates" means any of the certificates executed by the
Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in
the form of Exhibit D hereto.

     "Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) with respect to
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than
zero, zero, and (ii) for any Business Day on which the Pre-allocated Invested
Amount is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Class D Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving
Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool
Balance and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of
the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate
the allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class D Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class D Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding Business Day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the preceding
Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class D Incremental Invested Amount" means, for any Monthly Period, the
product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which the Invested Amount (exclusive
of the Class D Incremental Invested Amount) on the last day of the immediately
preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Pool Balance on
such last day, times (b) the Overconcentration Amount for the Distribution Date
related to such Monthly Period.

     "Class D Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial principal
amount of the Class D Certificates, which is $__________.

     "Class D Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the Class D Initial
Invested Amount, plus (b) the Class D Incremental Invested Amount for the
related Monthly Period, plus (c) any Additional Class D Invested Amount, minus
(d) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class D
Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (e) the aggregate amount of Class D
Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates equal to the amount by
which the Class D Invested Amount has been reduced to fund Investor Default
Amounts on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(a), minus
(f) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class D

                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>
 
Principal Collections for all prior Distribution Dates, plus (g) the aggregate
amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days pursuant to subsection
4.9(a)(x) (including amounts applied pursuant to such subsection but funded
pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b)) for the purpose of reimbursing amounts
deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (e) and plus (f).

     "Class D Investor Charge-Off" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.13(a).

     "Class D Investor Default Amount" means the portion of all Defaulted
Receivables in an amount equal to the product of (a) the Class D Floating
Allocation Percentage and (b) the aggregate principal amount (exclusive of the
portion thereof allocable to the Discount Factor, if any) of Defaulted
Receivables identified since the prior reporting date.

     "Class D Principal" means the principal distributable in respect of the
Class D Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.7(d).

     "Class D Principal Payment Commencement Date" means the earlier of (a) the
Distribution Date on which the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full or, if
there are no Principal Collections allocable to the Series 1998-2 Investor
Certificates remaining after payments have been made to the Class C Certificates
on such Distribution Date, the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date
on which the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full and (b) the Distribution
Date following a sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set forth in Pooling
and Servicing Agreement and the 1998-2 Series Supplement.

     "Class D Subaccount" means a subaccount of the Excess Funding Account, into
which Principal Collections allocable to Class D Certificates will be deposited
during any Early Amortization Period.

     "Controlled Accumulation Amount" means the quotient derived from dividing
the Class A Invested Amount as of the Distribution Date in November 2001 (after
giving effect to any changes therein on such date) by the Accumulation Period
Length.

     "Controlled Accumulation Period" means, with respect to the Series 1998-2
Certificates, unless a Pay Out Event shall have occurred with respect to such
Series prior thereto, the period commencing on the Accumulation Period
Commencement Date and ending upon the earliest to occur of (i) the commencement
of the Early Amortization Period, (ii) the Initial Principal Payment Date,
(iii) payment in full to the Investor Certificateholders of the Invested Amount,
and (iv) the Series 1998-2 Termination Date.

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>
 
     "Controlled Deposit Amount" means, for any Monthly Period, the sum of the
(i) Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Monthly Period plus (ii) the
Accumulation Shortfall for the related Monthly Period.

     "Distribution Date" means the 13th day of each month, or if such day is not
a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, beginning October 13, 1998.

     "Early Amortization Period" means the period beginning on the earlier of
(a) the first day of the Monthly Period preceding the Initial Principal Payment
Date and (b) the date that a Pay Out Event occurs, and ending on the earlier of
(i) the date on which the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount,
the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount have been paid in
full and (ii) the Series 1998-2 Termination Date.

     "Enhancement" means, with respect to the Class A Certificates, the
subordination of the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and
the Class D Invested Amount, with respect to the Class B Certificates, the
subordination of the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount,
and with respect to the Class C Certificates, the subordination of the Class D
Invested Amount.

     "Excess Interest Collections" means, with respect to any Business Day, as
the context requires, either (x) the amount described in subsection 4.9(a)(xiv)
allocated to the Series 1998-2 Certificates but available to cover shortfalls in
amounts paid from Interest Collections for other Series, if any, or (y) the
aggregate amount of Interest Collections allocable to other Series in excess of
the amounts necessary to make required payments with respect to such Series, if
any, and available to cover shortfalls with respect to the Series 1998-2
Certificates.

     "Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) for any Business Day on
which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than zero, zero, and (ii) for
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Investmented Amount is zero, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount or the
Class D Invested Amount, respectively, at the end of the last day of the
Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the Pool
Balance (plus amounts, if any, on deposit in the Excess Funding Account) at the
end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to
calculate allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all
Series.

     "Floating Allocation Percentage" means for any Business Day, the sum of the
Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage and the Class D Floating
Allocation Percentage.

     "Full Invested Amount" shall mean $__________.

                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>
 
     "Funding Period" shall mean the period from and including the Series 1998-2
Issuance Date to but excluding the earlier of (x) the first day for which the
Invested Amount equals the Full Invested Amount; (y) the first day on which a
Pay Out Event is deemed to occur and (z) the first day of the March 1999 Monthly
Period.

     "Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial principal amount of
the Investor Certificates of Series 1998-2 less the Initial Pre-Funded Amount,
or $__________.

     "Initial Pre-Funded Amount" shall mean $_________.

     "Initial Principal Payment Date" means initially the [April 2001]
Distribution Date, but will successively and automatically be extended to the
next Distribution Date after the then-current Initial Principal Payment Date
unless the Servicer elects not to so extend; provided, however, that the Initial
Principal Payment Date may not be later than the Class A Scheduled Payment Date.

     "Interest Accrual Period" means, with respect to a Distribution Date, the
period from and including the preceding Distribution Date (or, in the case of
the first Distribution Date, from and including the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date)
to but excluding such Distribution Date.

     "Invested Amount" means, when used with respect to any Business Day, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount as of such Business
Day, (b) the Class B Invested Amount as of such Business Day, (c) the Class C
Invested Amount as of such Business Day and (d) the Class D Invested Amount as
of such Business Day.

     "Investor Certificateholder" means the Holder of record of an Investor
Certificate of Series 1998-2.

     "Investor Certificates" means the Class A Certificates, the Class B
Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D Certificates.

     "Investor Charge-Off" means the sum of the Class A Investor Charge-Off, the
Class B Investor Charge-Off, the Class C Investor Charge-Off and the Class D
Investor Charge-Off.

     "Investor Default Amount" means, with respect to each Business Day, an
amount equal to the product of the Floating Allocation Percentage applicable for
such Business Day and the principal amount (exclusive of the portion thereof
allocable to the Discount Factor, if any) of Defaulted Receivables identified
since the prior Business Day.

     "Investor Percentage" means for any Business Day, (a) with respect to
Interest Receivables and Defaulted Receivables at any time or Principal
Receivables during

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>
 
the Revolving Period, the Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) with respect to
Principal Receivables during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early
Amortization Period, the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage.

     "LIBOR" means, for any Interest Accrual Period, the London interbank
offered quotations for one-month Dollar deposits on the related LIBOR
Determination Date determined by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions
of Section 4.15.

     "LIBOR Determination Date" means, for any Interest Accrual Period following
the initial Interest Accrual Period, the second Business Day prior to the
commencement of the second and each subsequent Interest Accrual Period.  With
respect to the initial Interest Accrual Period, the Trustee will determine LIBOR
on September 10, 1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to but excluding
October 13, 1998.  For purposes of this definition, the term "Business Day"
means any day on which banks in London and New York are open for the transaction
of international business.

     "Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables" means the sum of all numerators
used to calculate the allocation percentages with respect to Principal
Collections for all Series.

     "Minimum Transferor Interest" means, as of any date of determination, the
sum of the product for each Series of (i) the Minimum Transferor Percentage for
such Series, times (ii) the Invested Amount for such Series.

     "Minimum Transferor Percentage" is 4% with respect to the Series 1998-2
Certificates.

     "Monthly Payment Rate" means, for any Monthly Period, the percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate of the
Receivables balances (without deducting therefrom the discount portion, if any)
collected during such Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the average
daily aggregate Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom the discount
portion, if any) for such Monthly Period.

     "Monthly Period" shall have the meaning specified in the Agreement, except
that the first Monthly Period with respect to the Series 1998-2 Certificates
shall begin on and include [September 14], 1998.

     "Monthly Servicing Fee" means the portion of the servicing fee allocable to
the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders' Interest during each Monthly Period, which
will be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (x) the Servicing Fee Rate per
annum and (y) the Invested Amount on the first day of such Monthly Period or, in
the case of the first Distribution Date, the initial principal amount of the
Series 1998-2 Certificates.

                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>
 
     "Negative Carry Amount" means, for any Business Day, to the extent that any
amounts are on deposit in the Excess Funding Account or the Pre-Funding Account
on such Business Day, an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of
(a) the Base Rate, (b) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account and the Pre-Funding Account and (c) the number of days elapsed since the
previous Business Day divided by the actual number of days in such year over
(y) the aggregate amount of all earnings since the previous Business Day
available from the Cash Equivalents in which funds on deposit in the Excess
Funding Account and the Pre-Funding Account are invested.

     "Net Receivables Rate" means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of (i) the
weighted average of the interest rates borne by the Receivables during the
second preceding Monthly Period (because interest payments on the Receivables at
such rates will be due and payable in the Monthly Period preceding such
Distribution Date), plus (ii) the product of (x) the Monthly Payment Rate for
the Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date, the (y) Discount Factor, if
any, for such Distribution Date, and (z) twelve, less 2% per annum, unless the
Servicing Fee has been waived for such Monthly Period.

     "Paying Agent" means, for the Series 1998-2 Certificates, Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association and Banque de Luxembourg.

     "Period Length Determination Date" means the Determination Date immediately
preceding the November 2001 Distribution Date and each Determination Date
thereafter until the Controlled Accumulation Period commences.

     "Portfolio Yield" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Series
Available Interest Collections for such Monthly Period, calculated on a cash
basis, minus the aggregate Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period, and
the denominator of which is the average daily Invested Amount plus the Pre-
Funded Amount during the preceding Monthly Period.

     "Pre-Allocated Invested Amount" means (a) on any date prior to the
Distribution Date on which the Series 1995-1 Certificates are paid in full, an
amount equal to the amount of principal paid on the Series 1995-1 Certificates
on the September 1998 Distribution Date plus the aggregate amount of principal
payments made on the Series 1995-1 Certificates on each Distribution Date
thereafter, and (b) thereafter, zero.-

     "Pre-Funded Amount" shall mean (a) the Initial Pre-Funded Amount, minus
(b) the amount of any increases in the Invested Amount during the Funding Period
pursuant to Section 4.18, minus (c) the amount of any principal losses on funds
on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and minus (d) the amount withdrawn from

                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>
 
the Pre-Funding Account and deposited in the Excess Funding Account pursuant to
Section 4.17(b).

     "Pre-Funding Account" means the account established and maintained pursuant
to subsection 4.17(a).

     "Principal Funding Investment Shortfall" means, for any day, the difference
between the amount of interest actually earned on investments in the Principal
Account on any day and the amount of interest that would have been earned on
such investments at the Base Rate for such day.

     "Principal Investment Proceeds" means investment earnings (net of
investment losses and expenses) on funds on deposit in the Principal Account
during the Controlled Accumulation Period.

     "Principal Shortfalls" means the amounts representing scheduled or
permitted principal distributions to certificateholders and deposits to
principal funding accounts, if any, for any Series that have not been covered
out of the Principal Collections allocable to such Series and certain other
amounts.

     "Product Line Overconcentration" on any Distribution Date means the excess
of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in the Accounts
that represent financing for a single product line (other than Asset-Based
Receivables and Receivables that represent financing for manufactured housing)
on the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Distribution
Date over (b) 5% for marine products, 25% for recreational vehicles, and 5% for
any other products in total, of the total Principal Receivables on the last day
of such immediately preceding Monthly Period.  Notwithstanding the above, in the
case of each such Overconcentration, the percentage in clause (b) for such
Overconcentration may be increased or decreased by the Transferor, without the
consent of any Certificateholder, to a level acceptable to each Rating Agency
without any reduction or withdrawal of its rating of any Certificates rated by
it (but which may involve an adjustment, upward or downward, of certain Invested
Amounts).

     "Purchase Agreement" means the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of
December 1, 1995, between the Transferor and Green Tree Financial Corporation.

     "Qualified Institution" means a depository institution or trust company,
which may include the Trustee, organized under the laws of the United States or
any one of the states thereof, which at all items has a certificate of deposit
rating of P-1 by Moody's, of A-1+ by Standard & Poor's, of F-1+ by Fitch if
rated by Fitch or long-term unsecured debt obligation (other than such
obligation the rating of which is based on collateral or on the credit of a
person other than such institution or trust company) rating of Aaa by Moody's,
of AAA by Standard & Poor's, and of AAA by Fitch if rated by Fitch and deposit
insurance provided by the FDIC, or a depository institution, which may include
the Trustee, which is acceptable to the Rating

                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>
 
Agencies; provided, however, that no such rating shall be required of an
institution which shall have corporate trust powers and which maintains the
Collection Account, any principal account, any interest funding account or any
other account maintained for the benefit of Certificateholders as a fully
segregated trust account with the trust department of such institution which is
rated at least Baa3 by Moody's

     "Rating Agency" means each of Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a Division
of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("Standard & Poor's"), Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and Fitch IBCA, Inc. ("Fitch").

     "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.14(c).

     "Reallocated Class C Principal Collections" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.14(b).

     "Reallocated Class D Principal Collections" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.14(a).

     "Reallocated Principal Collections" means the sum of Reallocated Class B
Principal Collections, Reallocated Class C Principal Collections and Reallocated
Class D Principal Collections.

     "Reference Banks" shall mean three major banks in the London interbank
market selected by the Servicer to determine and provide LIBOR on the basis of
quotations of the offered rates for one-month United States dollar deposits
following the LIBOR Determination Date.

     "Required Amount" shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.10.

     "Revolving Period" with respect to Series 1998-2 means the period from and
including the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date to, but not including, the earliest of
(a) the Monthly Period preceding the Initial Principal Payment Date, (b) the
commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period and (b) the occurrence of a
Pay Out Event.

     "Series 1998-2" means the Series of the Green Tree Floorplan Receivables
Master Trust represented by the Series 1998-2 Certificates.

     "Series 1998-2 Certificateholder" means the holder of record of any
Series 1998-2 Certificate.

     "Series 1998-2 Certificateholders' Interest" shall have the meaning
specified in Section 4.4.

     "Series 1998-2 Issuance Date" means September 14, 1998.

                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>
 
     "Series 1998-2 Pay Out Event" shall have the meaning specified in Section 8
of this Series Supplement.

     "Series 1998-2 Termination Date" means the earlier of (i) the date in which
the final distribution of principal and interest on the Series 1998-2
Certificates is made and (ii) the __________ Distribution Date.

     "Series Available Interest Collections" shall have the meaning specified in
Section 4.9(a).

     "Series Servicing Fee Percentage" means 2.00% per annum.

     "Servicing Fee" means for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the
product of (i) one-twelfth, (ii) the applicable Series Servicing Fee Percentage
and (iii) the Invested Amount as of the preceding Determination Date, or, in the
case of the first Distribution Date, the Initial Invested Amount.

     "Servicing Fee Rate" means 2.00% per annum.

     "Shared Principal Collections" means, as the context requires, either
(a) the amount allocated to the Series 1998-2 Investor Certificates which, in
accordance with subsections 4.9(b) and 4.9(c)(v) of the Agreement, may be
applied in accordance with Section 4.3(e) of the Agreement or (b) the amounts
allocated to the investor certificates (other than Transferor Retained
Certificates) of other Series which the applicable Supplements for such Series
specify are to be treated as "Shared Principal Collections" and which may be
applied as principal with respect to the Series 1998-2 Certificates.

     "Targeted Holder" shall mean each holder of a right to receive interest or
principal with respect to the Class C Certificates (or other interests in the
Trust), other than Certificates (or other such interests) with respect to which
an opinion is rendered that such Certificates (or other such interests) will be
treated as debt for federal income tax purposes, and any holder of a right to
receive any amount in respect of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate;
provided, that any Person holding more than one interest each of which would
cause such Person to be a Targeted Holder shall be treated as a single Targeted
Holder.

     "Termination Payment Date" means the earlier of the first Distribution Date
following the liquidation or sale of the Receivables as a result of an
Insolvency Event and the occurrence of the Series 1998-2 Termination Date.

     "Transfer" shall have the meaning specified in subsection 11(a) of this
Series Supplement.

                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>
 
     "Transferor Interest Collections" means, on any Business Day, the product
of (a) the Interest Collections, (b) the Transferor Percentage and (c) the
Series Allocation Percentage for such Business Day.

     "Transferor Retained Certificates" means, with respect to Series 1998-2,
the Class D Certificates, which the Transferor retains, but only to the extent
that and for so long as the Transferor is the Holder of such Certificates.

     "Trust Accounts" means the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Account,
the Distribution Account, the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account,
the Pre-Funding Account and the Class D Subaccount of the Excess Funding
Account.

     SECTION 3. Optional Repurchase. The Series 1998-2 Certificates shall be
subject to termination by the Transferor at its option, in accordance with the
terms specified in subsection 12.2(a) of the Agreement, on any Distribution Date
on or after the Distribution Date on which the sum of the Class A Invested
Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount is reduced
to an amount less than or equal to 10% of the sum of the Class A Initial
Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the Class C Initial
Invested Amount. The deposit required in connection with any such termination
and final distribution shall be equal to the sum of the Class A Invested Amount,
the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest on the Class A Certificates, Class B Certificates and Class C
Certificates through the day prior to the Distribution Date on which the final
distribution occurs.

     SECTION 4. Delivery and Payment for the Series 1998-2 Certificates. The
Transferor shall execute and deliver the Series 1998-2 Certificates to the
Trustee for authentication in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Agreement. The
Trustee shall deliver the Series 1998-2 Certificates to or upon the order of the
Transferor when authenticated in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Agreement.
It is a condition to the issuance of the Class A Certificates that they be rated
"AAA" by Standard & Poor's, "Aaa" by Moody's and "AAA" by Fitch. It is a
condition to the issuance of the Class B Certificates that they be rated at
least "A" by Standard & Poor's, "A3" by Moody's and "AA-" by Fitch. It is a
condition to the issuance of the Class C Certificates that they be rated at
least "BBB" by Fitch.

     SECTION 5. Form of Delivery of Series 1998-2 Certificates. The Class A
Certificates, the Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D
Certificates shall be delivered as Registered Certificates as provided in
Section 6.1 of the Agreement. The Class C Certificates and the Class D
Certificates shall not be represented by Book-Entry Certificates pursuant to
Section 6.10.

     SECTION 6. Article IV of Agreement. Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 of the
Agreement shall read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement. Article IV
of

                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>
 
the Agreement (except for Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 thereof) shall read in its
entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the Series 1998-2
Certificates:

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND
                        --------------------------------
                    ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
                    -----------------------------------------

     Section 4.4 Rights of Certificateholders. The Series 1998-2 Certificates
shall represent undivided interests in the Trust, consisting of the right to
receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments with respect to
such Series 1998-2 Certificates at the times and in the amounts specified in
this Agreement, (a) the Floating Allocation Percentage and the Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage (as applicable from time to time) of Collections available
in the Collection Account, (b) funds allocable to the Series 1998-2 Certificates
on deposit in the Excess Funding Account, the Class D Subaccount of the Excess
Funding Account and the Pre-Funding Account and (c) funds on deposit in the
Interest Funding Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution Account
(for such Series, the "Series 1998-2 Certificateholders' Interest"). The Class B
Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount
shall be subordinated to the Class A Certificates, the Class C Invested Amount
and the Class D Invested Amount shall be subordinated to the Class B
Certificates, and the Class D Invested Amount shall be subordinated to the Class
C Certificates, in each case to the extent provided in this Article IV. The
Class B Certificates will not have the right to receive payments of principal
until the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full. The Class C
Certificates will not have the right to receive payments of principal until the
Class A Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount have been paid in full.
The Class D Certificates will not have the right to receive payments of
principal until the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the
Class C Invested Amount have been paid in full.

     Section 4.5  Collections and Allocation; Payments on Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate.

     (a) Collections.  The Servicer will apply or will instruct the Trustee to
apply all funds on deposit in the Collection Account and the Excess Funding
Account (including the Class D Subaccount) allocable to the Series 1998-2
Certificates, and all funds on deposit in the Interest Funding Account, the
Principal Account, the Distribution Account maintained for this Series, and the
Pre-Funding Account maintained for this Series, as described in this Article IV.

     (b) Payments to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.  On
each Business Day, the Servicer shall determine whether a Pay Out Event is
deemed to have occurred with respect to the Series 1998-2 Certificates, and the
Servicer shall allocate and pay Collections in accordance with the Daily Report
with respect to such Business Day to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate as follows:

                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>
 
          (i) For each Business Day with respect to the Revolving Period, in
     addition to amounts allocated and paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable
     Transferor Certificate or pursuant to subsection 4.3(b) of the Agreement,
     an amount equal (x) to the product of the Class D Floating Allocation
     Percentage and the amount of Principal Collections on such Business Day,
     minus (y) the Reallocated Class D Principal Collections;

          (ii) For each Business Day with respect to the Controlled Accumulation
     Period or Early Amortization Period, prior to the Business Day on which an
     amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount has been deposited in the
     Principal Account to be applied to the payment of Class C Principal, in
     addition to amounts allocated and paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable
     Transferor Certificate pursuant to subsection 4.3(b) of the Agreement, an
     amount equal to (x) the product of the Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation
     Percentage and the amount of Principal Collections on such Business Day
     minus (y) the Reallocated Class D Principal Collections; provided that if
     such Business Day is in the Early Amortization Period, such amount shall
     instead be deposited in the Class D Subaccount; and

          (iii) For each Business Day on and after the day on which Principal
     Collections are being deposited in the Principal Account pursuant to
     Section 4.9(c)(iv), the amount of payments of Principal Collections made to
     the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate shall be determined
     only as provided in subsection 4.3(b) of the Agreement.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts payable to the Transferor pursuant
to subsection 4.5(b)(i) or (ii) shall instead be deposited in the Excess Funding
Account to the extent necessary to prevent the Transferor Interest from being
less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

     The allocations to be made pursuant to this subsection 4.5(b) also apply to
deposits into the Collection Account that are treated as Collections, including
payment of the reassignment price pursuant to Sections 2.4(c) and (d) of the
Agreement and proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of the
Receivables pursuant to Section 9.2, 10.2, 12.1 or 12.2 of the Agreement and
Section 3 of this Series Supplement.  Such deposits to be treated as Collections
will be allocated as Interest Receivables or Principal Receivables as provided
in the Agreement.

     Section 4.6 Determination of Monthly Interest for the Series 1998-2
Certificates.

     (a) The amount of monthly interest (the "Class A Monthly Interest")
allocable to the Class A Certificates with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class A Certificate
Rate, (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in
such Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the
outstanding principal balance of

                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>
 
the Class A Certificates at the close of business on the first day of such
Interest Accrual Period or, with respect to the first Distribution Date, the
initial outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine an amount (the "Class A Interest Shortfall") equal to the
excess, if any, of (x) the Class A Monthly Interest for the Interest Accrual
Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y) the amount available to be
paid to the Class A Certificateholders in respect of interest on such
Distribution Date.  If there is a Class A Interest Shortfall with respect to any
Distribution Date, an additional amount ("Class A Additional Interest") shall be
payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A Certificates on each
Distribution Date following such Distribution Date, to and including the
Distribution Date on which such Class A Interest Shortfall is paid to Class A
Certificateholders, equal to the product of (i) the Class A Certificate Rate,
(ii) such Class A Interest Shortfall remaining unpaid and (iii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual
Period and the denominator of which is 360.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, Class A Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to
Class A Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

     (b) The amount of monthly interest (the "Class B Monthly Interest")
allocable to the Class B Certificates with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class B Certificate
Rate, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Accrual Period divided by
360 and (iii) with respect to the Funding Period, the outstanding principal
balance of the Class B Certificates at the close of business on the first day of
such Interest Accrual Period (or, with respect to the first Distribution Date,
the initial outstanding principal balance of the Class B Certificates) and,
after the Funding Period, the Class B Invested Amount at the close of business
on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine an amount (the "Class B Interest Shortfall") equal to the
excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate Class B Monthly Interest for the Interest
Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y) the amount available
to be paid to the Class B Certificateholders in respect of interest on such
Distribution Date.  If there is a Class B Interest Shortfall with respect to any
Distribution Date, an additional amount ("Class B Additional Interest") shall be
payable as provided herein with respect to the Class B Certificates on each
Distribution Date following such Distribution Date, to and including the
Distribution Date on which such Class B Interest Shortfall is paid to Class B
Certificateholders, equal to the product of (i) the Class B Certificate Rate,
(ii) such Class B Interest Shortfall remaining unpaid and (iii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual
Period and the denominator of which is 360.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, Class B Additional Interest shall be payable or 

                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>
 
distributed to Class B Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by
applicable law.

     (c) The amount of monthly interest (the "Class C Monthly Interest")
allocable to the Class C Certificates with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class C Certificate
Rate, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Accrual Period divided by
360 and (iii) with respect to the Funding Period, the outstanding principal
balance of the Class C Certificates at the close of business on the first day of
such Interest Accrual Period (or, with respect to the first Distribution Date,
the initial outstanding principal balance of the Class C Certificates) and,
after the Funding Period, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
Class C Certificates at the close of business on the first day of such Interest
Accrual Period.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine an amount (the "Class C Interest Shortfall") equal to the
excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate Class C Monthly Interest for the Interest
Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y) the amount available
to be paid to the Class C Certificateholders in respect of interest on such
Distribution Date.  If there is a Class C Interest Shortfall with respect to any
Distribution Date, an additional amount ("Class C Additional Interest") shall be
payable as provided herein with respect to the Class C Certificates on each
Distribution Date following such Distribution Date, to and including the
Distribution Date on which such Class C Interest Shortfall is paid to Class C
Certificateholders, equal to the product of (i) the Class C Certificate Rate,
(ii) such Class C Interest Shortfall remaining unpaid and (iii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual
Period and the denominator of which is 360.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, Class C Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to
Class C Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

     (d) The amount of monthly interest (the "Class D Monthly Interest")
allocable to the Class D Certificates with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class D Certificate
Rate, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Accrual Period divided by
360 and (iii) with respect to the Funding Period, the outstanding principal
balance of the Class D Certificates at the close of business on the first day of
such Interest Accrual Period (or, with respect to the first Distribution Date,
the initial outstanding principal balance of the Class D Certificates) and,
after the Funding Period, the Class D Invested Amount at the close of business
on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine an amount (the "Class D Interest Shortfall") equal to the
excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate Class D Monthly Interest for the Interest
Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y) the amount available
to be paid to the Class D Certificateholders in respect of interest on such
Distribution Date. If there is

                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>
 
a Class D Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date, an
additional amount ("Class D Additional Interest") shall be payable as provided
herein with respect to the Class D Certificates on each Distribution Date
following such Distribution Date, to and including the Distribution Date on
which such Class D Interest Shortfall is paid to Class D Certificateholders,
equal to the product of (i) the Class D Certificate Rate, (ii) such Class D
Interest Shortfall remaining unpaid and (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which
is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual Period and the
denominator of which is 360. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,
Class D Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to Class D
Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

     Section 4.7 Determination of Principal Amounts.

     (a) The amount of principal (the "Class A Principal") with respect to the
Class A Certificates for each Distribution Date during the Controlled
Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period shall be equal to an amount
calculated as follows:  the sum of (i) an amount equal to the product of the ABC
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and the aggregate amount of Principal
Collections (less the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections and
Reallocated Class C Principal Collections) with respect to the preceding Monthly
Period, (ii) any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (exclusive of
amounts, if any, in the Class D Subaccount) allocated to the Class A
Certificates pursuant to subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement, and any amount on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (exclusive of any investment earnings)
allocated to the Class A Certificates pursuant to Section 4.18, with respect to
the preceding Monthly Period, (iii) the amount, if any, allocated to the Class A
Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(iv), (vi), (viii) and (ix) of the
Agreement and, with respect to such subsections, pursuant to subsections 4.10(a)
and (b) and 4.14(a), (b) and (c) of the Agreement, and (iv) the amount of Shared
Principal Collections allocated to the Class A Certificates with respect to the
preceding Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.8 of the Agreement; provided,
however, that with respect to any Distribution Date during the Controlled
Accumulation Period, Class A Principal may not exceed the lesser of (i) the
Controlled Deposit Amount for such Distribution Date and (ii) the Class A
Invested Amount; provided, further, that with respect to the Series 1998-2
Termination Date, the Class A Principal shall be an amount equal to the Class A
Invested Amount.

     (b) The amount of principal (the "Class B Principal") with respect to the
Class B Certificates for each Distribution Date on or after the Class B
Principal Commencement Date shall equal an amount calculated as follows:  the
sum of (i) an amount equal to the product of the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage and the aggregate amount of Principal Collections (less the amount of
Reallocated Class B Principal Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal
Collections) with respect to the preceding Monthly Period (or, in the case of
the first Distribution Date following the date on which an amount equal to the
Class A Invested Amount is deposited in the Principal Account to be applied to
the payment of Class A Principal, the ABC

                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>
 
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections from the date on
which such deposit is made), (ii) any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account (exclusive of amounts, if any, in the Class D Subaccount) allocated to
the Class B Certificates pursuant to subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement, and any
amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (exclusive of any investment
earnings) allocated to the Class B Certificates pursuant to Section 4.18, with
respect to the preceding Monthly Period, (iii) the amount, if any, allocated to
the Class B Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(iv), (viii) and (ix) of
the Agreement and, with respect to such subsections, pursuant to subsections
4.10(a) and (b) and 4.14(a) and (b) of the Agreement with respect to such
Distribution Date and (iv) the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated
to the Class B Certificates with respect to the preceding Monthly Period
pursuant to Section 4.8 of the Agreement on or after the Class B Principal
Commencement Date; provided, however, that, with respect to any Distribution
Date during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Class B Principal may not exceed
the Class B Invested Amount; provided, further, that with respect to the Series
1998-2 Termination Date, the Class B Principal shall be an amount equal to the
Class B Invested Amount.

     (c) The amount of principal (the "Class C Principal") with respect to the
Class C Certificates for each Distribution Date beginning on or after the Class
C Principal Commencement Date shall equal an amount calculated as follows: the
sum of (i) an amount equal to the product of the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage and the aggregate amount of Principal Collections (less the amount of
Reallocated Class C Principal Collections) with respect to the preceding Monthly
Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date following the date on
which an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount is deposited in the
Principal Account to be applied to the payment of Class B Principal, the ABC
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections from the date on
which such deposit is made), (ii) any amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account (other than the Class D Subaccount) allocated to the Class C
Certificates pursuant to subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement, and any amount on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (exclusive of any investment earnings)
allocated to the Class C Certificates pursuant to Section 4.18, with respect to
the preceding Monthly Period, (iii) the amount, if any, allocated to the Class C
Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(iv) and (ix) of the Agreement with
respect to such Distribution Date and (iv) the amount of Shared Principal
Collections allocated to the Class C Certificates with respect to the preceding
Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.8 of the Agreement on and after the Class C
Principal Commencement Date; provided, however, that with respect to any
Distribution Date, Class C Principal may not exceed the Class C Invested Amount;
provided, further, thatwith respect to the Series 1998-2 Termination Date, the
Class C Principal shall be an amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount.

     (d) The amount of principal (the "Class D Principal") with respect to the
Class D Certificates for the Transfer Date preceding the Class D Principal
Commencement Date, and for each Transfer Date thereafter until the Trust is
terminated or until the Class D Invested Amount is paid in full, shall equal an

                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>
 
amount calculated as follows: the sum of (i) an amount equal to the product of
the Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections (less
the amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections) with respect to the
preceding Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date
following the date on which an amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount is
deposited in the Principal Account to be applied to the payment of Class C
Principal, the Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal
Collections from the date on which such deposit is made), (ii) any amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated to the Class D Certificates
pursuant to subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement with respect to the preceding
Monthly Period, and (iii) the amount, if any, allocated to the Class D
Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(v) and (x) of the Agreement and,
with respect to such subsections, pursuant to subsection 4.10(a) and (b) of the
Agreement with respect to such Distribution Date; provided, however, that with
respect to the Series 1998-2 Termination Date, the Class D Principal shall be an
amount equal to the Class D Invested Amount.

     Section 4.8 Shared Principal Collections. Shared Principal Collections
allocated to the Series 1998-2 Certificates and to be applied pursuant to
subsections 4.9(c)(i)(y), 4.9(c)(ii)(y), 4.9(c)(iii)(y) and 4.9(c)(iv)(z) for
any Business Day with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period shall mean
an amount equal to the product of (x) Shared Principal Collections for all
Series for such Business Day and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Principal Shortfall for the Series 1998-2 Certificates for such Business Day and
the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Principal Shortfalls for all
Series for such Business Day. For any Business Day with respect to the Revolving
Period, Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Series 1998-2 Certificates
shall be zero.

     Section 4.9 Application of Funds on Deposit in the Collection Account for
the Certificates.

     (a) On each Business Day, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee a Daily
Report in which it shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw, and the Trustee,
acting in accordance with such instructions, shall withdraw, to the extent of
the amount of the Floating Allocation Percentage of Interest Collections
available in the Collection Account and net investment earnings on amounts in
the Pre-Funding Account (the "Series Available Interest Collections"), the
amounts required to be withdrawn from the Collection Account pursuant to
subsections 4.9(a)(i) through 4.9(a)(xiv).

          (i) Class A Interest. On each Business Day during a Monthly Period,
     the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit into the Interest
     Funding Account for distribution on the next Distribution Date to the Class
     A Certificateholders, to the extent of the Series Available Interest
     Collections for such Business Day, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the
     Series Available Interest Collections and (y) the excess of (1) the sum of
     Class A Monthly Interest and Carryover Class A Interest over (2) any
     amounts with respect

                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>
 
     thereto previously deposited into the Interest Funding Account on any prior
     Business Day during such Monthly Period. Notwithstanding anything to the
     contrary herein, the portion of Carryover Class A Interest that constitutes
     Class A Additional Interest shall be payable or distributable to Class A
     Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

          (ii) Class B Interest. On each Business Day during a Monthly Period,
     the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit into the Interest
     Funding Account for distribution on the next Distribution Date to the Class
     B Certificateholders, to the extent of any Series Available Interest
     Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawal pursuant to
     subsection 4.9(a)(i), an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such
     remaining Series Available Interest Collections and (y) the excess of (1)
     the sum of Class B Monthly Interest and Carryover Class B Interest over (2)
     any amounts with respect thereto previously deposited into the Interest
     Funding Account on any prior Business Day during such Monthly Period.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the portion of Carryover
     Class B Interest that constitutes Class B Additional Interest shall be
     payable or distributable to Class B Certificateholders only to the extent
     permitted by applicable law.

          (iii) Monthly Servicing Fee. On each Business Day on which Green Tree
     or an Affiliate of Green Tree is not the Servicer, the Trustee, acting in
     accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from the
     Collection Account and distribute to the Servicer, to the extent of any
     Series Available Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) and (ii), an amount equal to
     the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest Collections
     and (y) the excess of (i) the Monthly Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period
     plus any unpaid Monthly Servicing Fees from prior Monthly Periods over (ii)
     any amounts with respect thereto previously distributed to the Servicer
     during such Monthly Period.

          (iv) ABC Investor Default Amount. On each Business Day, the Trustee,
     acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw
     from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Available Series 1998-2
     Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals
     pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (iii), an amount equal to the
     lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest Collections and
     (y) the sum of (1) the aggregate ABC Investor Default Amount for such
     Business Day plus (2) the unpaid ABC Investor Default Amount for each
     previous Business Day during such Monthly Period, such amount to be (A)
     treated as Shared Principal Collections during the Revolving Period, and
     (B) to the extent allocated to Class A Principal, Class B Principal or
     Class C Principal pursuant to Section 4.7 during the Controlled
     Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, deposited in the
     Principal Account for

                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>
 
     distribution to the applicable Class or Classes of Certificateholders on
     the next Distribution Date.

          (v) Class D Investor Default Amount. On each Business Day, the
     Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall
     withdraw from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Available Series
     1998-2 Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (iv), an amount equal
     to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest
     Collections and (y) the sum of (1) the aggregate Class D Investor Default
     Amount for such Business Day plus (2) the unpaid Class D Investor Default
     Amount for each previous Business Day during such Monthly Period, such
     amount to be (A) paid to the Transferor during the Revolving Period and the
     Controlled Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full of the Class C
     Invested Amount, (B) to the extent allocated to Class D Principal pursuant
     to Section 4.7 during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early
     Amortization Period following the payment in full of the Class C Invested
     Amount, deposited in the Principal Account for distribution to the Class D
     Certificateholders on the next Distribution Date and (C) during the Early
     Amortization Period prior to the payment of the Class C Invested Amount in
     full, deposited in the Class D Subaccount of the Excess Funding Account to
     be available to be applied as Reallocated Class D Principal Collections
     until the Class C Invested Amount has been paid in full and, after the
     Class C Invested Amount has been paid in full, paid to the Transferor.

          (vi) Reimbursement of Class A Investor Charge-Off. On each Business
     Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Series
     Available Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (v), an amount equal
     to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest
     Collections and (y) the unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge-Off, if any,
     which amount will be applied to reimburse Class A Investor Charge-Off, such
     amount during the Revolving Period to be treated as Shared Principal
     Collections, and during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early
     Amortization Period on and prior to the day on which an amount equal to the
     Class A Invested Amount is deposited in the Principal Account, to be
     deposited in the Principal Account for distribution to the Class A
     Certificateholders on the next Distribution Date.

          (vii) Unpaid Class B Interest. On each Business Day, the Trustee,
     acting in accordance with the instructions from the Servicer, shall
     withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit in the Interest Funding
     Account for distribution to the Class B Certificateholders on the next
     Distribution Date, to the extent of any Series Available Interest
     Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to
     subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (vi), an

                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>
 
     amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available
     Interest Collections and (y) the sum of (1) the amount of interest which
     has accrued with respect to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of
     the Class B Certificates at the Class B Certificate Rate but which has not
     been deposited into the Interest Funding Account with respect to the Class
     B Certificateholders and (2) any additional interest (to the extent
     permitted by applicable law) at the Class B Certificate Rate accrued on
     interest that was due during a prior Monthly Period pursuant to this
     subsection but was not deposited in the Interest Funding Account or paid to
     the Class B Certificateholders.

          (viii) Reimbursement of Class B Investor Charge-Off. On each Business
     Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Series
     Available Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (vii), an amount
     equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest
     Collections and (y) the unreimbursed amount by which the Class B Invested
     Amount has been reduced on prior Business Days pursuant to clauses (c) and
     (d) of the definition of Class B Invested Amount, if any, such amount, (i)
     during the Revolving Period, to be treated as Shared Principal Collections,
     (ii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period
     but prior to the Class B Principal Commencement Date, to be deposited in
     the Principal Account for distribution to the Class A Certificateholders on
     the next Distribution Date, and (iii) during the Controlled Accumulation
     Period or Early Amortization Period, on and after the Class B Principal
     Commencement Date but prior to the Class C Principal Commencement Date, to
     be deposited in the Principal Account for payment to the Class B
     Certificateholders on the next Distribution Date.

          (ix) Reimbursement of Class C Investor Charge-Off. On each Business
     Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Series
     Available Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (viii), an amount
     equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest
     Collections and (y) the unreimbursed amount by which the Class C Invested
     Amount has been reduced on prior Business Days pursuant to clauses (c) and
     (d) of the definition of Class C Invested Amount, if any, such amount, (i)
     during the Revolving Period, to be treated as Shared Principal Collections,
     (ii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period
     but prior to the Class B Principal Commencement Date, to be deposited in
     the Principal Account for distribution to the Class A Certificateholders on
     the next Distribution Date, (iii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period
     or Early Amortization Period, on and after the Class B Principal
     Commencement Date but prior to the Class C Principal Commencement Date, to
     be deposited in the

                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>
 
     Principal Account for distribution to the Class B Certificateholders on the
     next Distribution Date and (iv) on and after Class C Principal Commencement
     Date, to be deposited in the Principal Account for payment to the Class C
     Certificateholders on the next Distribution Date.

          (x) Reimbursement of Class D Investor Charge-Off. On each Business
     Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Series
     Available Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (ix), an amount equal
     to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest
     Collections and (y) the unreimbursed amount by which the Class D Invested
     Amount has been reduced on prior Business Days pursuant to clauses (e) and
     (f) of the definition of Class D Invested Amount, if any, such amount, (i)
     during the Revolving Period, and during the Controlled Accumulation Period
     on and prior to the day on which an amount equal to the Class C Invested
     Amount is deposited in the Principal Account, paid to the Transferor, (ii)
     during the Early Amortization Period, be deposited in the Class D
     Subaccount of the Excess Funding Account, to be held until the Class C
     Invested Amount has been paid in full, and to be available to be applied as
     Reallocated Class D Principal Collections and (iii) during the Controlled
     Accumulation Period on and after the day the deposit to the Principal
     Account with respect to Class C Invested Amount referred to in clause (i)
     has been made, deposited in the Principal Account for payment to the Class
     D Certificateholders.

          (xi) Unpaid Class C Interest. On each Business Day, the Trustee,
     acting in accordance with the instructions from the Servicer, shall
     withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit in the Interest Funding
     Account for distribution to the Class C Certificateholders on the next
     Distribution Date, to the extent of any Series Available Interest
     Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to
     subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (x), an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any
     such remaining Series Available Interest Collections and (y) the excess of
     (1) the sum of the Class C Monthly Interest and Carryover Class C Interest
     over (2) any amounts with respect thereto previously deposited into the
     Interest Funding Account on any prior Business Day during such Monthly
     Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the portion of
     Carryover Class C Interest that constitutes Class C Additional Interest
     shall be payable or distributable to Class C Certificateholders only to the
     extent permitted by applicable law.

          (xii) Unpaid Class D Interest. On each Business Day, the Trustee,
     acting in accordance with the instructions from the Servicer, shall
     withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit in the Interest Funding
     Account for distribution to the Class D Certificateholders on the next
     Distribution Date, to the extent of any Series Available Interest
     Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to
     subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xi), an

                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>
 
     amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available
     Interest Collections and (y) the sum of (1) the amount of interest which
     has accrued with respect to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of
     the Class D Certificates at the Class D Certificate Rate but which has not
     been deposited into the Interest Funding Account with respect to the Class
     D Certificateholders and (2) any additional interest (to the extent
     permitted by applicable law) at the Class D Certificate Rate accrued on
     interest that was due during a prior Monthly Period pursuant to this
     subsection but was not deposited in the Interest Funding Account or paid to
     the Class D Certificateholders.

          (xiii) Monthly Servicing Fee. On each Business Day, if Green Tree or
     an Affiliate of Green Tree is the Servicer, the Trustee, acting in
     accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from the
     Collection Account and distribute to the Servicer, to the extent of Series
     Available Interest Collections for such Business Day (after giving effect
     to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xii) of the
     Agreement), the Monthly Servicing Fee accrued since the preceding Business
     Day plus any Monthly Servicing Fee due with respect to any prior Business
     Day but not distributed to the Servicer.

          (xiv) Excess Interest Collections. Any amounts remaining in the
     Collection Account to the extent of any Series Available Interest
     Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to
     subsection 4.9(a)(i) through (xiii), shall be treated as Excess Interest
     Collections, and the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing on each
     Business Day to withdraw such amounts from the Collection Account and to
     first make such amounts available to pay to Certificateholders of other
     Series to the extent of shortfalls, if any, in amounts payable to such
     certificateholders from Interest Collections allocated to such other
     Series, then to pay any unpaid commercially reasonable costs and expenses
     of a Successor Servicer, if any, and then pay any remaining Excess Interest
     Collections to the Transferor.

     (b) For each Business Day with respect to the Revolving Period, the funds
on deposit in the Collection Account to the extent of the product of (i) the sum
of the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage and the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage and (ii) Principal
Collections with respect to such Business Day (less the amount of
Reallocated Class C Principal Collections and Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections on such Business Day) will be treated as Shared Principal
Collections and applied, pursuant to the written direction of the Servicer in
the Daily Report for such Business Day, as provided in Section 4.3(e) of the
Agreement.

     (c) For each Business Day on and after the Accumulation Period Commencement
Date or the commencement of the Early Amortization Period, the amount of funds
on deposit in the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account

                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>
 
and the Pre- Funding Account as described below will be distributed, pursuant to
the written direction of the Servicer in the Daily Report for such Business Day,
in the following priority:

          (i) on and prior to the day on which an amount equal to the Class A
     Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account to be applied
     to the payment of Class A Principal, an amount (not in excess of the Class
     A Invested Amount) equal to the sum of (v) the product of the ABC Fixed/
     Floating Allocation Percentage and Principal Collections in the Collection
     Account at the end of the preceding Business Day (less the amount thereof
     to be applied as Reallocated Class B Principal Collections or Reallocated
     Class C Principal Collections on such Business Day), (w) any amount on
     deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated to the Class A Certificates
     on such Business Day pursuant to subsection 4.9(d) plus any amount
     (exclusive of investment earnings) on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account,
     (x) amounts to be paid pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(iv), (vi), (viii) and
     (ix) of the Agreement from Available Series Interest Collections and from
     amounts available pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b) and 4.14(a), (b)
     and (c) of the Agreement on such Business Day and (y) the amount of Shared
     Principal Collections allocated to the Series 1998- 2 Certificates in
     accordance with Section 4.8 on such Business Day, will be deposited into
     the Principal Account;

          (ii) on and after the day on which an amount equal to the Class A
     Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account to be applied
     to the payment of Class A Principal, an amount (not in excess of the Class
     B Invested Amount) equal to the sum of (v) an amount equal to the product
     of the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and Principal Collections
     in the Collection Account at the end of the preceding Business Day (less
     the amount thereof to be applied as Reallocated Class B Principal
     Collections or Reallocated Class C Principal Collections on such Business
     Day), (w) any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated to
     the Class B Certificates on such Business Day pursuant to subsection 4.9(d)
     plus any amount (exclusive of investment earnings) on deposit in the
     Pre-Funding Account, (x) the amount, if any, allocated to be paid to the
     Class B Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(iv), (viii) and (ix) of
     the Agreement from Available Series Interest Collections and from amounts
     available pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b) and 4.14(a) and (b) of
     the Agreement with respect to such Business Day and (y) the amount of
     Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Series 1998-2 Certificates in
     accordance with Section 4.8 on such Business Day (such sum, the "Class B
     Daily Principal Amount") will be deposited into the Principal Account;

          (iii) on and after the day on which an amount equal to the Class B
     Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account to be applied
     to the payment of Class B Principal, an amount (not in excess of the Class
     C

                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>
 
     Invested Amount) equal to the sum of (v) an amount equal to the product of
     the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and Principal Collections in
     the Collection Account at the end of the preceding Business Day (less the
     amount thereof to be applied as Reallocated Class C Principal Collections
     on such Business Day), (w) any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
     Account allocated to the Class C Certificates on such Business Day pursuant
     to subsection 4.9(d) plus any amount (exclusive of investment earnings) on
     deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, (x) the amount, if any, allocated to be
     paid to the Class C Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(iv) and
     (ix) of the Agreement from Available Series Interest Collections and from
     amounts available pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b) and 4.14(a) of
     the Agreement with respect to such Business Day and (y) the amount of
     Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Series 1998- 2 Certificates
     in accordance with Section 4.8 on such Business Day (such sum, the "Class C
     Daily Principal Amount") will be deposited into the Principal Account;

          (iv) on and after the day on which an amount equal to the Class C
     Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account to be applied
     to the payment of Class C Principal, an amount equal to the sum of (w) an
     amount equal to the product of the Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation
     Percentage and Principal Collections in the Collection Account at the end
     of the preceding Business Day (less the amount thereof to be applied as
     Reallocated Class D Principal Collections on such Business Day), (x) any
     amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated to the Class D
     Certificates on such Business Day pursuant to subsection 4.9(d), (y) the
     amount, if any, allocated to be paid to the Class D Certificates pursuant
     to subsections 4.9(a)(v) and (x) of the Agreement from Available Series
     Interest Collections and from amounts available pursuant to subsections
     4.10(a) and (b) of the Agreement with respect to such Business Day and (z)
     the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Series 1998-2
     Certificates in accordance with Section 4.8 on such Business Day (such sum,
     the "Class D Daily Principal Amount") will be distributed to the Class D
     Certificateholders; and

          (v) notwithstanding subsections 4.9(c)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), an
     amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of the amounts described
     in clauses (i)(v) and (x), (ii)(v) and (x) and (iii)(v) and (x) above over
     (B) the Class A Principal, Class B Principal and Class C Principal,
     respectively, for the related Distribution Date will be treated as Shared
     Principal Collections and applied as provided in subsection 4.3(e) of the
     Agreement.

     (d) On the first Business Day of the Controlled Accumulation Period or
Early Amortization Period, funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account
(exclusive of amounts, if any, in the Class D Subaccount) will be deposited in
the Principal Account.  Such amounts will be allocated in the following order of
priority:  (i) to the Class A Certificates in an amount not to exceed the Class
A

                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>
 
Principal for the related Distribution Date after subtracting therefrom any
amounts to be deposited in the Principal Account with respect thereto pursuant
to subsections 4.9(c)(i)(v), (x) and (y), (ii) to the Class B Certificates in an
amount not to exceed the Class B Principal for the related Distribution Date
after subtracting therefrom any amounts to be deposited in the Principal Account
with respect thereto pursuant to subsections 4.9(c)(ii)(v), (x) and (y), and
(iii) to the Class C Certificates in an amount not to exceed the Class C
Principal after subtracting therefrom any amounts to be deposited in the
Principal Account with respect thereto pursuant to subsections 4.9(c)(iii)(v),
(x) and (y). On and after the Class D Principal Commencement Date any amounts
remaining on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and allocated to the Series
1998-2 Certificates will be deposited in the Principal Account in an amount not
to exceed the Class D Invested Amount after subtracting therefrom any amounts to
be deposited in the Principal Account with respect thereto pursuant to
subsections 4.9(c)(iv)(w), (x), (y) and (z).

     Section 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount for the Series 1998-2
Certificates.

     (a) To the extent that any amounts are on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account or the Pre-Funding Account on any Business Day, the Servicer shall apply
Transferor Interest Collections in an amount equal to the sum of the Negative
Carry Amount and the Principal Funding Investment Shortfall, if any, for such
Business Day and any prior Business Day in respect of which such amounts have
not been covered pursuant to this sentence in the manner specified for
application of Series Available Interest Collections in subsections 4.9(a)(i)
through (xiii).

     (b) To the extent that on any Business Day payments are being made pursuant
to any of subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xiii), respectively, and the full
amount to be paid pursuant to any such subsection receiving payments on such
Business Day is not paid in full on such Business Day, the Servicer shall apply
all or a portion of the Excess Interest Collections from other Series with
respect to such Business Day allocable to the Series 1998-2 Certificates in an
amount equal to the excess of the full amount to be allocated or paid pursuant
to the applicable subsection over the amount applied with respect thereto from
Series Available Interest Collections and Transferor Interest Collections
(pursuant to subsection 4.10(a)) on such Business Day (the "Required Amount").
Excess Interest Collections allocated to the Series 1998-2 Certificates for any
Business Day shall mean an amount equal to the product of (x) Excess Interest
Collections available from all other Series for such Business Day for the prior
Monthly Period and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Required Amount
for such Business Day and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of
shortfalls in required amounts or other amounts to be paid from Interest
Collections for all Series for such Business Day.

     Section 4.11 Payment of Certificate Interest. On each Transfer Date, the
Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in
the Daily Report for such day, shall withdraw the amount on deposit in the
Interest

                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>
 
Funding Account with respect to the prior Monthly Period allocable to the Series
1998-2 Certificates and deposit such amount in the Distribution Account. On each
Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 of
the Agreement to (w) the Class A Certificateholders from the Distribution
Account such amount deposited into the Distribution Account on the related
Transfer Date allocable thereto pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(i), (x) the Class
B Certificateholders from the Distribution Account the amount deposited into the
Distribution Account allocable thereto pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(ii) and
(vii), (y) the Class C Certificateholders from the Distribution Account the
amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to subsection
4.9(a)(xi), and (z) the Class D Certificateholders from the Distribution Account
the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to subsection
4.9(a)(xii).

     Section 4.12 Payment of Certificate Principal.

     (a) On the Transfer Date preceding the Class A Scheduled Payment Date with
respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period or each Distribution Date with
respect to the Early Amortization Period, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such day, shall
withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit in the Distribution Account, to
the extent of funds available, an amount equal to the Class A Principal for such
Distribution Date.  On the Class A Scheduled Payment Date (or, if applicable,
such Distribution Date in respect of the Early Amortization Period), the Paying
Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 to the Class A Certificateholders
from the Distribution Account such amount deposited into the Distribution
Account on the related Transfer Date.

     (b) On the Transfer Date preceding the Class B Principal Payment
Commencement Date and each Distribution Date thereafter, the Trustee, acting in
accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for
such day, shall withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit in the
Distribution Account, to the extent of funds available, an amount equal to the
Class B Principal for such Distribution Date.  On the Class B Principal
Commencement Date, after the payment of any principal amounts to the Class A
Certificates on such day, and on each Distribution Date thereafter until the
Class B Invested Amount is paid in full, the Paying Agent shall pay in
accordance with Section 5.1 to the Class B Certificateholders from the
Distribution Account such amount deposited into the Distribution Account on the
related Transfer Date.

     (c) On the Transfer Date preceding the Class C Principal Commencement Date
and each Distribution Date thereafter, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such day, shall
withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit in the Distribution Account an
amount equal to the lesser of the Class C Invested Amount and the amount on
deposit in the Principal Account allocable to the Series 1998-2 Certificates
(after giving effect to transfers pursuant to subsection 4.12(a) and (b)). On
the Class C

                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>
 
Principal Commencement Date, after the payment of any principal amounts to the
Class B Certificates on such day, and on each Distribution Date thereafter until
the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full, the Paying Agent shall pay in
accordance with Section 5.1 to the Class C Certificateholders from the
Distribution Account such amount deposited into the Distribution Account on the
related Transfer Date.

     (d) On the Transfer Date preceding the Class D Principal Commencement Date
and each Business Day thereafter, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such day, shall
make payments of principal to the Class D Certificateholders in accordance with
subsection 4.9(c)(iv) of the Agreement.

     Any amounts remaining in the Principal Account and allocable to the
Series 1998-2 Certificates, after the Class D Invested Amount has been paid in
full, will be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied in accordance
with Section 4.3(e) of the Agreement.

     Section 4.13 Investor Charge-Off.

     (a) If, on any Determination Date, the aggregate Investor Default Amount,
if any, for each Business Day in the preceding Monthly Period exceeded the
Series Available Interest Collections applied to the payment thereof pursuant to
subsections 4.9(a)(iv) and (v) of the Agreement and the amount of Transferor
Interest Collections and Excess Interest Collections allocated thereto pursuant
to Section 4.10 of the Agreement, and the amount of Reallocated Principal
Collections applied with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.14 of the
Agreement, the Class D Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which
the remaining aggregate Investor Default Amount exceeds the amount applied with
respect thereto during such preceding Monthly Period (a "Class D Investor
Charge-Off").

     (b) In the event that any such reduction of the Class D Invested Amount
would cause the Class D Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class D
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class C Invested Amount will be
reduced by the amount by which the Class D Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not more than the aggregate Investor Default Amount for
such Monthly Period (a "Class C Investor Charge-Off").

     (c) In the event that any such reduction of the Class C Invested Amount
would cause the Class C Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class C
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class B Invested Amount will be
reduced by the amount by which the Class C Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Investor Default
Amount for such Monthly Period (a "Class B Investor Charge-Off").

     (d) In the event that any such reduction of the Class B Invested Amount
would cause the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class B

                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>
 
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class A Invested Amount will be
reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Investor Default
Amount for such Monthly Period (a "Class A Investor Charge-Off").

     Section 4.14 Reallocated Principal Collections for the Series 1998-2
Certificates.

     (a) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine the amount equal to
the lesser of (i) the Class D Invested Amount, (ii) the product of (x)(I) during
the Revolving Period, the Class D Floating Allocation Percentage or (II) during
the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, the Class D
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections
with respect to such Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the sum of
(a) the remaining Class A Required Amount, if any, with respect to the prior
Monthly Period, (b) the remaining Class B Required Amount, if any, with respect
to the prior Monthly Period and (c) the remaining Class C Required Amount, if
any, with respect to the prior Monthly Period (such amount called "Reallocated
Class D Principal Collections") and shall apply Principal Collections in an
amount equal to such amount first to the components of the Class A Required
Amount, then to the components of the Class B Required Amount and then to the
components of the Class C Required Amount in the same priority as amounts are
applied to such components from Series Available Interest Collections pursuant
to subsection 4.9(a).

     (b) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine the amount equal to
the lesser of (i) the Class C Invested Amount, (ii) the product of (x)(I) during
the Revolving Period, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage or (II) during
the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, the Class C
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections
for such Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the remaining
Class A Required Amount, if any, with respect to the prior Monthly Period over
the amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections applied with respect
thereto for such prior Monthly Period and (b) the remaining Class B Required
Amount, if any, with respect to the prior Monthly Period over the amount of
Reallocated Class D Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for such
prior Monthly Period (such amount called "Reallocated Class C Principal
Collections") and shall apply Principal Collections in an amount equal to such
amount first to the remaining components of the Class A Required Amount and then
to the remaining components of the Class B Required Amount in the same priority
as amounts are applied to such components from Series Available Interest
Collections pursuant to subsection 4.9(a).

     (c) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine the amount equal to
the lesser of (i) the Class B Invested Amount, (ii) the product of (x)(I) during
the Revolving Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage or (II) during
the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, the Class B

                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>
 
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections
for such Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the
remaining Class A Required Amount, if any, with respect to the prior Monthly
Period over the sum of the amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections
and Reallocated Class C Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for
the prior Monthly Period (such amount called "Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections") and shall apply Principal Collections equal to such amount to the
remaining components of the Class A Required Amount in the same priority as
amounts are applied to such components from Series Available Interest
Collections pursuant to subsection 4.9(a).

     Section 4.15  Determination of LIBOR.

     (a) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Trustee shall determine LIBOR on
the basis of the rate for deposits in United States dollars for a period equal
to the relevant Interest Accrual Period which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as
of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date.  If such rate does not appear on
Telerate Page 3750, the rate for the LIBOR Determination Date shall be
determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States dollars
are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on
that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to the
relevant Interest Accrual Period.  The Trustee shall request the principal
London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate.
If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that LIBOR
Determination Date shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations (rounded
upward to the nearest 0.015625%).  If fewer than two quotations are provided as
requested, the rate for that LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic
mean (rounded upward to the nearest 0.015625%) of the rates quoted by major
banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to leading
European banks for a period equal to the relevant Interest Accrual Period;
provided, however, that if the Trustee is unable to determine a rate in
accordance with one of the procedures described above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as
determined on the most recent LIBOR Determination Date.

     (b) The Class A Certificate Rate, the Class B Certificate Rate, the Class C
Certificate Rate and the Class D Certificate Rate applicable to the then current
and the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Periods may be obtained by any
Series 1998-2 Certificateholder by telephoning the Trustee at its Corporate
Trust Office at (612) 667-4959.

     (c) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Trustee shall send to the
Servicer by facsimile notification of LIBOR for the following Interest Accrual
Period.  Following the listing of the Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and for so long as such
Certificates are so listed, the Trustee shall cause the Class A Certificate Rate
and the Class B Certificate Rate as well as the amount of Class A Monthly
Interest and Class B Monthly Interest applicable to an Interest Accrual Period 
and the length of such Interest Accrual

                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>
 
Period (i) to be published in the Luxemburger Wort, and (ii) to be provided to
the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, in each case as soon as possible after its
determination but in no event later than the first day of such Interest Accrual
Period.

     Section 4.16 Determination of Accumulation Period Length. On the
Distribution Date in November 2001, the Servicer shall determine the
Accumulation Period Length, the Accumulation Period Commencement Date and the
Controlled Accumulation Amount.

     Section 4.17 Pre-Funding Account.

     (a) Establishment of the Pre-Funding Account. The Transferor hereby directs
the Servicer, for the benefit of the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders, to
establish and maintain or cause to be established and maintained in the name of
the Trustee, on behalf of the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders, with a Qualified
Institution (which initially shall be Norwest Bank Minneapolis, National
Association) a segregated trust account (the "Pre-Funding Account"), bearing a
designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the
benefit of the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders. The Transferor does hereby
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust for the benefit of
the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders, without recourse, all of its right, title
and interest in, to and under the Pre-Funding Account, any Cash Equivalent on
deposit therein and any proceeds of the foregoing, including the investment
earnings. The Pre-Funding Account shall be under the sole dominion and control
of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders. If, at
any time, the institution holding the Pre-Funding Account ceases to be a
Qualified Institution, the Transferor shall direct the Servicer to establish
within 10 Business Days a new Pre-Funding Account meeting the conditions
specified above with a Qualified Institution, transfer any cash and/or any
investments to such new Pre-Funding Account and from the date such new
Pre-Funding Account is established, it shall be the "Pre-Funding Account." In
addition, after five days' notice to the Trustee, the Transferor may direct the
Servicer to establish a new Pre-Funding Account meeting the conditions specified
above with a different Qualified Institution, transfer any cash and/or
investments to such new Pre-Funding Account and from the date such new Pre-
Funding Account is established, it shall be, for the Series 1998-2 Certificates,
the "Pre-Funding Account." Pursuant to the authority granted to the Servicer in
subsection 3.1(b) of the Agreement, the Servicer shall have the power, revocable
by the Trustee, to make withdrawals and payments or to instruct the Trustee to
make withdrawals and payments from the Pre-Funding Account for the purposes of
carrying out the Servicer's or Trustee's duties hereunder.

     (b) Administration of Pre-Funding Account. The Transferor shall on the
Series 1998-2 Issuance Date deposit in the Pre-Funding Account the Initial Pre-
Funded Amount. On the Business Day preceding each Transfer Date, the Servicer
shall withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account and deposit in the Collection
Account all interest and other investment income on the Pre-Funded Amount.

                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>
 
Interest (including reinvested interest) and other investment income on funds on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account shall not be considered part of the Pre-
Funded Amount for purposes of this Agreement. Funds on deposit in the Pre-
Funding Account shall be withdrawn by the Servicer and paid to the Transferor to
the extent of any increases in the Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.18 of
the Agreement. Following the occurrence of a Pay Out Event during the Funding
Period, the remaining Pre-Funded Amount will be applied to make principal
payments with respect to the Certificates in accordance with subsection 4.9(c)
of the Agreement. The Servicer shall withdraw the remaining Pre-Funded Amount,
if any, on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account on the first Business Day of the
March 1999 Monthly Period and deposit such amount into the Excess Funding
Account.

     (c) Investment on Funds in Pre-Funding Account. Funds on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account shall be invested in Cash Equivalents by the Trustee (or, at
the direction of the Trustee, by the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee) at the
direction of the Servicer. Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account on any
Distribution Date, after giving effect to any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding
Account, shall be invested in Cash Equivalents that will mature so that such
funds will be available for withdrawal on or prior to the following Transfer
Date. The proceeds of any such investments shall be invested in Cash Equivalents
that will mature so that such funds will be available for withdrawal on or prior
to the following Transfer Date.

     Section 4.18 Increases in Invested Amount. The Transferor may at any time
during the Funding Period determine to increase the Invested Amount up to the
Full Invested Amount to the extent there are sufficient Principal Receivables in
the Trust to permit such increase in the Invested Amount without causing a Pay
Out Event to occur with respect to any outstanding Series. Upon determining to
increase the Invested Amount pursuant to this Section 4.18, the Transferor shall
deliver to the Servicer, the Trustee and each Rating Agency an Officers'
Certificate specifying the amount of the increase in the Invested Amount the
Transferor has determined to make and certifying that no Pay Out Event with
respect to any outstanding Series will occur as a result of or in connection
with such increase in the Invested Amount. Upon receipt of such Officer's
Certificate by the Trustee, the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested
Amount and the Class C Invested Amount shall be increased pro rata by the amount
specified in such Officers' Certificate, whereupon the Trustee shall instruct
the Servicer to withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account and pay to the Transferor
an amount equal to the amount of such increase in the Class A Invested Amount,
the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount.

     Upon the withdrawal of the remaining Pre-Funded Amount, if any, on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account on the first Business Day of the March 1999 Monthly
Period and the deposit of such amount in the Excess Funding Account, the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount
shall be increased pro rata by such amount.

                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 7. Article V of the Agreement. Article V of the Agreement shall
read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the Series 1998-
2 Certificates:

                                    ARTICLE V

                      DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR
                      -------------------------------------
                               CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
                               ------------------

     Section 5.1 Distributions.

     (a) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the
Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to each Class A
Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other than as provided
in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such
Certificateholder's Pro Rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests
represented by Class A Certificates held by such Certificateholder) of amounts
on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the Class A
Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by check
mailed to each Class A Certificateholder at such Certificate-holder's address as
it appears on the Certificate Register or, in the case of Class A
Certificateholders holding Class A Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests
aggregating not less than 80% of the Class A Invested Amount, by wire transfer,
at the expense of such Class A Certificateholder, to an account or accounts
designated by such Class A Certificateholder by written notice given to the
Paying Agent not less than five days prior to the related Distribution Date;
provided, however, that the final payment in retirement of the Class A
Certificates will be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Class A
Certificates at the office or offices specified in the notice of such final
distribution delivered by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3.

     (b) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the
Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to each Class B
Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other than as provided
in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such
Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests
represented by Class B Certificates held by such Certificateholder) of amounts
on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the Class B
Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by check
mailed to each Class B Certificateholder at such Certificate-holder's address as
it appears on the Certificate Register or, in the case of Class B
Certificateholders holding Class B Certificates evidencing Undivided Interest
aggregating not less than 80% of the Class B Invested Amount, by wire transfer,
at the expense of such Class B Certificateholder, to an account or accounts
designated by such Class B Certificateholder by written notice given to the
Paying Agent not less than five days prior to the related Distribution Date;
provided, however, that the

                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>
 
final payment in retirement of the Class B Certificates will be made only upon
presentation and surrender of the Class B Certificates at the office or offices
specified in the notice of such final distribution delivered by the Trustee
pursuant to Section 12.3.

     (c) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the
Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to each Class C
Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other than as provided
in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such
Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests
represented by Class C Certificates held by such Certificateholder) of amounts
on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the Class C
Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by wire
transfer to each Class C Certificateholder to an account or accounts designated
by such Class C Certificateholder by written notice given to the Paying Agent
not less than five days prior to the related Distribution Date; provided,
however, that the final payment in retirement of the Class C Certificates will
be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Class C Certificates at the
office or offices specified in the notice of such final distribution delivered
by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3.

     (d) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the
Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to each Class D
Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other than as provided
in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such
Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests
represented by Class D Certificates held by such Certificateholder) of amounts
on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the Class D
Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by wire
transfer to each Class D Certificateholder to an account or accounts designated
by such Class D Certificateholder by written notice given to the Paying Agent
not less than five days prior to the related Distribution Date; provided,
however, that the final payment in retirement of the Class D Certificates will
be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Class D Certificates at the
office or offices specified in the notice of such final distribution delivered
by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3.

     Section 5.2 Certificateholders' Statement.

     (a) On the 15th day of each calendar month (or if such day is not a
Business Day the next succeeding Business Day), the Paying Agent shall forward
to each Certificateholder and the Rating Agencies a statement substantially in
the form of Exhibit C prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the Trustee and
the Paying Agent on the preceding Determination Date setting forth the following
information (which, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) below, shall be stated on
the basis of an original principal amount of $1,000 per Certificate and, in the
case of (ix) and (x), shall be

                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>
 
stated on an aggregate basis and on the basis of an original principal amount of
$1,000 per Certificate):

          (i) the total amount distributed;

          (ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to Certificate
     Principal;

          (iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to Certificate
     Interest;

          (iv) the amount of Principal Collections processed during the related
     Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Class A Certificates, the
     Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D
     Certificates, respectively;

          (v) the amount of Interest Collections processed during the related
     Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Class A Certificates, the
     Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D
     Certificates, respectively;

          (vi) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables, the Invested
     Amount, the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class
     C Invested Amount, the Class D Invested Amount, the Floating Allocation
     Percentage and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early
     Amortization Period, the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage, with
     respect to the Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of
     business on the Record Date;

          (vii) the aggregate outstanding balance of Receivables which are
     current, and those between (i) 30 and 59 days (ii) 60 and 89 days and (iii)
     90 days or more delinquent, in each case, as of the end of the day on the
     Record Date;

          (viii) the aggregate Investor Default Amount for the related Monthly
     Period;

          (ix) the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B
     Investor Charge-Offs, Class C Investor Charge-Offs and Class D Investor
     Charge-Offs for the preceding Monthly Period;

          (x) the amount of the Servicing Fee for the preceding Monthly Period;

          (xi) the remaining Invested Amount of the Series 1995-1 Certificates
     and the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount, if any, the Pre-Funded Amount, if
     any, and the aggregate amount of funds in the Excess Funding Account as of
     the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Distribution
     Date;

                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>
 
          (xii) the Monthly Payment Rate and the average daily aggregate
     Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom the discount portion, if
     any) for the related Monthly Period; and

          (xiii) each Overconcentration Amount and the Class D Incremental
     Invested Amount.

If the Class A Certificates or the Class B Certificates  are listed on the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Trustee will publish or cause to be published
following each Determination Date in the Luxemburger Wort a notice to the effect
that the reports described above will be available for review at the main office
of the Listing Agent of the Trust in Luxembourg.

     (b) Annual Certificateholders' Tax Statement. On or before March 31 of each
calendar year, beginning with calendar year 1999, the Paying Agent shall
distribute to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was
a Series 1998-2 Certificateholder, a statement prepared by the Servicer
containing the information required to be contained in the regular report to
Series 1998-2 Certificateholders, as set forth in subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii)
above, aggregated for such calendar year or the applicable portion thereof
during which such Person was a Series 1998-2 Certificateholder, together with,
on or before January 31 of each year, beginning in 1999, such other customary
information (consistent with the treatment of the Certificates as debt) as the
Trustee or the Servicer deems necessary or desirable to enable the Series 1998-2
Certificateholders to prepare their tax returns. Such obligations of the Trustee
shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially
comparable information shall be provided by the Trustee pursuant to any
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code as from time to time in effect.

     SECTION 8. Series 1998-2 Pay Out Events. The occurrence of any of the
following events shall, immediately upon the occurrence thereof without notice
or other action on the part of the Trustee or the Series 1998-2
Certificateholders, be deemed to be a Pay Out Event solely with respect to
Series 1998-2:

     (a) on any Determination Date, the average of the Monthly Payment Rates for
the three preceding Monthly Periods, where the Monthly Payment Rate for a
Monthly Period is the percentage obtained by dividing the aggregate of the
Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom any discount portion) collected
during such Monthly Period by the average daily aggregate Receivables balance
(without deducting therefrom any discount portion) for such Monthly Period, is
less than 18%;

     (b) the failure to pay the outstanding principal amount of the Class A or
Class B Certificates by the Class A Scheduled Payment Date or the Class B
Scheduled Payment Date, as applicable;

                                     - 45 -
<PAGE>
 
     (c) the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the average for each month
of the net losses on the Receivables (exclusive of the Ineligible Receivables)
owned by the Trust (i.e., gross losses less recoveries on any Receivables
(including, without limitation, recoveries from collateral security in addition
to recoveries from the products, recoveries from manufacturers and insurance
proceeds)) during any three consecutive calendar months to (ii) the average of
the month-end aggregate balances of such Receivables (without deducting
therefrom the discount portion) for such three-month period, exceeds 5% on an
annualized basis;

     (d) the sum of all Cash Equivalents and other amounts on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account represents more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables (without deducting therefrom any discount
portion) for each of six or more consecutive Determination Dates, after giving
effect to all payments made or to be made on the Distribution Date next
succeeding each such respective Determination Date; or

     (e) if Principal Collections allocable to the Class D Certificateholders'
Interest have been reallocated in any Monthly Period to cover any Required
Amounts and have not been reimbursed as of the Determination Date in such
Monthly Period.

     SECTION 9. Series 1998-2 Termination. The right of the Series 1998-2
Certificateholders to receive payments from the Trust will terminate on the
first Business Day following the Series 1998-2 Termination Date unless such
Series is an Affected Series as specified in subsection 12.1(c) of the Agreement
and the sale contemplated therein has not occurred by such date, in which event
the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders shall remain entitled to receive proceeds
of such sale when such sale occurs.

     SECTION 10. Legends; Transfer and Exchange; Restrictions on Transfer of
Series 1998-2 Certificates; Tax Treatment.

     (a) Each Class A Certificate, Class B Certificate and Class D Certificate
will bear a legend substantially in the following form:

          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF
     A SERIES 1998-2 CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS
     OF THE TRUST BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" AND SUBJECT TO
     THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY

                                     - 46 -
<PAGE>
 
     OBLIGATION IN ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING
     AGREEMENT, SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED
     IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS
     AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA,
     (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF
     1986, AS AMENDED, OR (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN
     ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

     (b) Each Class C Certificate will bear a legend substantially in the
following form:

          THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
     SECURITIES LAW. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES
     THAT THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
     TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE
     LAWS AND ONLY PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN
     INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
     INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A ("QIB") PURCHASING FOR
     ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE
     HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR
     OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR TO THE
     TRANSFEROR. EACH CERTIFICATE OWNER BY ACCEPTING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
     THIS CERTIFICATE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS
     OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QIB.

          THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED, SOLD, TRADED OR TRANSFERRED, NOR
     MAY AN INTEREST IN THIS CERTIFICATE BE MARKETED, ON OR THROUGH AN
     "ESTABLISHED SECURITIES MARKET" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7740(b)(1) OF
     THE CODE AND ANY PROPOSED, TEMPORARY OR FINAL TREASURY REGULATION
     THEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AN OVER-THE-COUNTER-MARKET OR
     ANY INTERDEALER QUOTATION SYSTEM THAT REGULARLY DISSEMINATES FIRM BUY OR
     SELL QUOTATIONS.

          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL

                                     - 47 -
<PAGE>
 
     SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF A CLASS
     C CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST
     BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" AND SUBJECT TO THE
     PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
     ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH
     PURCHASER EITHER (A) IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN
     SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS
     AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA,
     (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF
     1986, AS AMENDED, OR (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN
     ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
     LIMITATION, AN INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT OR (B) IS AN INSURANCE
     COMPANY ACTING ON BEHALF OF ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT AND (I) ON THE DATE IT
     ACQUIRES THE CERTIFICATES, LESS THAN 25% OF THE ASSETS OF SUCH GENERAL
     ACCOUNT (AS REASONABLY DETERMINED BY SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY) CONSTITUTE
     PLAN ASSETS FOR PURPOSES OF TITLE I OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE,
     AND (II) IF, AFTER THE INITIAL ACQUISITION OF THE CERTIFICATES, AT ANY TIME
     DURING ANY CALENDAR QUARTER 25% OR MORE OF THE ASSETS OF SUCH GENERAL
     ACCOUNT (AS REASONABLY DETERMINED BY SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY NO LESS
     FREQUENTLY THAN EACH CALENDAR QUARTER) CONSTITUTE PLAN ASSETS FOR PURPOSES
     OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE AND NO EXEMPTION OR
     EXCEPTION FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES APPLIES TO THE CONTINUED
     HOLDING OF THE CERTIFICATES UNDER SECTION 401(c) OF ERISA AND THE FINAL
     REGULATIONS THEREUNDER OR UNDER AN EXEMPTION OR REGULATION ISSUED BY THE
     UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR UNDER ERISA, THEN SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY
     AGREES TO DISPOSE OF ALL OF THE CERTIFICATES THEN HELD IN ITS GENERAL
     ACCOUNT BY THE END OF THE NEXT FOLLOWING CALENDAR QUARTER.
 
     (c) Each Class D Certificate will bear a legend substantially in the
following form:

          THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR
     ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED,
     SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGISTERED PURSUANT TO OR
     EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
     SECURITIES LAW. GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN

                                     - 48 -
<PAGE>
 
     FUNDING CORP. SHALL BE PROHIBITED FROM TRANSFERRING ANY INTEREST IN OR
     PORTION OF THIS CERTIFICATE UNLESS, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, IT SHALL HAVE
     DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH
     PROPOSED TRANSFER WILL NOT ADVERSELY AFFECT THE FEDERAL OR MINNESOTA INCOME
     TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF ANY OUTSTANDING SERIES OF INVESTOR CERTIFICATES OR
     THE TAXABILITY (OR TAX CHARACTERIZATION) OF THE TRUST UNDER FEDERAL OR
     MINNESOTA INCOME TAX LAWS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE TRANSFEROR BE PERMITTED TO
     TRANSFER ANY INTEREST IN OR PORTION OF THIS CERTIFICATE IF, AFTER GIVING
     EFFECT TO SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE CERTIFICATES
     WHOSE TRANSFER IS PROPOSED, MORE THAN 20% (BY INVESTED AMOUNT AND BY VALUE)
     OF THE OUTSTANDING CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY THE TRUST WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
     NO OPINION OF COUNSEL WAS ISSUED THAT THE APPLICABLE CLASS WOULD BE TREATED
     AS DEBT FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (INCLUDING THE EXCHANGEABLE
     TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE AND EACH TRANSFEROR RETAINED CLASS) WOULD NOT BE
     BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.

     (d) Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. shall be prohibited from
transferring any interest in or portion of the Class D Certificates unless,
prior to such transfer, it shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that such proposed transfer will not adversely affect the
Federal or Minnesota income tax characterization of any outstanding Series of
Investor Certificates or the taxability (or tax characterization) of the Trust
under Federal or Minnesota income tax laws. In no event shall the Transferor be
permitted to transfer any interest in or portion of the Class D Certificates if,
after giving effect to such proposed transfer, taking into account the
certificates whose transfer is proposed, more than 20% (by Invested Amount and
by value) of the outstanding certificates issued by the Trust with respect to
which no Opinion of Counsel was issued that the applicable class would be
treated as debt for federal income tax purposes (including the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate and each Transferor Retained Class) would not be
beneficially owned by Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. In no event shall any
interest in or portion of the Class D Certificates be transferred to Green Tree.
As a condition to transfer of an interest in or portion of the Class D
Certificates, the transferee shall be required to agree not to institute
against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Trust, any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding,
or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, for
one year and one day after all Investor Certificates are paid in full. The
Transferor shall provide prompt written notice to the Rating Agencies of any
such transfer.

     (e) No transfer of a Class A Certificate, Class B Certificate or Class D
Certificate will be permitted to be made to a Benefit Plan unless such Benefit
Plan, at

                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>
 
its expense, delivers to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Transferor an opinion
of counsel satisfactory to them to the effect that the purchase or holding of a
Class A Certificate, Class B Certificate or Class D Certificate by such Benefit
Plan will not result in the assets of the Trust being deemed to be "assets of
the Benefit Plan" and subject to the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA
and the Code and will not subject the Trustee, the Transferor or the Servicer to
any obligation in addition to those undertaken in the Agreement. Unless such
opinion is delivered, each person acquiring a Class A Certificate, Class B
Certificate or Class D Certificate or the beneficial ownership of a Class A
Certificate, Class B Certificate or Class D Certificate will be deemed to
represent to the Trustee, the Transferor and the Servicer that it is not (i) an
employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to
the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1)
of the Code, or (iii) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by
reason of a plan's investment in the entity.

     (f) The Transferor, the Trustee, the Servicer and each Certificateholder
each agrees that it will not make the election provided in Treasury Regulation
(S) 301.7701-3(c) to have the Trust classified as an association taxable as a
corporation.

     SECTION 11. Additional Restrictions on Transfers of Class C Certificates;
Withholding Requirements; Tax Treatment.

     (a) No Class C Certificate or any interest therein may be sold (including
in the initial offering), conveyed, assigned, hypothecated, pledged,
participated, or otherwise transferred (each, a "Transfer") except in accordance
with this Section 11. Any Transfer of a Class C Certificate otherwise permitted
by this Section 11 will be permitted only if it consists of a pro rata
percentage interest in all payments made with respect to such Holder's Class C
Certificate and no Transfers of partial interests in a Class C Certificate shall
be permitted. No Class C Certificate or any interest therein may be Transferred
to any Person (each, an "Assignee"), unless the Assignee shall have executed and
delivered the certification referred to in subsection 11(e) below and each of
the Transferor and the Servicer shall have granted its prior consent thereto.
Such consent shall be granted (assuming that all other conditions specified in
this Section 11 to such Transfer are satisfied) unless the Transferor determines
in its sole and absolute discretion that such Transfer would create a risk that
the Trust would be classified for federal or any applicable state tax purposes
as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation;
provided, further, that any attempted Transfer that would cause the number of
Targeted Holders to exceed ninety-nine shall be void; and provided, further,
that there shall not at any time be more than 5 Class C Certificateholders or
such other number as may be consented to by the Transferor, which consent may be
withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

     (b) Each initial purchaser of a Class C Certificate or any interest therein
and any Assignee thereof shall certify to the Transferor, the Servicer, and the
Trustee that it is either (A)(i) a citizen or resident of the U.S., (ii) a
corporation,

                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>
 
partnership or other entity organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or any
political subdivision thereof which, if such entity is a tax-exempt entity,
recognizes that payments with respect to the Class C Certificates may constitute
unrelated business taxable income or (iii) a person not described in (i) or (ii)
whose ownership of the Class C Certificates is effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business within the United States within the meaning of
the Code) and whose ownership of any interest in a Class C Certificate will not
result in any withholding obligation with respect to any payments with respect
to the Class C Certificates by any person or (B) an estate or trust the income
of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Each initial purchaser of a Class C Certificate also shall agree that (A) if it
is a person described in clause (A)(i) or (A)(ii) above, it will furnish to the
person from whom it is acquiring a Class C Certificate, the Servicer and the
Trustee, a properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (and will
agree to furnish a new Form W-9, or any successor applicable form, upon the
expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form) or (b) if it is a
person described in clause (A)(iii) above, it will furnish to the person from
whom it is acquiring a Class C Certificate, the Servicer and the Trustee, a
properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 (and will agree to
furnish a new Form 4224, or any successor applicable form, upon the expiration
or obsolescence of any previously delivered form and comparable statements in
accordance with applicable U.S. laws), and, in each case, such other
certifications, representations or opinions of counsel as may be requested by
the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee.

     (c) Each initial purchaser of a Class C Certificate or any interest therein
and any Assignee thereof shall further certify to the Transferor, the Servicer
and the Trustee that it has neither acquired nor will it sell, trade or transfer
any interest in a Class C Certificate or cause an interest in a Class C
Certificate to be marketed on or through an "established securities market"
within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code and any treasury regulation
thereunder, including, without limitation, an over-the-counter-market or an
interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell
quotations. In addition, each initial purchaser of a Class C Certificate or any
interest therein and any Assignee shall certify, prior to any delivery or
Transfer to it of a Class C Certificate that it is not and will not become
(unless otherwise consented to by the Transferor in its sole discretion), for so
long as it holds an interest in a Class C Certificate, a partnership, Subchapter
S corporation or grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If an
initial purchaser of an interest in a Class C Certificate or an Assignee cannot
make the certification described in the preceding sentence, the Transferor may,
in its sole discretion, prohibit a Transfer to such entity; provided, however,
that if the Transferor agrees to permit such a Transfer, the Transferor, the
Servicer or the Trustee may require additional certifications in order to
prevent the Trust from being treated as a publicly traded partnership. Each
initial purchaser of an interest in a Class C Certificate and Assignee
acknowledges that the Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Trust will not
be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation

                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>
 
is dependent in part on the accuracy of the certifications described in this
subsection 11(c).

     (d) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of a Class C Certificate at
the office of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, accompanied by a letter of
representations and certification from the prospective Class C Certificateholder
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F and by a written instrument of
transfer in the form approved by the Transferor and the Trustee (it being
understood that, until notice to the contrary is given to Class C
Certificateholders, the Transferor and the Trustee shall each be deemed to have
approved the form of instrument of transfer, if any, printed on any definitive
Class C Certificate), executed by the registered owner, in person or by such
Class C Certificateholder's attorney thereunto duly authorized in writing, such
Class C Certificate shall be transferred upon the register, and the Transferor
shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of
the designated transferee one or more new registered Class C Certificates of any
authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor.
Transfers and exchanges of Class C Certificates shall be subject to such
restrictions as shall be set forth in this Series 1998-2 Supplement and the text
of the Class C Certificates and such reasonable regulations as may be prescribed
by the Transferor. Successive registrations and registrations of transfers as
aforesaid may be made from time to time as desired, and each such registration
shall be noted on the register.

     (e) No Class C Certificate or any interest therein may be Transferred
(including in the initial offering) to (a) an "employee benefit plan" (as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), including governmental plans and church
plans, (b) any "plan" (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) including
individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans, or (c) any other entity whose
underlying assets include "plan assets" (within the meaning of Department of
Labor ("DOL") Regulation Section 2510.3-101, 29 C.F.R. (S) 2510.3-101 or
otherwise under ERISA) by reason of a plan's investment in the entity,
including, without limitation, an insurance company general account; provided,
however, that a Class C Certificate or an interest therein may be Transferred to
an insurance company acting on behalf of its general account if (i) on the date
such insurance company acquires the Class C Certificates, less than 25% of the
assets of such general account (as reasonably determined by such insurance
company) constitute "plan assets" for purposes of Title I of ERISA and Section
4975 of the Code, and (ii) such insurance company agrees that if, after the
initial acquisition of the Class C Certificates, at any time during any calendar
quarter 25% or more of the assets of such general account (as reasonably
determined by such insurance company no less frequently than each calendar
quarter) constitute "plan assets" for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Code and no exemption or exception from the prohibited transaction
rules applies to the continued holding of the Class C Certificates under Section
401(c) of ERISA and the final regulations thereunder or under an exemption or
regulation issued by the DOL under ERISA, then such insurance company will
dispose of all of the Class C Certificates then held in its general account by
the end of the next following calendar quarter; and provided, further, that the
Assignee shall have

                                     - 52 -
<PAGE>
 
executed and delivered the certification referred to in subsection 11(d) above
and each of the Transferor and the Servicer shall have granted its prior written
consent thereto.

     (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, the Trustee and
any Paying Agent shall comply with all Federal withholding requirements with
respect to payments to the Class C Certificateholders of interest, original
issue discount, or other amounts that the Trustee, any Paying Agent, the
Servicer or the Transferor reasonably believes are applicable under the Code.
The consent of the Class C Certificateholders shall not be required for any such
withholding. In the event the Trustee or the Paying Agent withholds any amount
from payments made to any Class C Certificateholder pursuant to federal
withholding requirements, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall indicate to such
Class C Certificateholder the amount withheld and all such amounts shall be
deemed to have been paid to such Class C Certificateholders and the Class C
Certificateholders shall have no claim therefor.

     (g) As described in Section 3.7 of the Agreement, it is the intention of
the parties hereto that the Class C Certificates be treated for tax purposes as
indebtedness. In the event that the Class C Certificates are not so treated, it
is the intention of the parties that the Class C Certificates to treated as an
interest in a partnership that owns the Receivables. In the event that the Class
C Certificates are treated as an interest in a partnership, it is the intention
of the parties that interest payable on the Class C Certificates be treated as
guaranteed payment and, if for any reason it is not so treated, that the holders
of the Class C Certificates be specially allocated gross interest income equal
to the interest accrued during each Interest Accrual Period on the Class C
Certificates.

     SECTION 12. Ratification of Agreement.

     (a) As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Agreement is in all
respects ratified and confirmed and the Agreement as so supplemented by this
Series Supplement shall be read, taken, and construed as one and the same
instrument.

     (b) For so long as any of the Class C Certificates are outstanding, each of
the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee agree to cooperate with each other
to provide to any Class C Certificateholders and to any prospective purchaser of
Class C Certificates designated by such a Class C Certificateholder upon the
request of such Class C Certificateholder or prospective purchaser, any
information required to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to
satisfy the condition set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

     SECTION 13. Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an

                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>
 
original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

     SECTION 14. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     SECTION 15. Instructions in Writing. All instructions or other
communications given by the Servicer or any other person to the Trustee pursuant
to this Series Supplement shall be in writing, and, with respect to the
Servicer, may be included in a Daily Report or Settlement Statement.

                                     - 54 -
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee have
caused this Series 1998-2 Supplement to be duly executed by their respective
officers as of the day and year first above written.

                             GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
                                FUNDING CORP., Transferor


                             By:________________________________________________
                                Name: Phyllis A. Knight
                                Title:  Senior Vice President and Treasurer



                             GREEN TREE FINANCIAL
                                CORPORATION, Servicer


                             By:________________________________________________
                                Name: Phyllis A. Knight
                                Title:  Senior Vice President and Treasurer



                             NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                             ASSOCIATION, Trustee


                             By:________________________________________________
                                Name: Stephen P. Seitz
                                Title:  Assistant Vice President

                                     - 55 -
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit A

                      FORM OF CLASS A INVESTOR CERTIFICATE

          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
     OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE
     TRUSTEE OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT,
     AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN
     SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND
     ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED
     BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE
     HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS
     THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF
     THIS CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS OF THE
     TRUST BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" OR SUBJECT TO THE
     PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
     ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH
     PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3)
     OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
     ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A
     PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986,
     AS AMENDED, OR (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS
     BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

No. R-1                                                             $__________

                  GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
                    FLOATING RATE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLE TRUST
                       CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1998-2, CLASS A

     Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business
from the portfolio of revolving financing arrangements (the "Accounts") of Green
Tree

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
Financial Corporation ("Green Tree" or the "Servicer") and other assets and
interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement described below.

     This certificate (a "Certificate") does not represent an interest in, or
obligation of, Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., Green Tree or any affiliate
of either of them.

     This certifies that CEDE & Co. (the "Certificateholder") is the registered
owner of a fractional undivided interest in the Green Tree Floorplan Receivables
Master Trust (the "Trust") issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1995 (the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement";
such term to include any amendment thereto) among Green Tree Floorplan Funding
Corp., as Transferor (the "Transferor"), Green Tree, as Servicer, and Norwest
Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Series
1998-2 Supplement, dated as of August 1, 1998 (the "Series 1998-2 Supplement"),
among the Transferor, Green Tree as Servicer and the Trustee.  The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as supplemented by the Series 1998-2 Supplement, is herein
referred to as the "Agreement").  The corpus of the Trust consists of all of the
Transferor's right, title and interest in, to and under the Trust Property (as
defined in the Agreement).

     This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference
is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights,
benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights,
duties and obligations of the Trustee.  To the extent not defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement.  This Certificate is one of a class of Certificates entitled "Green
Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust
Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class A" (the "Class A Certificates"), each of
which represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued
under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement,
to which Agreement, as amended from time to time, the Certificateholder by
virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the Certificateholder is
bound.

     The Transferor has structured the Agreement, the Class A Certificates, the
Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable
Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class B (the "Class B Certificates" and
collectively with the Class A Certificates the "Offered Certificates") and the
Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable
Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class C (the "Class C Certificates") with the
intention that the Offered Certificates will qualify under applicable tax law as
indebtedness, and both the Transferor and each holder of a Class A Certificate
(a "Class A Certificateholder") or any interest therein by acceptance of its
Certificate or any interest therein, agrees to treat the Class A Certificates
for purposes of federal, state and local income or franchise taxes and any other
tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
     Subject to the terms of the Agreement, no principal will be payable to the
Class A Certificateholders until the Class A Scheduled Payment Date in the
Controlled Accumulation Period.  No principal will be payable to the Class B
Certificateholders, Class C Certificateholders or Class D Certificateholders
until all principal payments have been made to the Class A Certificateholders.

     Each Class A Certificate represents the right to receive the lesser of
(i) interest at the rate of .__% per annum above LIBOR determined on September
10, 1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to but excluding October 13,
1998, and at a rate equal to .__% per annum above LIBOR determined on the
related LIBOR Determination Date for each Interest Accrual Period thereafter or
(ii) the applicable Net Receivables Rate, (such rate, as in effect from time to
time, the "Class A Certificate Rate").  Interest on the Class A Certificates
will accrue from the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date and will be distributed on
October 13, 1998, and on the 13th day of each month thereafter, or if such day
is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, a
"Distribution Date"), in an amount equal to the product of (a) the actual number
of days in the related Interest Accrual Period divided by 360, (b) the Class A
Certificate Rate and (c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
Certificates at the close of Business on the first day of such Interest Accrual
Period (or in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Class A Initial
Invested Amount).

     On the earlier of (i) the __________ Distribution Date or (ii) the first
Distribution Date following the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, interest and
principal will be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders monthly on each
Distribution Date prior to the Series 1998-2 Termination Date.  Interest for any
Distribution Date will include accrued interest at the Class A Certificate Rate
from and including the preceding Distribution Date or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date, from and including the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date, to but
excluding such Distribution Date.  Interest for any Distribution Date due but
not paid on any Distribution Date will be due on the next succeeding
Distribution Date together with, to the extent permitted by applicable law,
additional interest on such amount at the Class A Certificate Rate.

     "Class A Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the initial
principal balance of the Class A Certificates less the Class A Percentage of the
initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class A Percentage of any
withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.18 in connection
with (i) during the Funding Period, the addition of Receivables to the Trust or
payment of principal to the Series 1995-1 Certificates or (ii) at the end of the
Funding Period, for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from the
Pre-Funding Account) made to Class A Certificateholders prior to such date,
minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior
Determination Dates, and plus (d) the aggregate amount allocated and available
on all prior Business Days pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(vi) (including amounts
applied pursuant to such subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and
(b) and Section 4.14(a), (b) and

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
(c)) for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing
clause (c).

     Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid
Class A Invested Amount of the Class A Certificates, which may be less than the
unpaid balance of the Class A Certificates pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement.  All principal of and interest on the Class A Certificates is due and
payable no later than the Distribution Date in __________ (the "Series 1998-2
Termination Date").  After the Series 1998-2 Termination Date neither the Trust
nor the Transferor will have any further obligation to distribute principal or
interest on the Class A Certificates.  In the event that the Class A Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Series 1998-2 Termination Date, the Trustee
will sell or cause to be sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests
in the Receivables or certain of the Receivables up to 110% of the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and
the Class D Invested Amount at the close of business on such date (but not more
than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor Certificates),
and shall pay the proceeds to the Class A Certificateholders pro rata in final
payment of the Class A Certificates, then to the Class B Certificateholders pro
rata in final payment of the Class B Certificates, then to the Class C
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class C Certificates and
finally to the Class D Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class
D Certificates.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on
behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

                                GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
                                  FUNDING CORP., Transferor


                                By:___________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

Dated:  ________, 1998


                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Class A Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Trustee



                                By:___________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit B

                      FORM OF CLASS B INVESTOR CERTIFICATE

          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
     OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE
     TRUSTEE OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT,
     AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN
     SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND
     ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED
     BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE
     HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS
     THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO. HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF
     THIS CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS OF THE
     TRUST BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" OR SUBJECT TO THE
     PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
     ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH
     PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3)
     OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
     ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A
     PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986,
     AS AMENDED, OR (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS
     BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
 
No. R-1                                                             $__________

                  GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
                    FLOATING RATE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLE TRUST
                       CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1998-2, CLASS B

     Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business
from the portfolio of revolving financing arrangements (the "Accounts") of Green
Tree Financial Corporation ("Green Tree" or the "Servicer") and other assets and
interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement described below.

     This certificate (a "Certificate") does not represent an interest in, or
obligation of, Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., Green Tree or any affiliate
of either of them.

     This certifies that CEDE & CO. (the "Certificateholder") is the registered
owner of a fractional undivided interest in the Green Tree Floorplan Receivables
Master Trust (the "Trust") issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1995 (the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement";
such term to include any amendment thereto) among Green Tree Floorplan Funding
Corp., as Transferor (the "Transferor"), Green Tree, as Servicer, and Norwest
Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Series
1998-2 Supplement, dated as of August 1, 1998 (the "Series 1998-2 Supplement"),
among the Transferor, Green Tree, as Servicer, and the Trustee.  The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as supplemented by the Series 1998-2 Supplement, is herein
referred to as the "Agreement."  The corpus of the Trust consists of all of the
Transferor's right, title and interest in, to and under the Trust Property (as
defined in the Agreement).

     This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference
is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights,
benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights,
duties and obligations of the Trustee.  To the extent not defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement.  This Certificate is one of a class of Certificates entitled "Green
Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust
Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class B" (the "Class B Certificates"), each of
which represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued
under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement,
to which Agreement, as amended from time to time, the Certificateholder by
virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the Certificateholder is
bound.

     The Transferor has structured the Agreement, the Class B Certificates, the
Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable
Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class A (the "Class A Certificates" and
collectively with the Class B Certificates the "Offered Certificates") and the
Green Tree Floorplan

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates,
Series 1998-2, Class C (the "Class C Certificates") with the intention that the
Offered Certificates will qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and
both the Transferor and each holder of a Class B Certificate (a "Class B
Certificateholder") or any interest therein by acceptance of its Certificate or
any interest therein, agrees to treat the Class B Certificates for purposes of
federal, state and local income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on
or measured by income, as indebtedness.

     Subject to the terms of the Agreement, no principal will be payable to the
Class B Certificateholders until the Class B Principal Commencement Date, which
is the Distribution Date on which, or following the Distribution Date on which,
the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full.  No principal will be payable
to the Class B Certificateholders until all principal payments have been made to
the Class A Certificateholders.  No principal payments will be made to the Class
C Certificateholder until the Distribution Date either on or following the
Distribution Date on which the Class B Invested Amount has been paid in full.

     Each Class B Certificate represents the right to receive the lesser of (i)
interest at the rate of .__% per annum above LIBOR determined on September 10,
1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to be excluding October 13, 1998,
and at a rate equal to .__% per annum above LIBOR determined on the related
LIBOR Determination Date for each Interest Accrual Period thereafter or (ii) the
applicable Net Receivables Rate (such rate, as in effect from time to time, the
"Class B Certificate Rate"). Interest on the Class B Certificates will accrue
from the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date and will be distributed on October 13,
1998, and on the 13th day of each month thereafter, or if such day is not a
Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, a "Distribution Date"),
in an amount equal to the product of (a) the actual number of days in the
related Interest Accrual Period divided by 360, (b) the Class B Certificate Rate
and (c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class B Certificates at the
close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

     Interest for any Distribution Date will include accrued interest at the
Class B Certificate Rate from and including the preceding Distribution Date or,
in the case of the first Distribution Date from and including the Series 1998-2
Issuance Date, to but excluding such Distribution Date.  Interest for any
Distribution Date due but not paid on any Distribution Date will be due on the
next succeeding Distribution Date together with, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, additional interest on such amount at the Class B Certificate
Rate.

          "Class B Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to
(a) the initial principal balance of the Class B Certificates less the Class B
Percentage of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class B
Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to Section
4.18 in connection with (i) during the Funding Period, the addition of
Receivables to the Trust or

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
payment of principal to the Series 1995-1 Certificates or (ii) at the end of the
Funding Period, for deposit into the Excess Funding Account minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from the
Pre-Funding Account) made to Class B Certificateholders prior to such date,
minus (c) the aggregate amount of the Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all prior
Determination Dates equal to the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has
been reduced to fund the Investor Default Amounts on all prior Determination
Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(c), minus (d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated
Class B Principal Collections for which neither the Class D Invested Amount nor
the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates,
and plus (e) the aggregate amount allocated and available on all prior Business
Days pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(viii) (including amounts applied pursuant to
such subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) and Section
4.14(a) and (b)) for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the
foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

     Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid
Class B Invested Amount of the Class B Certificates, which may be less than the
unpaid balance of the Class B Certificates pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement.  All principal of and interest on the Class B Certificates is due and
payable no later than the Distribution Date in __________ (the "Series 1998-2
Termination Date").  After the Series 1998-2 Termination Date neither the Trust
nor the Transferor will have any further obligation to distribute principal or
interest on the Class B Certificates.  In the event that the Class B Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Series 1998-2 Termination Date, the Trustee
will sell or cause to be sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests
in the Receivables or certain of the Receivables up to 110% of the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and
the Class D Invested Amount at the close of business on such date (but not more
than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor Certificates),
and shall pay the proceeds to the Class A Certificateholders pro rata in final
payment of the Class A Certificates, then to the Class B Certificateholders pro
rata in final payment of the Class B Certificates, then to the Class C
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class C Certificates and
finally to the Class D Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class
D Certificates.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on
behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

                                GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
                                  FUNDING CORP., Transferor


                                By:_________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

Dated:  __________, 1998

                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Class B Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Trustee



                                By:_______________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit C

                      FORM OF CLASS C INVESTOR CERTIFICATE

          THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
     SECURITIES LAW. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES
     THAT THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
     TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE
     LAWS AND ONLY PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN
     INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
     INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A ("QIB") PURCHASING FOR
     ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE
     HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR
     OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR TO THE
     TRANSFEROR. EACH CERTIFICATE OWNER BY ACCEPTING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
     THIS CERTIFICATE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS
     OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QIB.

          THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED, SOLD, TRADED OR TRANSFERRED, NOR
     MAY AN INTEREST IN THIS CERTIFICATE BE MARKETED, ON OR THROUGH AN
     "ESTABLISHED SECURITIES MARKET" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7740(B)(1) OF
     THE CODE AND ANY PROPOSED, TEMPORARY OR FINAL TREASURY REGULATION
     THEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AN OVER-THE-COUNTER-MARKET OR
     ANY INTERDEALER QUOTATION SYSTEM THAT REGULARLY DISSEMINATES FIRM BUY OR
     SELL QUOTATIONS.

          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF
     A CLASS C CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS OF
     THE TRUST BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" AND SUBJECT TO
     THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
     ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH
     PURCHASER EITHER (A) IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN
     SECTION 3(3) OF THE

                                      C-1
<PAGE>
 
     EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT
     IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN
     SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, OR
     (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A
     PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AN
     INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT OR (B) IS AN INSURANCE COMPANY ACTING ON
     BEHALF OF ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT AND (I) ON THE DATE IT ACQUIRES THE
     CERTIFICATES, LESS THAN 25% OF THE ASSETS OF SUCH GENERAL ACCOUNT (AS
     REASONABLY DETERMINED BY SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY) CONSTITUTE PLAN ASSETS FOR
     PURPOSES OF TITLE I OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, AND (II) IF,
     AFTER THE INITIAL ACQUISITION OF THE CERTIFICATES, AT ANY TIME DURING ANY
     CALENDAR QUARTER 25% OR MORE OF THE ASSETS OF SUCH GENERAL ACCOUNT (AS
     REASONABLY DETERMINED BY SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY NO LESS FREQUENTLY THAN
     EACH CALENDAR QUARTER) CONSTITUTE PLAN ASSETS FOR PURPOSES OF TITLE I OF
     ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE AND NO EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION FROM THE
     PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES APPLIES TO THE CONTINUED HOLDING OF THE
     CERTIFICATES UNDER SECTION 401(C) OF ERISA AND THE FINAL REGULATIONS
     THEREUNDER OR UNDER AN EXEMPTION OR REGULATION ISSUED BY THE UNITED STATES
     DEPARTMENT OF LABOR UNDER ERISA, THEN SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY AGREES TO
     DISPOSE OF ALL OF THE CERTIFICATES THEN HELD IN ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT BY THE
     END OF THE NEXT FOLLOWING CALENDAR QUARTER.


No. _________                                                         $________

           GREEN TREE FLOATING RATE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
              FLOATING RATE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLE TRUST CERTIFICATE,
                             SERIES 1998-2, CLASS C

     Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business
from the portfolio of revolving financing arrangements (the "Accounts") of Green
Tree Financial Corporation ("Green Tree" or the "Servicer") and other assets and
interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement described below.

     This certificate (a "Certificate") does not represent an interest in, or an
obligation of, Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., Green Tree or any affiliate
of either of them, except to the extent set forth in the Agreement.

                                      C-2
<PAGE>
 
     This certifies that _______________________________ (the
"Certificateholder") is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest
in the Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust") issued
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1995
(the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement"; such term to include any amendment
thereto) among Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., as Transferor (the
"Transferor"), Green Tree, as Servicer, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Series 1998-2 Supplement, dated
as of August 1, 1998 (the "Series 1998-2 Supplement"), among the Transferor,
Green Tree, as Servicer, and the Trustee.  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
as supplemented by the Series 1998-2 Supplement, is herein referred to as the
"Agreement." The corpus of the Trust consists of all of the Transferor's right,
title and interest in, to and under the Trust Property (as defined in the
Agreement).

     This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference
is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights,
benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights,
duties and obligations of the Trustee.  To the extent not defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement.  This Certificate is one of a class of Certificates entitled "Green
Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust
Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class C" (the "Class C Certificates"), each of
which represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued
under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement,
to which Agreement, as amended from time to time, the Certificateholder by
virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the Certificateholder is
bound.

     The Transferor has structured the Agreement, the Class C Certificates, the
Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable
Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class A (the "Class A Certificates") and the
Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable
Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class B (the "Class B Certificates") with the
intention that the Class A, Class B and Class C Certificates will qualify under
applicable tax law as indebtedness, and both the Transferor and each holder of a
Class C Certificate (a "Class C Certificateholder") or any interest therein by
acceptance of its Certificate or any interest therein, agrees to treat the Class
A, Class B and Class C Certificates for purposes of federal, state and local
income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as
indebtedness.

     Subject to the terms of the Agreement, no principal will be payable to the
Class C Certificateholders until the Class C Principal Commencement Date, which
is the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date on which the Class A
Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount have been paid in full.  No
principal payments will be payable to the Class C Certificateholders until the
Distribution Date either on or following the Distribution Date on which the
Class B Invested Amount has been paid in full.

                                      C-3
<PAGE>
 
     Each Class C Certificate represents the right to receive the lesser of
(i) interest at the rate of .__% per annum above LIBOR determined on September
10, 1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to but excluding October 13,
1998, and at a rate equal to .__% per annum above LIBOR determined on the
related LIBOR Determination Date for each Interest Accrual Period thereafter or
(ii) the applicable Net Receivables Rate (such rate, as in effect from time to
time, the "Class C Certificate Rate").  Interest on the Class C Certificates
will accrue from the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date and will be distributed on
October 13, 1998, and on the 13th day of each month thereafter, or if such day
is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, a
"Distribution Date"), in an amount equal to the product of (a) the actual number
of days in the related Interest Accrual Period divided by 360, (b) the Class C
Certificate Rate and (c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class C
Certificates at the close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual
Period.

     "Class C Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the
initial principal balance of the Class C Certificates less the Class C
Percentage of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class C
Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to Section
4.18 in connection with (i) during the Funding Period, the addition of
Receivables to the Trust or payment of principal to the Series 1995-1
Certificates or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period, for deposit into the
Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments
(except principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class C
Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of the
Class C Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates equal to the
amount by which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced to fund the
Investor Default Amounts on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to Section
4.13(b), minus (d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal Collections for which the Class D
Invested Amount has not been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates (provided
that the Class C Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero), and plus
(e) the aggregate amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(ix) (including amounts applied pursuant to such
subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) and Section 4.14(a))
for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing
clauses (c) and (d).

     Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid
Class C Invested Amount of the Class C Certificates, which may be less than the
unpaid balance of the Class C Certificates pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement.  All principal on the Class C Certificates is due and payable no
later than the Distribution Date in __________ (or if such day is not a Business
Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the "Series 1998-2 Termination Date").
After the Series 1998-2 Termination Date neither the Trust nor the Transferor
will have any further obligation to distribute principal on the Class C
Certificates.  In the event that the Class C Invested Amount is greater than
zero on the Series 1998-2 Termination

                                      C-4
<PAGE>
 
Date, the Trustee will sell or cause to be sold, to the extent necessary, an
amount of interests in the Receivables or certain of the Receivables up to 110%
of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C
Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount at the close of business on such
date (but not more than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the
Investor Certificates), and shall pay the proceeds to the Class A
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class A Certificates, then
to the Class B Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class B
Certificates, then to the Class C Certificateholders pro rata in final payment
of the Class C Certificates and finally to the Class D Certificateholders pro
rata in final payment of the Class D Certificates.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on
behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.


                                      C-5
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

                                GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
                                  FUNDING CORP., Transferor


                                By:________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

Dated:  __________, 1998

                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Class C Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Trustee



                                By:__________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


                                      C-6
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit D

                      FORM OF CLASS D INVESTOR CERTIFICATE

          THIS CERTIFICATE WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM
     REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES
     ACT"). THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR
     ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED,
     SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGISTERED PURSUANT TO OR
     EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
     SECURITIES LAW. GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. SHALL BE PROHIBITED FROM
     TRANSFERRING ANY INTEREST IN OR PORTION OF THIS CERTIFICATE UNLESS, PRIOR
     TO SUCH TRANSFER, IT SHALL HAVE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER WILL NOT ADVERSELY AFFECT
     THE FEDERAL OR MINNESOTA INCOME TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF ANY OUTSTANDING
     SERIES OF INVESTOR CERTIFICATES OR THE TAXABILITY (OR TAX CHARACTERIZATION)
     OF THE TRUST UNDER FEDERAL OR MINNESOTA INCOME TAX LAWS. IN NO EVENT SHALL
     THE TRANSFEROR BE PERMITTED TO TRANSFER ANY INTEREST IN OR PORTION OF THIS
     CERTIFICATE IF, AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER, TAKING INTO
     ACCOUNT THE CERTIFICATES WHOSE TRANSFER IS PROPOSED, MORE THAN 20% (BY
     INVESTED AMOUNT AND BY VALUE) OF THE OUTSTANDING CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY THE
     TRUST WITH RESPECT TO WHICH NO OPINION OF COUNSEL WAS ISSUED THAT THE
     APPLICABLE CLASS WOULD BE TREATED AS DEBT FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES
     (INCLUDING THE EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE AND EACH TRANSFEROR
     RETAINED CLASS) WOULD NOT BE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
     FUNDING CORP.

          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF
     THIS CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS OF THE
     TRUST BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" OR SUBJECT TO THE
     PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
     ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH
     PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN

                                      D-1
<PAGE>
 
     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE
     RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS
     SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN
     SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, OR
     (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A
     PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

No. _____                                                            $__________

                  GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
              FLOATING RATE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLE TRUST CERTIFICATE,
                             SERIES 1998-2, CLASS D

     Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business
from the portfolio of revolving financing arrangements (the "Accounts") of Green
Tree Financial Corporation ("Green Tree" or the "Servicer") and other assets and
interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement described below.

     This certificate (a "Certificate") does not represent an interest in, or an
obligation of, Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., Green Tree or any affiliate
of either of them.

     This certifies that Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. (the
"Certificateholder") is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest
in the Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust") created
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1995
(the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement"; such term to include any amendment
thereto) among Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., as Transferor (the
"Transferor"), Green Tree, as Servicer, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Series 1998-2 Supplement, dated
as of August 1, 1998 (the "Series 1998-2 Supplement"), among the Transferor,
Green Tree, as Servicer, and the Trustee.  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
as supplemented by the Series 1998-2 Supplement, is herein referred to as the
"Agreement."

     This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference
is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights,
benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights,
duties and obligations of the Trustee.  To the extent not defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement.  This Certificate is one of a class of Certificates entitled "Green
Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floorplan Receivable Trust Certificates,
Series 1998-2, Class D" (the "Class D Certificates"), each of which represents a
fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued under and is subject
to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as
amended from time to time, the

                                      D-2
<PAGE>
 
Certificateholder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the
Certificateholder is bound.

     Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. shall be prohibited from Transferring
any interest in or portion of the Class D Certificate unless, prior to such
Transfer, it shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that such proposed Transfer will not adversely affect the Federal,
Minnesota or Delaware income tax characterization of any outstanding Series of
Investor Certificate or the taxability (or tax characterization) of the Trust
under Federal, Minnesota or Delaware income tax laws.  In no event shall Green
Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. be permitted to Transfer any interest in or portion
of the Class D Certificate if, after giving effect to such proposed Transfer,
taking into account the certificates whose Transfer is proposed, more than 20%
(by Invested Amount and by value) of the outstanding certificates issued by the
Trust with respect to which no Opinion of Counsel was issued that the applicable
class would be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes (including the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and each Transferor Retained Class) would
not be beneficially owned by the Transferor.

     Subject to the terms of the Agreement, no principal will be payable to the
Class D Certificateholders until the Class D Principal Commencement Date, which
is the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date on which the Class C
Invested Amount had been paid in full.  No principal will be payable to the
Class D Certificateholders until all principal payments have first been made to
the Class A Certificateholders and then on and after the Class B Principal
Payment Commencement Date, after all principal payments have been made to the
Class B Certificateholders and then on and after the Class C Principal
Commencement Date, after all payments have been made to the Class C
Certificateholders.

     Each Class D Certificate represents the right to receive the lesser of
(i) interest at the rate of .__% per annum above LIBOR determined on September
10, 1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to be excluding October 13,
1998, and at a rate equal to .__% per annum above LIBOR determined on the
related LIBOR Determination Date for each Interest Accrual Period thereafter or
(ii) the applicable Net Receivables Rate (such rate, as in effect from time to
time, the "Class D Certificate Rate").  Interest on the Class D Certificates
will accrue from the Series 1998-2 Issuance Date and will be distributed on
October 13, 1998, and on the 13th day of each month thereafter, or if such day
is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, a
"Distribution Date"), in an amount equal to the product of (a) the actual number
of days in the related Interest Accrual Period divided by 360, (b) the Class D
Certificate Rate and (c) with respect to the Funding Period, the outstanding
principal balance of the Class D Certificates at the close of business on the
first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

     "Class D Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the initial
principal balance of the Class D Certificates plus (b) the Class D Incremental
Invested Amount for the related Monthly Period, plus (c) any Additional Class D
Invested

                                      D-3
<PAGE>
 
Amount, minus (d) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class D
Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (e) the aggregate amount of Class D
Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Determination Dates as described in the
Agreement, minus (f) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class D Principal
Collections for all prior Distribution Dates, plus (g) the aggregate amount of
Interest Collections and Excess Interest Collections applied on all prior
Distribution Dates for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to
the foregoing clauses (e) and (f).

     Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid
Class D Invested Amount of the Class D Certificates, which may be less than the
unpaid balance of the Class D Certificates pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement.

      All principal of and interest on the Class D Certificates is due and
payable no later than the Distribution Date in __________ (the "Series 1998-2
Termination Date").  After the Series 1998-2 Termination Date neither the Trust
nor the Transferor will have any further obligation to distribute principal or
interest on the Class D Certificates.  In the event that the Class D Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Series 1998-2 Termination Date, the Trustee
will sell or cause to be sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests
in the Receivables or certain of the Receivables up to 110% of the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and
the Class D Invested Amount at the close of business on such date (but not more
than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor Certificates),
and shall pay the proceeds to the Class A Certificateholders pro rata in final
payment of the Class A Certificates, then to the Class B Certificateholders pro
rata in final payment of the Class B Certificates, then to the Class C
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class C Certificates and
finally to the Class D Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class
D Certificates.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on
behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

                                      D-4
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

                                GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
                                  FUNDING CORP., Transferor


                                By:  _________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:
Dated:  __________, 1998


                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Class D Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Trustee


                                By:  __________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                      D-5
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit E

                             FORM OF MONTHLY REPORT
                             ----------------------

                 (The numbers included in the following form are
                        for informational purposes only)

                       GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.

                            _________________________

                  GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
                            _________________________


                                 (See Attached)

                                      E-1
<PAGE>
 
                                    Exhibit F


                 Form of Representation Letter and Certification


                                                                __________, 1998

Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp.
500 Landmark Towers
345 St. Peter Street
St. Paul, MN  55102
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55479-0069
Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     This is to notify you as to the transfer of $________ of Floorplan
Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class C (the "Class C
Certificates") of Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust (the "Company").

     The undersigned is the holder of the Class C Certificates and with this
notice hereby deposits with the Trustee $________ principal amount of Class C
Certificates and requests that Class C Certificates in the same principal amount
be issued and executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee and
registered to the purchaser on __________, 1998, as specified in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as supplemented by the Series 1998-2 Supplement thereto, as
follows:

     Name:                                                       Denominations:
     Address:
     Taxpayer I.D. No.:

     In connection with the proposed purchase, the undersigned hereby confirms
that:

     1.   The undersigned (i) reasonably believes the purchaser is a "qualified
institutional buyer," as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Act"), (ii) such purchaser has acquired the Class C Certificates in a
transaction effected in accordance with the exemption from the registration
requirements of the Act provided by Rule 144A and, (iii) if the purchaser has
purchased the Certificates for one or more accounts for which it is acting as
fiduciary or agent, (A) each such account is a qualified institutional buyer and
(B) each such account is acquiring the

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
Class C Certificates for its own account or for one or more institutional
accounts for which it is acting as fiduciary or agent in a minimum amount
equivalent to not less than U.S. $250,000 for each such account.

     2.   The undersigned has neither acquired nor will the undersigned reoffer,
resell, pledge or otherwise transfer (any such act, a "Transfer") any Class C
Certificate the undersigned acquires (or any interest therein) or cause any
Class C Certificate (or any interest therein) to be marketed on or through an
"established securities market" within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and any treasury
regulation thereunder, including, without limitation, an over-the-counter-market
or an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell
quotations.

     3.   The undersigned is not and will not become, for so long as the
undersigned owns any interest in the Class C Certificates, a partnership,
Subchapter S corporation or grantor trust for United States federal income tax
purposes.  [IF THIS REPRESENTATION CANNOT BE MADE, THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER
OR THE TRUSTEE MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS.]

     4.   The undersigned is a person who is either (A)(i) a citizen or resident
of the United States, (ii) a corporation or other entity organized in or under
the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) a
person not described in (i) or (ii) whose ownership of the Class C Certificates
is effectively connected with a such person's conduct of a trade or business
within the United States (within the meaning of the Code) and our ownership of
any interest in the Class C Certificate will not result in any withholding
obligation with respect to any payments with respect to the Class C Certificates
by any person or (B) an estate or trust the income of which is includible in
gross income for United States federal income tax purposes.  The undersigned
agrees that (a) if the undersigned is a person described in clause (A)(i) or
(A)(ii) above, the undersigned will furnish to the person from whom the
undersigned is acquiring a Class C Certificate, the Servicer and the Trustee, a
properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 and a new Form W-9, or
any successor applicable form, upon the expiration or obsolescence of any
previously delivered form or (b) if the undersigned a person described in clause
(A)(iii) above, the undersigned will furnish to the person from whom the
undersigned is acquiring a Class C Certificate, the Servicer and the Trustee, a
properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 and a new Form 4224,
or any successor applicable form, upon the expiration or obsolescence of any
previously delivered form (and, in each case, such other certifications,
representations or opinions of counsel as may be requested by the Transferor,
the Servicer or the Trustee).  The undersigned recognizes that if the
undersigned is a tax-exempt entity, payments with respect to the Class C
Certificates may constitute unrelated business income.

     5.   The undersigned understands that no subsequent Transfer of a Class C
Certificate is permitted unless (i) such Transfer is of a Class C Certificate
with a

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
denomination of at least $1,000,000 and (ii) the Transferor and the Servicer
each consents in writing to the proposed Transfer, which consent shall be
granted (assuming that all other conditions to such Transfer are satisfied)
unless either the Transferor or the Servicer determines in its sole and absolute
discretion that such Transfer would created a risk that the Trust would be
classified for federal or any applicable state tax purposes as an association or
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation; provided, that any
attempted Transfer that would cause the number of Targeted Holders (as defined
in the Series 1998-2 Supplement) to exceed ninety nine shall be void; and
provided, further, that there shall not at any time be more than 5 holders of
Class C Certificates of Series 1998-2 or such other number as may be consented
to by the Transferor, which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute
discretion.

     6.   The undersigned understands that the opinion of tax counsel that the
Trust is not a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation is dependent
in part on the accuracy of the representations in paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5 above
and that, if such representations are not accurate, in addition to being subject
to having the purchase rescinded, the undersigned will be liable for damages.

     7.   The undersigned is either (a) not (i) an "employee benefit plan" (as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), including governmental plans and church
plans, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, including
individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans, or (iii) any other entity whose
underlying assets include "plan assets" (as defined in the United States
Department of Labor ("DOL") Regulation Section 2510.3-101, 29 C.F.R. (S) 2510.3-
101 or otherwise under ERISA) by reason of a plan's investment in the entity,
including, without limitation, an insurance company general account, or (b) an
insurance company acting on behalf of a general account and (i) on the date
hereof less than 25% of the assets of such general account (as reasonably
determined by us) constitute "plan assets" for purposes of Title I of ERISA and
Section 4975 of the Code, and (ii) the undersigned agrees that if, after the
undersigned's initial acquisition of the Class C Certificates, at any time
during any calendar quarter 25% or more of the assets of such general account
(as reasonably determined by us no less frequently than each calendar quarter)
constitute "plan assets" for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Code and no exemption or exception from the prohibited transaction rules applies
to the continued holding of the Class C Certificates under Section 401(c) of
ERISA and the final regulations thereunder or under an exemption or regulation
issued by the DOL under ERISA, we will dispose of all of the Class C
Certificates then held in our general account by the end of the next following
calendar quarter.

     8.   The undersigned understands that any purported Transfer of any Class C
Certificate in contravention of the restrictions and conditions set forth in
paragraphs 1 through 7 above (including any violation of the representation in
paragraph 3 by an investor who continues to hold a Class C Certificate occurring
any time after the Transfer in which it acquired such Class C Certificate) shall
be null

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
and void, and the purported transferee shall not be recognized by the Trust or
any other person as a Class C Certificateholder for any purpose.

     9.   The person signing this letter on behalf of the ultimate beneficial
purchaser of the Class C Certificates has been duly authorized by such
beneficial purchaser of the Class C Certificates to do so.

     10.  The Class C Certificates purchased by the undersigned should be
registered in the name and issued in the denominations set forth on Schedule 1
hereto.  All payments on the Class C Certificates held by the undersigned should
be wired in accordance with the instructions set forth on Schedule 1 hereto
unless the undersigned otherwise notifies the Transferor, the Servicer and the
Trustee in writing.

     You are entitled to rely upon this letter, and the undersigned understands
that, in granting their respective consents to the purchase of Class C
Certificates, the Transferor and the Servicer will rely on the undersigned's
representations and warranties in this letter and on the undersigned's
certifications in the documents (including, without limitation, the Form W-9 or
Form 4224, as applicable) delivered by the undersigned to the Transferor, the
Servicer or the Trustee in conjunction with the purchase of Class C Certificates
by the undersigned.  You are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a
copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or
official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

                                Very truly yours,

                                NAME OF HOLDER OF CERTIFICATE


                                By: __________________________
                                    Name, Chief Financial
                                    or other Executive Officer

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      Schedule 1
                                                                      ----------

                      Registration and Payment Instructions
                      -------------------------------------


Registration Instructions:
- ------------------------- 

Full Legal Name of Purchaser:___________________________________________________
Name in Which Certificates Should be Registered:________________________________
Number and Denomination of Certificates:________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________



Payment Instructions:
- -------------------- 

Name of Bank:            ___________________________________
Address of Bank:         ___________________________________
Account Name:            ___________________________________
Account Number:          ___________________________________
ABA Number:              ___________________________________
Reference:               ___________________________________



Notice Information:
- ------------------ 

Address:                 ___________________________________ 
                         ___________________________________ 
Attention:               ___________________________________ 
Telephone:               ___________________________________ 
Telefax:                 ___________________________________ 



[PLEASE ATTACH AN ORIGINAL EXECUTED U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9
AND/OR FORM 4224, IF APPLICABLE]

                                      F-5

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 4.5

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.

                                   Transferor

                        GREEN TREE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                    Servicer

                                       and

                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                     Trustee

                on behalf of the Series 1998-A Certificateholders
                                 ---------------

                            SERIES 1998-A SUPPLEMENT

                           Dated as of August 1, 1998

                                       to

                         POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 1, 1995
                                 ---------------

                  GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST

              Variable Funding Certificates, Series 1998-A, Class A

              Variable Funding Certificates, Series 1998-A, Class B

              Variable Funding Certificates, Series 1998-A, Class C

              Variable Funding Certificates, Series 1998-A, Class D

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

SECTION 1. Designation..................................................     1

SECTION 2. Definitions..................................................     1

SECTION 3. Optional Repurchase..........................................    21

SECTION 4. Delivery and Payment for the Series 1998-A Certificates......    22

SECTION 5. Form of Delivery of Series 1998-A Certificates...............    22

SECTION 6. Article IV of Agreement......................................    22

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        Rights of Certificateholders and
                        --------------------------------
                    Allocation and Application of Collections
                    -----------------------------------------

       Section 4.4   Rights of Certificateholders ......................    22
       Section 4.5   Collections and Allocation; Payments on
                     Exchangeable Transferor Certificate ...............    23
       Section 4.6   Determination of Monthly Interest for the Series
                     1998-A Certificates ...............................    24
       Section 4.7   Determination of Principal Amounts ................    24
       Section 4.8   Shared Principal Collections ......................    28
       Section 4.9   Application of Funds on Deposit in the Collection
                     Account for the Certificates ......................    29
       Section 4.10  Coverage of Required Amount for the Series 1998-A
                     Certificates ......................................    36
       Section 4.11  Payment of Certificate Interest ...................    37
       Section 4.12  Payment of Certificate Principal ..................    37
       Section 4.13  Investor Charge-Off ...............................    38
       Section 4.14  Reallocated Principal Collections for the Series
                     1998-A Certificates ...............................    39
       Section 4.15  Determination of LIBOR ............................    40


                                      - i -
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 7. Article V of the Agreement ..................................    41

                                    ARTICLE V

            Distributions and Reports to Investor Certificateholders
            --------------------------------------------------------

         Section 5.1 Distributions .....................................    41
         Section 5.2 Certificateholders' Statement .....................    43

SECTION 8.   Series 1998-A Pay Out Events ..............................    44

SECTION 9.   Series 1998-A Termination .................................    45

SECTION 10.  Legends; Transfer and Exchange; Restrictions on Transfer
             of Series 1998-A Certificates; Tax Treatment ..............    45

SECTION 11.  Additional Restrictions on Transfers of Class C and Class D
             Certificates; Withholding Requirements; Tax Treatment .....    49

SECTION 12.  Ratification of Agreement .................................    51

SECTION 13.  Counterparts ..............................................    51

SECTION 14.  Governing Law .............................................    51

SECTION 15.  Instructions in Writing ...................................    51


EXHIBITS
- --------

EXHIBIT A Form of Class A Investor Certificate

EXHIBIT B Form of Class B Investor Certificate

EXHIBIT C Form of Class C Investor Certificate

EXHIBIT D Form of Class D Investor Certificate

EXHIBIT E Form of Monthly Certificateholder's Statement

EXHIBIT F Form of Representation Letter and Certification


                                     - ii -
<PAGE>
 
     SERIES 1998-A SUPPLEMENT, dated as of August 1, 1998 (the "Series
Supplement") by and among GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP., a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, as Transferor
(the "Transferor"), GREEN TREE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a corporation organized
and existing under the laws of Delaware, as Servicer (the "Servicer"), and
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as
trustee (together with its successors in trust thereunder as provided in the
Agreement referred to below, the "Trustee"), under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of December 1, 1995 (as supplemented, the "Agreement") among
the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee.

     Section 6.9 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that the
Transferor and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a
supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the issuance by the
Trustee to the Transferor, for execution and redelivery to the Trustee for
authentication, of one or more Series of Certificates.

     Pursuant to this Series Supplement, the Transferor and the Trustee shall
create a new Series of Investor Certificates and shall specify the Principal
Terms thereof.

     SECTION 1.  Designation.  There is hereby created a Series of Investor
Certificates to be issued pursuant to the Agreement and this Series Supplement
to be known generally as the "Series 1998-A Certificates."  The Series 1998-A
Certificates shall be issued in four Classes, which shall be designated
generally as the Variable Funding Certificates, Series 1998-A, Class A (the
"Class A Certificates"), the Variable Funding Certificates, Series 1998-A, Class
B (the "Class B Certificates"), the Variable Funding Certificates, Series 1998-
A, Class C (the "Class C Certificates") and the Variable Funding Certificates,
Series 1998-A, Class D (the "Class D Certificates").  The Series 1998-A
Certificates shall be paired with the Series 1995-1 Certificates, in the manner
and to the extent provided herein.

     SECTION 2.  Definitions.  In the event that any term or provision contained
herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision contained in
the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Series Supplement shall govern
with respect to the Series 1998-A Certificates.  All Article, Section or
subsection references herein shall mean Article, Section or subsections of the
Agreement, as amended or supplemented by this Series Supplement, except as
otherwise provided herein.  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein
are defined in the Agreement.  Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate
only to the Series 1998-A Certificates and no other Series of Certificates
issued by the Trust.

     "ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) for any Business Day
on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than zero, zero, and (ii)
for any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is zero, the
<PAGE>
 
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the
Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested
Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of the Pool Balance
and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the
preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "ABC Investor Default Amount" means, for any Business Day, an amount equal
to the product of (a) the sum of the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the
Class B Floating Allocation Percentage and the Class C Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable on such Business Day and (b) the aggregate principal
amount (exclusive of the portion thereof allocable to the Discount Factor, if
any) of Defaulted Receivables identified since the prior reporting date.

     "Amortization Period Commencement Date" means initially the first day of
the Monthly Period in December 1998, but will successively and automatically be
extended to the first day of the next Monthly Period unless the Servicer elects
not to so extend; provided that the Amortization Period Commencement Date shall
not be later than the first day of the Monthly Period in February 1999.

     "Additional Class D Invested Amount" means any increase in the Class D
Invested Amount agreed to in connection with an increase by the Transferor in
any of the percentages used to calculate the Overconcentration Amounts.

     "Additional Interest" means, at any time of determination, the sum of
Class A Additional Interest and Class B Additional Interest.

     "Base Rate" means the sum of (i) the weighted average of the Class A
Certificate Rate, the Class B Certificate Rate, the Class C Certificate Rate and
the Class D Certificate Rate, plus (ii) 2% per annum.

     "Carryover Class A Interest" means (a) any Class A Monthly Interest due but
not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b) any Class A Additional
Interest.

     "Carryover Class B Interest" means (a) any Class B Monthly Interest due but
not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b) any Class B Additional
Interest.

     "Carryover Class C Interest" means (a) any Class C Monthly Interest due but
not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b) any Class C Additional
Interest.

     "Cash Equivalents" mean, unless otherwise provided in this Series
Supplement, (a) negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments
in bearer or registered form which evidence (i) obligations of or fully
guaranteed by the United States of America; (ii) time deposits, promissory
notes, or certificates of deposit of any depositary institution or trust
company; provided, however, that at 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
the time of the Trust's investment or contractual commitment to invest therein,
the certificates of deposit or short- term deposits of such depositary
institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Standard & Poor's
of A-1+, from Moody's of P-1 and from Fitch of F-1+ if rated by Fitch; (iii)
commercial paper having, at the time of the Trust's investment or contractual
commitment to invest therein, a rating from Standard & Poor's of A-1+, from
Moody's of P-1 and from Fitch of F-1+ if rated by Fitch; (iv) banker's
acceptances issued by any depositary institution or trust company described in
clause (a)(ii) above; and (v) investments in money market funds rated AAA-m or
AAA-mg by Standard & Poor's, Aaa by Moody's and AAA by Fitch if rated by Fitch
or otherwise approved in writing by Moody's, Standard & Poor's and Fitch; (b)
time deposits and demand deposits in the name of the Trust or the Trustee in any
depositary institution or trust company referred to in clause (a)(ii) above; (c)
securities not represented by an instrument that are registered in the name of
the Trustee or its nominee (which may not be Green Tree or an Affiliate) upon
books maintained for that purpose by or on behalf of the issuer thereof and
identified on books maintained for that purpose by the Trustee as held for the
benefit of the Trust or the Certificateholders, and consisting of (x) shares of
an open end diversified investment company which is registered under the
Investment Company Act which (i) invests its assets exclusively in obligations
of or guaranteed by the United States of America or any instrumentality or
agency thereof having in each instance a final maturity date of less than one
year from their date of purchase or other Cash Equivalents, (ii) guarantees to
maintain a constant net asset value per share, (iii) has aggregate net assets of
not less than $100,000,000 on the date of purchase of such shares and (iv) which
each Rating Agency designates in writing will not result in a withdrawal or
downgrading of its then current rating of any Series rated by it or (y)
Eurodollar time deposits of a depository institution or trust company that are
rated A-1+ by Standard & Poor's, P-1 by Moody's and F- 1+ by Fitch if rated by
Fitch; provided, however, that at the time of the Trust's investment or
contractual commitment to invest therein, the Eurodollar deposits of such
depositary institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Standard
& Poor's of A-1+, from Moody's of P-1 and from Fitch of F- 1+ if rated by Fitch;
and (d) any other investment if each Rating Agency confirms in writing that such
investment will not adversely affect its then current rating of the Investor
Certificates.

     "Class A Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(a).

     "Class A Certificate Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period, the lesser of (i) the applicable LIBOR plus .09% per annum or (ii) the
applicable Net Receivables Rate.

     "Class A Certificateholder" means the Person in whose name a Class A
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
     "Class A Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the Series
1998-A Certificateholder's Interest evidenced by the Class A Certificates.

     "Class A Certificates" means any of the certificates executed by the
Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto.

     "Class A Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) with respect to
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than
zero, zero, and (ii) for any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested
Amount is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Class A Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving
Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool
Balance and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of
the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate
the allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class A Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding Business Day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding
Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class A Initial Invested Amount" means:

     (a)  prior to the Distribution Date in September 1998, zero;

     (b)  for any Business Day from and including the Distribution Date in
          September 1998 to but excluding the Distribution Date in October 1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class A
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class A Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class A Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement as of the close of business on the Distribution Date in
               September 1998, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which,
               when added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
     (c)  for any Business Day from and including the Distribution Date in
          October 1998 to but excluding the Distribution Date in November 1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class A
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class A Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class A Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement as of the close of business on the Distribution Date in
               October 1998, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which,
               when added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.


     (d)  for any Business Day on and after the Distribution Date in November
          1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class A
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class A Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class A Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which, when
               added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

     "Class A Interest Shortfall" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(a).

     "Class A Invested Amount" means, on any date, an amount equal to (a) the
Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal
payments made to Class A Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (c) the
aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Determination
Dates, and plus (d) the aggregate amount allocated and available on all prior
Business Days pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(vi) (including amounts applied
pursuant to such subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) and
Section 4.14(a), (b) and (c)) for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted
pursuant to the foregoing clause (d).

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
     "Class A Investor Charge-Off" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.13(d).

     "Class A Monthly Interest" means the interest distributable in respect of
the Class A Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(a).

     "Class A Percentage" means 88%.

     "Class A Principal" means the principal distributable in respect of the
Class A Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.7(a).

     "Class A Required Amount" means the amount determined by the Servicer on
each Business Day in a Monthly Period equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) Class A Monthly Interest for the prior Monthly Period, (ii) any Class
A Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus any
Class A Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class A
Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, (iii) if Green Tree or an
Affiliate of Green Tree is no longer the Servicer, the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage of the Servicing Fee for the prior Monthly Period and
(iv) the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage of the Investor Default Amount,
to the extent not previously paid, for any Business Day in the prior Monthly
Period over (y) the Series Available Interest Collections plus any Excess
Interest Collections from other Series allocated with respect to the amounts
described in clauses (x)(i) through (iv).

     "Class A Scheduled Payment Date" means the Distribution Date in March 2001.

     "Class B Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(b).

     "Class B Certificate Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period, the lesser of (i) the applicable LIBOR plus .27% per annum or (ii) the
applicable Net Receivables Rate.

     "Class B Certificateholder" means the Person in whose name a Class B
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

     "Class B Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the Series
1998-A Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the Class B Certificates.

     "Class B Certificates" means any of the certificates executed by the
Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in
the form of Exhibit B hereto.

     "Class B Daily Principal Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.9(c)(ii).

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     "Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) with respect to
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than
zero, zero, and (ii) for any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested
Amount is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Class B Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving
Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool
Balance and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of
the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate
the allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class B Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding Business Day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding
Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class B Initial Invested Amount" means:

     (a)  prior to the Distribution Date in September 1998, zero;

     (b)  for any Business Day from and including the Distribution Date in
          September 1998 to but excluding the Distribution Date in October 1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class B
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class B Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class B Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement as of the close of business on the Distribution Date in
               September 1998, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which,
               when added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

     (c)  for any Business Day from and including the Distribution Date in
          October 1998 to but excluding the Distribution Date in November 1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class B
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class B Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class B Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement as of the close of business on the Distribution Date in
               October 1998, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which,
               when added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

     (d)  for any Business Day on and after the Distribution Date in November
          1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class B
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class B Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class B Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which, when
               added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

     "Class B Interest Shortfall" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(b).

     "Class B Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the
Class B Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal
payments made to Class B Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (c) the
aggregate amount of the Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Determination
Dates equal to the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced
to fund the Investor Default Amounts on all prior Determination Dates pursuant
to Section 4.13(c), minus (d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class B
Principal Collections for which neither the Class D Invested Amount nor the
Class C Invested Amount has been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates, and
plus (e) the aggregate amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(viii) (including amounts applied pursuant to such
subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) and Section 4.14(a)
and (b)) for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the
foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

     "Class B Investor Charge-Off" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.13(c).

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
     "Class B Monthly Interest" means the interest distributable in respect of
the Class B Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(b).

     "Class B Percentage" means 4.5%.

     "Class B Principal" means the principal distributable in respect of the
Class B Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.7(b).

     "Class B Principal Commencement Date" means the earliest of (a) the Class B
Scheduled Payment Date, (b) the Distribution Date during the Early Amortization
Period on which the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full or, if there are no
Principal Collections allocable to the Series 1998-A Investor Certificates
remaining after payments have been made to the Class A Certificates on such
Distribution Date, the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date on
which the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full and (c) the Distribution Date
following a sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set forth in Sections
2.4(d), 9.2, 10.2, 12.1 or 12.2 of the Agreement and Section 3 of this Series
Supplement.

     "Class B Required Amount" means the amount determined by the Servicer on
each Business Day in a Monthly Period equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) Class B Monthly Interest for the prior Monthly Period, (ii) any Class
B Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus any
Class B Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class B
Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, (iii) if Green Tree or an
Affiliate of Green Tree is no longer the Servicer, the Class B Floating
Allocation Percentage of the Servicing Fee for the prior Monthly Period and
(iv) the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage of the Investor Default Amount,
to the extent not previously paid, for any Business Day in the prior Monthly
Period over (y) the Series Available Interest Collections plus any Excess
Interest Collections from other Series allocated with respect to the amounts
described in clauses (x)(i) through (iv).

     "Class B Scheduled Payment Date" means the Distribution Date in March 2001.

     "Class C Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(c).

     "Class C Certificate Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period, the lesser of (i) the applicable LIBOR plus .70% per annum or (ii) the
applicable Net Receivables Rate.

     "Class C Certificateholder" means the Person in whose name a Class C
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
     "Class C Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the Series
1998-A Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the Class C Certificates.

     "Class C Certificates" means any of the certificates executed by the
Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in
the form of Exhibit C hereto.

     "Class C Daily Principal Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.9(c)(iii).

     "Class C Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) with respect to
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than
zero, zero, and (ii) for any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested
Amount is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Class C Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving
Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool
Balance and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of
the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate
the allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class C Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class C Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding Business Day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding
Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class C Initial Invested Amount" means:

     (a)  prior to the Distribution Date in September 1998, zero;

     (b)  for any Business Day from and including the Distribution Date in
          September 1998 to but excluding the Distribution Date in October 1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class C
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class C Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class C Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement as of the close of business on the Distribution Date in
               September 1998, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which,
               when added to the Invested Amount, will not 

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
               cause the Transferor Interest to be less than the Minimum 
               Transferor Interest.

     (c)  for any Business Day from and including the Distribution Date in
          October 1998 to but excluding the Distribution Date in November 1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class C
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class C Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class A Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement as of the close of business on the Distribution Date in
               October 1998, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which,
               when added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

     (d)  for any Business Day on and after the Distribution Date in November
          1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class C
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class C Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class C Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which, when
               added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

     "Class C Interest Shortfall" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(c).

     "Class C Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the
Class C Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal
payments made to Class C Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (c) the
aggregate amount of the Class C Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution
Dates equal to the amount by which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced
to fund the Investor Default Amounts on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to
Section 4.13(b), minus (d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class B Principal

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal Collections for which the Class D
Invested Amount has not been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates (provided
that the Class C Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero), and plus
(e) the aggregate amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(ix) (including amounts applied pursuant to such
subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) and Section 4.14(a)
for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing
clauses (c) and (d).

     "Class C Investor Charge-Off" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.13(b).

     "Class C Monthly Interest" means the interest distributable in respect of
the Class C Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(c).

     "Class C Percentage" means 5.5%.

     "Class C Principal" means the principal distributable in respect of the
Class C Certificates as calculated in accordance with Section 4.7(c).

     "Class C Principal Commencement Date" means the earlier of (a) the
Distribution Date on which the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full or, if
there are no Principal Collections allocable to the Series 1998-A Investor
Certificates remaining after payments have been made to the Class B Certificates
on such Distribution Date, the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date
on which the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full and (b) the Distribution
Date following a sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set forth in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 1998-A Series Supplement.

     "Class C Required Amount" means the amount determined by the Servicer on
each Business Day in a Monthly Period equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) if the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates have been
reduced to zero, interest accrued on the Class C Certificates for the prior
Monthly Period, (ii) if the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates have
been reduced to zero, any interest due on the Class C Certificates but not paid
on any previous Distribution Date plus any Class C Additional Interest
previously due but not paid to the Class C Certificateholders on a prior
Distribution Date, (iii) if Green Tree or an Affiliate of Green Tree is no
longer the Servicer, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage of the Servicing
Fee for the prior Monthly Period and (iv) the Class C Floating Allocation
Percentage of the Investor Default Amount, to the extent not previously paid,
for any Business Day in the prior Monthly Period over (y) the Series Available
Interest Collections plus any Excess Interest Collections from other Series
allocated with respect to the amounts described in clauses (x)(i) through (iv).

     "Class D Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.6(d).

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
     "Class D Certificate Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period, the lesser of (i) the applicable LIBOR plus .70% per annum or (ii) the
applicable Net Receivables Rate.

     "Class D Certificateholder" means the person in whose name a Class D
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

     "Class D Certificateholders' Interest" means the portion of the Series
1998-A Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the Class D Certificates.

     "Class D Certificates" means any of the certificates executed by the
Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in
the form of Exhibit D hereto.

     "Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) with respect to
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than
zero, zero, and (ii) for any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested
Amount is zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Class D Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving
Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool
Balance and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of
the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate
the allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class D Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class D Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding Business Day and the
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the Pool Balance and the
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the preceding
Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all Series.

     "Class D Incremental Invested Amount" means, for any Monthly Period, the
product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which the Invested Amount (exclusive
of the Class D Incremental Invested Amount) on the last day of the immediately
preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Pool Balance on
such last day, times (b) the Overconcentration Amount for the Distribution Date
related to such Monthly Period.

     "Class D Initial Invested Amount" means:

     (a)  prior to the Distribution Date in September 1998, zero;

     (b)  for any Business Day from and including the Distribution Date in
          September 1998 to but excluding the Distribution Date in October 1998,

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class D
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class D Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class D Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement as of the close of business on the Distribution Date in
               September 1998, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which,
               when added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

     (c)  for any Business Day from and including the Distribution Date in
          October 1998 to but excluding the Distribution Date in November 1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class D
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class D Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class D Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement as of the close of business on the Distribution Date in
               October 1998, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which,
               when added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

     (d)  for any Business Day on and after the Distribution Date in November
          1998,

          (i)  if the Trust has issued at least $375,000,000 principal amount of
               Series 1998-2 Certificates on or before such date, the Class D
               Initial Invested Amount is zero,

          (ii) if such principal amount of Series 1998-2 Certificates have not
               been issued on or before such date, the Class D Initial Invested
               Amount equals the Class D Percentage of the least of (A) the
               amount due and unpaid by Green Tree under the Green Tree Swap
               Agreement, (B) $460,000,000 or (C) the largest amount which, when
               added to the Invested Amount, will not cause the Transferor
               Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
     "Class D Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the Class D Initial
Invested Amount, plus (b) the Class D Incremental Invested Amount for the
related Monthly Period, plus (c) any Additional Class D Invested Amount, minus
(d) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class D
Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (e) the aggregate amount of Class D
Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates equal to the amount by
which the Class D Invested Amount has been reduced to fund Investor Default
Amounts on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(a), minus
(f) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections for all
prior Distribution Dates, plus (g) the aggregate amount allocated and available
on all prior Business Days pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(x) (including amounts
applied pursuant to such subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and
(b)) for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing
clauses (e) and plus (f).

     "Class D Investor Charge-Off" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.13(a).

     "Class D Investor Default Amount" means the portion of all Defaulted
Receivables in an amount equal to the product of (a) the Class D Floating
Allocation Percentage and (b) the aggregate principal amount (exclusive of the
portion thereof allocable to the Discount Factor, if any) of Defaulted
Receivables identified since the prior reporting date.

     "Class D Percentage" means 2%.

     "Class D Principal" means the principal distributable in respect of the
Class D Certificates as calculated in accordance with subsection 4.7(d).

     "Class D Principal Payment Commencement Date" means the earlier of (a) the
Distribution Date on which the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full or, if
there are no Principal Collections allocable to the Series 1998-A Investor
Certificates remaining after payments have been made to the Class C Certificates
on such Distribution Date, the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date
on which the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full and (b) the Distribution
Date following a sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set forth in Pooling
and Servicing Agreement and the 1998-A Series Supplement.

     "Class D Subaccount" means a subaccount of the Excess Funding Account, into
which Principal Collections allocable to Class D Certificates will be deposited
during any Early Amortization Period.

     "Distribution Date" means the 13th day of each month, or if such day is not
a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, beginning October 13, 1998.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
 
     "Early Amortization Period" means the period beginning on the date that a
Pay Out Event occurs and ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which the
Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested
Amount and the Class D Invested Amount have been paid in full and (ii) the
Series 1998-A Termination Date.

     "Enhancement" means, with respect to the Class A Certificates, the
subordination of the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and
the Class D Invested Amount, with respect to the Class B Certificates, the
subordination of the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount,
and with respect to the Class C Certificates, the subordination of the Class D
Invested Amount.

     "Excess Interest Collections" means, with respect to any Business Day, as
the context requires, either (x) the amount described in subsection 4.9(a)(xiv)
allocated to the Series 1998-A Certificates but available to cover shortfalls in
amounts paid from Interest Collections for other Series, if any, or (y) the
aggregate amount of Interest Collections allocable to other Series in excess of
the amounts necessary to make required payments with respect to such Series, if
any, and available to cover shortfalls with respect to the Series 1998-A
Certificates.

     "Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" means, (i) for any Business Day on
which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is greater than zero, zero, and (ii) for
any Business Day on which the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount is zero, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount or the
Class D Invested Amount, respectively, at the end of the last day of the
Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the Pool
Balance (plus amounts, if any, on deposit in the Excess Funding Account) at the
end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numerators used to
calculate allocation percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all
Series.

     "Floating Allocation Percentage" means for any Business Day, the sum of the
Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage and the Class D Floating
Allocation Percentage.

     "Green Tree Swap Agreement" means the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (Multi-
currency Cross-border) and the confirmation thereunder that relates to the
Series 1998-A Certificates and the Series 1995-1 Certificates, dated August 3,
1998, between Green Tree Financial Corporation and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York.

     "Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate of the Class A Initial
Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested Amount, the Class C Initial
Invested Amount and the Class D Initial Invested Amount.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
 
     "Interest Accrual Period" means, with respect to a Distribution Date, the
period from and including the preceding Distribution Date (or, in the case of
the first Distribution Date, from and including the Series 1998-A Issuance Date)
to but excluding such Distribution Date.

     "Invested Amount" means, when used with respect to any Business Day, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount as of such Business
Day, (b) the Class B Invested Amount as of such Business Day, (c) the Class C
Invested Amount as of such Business Day and (d) the Class D Invested Amount as
of such Business Day.

     "Investor Certificateholder" means the Holder of record of an Investor
Certificate of Series 1998-A.

     "Investor Certificates" means the Class A Certificates, the Class B
Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D Certificates.

     "Investor Charge-Off" means the sum of the Class A Investor Charge-Off, the
Class B Investor Charge-Off, the Class C Investor Charge-Off and the Class D
Investor Charge-Off.

     "Investor Default Amount" means, with respect to each Business Day, an
amount equal to the product of the Floating Allocation Percentage applicable for
such Business Day and the principal amount (exclusive of the portion thereof
allocable to the Discount Factor, if any) of Defaulted Receivables identified
since the prior Business Day.

     "Investor Percentage" means for any Business Day, (a) with respect to
Interest Receivables and Defaulted Receivables at any time or Principal
Receivables during the Revolving Period, the Floating Allocation Percentage and
(b) with respect to Principal Receivables during the Amortization Period or
Early Amortization Period, the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage.

     "LIBOR" means, for any Interest Accrual Period, the London interbank
offered quotations for one-month Dollar deposits on the related LIBOR
Determination Date determined by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions
of Section 4.15.

     "LIBOR Determination Date" means, for any Interest Accrual Period following
the initial Interest Accrual Period, the second Business Day prior to the
commencement of the second and each subsequent Interest Accrual Period.  With
respect to the initial Interest Accrual Period, the Trustee will determine LIBOR
on September 10, 1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to but excluding
October 13, 1998.  For purposes of this definition, the term "Business Day"
means 

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
 
any day on which banks in London and New York are open for the transaction of
international business.

     "Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables" means the sum of all numerators
used to calculate the allocation percentages with respect to Principal
Collections for all Series.

     "Minimum Transferor Interest" means, as of any date of determination, the
sum of the product for each Series of (i) the Minimum Transferor Percentage for
such Series, times (ii) the Invested Amount for such Series.

     "Minimum Transferor Percentage" is 4% with respect to the Series 1998-A
Certificates.

     "Monthly  Payment Rate" means, for any Monthly Period, the percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate of the
Receivables balances (without deducting therefrom the discount portion, if any)
collected during such Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the average
daily aggregate Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom the discount
portion, if any) for such Monthly Period.

     "Monthly Period" shall have the meaning specified in the Agreement, except
that the first Monthly Period with respect to the Series 1998-A Certificates
shall begin on and include August 1, 1998.

     "Monthly Servicing Fee" means the portion of the servicing fee allocable to
the Series 1998-A Certificateholders' Interest during each Monthly Period, which
will be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (x) the Servicing Fee Rate per
annum and (y) the Invested Amount on the first day of such Monthly Period or, in
the case of the first Distribution Date, the initial principal amount of the
Series 1998-A Certificates.

     "Negative Carry Amount" means, for any Business Day, to the extent that any
amounts are on deposit in the Excess Funding Account on such Business Day, an
amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of (a) the Base Rate, (b) the
aggregate amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and (c) the number of
days elapsed since the previous Business Day divided by the actual number of
days in such year over (y) the aggregate amount of all earnings since the
previous Business Day available from the Cash Equivalents in which funds on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account are invested.

     "Net Receivables Rate" means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of (i) the
weighted average of the interest rates borne by the Receivables during the
second preceding Monthly Period (because interest payments on the Receivables at
such rates will be due and payable in the Monthly Period 

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
 
preceding such Distribution Date), plus (ii) the product of (x) the Monthly
Payment Rate for the Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date, the (y)
Discount Factor, if any, for such Distribution Date, and (z) twelve, less 2% per
annum, unless the Servicing Fee has been waived for such Monthly Period.

     "Paying Agent" means, for the Series 1998-A Certificates, Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association.

     "Pre-Allocated Invested Amount" means (a) on any date prior to the Payment
Date on which the Series 1995-1 Certificates are paid in full, an amount equal
to the amount of principal paid to the Series 1995-1 Certificates on the
September 1998 Distribution Date plus the aggregate amount of principal payments
made on the Series 1995-1 Certificates on each Payment Date thereafter, and (b)
thereafter, zero.

     "Principal Funding Investment Shortfall" means, for any day, the difference
between the amount of interest actually earned on investments in the Principal
Account on any day and the amount of interest that would have been earned on
such investments at the Base Rate for such day.

     "Principal Investment Proceeds" means investment earnings (net of
investment losses and expenses) on funds on deposit in the Principal Account
during the Amortization Period.

     "Principal Shortfalls" means the amounts representing scheduled or
permitted principal distributions to certificateholders and deposits to
principal funding accounts, if any, for any Series that have not been covered
out of the Principal Collections allocable to such Series and certain other
amounts.

     "Product Line Overconcentration" on any Distribution Date means the excess
of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in the Accounts
that represent financing for a single product line (other than Asset-Based
Receivables and Receivables that represent financing for manufactured housing)
on the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Distribution
Date over (b) 5% for marine products, 25% for recreational vehicles, and 5% for
any other products in total, of the total Principal Receivables on the last day
of such immediately preceding Monthly Period.  Notwithstanding the above, in the
case of each such Overconcentration, the percentage in clause (b) for such
Overconcentration may be increased or decreased by the Transferor, without the
consent of any Certificateholder, to a level acceptable to each Rating Agency
without any reduction or withdrawal of its rating of any Certificates rated by
it (but which may involve an adjustment, upward or downward, of certain Invested
Amounts).

     "Purchase Agreement" means the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of
December 1, 1995, between the Transferor and Green Tree Financial Corporation.

     "Qualified Institution" means a depository institution or trust company,
which may include the Trustee, organized under the laws of the United States or

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
 
any one of the states thereof, which at all items has a certificate of deposit
rating of P-1 by Moody's, of A-1+ by Standard & Poor's, of F-1+ by Fitch if
rated by Fitch or long-term unsecured debt obligation (other than such
obligation the rating of which is based on collateral or on the credit of a
person other than such institution or trust company) rating of Aaa by Moody's,
of AAA by Standard & Poor's, and of AAA by Fitch if rated by Fitch and deposit
insurance provided by the FDIC, or a depository institution, which may include
the Trustee, which is acceptable to the Rating Agencies; provided, however, that
no such rating shall be required of an institution which shall have corporate
trust powers and which maintains the Collection Account, any principal account,
any interest funding account or any other account maintained for the benefit of
Certificateholders as a fully segregated trust account with the trust department
of such institution which is rated at least Baa3 by Moody's

     "Rating Agency" means each of Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a Division
of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("Standard & Poor's"), Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and Fitch IBCA, Inc. ("Fitch").

     "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.14(c).

     "Reallocated Class C Principal Collections" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.14(b).

     "Reallocated Class D Principal Collections" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.14(a).

     "Reallocated Principal Collections" means the sum of Reallocated Class B
Principal Collections, Reallocated Class C Principal Collections and Reallocated
Class D Principal Collections.

     "Reference Banks" shall mean three major banks in the London interbank
market selected by the Servicer to determine and provide LIBOR on the basis of
quotations of the offered rates for one-month United States dollar deposits
following the LIBOR Determination Date.

     "Required Amount" shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.10.

     "Revolving Period" with respect to Series 1998-A means the period from and
including the Series 1998-A Issuance Date to, but not including, the earlier of
(a) the commencement of the Amortization Period and (b) the commencement of the
Early Amortization Period.

     "Series 1998-A" means the Series of the Green Tree Floorplan Receivables
Master Trust represented by the Series 1998-A Certificates.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
 
     "Series 1998-A Certificateholder" means the holder of record of any
Series 1998-A Certificate.

     "Series 1998-A Certificateholders' Interest" shall have the meaning
specified in Section 4.4.

     "Series 1998-A Issuance Date" means August 3, 1998.

     "Series 1998-A Pay Out Event" shall have the meaning specified in Section 8
of this Series Supplement.

     "Series 1998-A Termination Date" means the earlier of (i) the date in which
the final distribution of principal and interest on the Series 1998-A
Certificates is made and (ii)  the March 2001 Distribution Date.

     "Series Available Interest Collections" shall have the meaning specified in
Section 4.9(a).

     "Series Servicing Fee Percentage" means 2.00% per annum.

     "Series 1998-2 Certificates" means the Floating Rate Floorplan Receivables
Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, to be issued by the Trust through
underwriters led by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., substantially in the form
described in the Trust's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-
59865).

     "Servicing Fee" means for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the
product of (i) one-twelfth, (ii) the applicable Series Servicing Fee Percentage
and (iii) the Invested Amount as of the preceding Determination Date, or, in the
case of the first Distribution Date, the Initial Invested Amount.

     "Servicing Fee Rate" means 2.00% per annum.

     "Shared Principal Collections" means, as the context requires, either
(a) the amount allocated to the Series 1998-A Investor Certificates which, in
accordance with subsections 4.9(b) and 4.9(c)(v) of the Agreement, may be
applied in accordance with Section 4.3(e) of the Agreement or (b) the amounts
allocated to the investor certificates (other than Transferor Retained
Certificates) of other Series which the applicable Supplements for such Series
specify are to be treated as "Shared Principal Collections" and which may be
applied as principal with respect to the Series 1998-A Certificates.

     "Targeted Holder" shall mean each holder of a right to receive interest or
principal with respect to the Class C or Class D Certificates (or other
interests in the Trust), other than Certificates (or other such interests) with
respect to which an opinion is rendered that such Certificates (or other such
interests) will be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes, and any
holder of a right to receive any 

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
amount in respect of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; provided, that any
Person holding more than one interest each of which would cause such Person to
be a Targeted Holder shall be treated as a single Targeted Holder.

     "Termination Payment Date" means the earlier of the first Distribution Date
following the liquidation or sale of the Receivables as a result of an
Insolvency Event and the occurrence of the Series 1998-A Termination Date.

     "Transfer" shall have the meaning specified in subsection 11(a) of this
Series Supplement.

     "Transferor Interest Collections" means, on any Business Day, the product
of (a) the Interest Collections, (b) the Transferor Percentage and (c) the
Series Allocation Percentage for such Business Day.

     "Transferor Retained Certificates" means, with respect to Series 1998-A,
the Class D Certificates, which the Transferor retains, but only to the extent
that and for so long as the Transferor is the Holder of such Certificates.

     "Trust Accounts" means the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Account,
the Distribution Account, the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account and
the Class D Subaccount of the Excess Funding Account.

     SECTION 3.  Optional Repurchase.  The Series 1998-A Certificates shall be
subject to termination by the Transferor at its option, in accordance with the
terms specified in subsection 12.2(a) of the Agreement, on any Distribution Date
on or after the Distribution Date on which the sum of the Class A Invested
Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount is reduced
to an amount less than or equal to 10% of the sum of the Class A Initial
Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the Class C Initial
Invested Amount.  The deposit required in connection with any such termination
and final distribution shall be equal to the sum of the Class A Invested Amount,
the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest on the Class A Certificates, Class B Certificates and Class C
Certificates through the day prior to the Distribution Date on which the final
distribution occurs.

     SECTION 4.  Delivery and Payment for the Series 1998-A Certificates.  The
Transferor shall execute and deliver the Series 1998-A Certificates to the
Trustee for authentication in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Agreement.  The
Trustee shall deliver the Series 1998-A Certificates to or upon the order of the
Transferor when authenticated in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Agreement.

     SECTION 5.  Form of Delivery of Series 1998-A Certificates.  The Class A
Certificates, the Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D
Certificates shall be delivered as Registered Certificates as provided in
Section 6.1 of 

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
the Agreement. The Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates, the Class C
Certificates and the Class D Certificates shall not be represented by Book-Entry
Certificates pursuant to Section 6.10.

     SECTION 6.  Article IV of Agreement.  Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 of the
Agreement shall read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement.  Article IV
of the Agreement (except for Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 thereof) shall read in
its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the Series 1998-A
Certificates:

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND
                        --------------------------------
                   ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
                   -----------------------------------------

     Section 4.4  Rights of Certificateholders.  The Series 1998-A Certificates
shall represent undivided interests in the Trust, consisting of the right to
receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments with respect to
such Series 1998-A Certificates at the times and in the amounts specified in
this Agreement, (a) the Floating Allocation Percentage and the Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage (as applicable from time to time) of Collections available
in the Collection Account, (b) funds allocable to the Series 1998-A Certificates
on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and the Class D Subaccount of the
Excess Funding Account and (c) funds on deposit in the Interest Funding Account,
the Principal Account and the Distribution Account (for such Series, the "Series
1998-A Certificateholders' Interest").  The Class B Invested Amount, the Class C
Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount shall be subordinated to the
Class A Certificates, the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested
Amount shall be subordinated to the Class B Certificates, and the Class D
Invested Amount shall be subordinated to the Class C Certificates, in each case
to the extent provided in this Article IV.  The Class B Certificates will not
have the right to receive payments of principal until the Class A Invested
Amount has been paid in full.  The Class C Certificates will not have the right
to receive payments of principal until the Class A Invested Amount and the Class
B Invested Amount have been paid in full.  The Class D Certificates will not
have the right to receive payments of principal until the Class A Invested
Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount have been
paid in full.

     Section 4.5  Collections and Allocation; Payments on Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate.

     (a) Collections.  The Servicer will apply or will instruct the Trustee to
apply all funds on deposit in the Collection Account and the Excess Funding
Account (including the Class D Subaccount) allocable to the Series 1998-A
Certificates, and all funds on deposit in the Interest Funding Account, the
Principal Account, and the Distribution Account maintained for this Series, as
described in this Article IV.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
 
     (b) Payments to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.  On
each Business Day, the Servicer shall determine whether a Pay Out Event is
deemed to have occurred with respect to the Series 1998-A Certificates, and the
Servicer shall allocate and pay Collections in accordance with the Daily Report
with respect to such Business Day to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate as follows:

          (i) For each Business Day with respect to the Revolving Period, in
     addition to amounts allocated and paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable
     Transferor Certificate or pursuant to subsection 4.3(b) of the Agreement,
     an amount equal (x) to the product of the Class D Floating Allocation
     Percentage and the amount of Principal Collections on such Business Day,
     minus (y) the Reallocated Class D Principal Collections;

          (ii) For each Business Day with respect to the Amortization Period or
     Early Amortization Period, prior to the Business Day on which an amount
     equal to the Class C Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal
     Account to be applied to the payment of Class C Principal, in addition to
     amounts allocated and paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
     Certificate pursuant to subsection 4.3(b) of the Agreement, an amount equal
     to (x) the product of the Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and
     the amount of Principal Collections on such Business Day minus (y) the
     Reallocated Class D Principal Collections; provided that if such Business
     Day is in the Early Amortization Period, such amount shall instead be
     deposited in the Class D Subaccount; and

          (iii) For each Business Day on and after the day on which Principal
     Collections are being deposited in the Principal Account pursuant to
     Section 4.9(c)(iv), the amount of payments of Principal Collections made to
     the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate shall be determined
     only as provided in subsection 4.3(b) of the Agreement.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts payable to the Transferor pursuant
to subsection 4.5(b)(i) or (ii) shall instead be deposited in the Excess Funding
Account to the extent necessary to prevent the Transferor Interest from being
less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

     The allocations to be made pursuant to this subsection 4.5(b) also apply to
deposits into the Collection Account that are treated as Collections, including
payment of the reassignment price pursuant to Sections 2.4(c) and (d) of the
Agreement and proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of the
Receivables pursuant to Section 9.2, 10.2, 12.1 or 12.2 of the Agreement and
Section 3 of this Series Supplement.  Such deposits to be treated as Collections
will be allocated as Interest Receivables or Principal Receivables as provided
in the Agreement.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
 
     Section 4.6  Determination of Monthly Interest for the Series 1998-A
Certificates.

     (a) The amount of monthly interest (the "Class A Monthly Interest")
allocable to the Class A Certificates with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class A Certificate
Rate, (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in
such Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the
outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates at the close of
business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period or, with respect to
the first Distribution Date, the initial outstanding principal balance of the
Class A Certificates.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine an amount (the "Class A Interest Shortfall") equal to the
excess, if any, of (x) the Class A Monthly Interest for the Interest Accrual
Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y) the amount available to be
paid to the Class A Certificateholders in respect of interest on such
Distribution Date.  If there is a Class A Interest Shortfall with respect to any
Distribution Date, an additional amount ("Class A Additional Interest") shall be
payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A Certificates on each
Distribution Date following such Distribution Date, to and including the
Distribution Date on which such Class A Interest Shortfall is paid to Class A
Certificateholders, equal to the product of (i) the Class A Certificate Rate,
(ii) such Class A Interest Shortfall remaining unpaid and (iii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual
Period and the denominator of which is 360.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, Class A Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to
Class A Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

     (b) The amount of monthly interest (the "Class B Monthly Interest")
allocable to the Class B Certificates with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class B Certificate
Rate, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Accrual Period divided by
360 and (iii) with respect to the Funding Period, the outstanding principal
balance of the Class B Certificates at the close of business on the first day of
such Interest Accrual Period (or, with respect to the first Distribution Date,
the initial outstanding principal balance of the Class B Certificates) and,
after the Funding Period, the Class B Invested Amount at the close of business
on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine an amount (the "Class B Interest Shortfall") equal to the
excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate Class B Monthly Interest for the Interest
Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y) the amount available
to be paid to the Class B Certificateholders in respect of interest on such
Distribution Date.  If there is a Class B Interest Shortfall with respect to any
Distribution Date, an additional amount ("Class B Additional Interest") shall be
payable as provided herein with 

                                      -25-
<PAGE>
 
respect to the Class B Certificates on each Distribution Date following such
Distribution Date, to and including the Distribution Date on which such Class B
Interest Shortfall is paid to Class B Certificateholders, equal to the product
of (i) the Class B Certificate Rate, (ii) such Class B Interest Shortfall
remaining unpaid and (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual
number of days in the related Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of
which is 360. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class B
Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to Class B
Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

     (c) The amount of monthly interest (the "Class C Monthly Interest")
allocable to the Class C Certificates with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class C Certificate
Rate, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Accrual Period divided by
360 and (iii) with respect to the Funding Period, the outstanding principal
balance of the Class C Certificates at the close of business on the first day of
such Interest Accrual Period (or, with respect to the first Distribution Date,
the initial outstanding principal balance of the Class C Certificates) and,
after the Funding Period, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
Class C Certificates at the close of business on the first day of such Interest
Accrual Period.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine an amount (the "Class C Interest Shortfall") equal to the
excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate Class C Monthly Interest for the Interest
Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y) the amount available
to be paid to the Class C Certificateholders in respect of interest on such
Distribution Date.  If there is a Class C Interest Shortfall with respect to any
Distribution Date, an additional amount ("Class C Additional Interest") shall be
payable as provided herein with respect to the Class C Certificates on each
Distribution Date following such Distribution Date, to and including the
Distribution Date on which such Class C Interest Shortfall is paid to Class C
Certificateholders, equal to the product of (i) the Class C Certificate Rate,
(ii) such Class C Interest Shortfall remaining unpaid and (iii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual
Period and the denominator of which is 360.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, Class C Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to
Class C Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

     (d) The amount of monthly interest (the "Class D Monthly Interest")
allocable to the Class D Certificates with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class D Certificate
Rate, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Accrual Period divided by
360 and (iii) with respect to the Funding Period, the outstanding principal
balance of the Class D Certificates at the close of business on the first day of
such Interest Accrual Period (or, with respect to the first Distribution Date,
the initial outstanding principal balance of the Class D 

                                      -26-
<PAGE>
 
Certificates) and, after the Funding Period, the Class D Invested Amount at the
close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine an amount (the "Class D Interest Shortfall") equal to the
excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate Class D Monthly Interest for the Interest
Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y) the amount available
to be paid to the Class D Certificateholders in respect of interest on such
Distribution Date.  If there is a Class D Interest Shortfall with respect to any
Distribution Date, an additional amount ("Class D Additional Interest") shall be
payable as provided herein with respect to the Class D Certificates on each
Distribution Date following such Distribution Date, to and including the
Distribution Date on which such Class D Interest Shortfall is paid to Class D
Certificateholders, equal to the product of (i) the Class D Certificate Rate,
(ii) such Class D Interest Shortfall remaining unpaid and (iii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual
Period and the denominator of which is 360.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, Class D Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to
Class D Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

     Section 4.7  Determination of Principal Amounts.

     (a) The amount of principal (the "Class A Principal") with respect to the
Class A Certificates for each Distribution Date during the Amortization Period
or Early Amortization Period shall be equal to an amount calculated as follows:
the sum of (i) an amount equal to the product of the ABC Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage and the aggregate amount of Principal Collections (less
the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections and Reallocated Class C
Principal Collections) with respect to the preceding Monthly Period, (ii) any
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (exclusive of amounts, if any,
in the Class D Subaccount) allocated to the Class A Certificates pursuant to
subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement with respect to the preceding Monthly Period,
(iii) the amount, if any, allocated to the Class A Certificates pursuant to
subsections 4.9(a)(iv), (vi), (viii) and (ix) of the Agreement and, with respect
to such subsections, pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b) and 4.14(a), (b)
and (c) of the Agreement, and (iv) the amount of Shared Principal Collections
allocated to the Class A Certificates with respect to the preceding Monthly
Period pursuant to Section 4.8 of the Agreement; provided, however, that with
respect to any Distribution Date during the Amortization Period, Class A
Principal may not exceed the Class A Invested Amount; provided, further, that
with respect to the Series 1998-A Termination Date, the Class A Principal shall
be an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount.

     (b) The amount of principal (the "Class B Principal") with respect to the
Class B Certificates for each Distribution Date on or after the Class B
Principal Commencement Date shall equal an amount calculated as follows:  the
sum of (i) an amount equal to the product of the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage and 

                                      -27-
<PAGE>
 
the aggregate amount of Principal Collections (less the amount of Reallocated
Class B Principal Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal Collections)
with respect to the preceding Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date following the date on which an amount equal to the Class A
Invested Amount is deposited in the Principal Account to be applied to the
payment of Class A Principal, the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of
Principal Collections from the date on which such deposit is made), (ii) any
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (exclusive of amounts, if any,
in the Class D Subaccount) allocated to the Class B Certificates pursuant to
subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement with respect to the preceding Monthly Period,
(iii) the amount, if any, allocated to the Class B Certificates pursuant to
subsections 4.9(a)(iv), (viii) and (ix) of the Agreement and, with respect to
such subsections, pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b) and 4.14(a) and (b) of
the Agreement with respect to such Distribution Date and (iv) the amount of
Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Class B Certificates with respect
to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.8 of the Agreement on or
after the Class B Principal Commencement Date; provided, however, that, with
respect to any Distribution Date during the Amortization Period, Class B
Principal may not exceed the Class B Invested Amount; provided, further, that
with respect to the Series 1998-A Termination Date, the Class B Principal shall
be an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount.

     (c) The amount of principal (the "Class C Principal") with respect to the
Class C Certificates for each Distribution Date beginning on or after the Class
C Principal Commencement Date shall equal an amount calculated as follows: the
sum of (i) an amount equal to the product of the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage and the aggregate amount of Principal Collections (less the amount of
Reallocated Class C Principal Collections) with respect to the preceding Monthly
Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date following the date on
which an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount is deposited in the
Principal Account to be applied to the payment of Class B Principal, the ABC
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections from the date on
which such deposit is made), (ii) any amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account (other than the Class D Subaccount) allocated to the Class C
Certificates pursuant to subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement with respect to the
preceding Monthly Period, (iii) the amount, if any, allocated to the Class C
Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(iv) and (ix) of the Agreement with
respect to such Distribution Date and (iv) the amount of Shared Principal
Collections allocated to the Class C Certificates with respect to the preceding
Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.8 of the Agreement on and after the Class C
Principal Commencement Date; provided, however, that with respect to any
Distribution Date during the Amortization Period, Class C Principal may not
exceed the Class C Invested Amount; provided, further, that with respect to the
Series 1998-A Termination Date, the Class C Principal shall be an amount equal
to the Class C Invested Amount.

     (d) The amount of principal (the "Class D Principal") with respect to the
Class D Certificates for the Transfer Date preceding the Class D Principal

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
 
Commencement Date, and for each Transfer Date thereafter until the Trust is
terminated or until the Class D Invested Amount is paid in full, shall equal an
amount calculated as follows:  the sum of (i) an amount equal to the product of
the Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections (less
the amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections) with respect to the
preceding Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date
following the date on which an amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount is
deposited in the Principal Account to be applied to the payment of Class C
Principal, the Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal
Collections from the date on which such deposit is made), (ii) any amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated to the Class D Certificates
pursuant to subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement with respect to the preceding
Monthly Period, and (iii) the amount, if any, allocated to the Class D
Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(v) and (x) of the Agreement and,
with respect to such subsections, pursuant to subsection 4.10(a) and (b) of the
Agreement with respect to such Distribution Date; provided, however, that with
respect to the Series 1998-A Termination Date, the Class D Principal shall be an
amount equal to the Class D Invested Amount.

     Section 4.8  Shared Principal Collections.  Shared Principal Collections
allocated to the Series 1998-A Certificates and to be applied pursuant to
subsections 4.9(c)(i)(y), 4.9(c)(ii)(y), 4.9(c)(iii)(y) and 4.9(c)(iv)(z) for
any Business Day with respect to the Amortization Period shall mean an amount
equal to the product of (x) Shared Principal Collections for all Series for such
Business Day and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal
Shortfall for the Series 1998-A Certificates for such Business Day and the
denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Principal Shortfalls for all
Series for such Business Day.  For any Business Day with respect to the
Revolving Period, Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Series 1998-A
Certificates shall be zero.

     Section 4.9  Application of Funds on Deposit in the Collection Account for
the Certificates.

     (a) On each Business Day, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee a Daily
Report in which it shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw, and the Trustee,
acting in accordance with such instructions, shall withdraw, to the extent of
the amount of the Floating Allocation Percentage of Interest Collections
available in the Collection Account (the "Series Available Interest
Collections"), the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Collection Account
pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through 4.9(a)(xiv).

          (i) Class A Interest. On each Business Day during a Monthly Period,
     the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit into the Interest
     Funding Account for distribution on the next Distribution Date to the Class
     A Certificateholders, to the extent of the Series Available Interest
     Collections for such Business Day, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the
     Series Available 

                                      -29-
<PAGE>
 
     Interest Collections and (y) the excess of (1) the sum of Class A Monthly
     Interest and Carryover Class A Interest over (2) any amounts with respect
     thereto previously deposited into the Interest Funding Account on any prior
     Business Day during such Monthly Period. Notwithstanding anything to the
     contrary herein, the portion of Carryover Class A Interest that constitutes
     Class A Additional Interest shall be payable or distributable to Class A
     Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

          (ii) Class B Interest. On each Business Day during a Monthly Period,
     the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit into the Interest
     Funding Account for distribution on the next Distribution Date to the Class
     B Certificateholders, to the extent of any Series Available Interest
     Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawal pursuant to
     subsection 4.9(a)(i), an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such
     remaining Series Available Interest Collections and (y) the excess of (1)
     the sum of Class B Monthly Interest and Carryover Class B Interest over (2)
     any amounts with respect thereto previously deposited into the Interest
     Funding Account on any prior Business Day during such Monthly Period.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the portion of Carryover
     Class B Interest that constitutes Class B Additional Interest shall be
     payable or distributable to Class B Certificateholders only to the extent
     permitted by applicable law.

          (iii) Monthly Servicing Fee. On each Business Day on which Green Tree
     or an Affiliate of Green Tree is not the Servicer, the Trustee, acting in
     accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from the
     Collection Account and distribute to the Servicer, to the extent of any
     Series Available Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) and (ii), an amount equal to
     the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest Collections
     and (y) the excess of (i) the Monthly Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period
     plus any unpaid Monthly Servicing Fees from prior Monthly Periods over (ii)
     any amounts with respect thereto previously distributed to the Servicer
     during such Monthly Period.

          (iv) ABC Investor Default Amount. On each Business Day, the Trustee,
     acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw
     from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Available Series 1998-A
     Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals
     pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (iii), an amount equal to the
     lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest Collections and
     (y) the sum of (1) the aggregate ABC Investor Default Amount for such
     Business Day plus (2) the unpaid ABC Investor Default Amount for each
     previous Business Day during such Monthly Period, such amount to be (A)
     treated as Shared Principal Collections during the Revolving Period, and
     (B) to the extent allocated to Class A Principal, Class B Principal or
     Class C 

                                      -30-
<PAGE>
 
     Principal pursuant to Section 4.7 during the Amortization Period or
     Early Amortization Period, deposited in the Principal Account for
     distribution to the applicable Class or Classes of Certificateholders on
     the next Distribution Date.

          (v) Class D Investor Default Amount. On each Business Day, the
     Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall
     withdraw from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Available Series
     1998-A Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (iv), an amount equal
     to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest
     Collections and (y) the sum of (1) the aggregate Class D Investor Default
     Amount for such Business Day plus (2) the unpaid Class D Investor Default
     Amount for each previous Business Day during such Monthly Period, such
     amount to be (A) paid to the Transferor during the Revolving Period and the
     Amortization Period prior to the payment in full of the Class C Invested
     Amount, (B) to the extent allocated to Class D Principal pursuant to
     Section 4.7 during the Amortization Period or Early Amortization Period
     following the payment in full of the Class C Invested Amount, deposited in
     the Principal Account for distribution to the Class D Certificateholders on
     the next Distribution Date and (C) during the Early Amortization Period
     prior to the payment of the Class C Invested Amount in full, deposited in
     the Class D Subaccount of the Excess Funding Account to be available to be
     applied as Reallocated Class D Principal Collections until the Class C
     Invested Amount has been paid in full and, after the Class C Invested
     Amount has been paid in full, paid to the Transferor.

          (vi) Reimbursement of Class A Investor Charge-Off. On each Business
     Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Series
     Available Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (v), an amount equal
     to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest
     Collections and (y) the unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge-Off, if any,
     which amount will be applied to reimburse Class A Investor Charge-Off, such
     amount during the Revolving Period to be treated as Shared Principal
     Collections, and during the Amortization Period or Early Amortization
     Period on and prior to the day on which an amount equal to the Class A
     Invested Amount is deposited in the Principal Account, to be deposited in
     the Principal Account for distribution to the Class A Certificateholders on
     the next Distribution Date.

          (vii) Unpaid Class B Interest. On each Business Day, the Trustee,
     acting in accordance with the instructions from the Servicer, shall
     withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit in the Interest Funding
     Account for distribution to the Class B Certificateholders on the next
     Distribution Date, to the extent of any Series Available Interest
     Collections remaining after giving 

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
 
     effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (vi),
     an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available
     Interest Collections and (y) the sum of (1) the amount of interest which
     has accrued with respect to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of
     the Class B Certificates at the Class B Certificate Rate but which has not
     been deposited into the Interest Funding Account with respect to the Class
     B Certificateholders and (2) any additional interest (to the extent
     permitted by applicable law) at the Class B Certificate Rate accrued on
     interest that was due during a prior Monthly Period pursuant to this
     subsection but was not deposited in the Interest Funding Account or paid to
     the Class B Certificateholders.

          (viii) Reimbursement of Class B Investor Charge-Off. On each Business
     Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Series
     Available Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (vii), an amount
     equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest
     Collections and (y) the unreimbursed amount by which the Class B Invested
     Amount has been reduced on prior Business Days pursuant to clauses (c) and
     (d) of the definition of Class B Invested Amount, if any, such amount, (i)
     during the Revolving Period, to be treated as Shared Principal Collections,
     (ii) during the Amortization Period or Early Amortization Period but prior
     to the Class B Principal Commencement Date, to be deposited in the
     Principal Account for distribution to the Class A Certificateholders on the
     next Distribution Date, and (iii) during the Amortization Period or Early
     Amortization Period, on and after the Class B Principal Commencement Date
     but prior to the Class C Principal Commencement Date, to be deposited in
     the Principal Account for payment to the Class B Certificateholders on the
     next Distribution Date.

          (ix) Reimbursement of Class C Investor Charge-Off. On each Business
     Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Series
     Available Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (viii), an amount
     equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest
     Collections and (y) the unreimbursed amount by which the Class C Invested
     Amount has been reduced on prior Business Days pursuant to clauses (c) and
     (d) of the definition of Class C Invested Amount, if any, such amount, (i)
     during the Revolving Period, to be treated as Shared Principal Collections,
     (ii) during the Amortization Period or Early Amortization Period but prior
     to the Class B Principal Commencement Date, to be deposited in the
     Principal Account for distribution to the Class A Certificateholders on the
     next Distribution Date, (iii) during the Amortization Period or Early
     Amortization Period, on and after the Class B Principal Commencement Date
     but prior to the Class C Principal Commencement Date, to be deposited in
     the Principal Account for 

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
 
     distribution to the Class B Certificateholders on the next Distribution
     Date and (iv) on and after Class C Principal Commencement Date, to be
     deposited in the Principal Account for payment to the Class C
     Certificateholders on the next Distribution Date.

          (x) Reimbursement of Class D Investor Charge-Off. On each Business
     Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
     shall withdraw from the Collection Account, to the extent of any Series
     Available Interest Collections remaining after giving effect to the
     withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (ix), an amount equal
     to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available Interest
     Collections and (y) the unreimbursed amount by which the Class D Invested
     Amount has been reduced on prior Business Days pursuant to clauses (e) and
     (f) of the definition of Class D Invested Amount, if any, such amount, (i)
     during the Revolving Period, and during the Amortization Period on and
     prior to the day on which an amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount is
     deposited in the Principal Account, paid to the Transferor, (ii) during the
     Early Amortization Period, be deposited in the Class D Subaccount of the
     Excess Funding Account, to be held until the Class C Invested Amount has
     been paid in full, and to be available to be applied as Reallocated Class D
     Principal Collections and (iii) during the Amortization Period on and after
     the day the deposit to the Principal Account with respect to Class C
     Invested Amount referred to in clause (i) has been made, deposited in the
     Principal Account for payment to the Class D Certificateholders.

          (xi) Unpaid Class C Interest. On each Business Day, the Trustee,
     acting in accordance with the instructions from the Servicer, shall
     withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit in the Interest Funding
     Account for distribution to the Class C Certificateholders on the next
     Distribution Date, to the extent of any Series Available Interest
     Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to
     subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (x), an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any
     such remaining Series Available Interest Collections and (y) the excess of
     (1) the sum of the Class C Monthly Interest and Carryover Class C Interest
     over (2) any amounts with respect thereto previously deposited into the
     Interest Funding Account on any prior Business Day during such Monthly
     Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the portion of
     Carryover Class C Interest that constitutes Class C Additional Interest
     shall be payable or distributable to Class C Certificateholders only to the
     extent permitted by applicable law.

          (xii) Unpaid Class D Interest. On each Business Day, the Trustee,
     acting in accordance with the instructions from the Servicer, shall
     withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit in the Interest Funding
     Account for distribution to the Class D Certificateholders on the next
     Distribution Date, to the extent of any Series Available Interest
     Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to
     subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xi), an 

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
 
     amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Series Available
     Interest Collections and (y) the sum of (1) the amount of interest which
     has accrued with respect to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of
     the Class D Certificates at the Class D Certificate Rate but which has not
     been deposited into the Interest Funding Account with respect to the Class
     D Certificateholders and (2) any additional interest (to the extent
     permitted by applicable law) at the Class D Certificate Rate accrued on
     interest that was due during a prior Monthly Period pursuant to this
     subsection but was not deposited in the Interest Funding Account or paid to
     the Class D Certificateholders.

          (xiii) Monthly Servicing Fee. On each Business Day, if Green Tree or
     an Affiliate of Green Tree is the Servicer, the Trustee, acting in
     accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from the
     Collection Account and distribute to the Servicer, to the extent of Series
     Available Interest Collections for such Business Day (after giving effect
     to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xii) of the
     Agreement), the Monthly Servicing Fee accrued since the preceding Business
     Day plus any Monthly Servicing Fee due with respect to any prior Business
     Day but not distributed to the Servicer.

          (xiv) Excess Interest Collections. Any amounts remaining in the
     Collection Account to the extent of any Series Available Interest
     Collections remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to
     subsection 4.9(a)(i) through (xiii), shall be treated as Excess Interest
     Collections, and the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing on each
     Business Day to withdraw such amounts from the Collection Account and to
     first make such amounts available to pay to Certificateholders of other
     Series to the extent of shortfalls, if any, in amounts payable to such
     certificateholders from Interest Collections allocated to such other
     Series, then to pay any unpaid commercially reasonable costs and expenses
     of a Successor Servicer, if any, and then pay any remaining Excess Interest
     Collections to the Transferor.

     (b) For each Business Day with respect to the Revolving Period, the funds
on deposit in the Collection Account to the extent of the product of (i) the sum
of the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage and the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage and (ii) Principal
Collections with respect to such Business Day (less the amount of
Reallocated Class C Principal Collections and Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections on such Business Day) will be treated as Shared Principal
Collections and applied, pursuant to the written direction of the Servicer in
the Daily Report for such Business Day, as provided in Section 4.3(e) of the
Agreement.

     (c) For each Business Day on and after the Amortization Period Commencement
Date or the commencement of the Early Amortization Period, the amount of funds
on deposit in the Collection Account and the Excess Funding 

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
 
Account as described below will be distributed, pursuant to the written
direction of the Servicer in the Daily Report for such Business Day, in the
following priority:

          (i) on and prior to the day on which an amount equal to the Class A
     Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account to be applied
     to the payment of Class A Principal, an amount (not in excess of the Class
     A Invested Amount) equal to the sum of (v) the product of the ABC Fixed/
     Floating Allocation Percentage and Principal Collections in the Collection
     Account at the end of the preceding Business Day (less the amount thereof
     to be applied as Reallocated Class B Principal Collections or Reallocated
     Class C Principal Collections on such Business Day), (w) any amount on
     deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated to the Class A Certificates
     on such Business Day pursuant to subsection 4.9(d), (x) amounts to be paid
     pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(iv), (vi), (viii) and (ix) of the Agreement
     from Available Series Interest Collections and from amounts available
     pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b) and 4.14(a), (b) and (c) of the
     Agreement on such Business Day and (y) the amount of Shared Principal
     Collections allocated to the Series 1998-A Certificates in accordance with
     Section 4.8 on such Business Day, will be deposited into the Principal
     Account;

          (ii) on and after the day on which an amount equal to the Class A
     Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account to be applied
     to the payment of Class A Principal, an amount (not in excess of the Class
     B Invested Amount) equal to the sum of (v) an amount equal to the product
     of the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and Principal Collections
     in the Collection Account at the end of the preceding Business Day (less
     the amount thereof to be applied as Reallocated Class B Principal
     Collections or Reallocated Class C Principal Collections on such Business
     Day), (w) any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated to
     the Class B Certificates on such Business Day pursuant to subsection
     4.9(d), (x) the amount, if any, allocated to be paid to the Class B
     Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(iv), (viii) and (ix) of the
     Agreement from Available Series Interest Collections and from amounts
     available pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b) and 4.14(a) and (b) of
     the Agreement with respect to such Business Day and (y) the amount of
     Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Series 1998-A Certificates in
     accordance with Section 4.8 on such Business Day (such sum, the "Class B
     Daily Principal Amount") will be deposited into the Principal Account;

          (iii) on and after the day on which an amount equal to the Class B
     Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account to be applied
     to the payment of Class B Principal, an amount (not in excess of the Class
     C Invested Amount) equal to the sum of (v) an amount equal to the product
     of the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and Principal Collections
     in the Collection Account at the end of the preceding Business Day (less
     the amount thereof to be applied as Reallocated Class C Principal
     Collections on 

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
 
     such Business Day), (w) any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account
     allocated to the Class C Certificates on such Business Day pursuant to
     subsection 4.9(d), (x) the amount, if any, allocated to be paid to the
     Class C Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(iv) and (ix) of the
     Agreement from Available Series Interest Collections and from amounts
     available pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b) and 4.14(a) of the
     Agreement with respect to such Business Day and (y) the amount of Shared
     Principal Collections allocated to the Series 1998-A Certificates in
     accordance with Section 4.8 on such Business Day (such sum, the "Class C
     Daily Principal Amount") will be deposited into the Principal Account;

          (iv) on and after the day on which an amount equal to the Class C
     Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Account to be applied
     to the payment of Class C Principal, an amount equal to the sum of (w) an
     amount equal to the product of the Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation
     Percentage and Principal Collections in the Collection Account at the end
     of the preceding Business Day (less the amount thereof to be applied as
     Reallocated Class D Principal Collections on such Business Day), (x) any
     amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated to the Class D
     Certificates on such Business Day pursuant to subsection 4.9(d), (y) the
     amount, if any, allocated to be paid to the Class D Certificates pursuant
     to subsections 4.9(a)(v) and (x) of the Agreement from Available Series
     Interest Collections and from amounts available pursuant to subsections
     4.10(a) and (b) of the Agreement with respect to such Business Day and (z)
     the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated to the Series 1998-A
     Certificates in accordance with Section 4.8 on such Business Day (such sum,
     the "Class D Daily Principal Amount") will be distributed to the Class D
     Certificateholders; and

          (v) notwithstanding subsections 4.9(c)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), an
     amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of the amounts described
     in clauses (i)(v) and (x), (ii)(v) and (x) and (iii)(v) and (x) above over
     (B) the Class A Principal, Class B Principal and Class C Principal,
     respectively, for the related Distribution Date will be treated as Shared
     Principal Collections and applied as provided in subsection 4.3(e) of the
     Agreement.

     (d) On the first Business Day of the Amortization Period or Early
Amortization Period, funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (exclusive
of amounts, if any, in the Class D Subaccount) will be deposited in the
Principal Account.  Such amounts will be allocated in the following order of
priority:  (i) to the Class A Certificates in an amount not to exceed the Class
A Principal for the related Distribution Date after subtracting therefrom any
amounts to be deposited in the Principal Account with respect thereto pursuant
to subsections 4.9(c)(i)(v), (x) and (y), (ii) to the Class B Certificates in an
amount not to exceed the Class B Principal for the related Distribution Date
after subtracting therefrom any amounts to be deposited in the Principal Account
with respect thereto pursuant to subsections 4.9(c)(ii)(v), (x) and (y), and
(iii) to the Class C Certificates in an amount not to exceed the Class C
Principal after subtracting therefrom any amounts to be deposited in the
Principal Account with respect thereto pursuant to subsections 

                                      -36-
<PAGE>
 
4.9(c)(iii)(v), (x) and (y). On and after the Class D Principal Commencement
Date any amounts remaining on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and
allocated to the Series 1998-A Certificates will be deposited in the Principal
Account in an amount not to exceed the Class D Invested Amount after subtracting
therefrom any amounts to be deposited in the Principal Account with respect
thereto pursuant to subsections 4.9(c)(iv)(w), (x), (y) and (z).

     Section 4.10  Coverage of Required Amount for the Series 1998-A
Certificates.

     (a) To the extent that any amounts are on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account on any Business Day, the Servicer shall apply Transferor Interest
Collections in an amount equal to the sum of the Negative Carry Amount and the
Principal Funding Investment Shortfall, if any, for such Business Day and any
prior Business Day in respect of which such amounts have not been covered
pursuant to this sentence in the manner specified for application of Series
Available Interest Collections in subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xiii).

     (b) To the extent that on any Business Day payments are being made pursuant
to any of subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xiii), respectively, and the full
amount to be paid pursuant to any such subsection receiving payments on such
Business Day is not paid in full on such Business Day, the Servicer shall apply
all or a portion of the Excess Interest Collections from other Series with
respect to such Business Day allocable to the Series 1998-A Certificates in an
amount equal to the excess of the full amount to be allocated or paid pursuant
to the applicable subsection over the amount applied with respect thereto from
Series Available Interest Collections and Transferor Interest Collections
(pursuant to subsection 4.10(a)) on such Business Day (the "Required Amount").
Excess Interest Collections allocated to the Series 1998-A Certificates for any
Business Day shall mean an amount equal to the product of (x) Excess Interest
Collections available from all other Series for such Business Day for the prior
Monthly Period and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Required Amount
for such Business Day and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of
shortfalls in required amounts or other amounts to be paid from Interest
Collections for all Series for such Business Day.

     Section 4.11  Payment of Certificate Interest.  On each Transfer Date, the
Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in
the Daily Report for such day, shall withdraw the amount on deposit in the
Interest Funding Account with respect to the prior Monthly Period allocable to
the Series 1998-A Certificates and deposit such amount in the Distribution
Account.  On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance
with Section 5.1 of the Agreement to (w) the Class A Certificateholders from the
Distribution Account such amount deposited into the Distribution Account on the
related Transfer Date 

                                      -37-
<PAGE>
 
allocable thereto pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(i), (x) the Class B
Certificateholders from the Distribution Account the amount deposited into the
Distribution Account allocable thereto pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(ii) and
(vii), (y) the Class C Certificateholders from the Distribution Account the
amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to subsection
4.9(a)(xi), and (z) the Class D Certificateholders from the Distribution Account
the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to subsection
4.9(a)(xii).

     Section 4.12  Payment of Certificate Principal.

     (a) On each Transfer Date preceding a Distribution Date during the
Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period, the Trustee, acting in
accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for
such day, shall withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit in the
Distribution Account, to the extent of funds available, an amount equal to the
Class A Principal for such Distribution Date.  On such Distribution Date, the
Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 to the Class A
Certificateholders from the Distribution Account such amount deposited into the
Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date.

     (b) On the Transfer Date preceding the Class B Principal Commencement date
and each Distribution Date thereafter, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such day, shall
withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit in the Distribution Account, to
the extent of funds available, an amount equal to the Class B Principal for such
Distribution Date.  On the Class B Principal Commencement Date, after the
payment of any principal amounts to the Class A Certificates on such day, and on
each Distribution Date thereafter until the Class B Invested Amount is paid in
full, the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 to the Class B
Certificateholders from the Distribution Account such amount deposited into the
Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date.

     (c) On the Transfer Date preceding the Class C Principal Commencement Date
and each Distribution Date thereafter, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such day, shall
withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit in the Distribution Account an
amount equal to the lesser of the Class C Invested Amount and the amount on
deposit in the Principal Account allocable to the Series 1998-A Certificates
(after giving effect to transfers pursuant to subsection 4.12(a) and (b)).  On
the Class C Principal Commencement Date, after the payment of any principal
amounts to the Class B Certificates on such day, and on each Distribution Date
thereafter until the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full, the Paying Agent
shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 to the Class C Certificateholders from
the Distribution Account such amount deposited into the Distribution Account on
the related Transfer Date.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>
 
     (d) On the Transfer Date preceding the Class D Principal Commencement Date
and each Business Day thereafter, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such day, shall
make payments of principal to the Class D Certificateholders in accordance with
subsection 4.9(c)(iv) of the Agreement.

     Any amounts remaining in the Principal Account and allocable to the
Series 1998-A Certificates, after the Class D Invested Amount has been paid in
full, will be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied in accordance
with Section 4.3(e) of the Agreement.

     Section 4.13  Investor Charge-Off.

     (a) If, on any Determination Date, the aggregate Investor Default Amount,
if any, for each Business Day in the preceding Monthly Period exceeded the
Series Available Interest Collections applied to the payment thereof pursuant to
subsections 4.9(a)(iv) and (v) of the Agreement and the amount of Transferor
Interest Collections and Excess Interest Collections allocated thereto pursuant
to Section 4.10 of the Agreement, and the amount of Reallocated Principal
Collections applied with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.14 of the
Agreement, the Class D Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which
the remaining aggregate Investor Default Amount exceeds the amount applied with
respect thereto during such preceding Monthly Period (a "Class D Investor
Charge-Off").

     (b) In the event that any such reduction of the Class D Invested Amount
would cause the Class D Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class D
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class C Invested Amount will be
reduced by the amount by which the Class D Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not more than the aggregate Investor Default Amount for
such Monthly Period (a "Class C Investor Charge-Off").

     (c) In the event that any such reduction of the Class C Invested Amount
would cause the Class C Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class C
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class B Invested Amount will be
reduced by the amount by which the Class C Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Investor Default
Amount for such Monthly Period (a "Class B Investor Charge-Off").

     (d) In the event that any such reduction of the Class B Invested Amount
would cause the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class B
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class A Invested Amount will be
reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Investor Default
Amount for such Monthly Period (a "Class A Investor Charge-Off").

                                      -39-
<PAGE>
 
     Section 4.14  Reallocated Principal Collections for the Series 1998-A
Certificates.

     (a) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine the amount equal to
the lesser of (i) the Class D Invested Amount, (ii) the product of (x)(I) during
the Revolving Period, the Class D Floating Allocation Percentage or (II) during
the Amortization Period or Early Amortization Period, the Class D Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections with respect
to such Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the remaining
Class A Required Amount, if any, with respect to the prior Monthly Period,
(b) the remaining Class B Required Amount, if any, with respect to the prior
Monthly Period and (c) the remaining Class C Required Amount, if any, with
respect to the prior Monthly Period (such amount called "Reallocated Class D
Principal Collections") and shall apply Principal Collections in an amount equal
to such amount first to the components of the Class A Required Amount, then to
the components of the Class B Required Amount and then to the components of the
Class C Required Amount in the same priority as amounts are applied to such
components from Series Available Interest Collections pursuant to subsection
4.9(a).

     (b) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine the amount equal to
the lesser of (i) the Class C Invested Amount, (ii) the product of (x)(I) during
the Revolving Period, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage or (II) during
the Amortization Period or Early Amortization Period, the Class C Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections for such
Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the remaining Class A
Required Amount, if any, with respect to the prior Monthly Period over the
amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections applied with respect thereto
for such prior Monthly Period and (b) the remaining Class B Required Amount, if
any, with respect to the prior Monthly Period over the amount of Reallocated
Class D Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for such prior
Monthly Period (such amount called "Reallocated Class C Principal Collections")
and shall apply Principal Collections in an amount equal to such amount first to
the remaining components of the Class A Required Amount and then to the
remaining components of the Class B Required Amount in the same priority as
amounts are applied to such components from Series Available Interest
Collections pursuant to subsection 4.9(a).

     (c) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine the amount equal to
the lesser of (i) the Class B Invested Amount, (ii) the product of (x)(I) during
the Revolving Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage or (II) during
the Amortization Period or Early Amortization Period, the Class B Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections for such
Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the remaining
Class A Required Amount, if any, with respect to the prior Monthly Period over
the sum of the amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections and
Reallocated Class C 

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
 
Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for the prior Monthly Period
(such amount called "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections") and shall apply
Principal Collections equal to such amount to the remaining components of the
Class A Required Amount in the same priority as amounts are applied to such
components from Series Available Interest Collections pursuant to subsection
4.9(a).

     Section 4.15  Determination of LIBOR.

     (a) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Trustee shall determine LIBOR on
the basis of the rate for deposits in United States dollars for a period equal
to the relevant Interest Accrual Period which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as
of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date.  If such rate does not appear on
Telerate Page 3750, the rate for the LIBOR Determination Date shall be
determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States dollars
are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on
that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to the
relevant Interest Accrual Period.  The Trustee shall request the principal
London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate.
If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that LIBOR
Determination Date shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations (rounded
upward to the nearest 0.015625%).  If fewer than two quotations are provided as
requested, the rate for that LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic
mean (rounded upward to the nearest 0.015625%) of the rates quoted by major
banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to leading
European banks for a period equal to the relevant Interest Accrual Period;
provided, however, that if the Trustee is unable to determine a rate in
accordance with one of the procedures described above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as
determined on the most recent LIBOR Determination Date.

     (b) The Class A Certificate Rate, the Class B Certificate Rate, the Class C
Certificate Rate and the Class D Certificate Rate applicable to the then current
and the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Periods may be obtained by any
Series 1998-A Certificateholder by telephoning the Trustee at its Corporate
Trust Office at (612) 667-9764.

     (c) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Trustee shall send to the
Servicer by facsimile notification of LIBOR for the following Interest Accrual
Period.

     SECTION 7.  Article V of the Agreement.  Article V of the Agreement shall
read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the Series 1998-
A Certificates:

                                      -41-
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE V

                     DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR
                     -------------------------------------
                               CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
                               ------------------

     Section 5.1  Distributions.

     (a) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the
Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to each Class A
Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other than as provided
in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such
Certificateholder's Pro Rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests
represented by Class A Certificates held by such Certificateholder) of amounts
on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the Class A
Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by check
mailed to each Class A Certificateholder at such Certificate-holder's address as
it appears on the Certificate Register or, in the case of Class A
Certificateholders holding Class A Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests
aggregating not less than 80% of the Class A Invested Amount, by wire transfer,
at the expense of such Class A Certificateholder, to an account or accounts
designated by such Class A Certificateholder by written notice given to the
Paying Agent not less than five days prior to the related Distribution Date;
provided, however, that the final payment in retirement of the Class A
Certificates will be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Class A
Certificates at the office or offices specified in the notice of such final
distribution delivered by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3.

     (b) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the
Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to each Class B
Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other than as provided
in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such
Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests
represented by Class B Certificates held by such Certificateholder) of amounts
on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the Class B
Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by check
mailed to each Class B Certificateholder at such Certificate-holder's address as
it appears on the Certificate Register or, in the case of Class B
Certificateholders holding Class B Certificates evidencing Undivided Interest
aggregating not less than 80% of the Class B Invested Amount, by wire transfer,
at the expense of such Class B Certificateholder, to an account or accounts
designated by such Class B Certificateholder by written notice given to the
Paying Agent not less than five days prior to the related Distribution Date;
provided, however, that the final payment in retirement of the Class B
Certificates will be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Class B
Certificates at the office or offices specified 

                                      -42-
<PAGE>
 
in the notice of such final distribution delivered by the Trustee pursuant to
Section 12.3.

     (c) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the
Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to each Class C
Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other than as provided
in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such
Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests
represented by Class C Certificates held by such Certificateholder) of amounts
on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the Class C
Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by wire
transfer to each Class C Certificateholder to an account or accounts designated
by such Class C Certificateholder by written notice given to the Paying Agent
not less than five days prior to the related Distribution Date; provided,
however, that the final payment in retirement of the Class C Certificates will
be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Class C Certificates at the
office or offices specified in the notice of such final distribution delivered
by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3.

     (d)  On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer to the
Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to each Class D
Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other than as provided
in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such
Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests
represented by Class D Certificates held by such Certificateholder) of amounts
on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the Class D
Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by wire
transfer to each Class D Certificateholder to an account or accounts designated
by such Class D Certificateholder by written notice given to the Paying Agent
not less than five days prior to the related Distribution Date; provided,
however, that the final payment in retirement of the Class D Certificates will
be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Class D Certificates at the
office or offices specified in the notice of such final distribution delivered
by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3.

     Section 5.2  Certificateholders' Statement.

     (a) On the 15th day of each calendar month (or if such day is not a
Business Day the next succeeding Business Day), the Paying Agent shall forward
to each Certificateholder and the Rating Agencies a statement substantially in
the form of Exhibit C prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the Trustee and
the Paying Agent on the preceding Determination Date setting forth the following
information (which, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) below, shall be stated on
the basis of an original principal amount of $1,000 per Certificate and, in the
case of (ix) and (x), shall be stated on an aggregate basis and on the basis of
an original principal amount of $1,000 per Certificate):

                                      -43-
<PAGE>
 
          (i) the total amount distributed;

          (ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to Certificate
     Principal;

          (iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to Certificate
     Interest;

          (iv) the amount of Principal Collections processed during the related
     Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Class A Certificates, the
     Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D
     Certificates, respectively;

          (v) the amount of Interest Collections processed during the related
     Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Class A Certificates, the
     Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D
     Certificates, respectively;

          (vi) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables, the Invested
     Amount, the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class
     C Invested Amount, the Class D Invested Amount, the Floating Allocation
     Percentage and, during the Amortization Period or Early Amortization
     Period, the ABC Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage, with respect to the
     Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the
     Record Date;

          (vii) the aggregate outstanding balance of Receivables which are
     current, and those between (i) 30 and 59 days (ii) 60 and 89 days and (iii)
     90 days or more delinquent, in each case, as of the end of the day on the
     Record Date;

          (viii) the aggregate Investor Default Amount for the related Monthly
     Period;

          (ix) the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B
     Investor Charge-Offs, Class C Investor Charge-Offs and Class D Investor
     Charge-Offs for the preceding Monthly Period;

          (x) the amount of the Servicing Fee for the preceding Monthly Period;

          (xi) the remaining Invested Amount of the Series 1995-1 Certificates
     and the Pre-Allocated Invested Amount, if any, and the aggregate amount of
     funds in the Excess Funding Account as of the last day of the Monthly
     Period immediately preceding the Distribution Date;

          (xii) the Monthly Payment Rate and the average daily aggregate
     Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom the discount portion, if
     any) for the related Monthly Period; and

                                      -44-
<PAGE>
 
          (xiii) each Overconcentration Amount and the Class D Incremental
     Invested Amount.


     (b) Annual Certificateholders' Tax Statement.  On or before March 31 of
each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 1999, the Paying Agent shall
distribute to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was
a Series 1998-A Certificateholder, a statement prepared by the Servicer
containing the information required to be contained in the regular report to
Series 1998-A Certificateholders, as set forth in subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii)
above, aggregated for such calendar year or the applicable portion thereof
during which such Person was a Series 1998-A Certificateholder, together with,
on or before January 31 of each year, beginning in 1999, such other customary
information (consistent with the treatment of the Certificates as debt) as the
Trustee or the Servicer deems necessary or desirable to enable the Series 1998-A
Certificateholders to prepare their tax returns.  Such obligations of the
Trustee shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially
comparable information shall be provided by the Trustee pursuant to any
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code as from time to time in effect.

     SECTION 8.  Series 1998-A Pay Out Events.  The occurrence of any of the
following events shall, immediately upon the occurrence thereof without notice
or other action on the part of the Trustee or the Series 1998-A
Certificateholders, be deemed to be a Pay Out Event solely with respect to
Series 1998-A:

          (a) on any Determination Date, the average of the Monthly Payment
     Rates for the three preceding Monthly Periods, where the Monthly Payment
     Rate for a Monthly Period is the percentage obtained by dividing the
     aggregate of the Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom any
     discount portion) collected during such Monthly Period by the average daily
     aggregate Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom any discount
     portion) for such Monthly Period, is less than 18%;

          (b) the failure to pay the outstanding principal amount of the Class A
     or Class B Certificates by the Class A Scheduled Payment Date or the Class
     B Scheduled Payment Date, as applicable;

          (c) the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the average for each
     month of the net losses on the Receivables (exclusive of the Ineligible
     Receivables) owned by the Trust (i.e., gross losses less recoveries on any
     Receivables (including, without limitation, recoveries from collateral
     security in addition to recoveries from the products, recoveries from
     manufacturers and insurance proceeds)) during any three consecutive
     calendar months to (ii) the average of the month-end aggregate balances of
     such Receivables (without deducting therefrom the discount portion) for
     such three-month period, exceeds 5% on an annualized basis;

                                      -45-
<PAGE>
 
          (d) the sum of all Cash Equivalents and other amounts on deposit in
     the Excess Funding Account represents more than 50% of the sum of the
     aggregate amount of Principal Receivables (without deducting therefrom any
     discount portion) for each of six or more consecutive Determination Dates,
     after giving effect to all payments made or to be made on the Distribution
     Date next succeeding each such respective Determination Date; or

          (e) if Principal Collections allocable to the Class D
     Certificateholders' Interest have been reallocated in any Monthly Period to
     cover any Required Amounts and have not been reimbursed as of the
     Determination Date in such Monthly Period.

     SECTION 9.  Series 1998-A Termination.  The right of the Series 1998-A
Certificateholders to receive payments from the Trust will terminate on the
first Business Day following the Series 1998-A Termination Date unless such
Series is an Affected Series as specified in subsection 12.1(c) of the Agreement
and the sale contemplated therein has not occurred by such date, in which event
the Series 1998-A Certificateholders shall remain entitled to receive proceeds
of such sale when such sale occurs.

     SECTION 10.  Legends; Transfer and Exchange; Restrictions on Transfer of
Series 1998-A Certificates; Tax Treatment.

     (a) Each Series 1998-A Certificate will bear a legend substantially in the
following form:

          THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
     SECURITIES LAW. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES
     THAT THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
     TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE
     LAWS AND ONLY PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN
     INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
     INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A ("QIB") PURCHASING FOR
     ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE
     HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR
     OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR TO THE
     TRANSFEROR. EACH CERTIFICATE OWNER BY ACCEPTING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
     THIS CERTIFICATE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS
     OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QIB.

                                      -46-
<PAGE>
 
          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF
     A SERIES 1998-A CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS
     OF THE TRUST BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" AND SUBJECT TO
     THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
     ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH
     PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3)
     OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
     ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A
     PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986,
     AS AMENDED, OR (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS
     BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

          THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED, SOLD, TRADED OR TRANSFERRED, NOR
     MAY AN INTEREST IN THIS CERTIFICATE BE MARKETED, ON OR THROUGH AN
     "ESTABLISHED SECURITIES MARKET" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7740(b)(1) OF
     THE CODE AND ANY PROPOSED, TEMPORARY OR FINAL TREASURY REGULATION
     THEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AN OVER-THE-COUNTER-MARKET OR
     ANY INTERDEALER QUOTATION SYSTEM THAT REGULARLY DISSEMINATES FIRM BUY OR
     SELL QUOTATIONS.


     (b) Each Class D Certificate will bear a legend substantially in the
following form:

          GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. SHALL BE PROHIBITED FROM
          TRANSFERRING ANY INTEREST IN OR PORTION OF THIS CERTIFICATE UNLESS,
          PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, IT SHALL HAVE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE AN
          OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER WILL NOT
          ADVERSELY AFFECT THE FEDERAL OR MINNESOTA INCOME TAX CHARACTERIZATION
          OF ANY OUTSTANDING SERIES OF INVESTOR CERTIFICATES OR THE TAXABILITY
          (OR TAX CHARACTERIZATION) OF THE TRUST UNDER FEDERAL OR MINNESOTA
          INCOME TAX LAWS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE TRANSFEROR BE PERMITTED TO
          TRANSFER ANY INTEREST IN OR PORTION OF THIS CERTIFICATE IF, AFTER

                                      -47-
<PAGE>
 
          GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE
          CERTIFICATES WHOSE TRANSFER IS PROPOSED, MORE THAN 20% (BY INVESTED
          AMOUNT AND BY VALUE) OF THE OUTSTANDING CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY THE
          TRUST WITH RESPECT TO WHICH NO OPINION OF COUNSEL WAS ISSUED THAT THE
          APPLICABLE CLASS WOULD BE TREATED AS DEBT FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX
          PURPOSES (INCLUDING THE EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE AND EACH
          TRANSFEROR RETAINED CLASS) WOULD NOT BE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY GREEN
          TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.

     (c) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of a Series 1998-A
Certificate at the office of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, accompanied by a
letter of representations and certification from the prospective
Certificateholder substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F and by a
written instrument of transfer in the form approved by the Transferor and the
Trustee (it being understood that, until notice to the contrary is given to
Certificateholders, the Transferor and the Trustee shall each be deemed to have
approved the form of instrument of transfer, if any, printed on any definitive
Certificate), executed by the registered owner, in person or by such
Certificateholder's attorney thereunto duly authorized in writing, such
Certificate shall be transferred upon the register, and the Transferor shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the
designated transferee one or more new registered Certificates of any authorized
denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor.  Transfers and
exchanges of Certificates shall be subject to such restrictions as shall be set
forth in this Series 1998-A Supplement and the text of the Certificates and such
reasonable regulations as may be prescribed by the Transferor.  Successive
registrations and registrations of transfers as aforesaid may be made from time
to time as desired, and each such registration shall be noted on the register.

     (d) No Series 1998-A Certificate or any interest therein may be Transferred
(including in the initial offering) to (a) an "employee benefit plan" (as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), including governmental plans and church
plans, (b) any "plan" (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) including
individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans, or (c) any other entity whose
underlying assets include "plan assets" (within the meaning of Department of
Labor ("DOL") Regulation Section 2510.3-101, 29 C.F.R. (S) 2510.3-101 or
otherwise under ERISA) by reason of a plan's investment in the entity,
including, without limitation, an insurance company general account; provided,
however, that a Series 1998-A Certificate or an interest therein may be
Transferred to an insurance company acting on behalf of its general account if
(i) on the date such insurance company acquires the Certificates, less than 25%
of the assets of such general account (as reasonably determined by such
insurance company) constitute "plan assets" for purposes of Title I of ERISA and
Section 4975 of the Code, and (ii) such insurance company agrees that if, after
the initial acquisition of the Certificates, at any time during any calendar
quarter 25% or more of the assets of such general account (as reasonably
determined by such 

                                      -48-
<PAGE>
 
insurance company no less frequently than each calendar quarter) constitute
"plan assets" for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and
no exemption or exception from the prohibited transaction rules applies to the
continued holding of the Certificates under Section 401(c) of ERISA and the
final regulations thereunder or under an exemption or regulation issued by the
DOL under ERISA, then such insurance company will dispose of all of the
Certificates then held in its general account by the end of the next following
calendar quarter; and provided, further, that the Assignee shall have executed
and delivered the certification referred to in subsection 10(c) above and each
of the Transferor and the Servicer shall have granted its prior written consent
thereto.

     (e) Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. shall be prohibited from
transferring any interest in or portion of the Class D Certificates unless,
prior to such transfer, it shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that such proposed transfer will not adversely affect the
Federal or Minnesota income tax characterization of any outstanding Series of
Investor Certificates or the taxability (or tax characterization) of the Trust
under Federal or Minnesota income tax laws.  In no event shall the Transferor be
permitted to transfer any interest in or portion of the Class D Certificates if,
after giving effect to such proposed transfer, taking into account the
certificates whose transfer is proposed, more than 20% (by Invested Amount and
by value) of the outstanding certificates issued by the Trust with respect to
which no Opinion of Counsel was issued that the applicable class would be
treated as debt for federal income tax purposes (including the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate and each Transferor Retained Class) would not be
beneficially owned by Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp.  In no event shall any
interest in or portion of the Class D Certificates be transferred to Green Tree.
As a condition to transfer of an interest in or portion of the Class D
Certificates, the transferee shall be required to agree not to institute
against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Trust, any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding,
or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, for
one year and one day after all Investor Certificates are paid in full.  The
Transferor shall provide prompt written notice to the Rating Agencies of any
such transfer.

     (f) The Transferor, the Trustee, the Servicer and each Certificateholder
each agrees that it will not make the election provided in Treasury Regulation
(S) 301.7701-3(c) to have the Trust classified as an association taxable as a
corporation.

     SECTION 11.  Additional Restrictions on Transfers of Class C and Class D
Certificates; Withholding Requirements; Tax Treatment.

     (a)  No Class C or Class D Certificate or any interest therein may be sold
(including in the initial offering), conveyed, assigned, hypothecated, pledged,
participated, or otherwise transferred (each, a "Transfer") except in accordance
with this Section 11.  Any Transfer of a Class C or Class D Certificate
otherwise permitted by this Section 11 will be permitted only if it consists of
a pro rata percentage interest 

                                      -49-
<PAGE>
 
in all payments made with respect to such Holder's Certificate and no Transfers
of partial interests in a Class C or Class D Certificate shall be permitted. No
Class C or Class D Certificate or any interest therein may be Transferred to any
Person (each, an "Assignee"), unless the Assignee shall have executed and
delivered the certification referred to in subsection 10(c) above and each of
the Transferor and the Servicer shall have granted its prior consent thereto.
Such consent shall be granted (assuming that all other conditions specified in
this Section 11 to such Transfer are satisfied) unless the Transferor determines
in its sole and absolute discretion that such Transfer would create a risk that
the Trust would be classified for federal or any applicable state tax purposes
as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation;
provided, further, that any attempted Transfer that would cause the number of
Targeted Holders to exceed 99 shall be void; and provided, further, that there
shall not at any time be more than 5 Class C and 5 Class D Certificateholders in
the aggregate or such other number as may be consented to by the Transferor,
which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

     (b)  Each initial purchaser of a Class C or Class D Certificate or any
interest therein and any Assignee thereof shall certify to the Transferor, the
Servicer, and the Trustee that it is either (A)(i) a citizen or resident of the
U.S., (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity organized in or under the
laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof which, if such entity is a
tax-exempt entity, recognizes that payments with respect to the Class C or Class
D Certificates may constitute unrelated business taxable income or (iii) a
person not described in (i) or (ii) whose ownership of the Class C or Class D
Certificates is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
within the United States within the meaning of the Code) and whose ownership of
any interest in a Class C or Class D Certificate will not result in any
withholding obligation with respect to any payments with respect to the Class C
or Class D Certificates by any person or (B) an estate or trust the income of
which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Each
initial purchaser of a Class C or Class D Certificate also shall agree that (A)
if it is a person described in clause (A)(i) or (A)(ii) above, it will furnish
to the person from whom it is acquiring a Class C or Class D Certificate, the
Servicer and the Trustee, a properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form
W-9 (and will agree to furnish a new Form W-9, or any successor applicable form,
upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form) or (b) if
it is a person described in clause (A)(iii) above, it will furnish to the person
from whom it is acquiring a Class C or Class D Certificate, the Servicer and the
Trustee, a properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 (and will
agree to furnish a new Form 4224, or any successor applicable form, upon the
expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form and comparable
statements in accordance with applicable U.S. laws), and, in each case, such
other certifications, representations or opinions of counsel as may be requested
by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee.

     (c) Each initial purchaser of a Class C or Class D Certificate or any
interest therein and any Assignee thereof shall further certify to the
Transferor, the Servicer 

                                      -50-
<PAGE>
 
and the Trustee that it has neither acquired nor will it sell, trade or transfer
any interest in a Class C or Class D Certificate or cause an interest in a Class
C or Class D Certificate to be marketed on or through an "established securities
market" within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code and any treasury
regulation thereunder, including, without limitation, an over-the-counter-market
or an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell
quotations. In addition, each initial purchaser of a Class C or Class D
Certificate or any interest therein and any Assignee shall certify, prior to any
delivery or Transfer to it of a Class C or Class D Certificate that it is not
and will not become (unless otherwise consented to by the Transferor in its sole
discretion), for so long as it holds an interest in a Class C or Class D
Certificate, a partnership, Subchapter S corporation or grantor trust for U.S.
federal income tax purposes. If an initial purchaser of an interest in a Class C
or Class D Certificate or an Assignee cannot make the certification described in
the preceding sentence, the Transferor may, in its sole discretion, prohibit a
Transfer to such entity; provided, however, that if the Transferor agrees to
permit such a Transfer, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee may require
additional certifications in order to prevent the Trust from being treated as a
publicly traded partnership. Each initial purchaser of an interest in a Class C
or Class D Certificate and Assignee acknowledges that the Opinion of Counsel to
the effect that the Trust will not be treated as a publicly traded partnership
taxable as a corporation is dependent in part on the accuracy of the
certifications described in this subsection 11(c).

     (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, the Trustee and
any Paying Agent shall comply with all Federal withholding requirements with
respect to payments to the Class C or Class D Certificateholders of interest,
original issue discount, or other amounts that the Trustee, any Paying Agent,
the Servicer or the Transferor reasonably believes are applicable under the
Code.  The consent of the Class C or Class D Certificateholders shall not be
required for any such withholding.  In the event the Trustee or the Paying Agent
withholds any amount from payments made to any Class C or Class D
Certificateholder pursuant to federal withholding requirements, the Trustee or
the Paying Agent shall indicate to such Class C or Class D Certificateholder the
amount withheld and all such amounts shall be deemed to have been paid to such
Class C or Class D Certificateholders and the Class C or Class D
Certificateholders shall have no claim therefor.

     (e) As described in Section 3.7 of the Agreement, it is the intention of
the parties hereto that the Class C Certificates be treated for tax purposes as
indebtedness.  In the event that the Class C Certificates are not so treated, it
is the intention of the parties that the Class C Certificates to treated as an
interest in a partnership that owns the Receivables.  In the event that the
Class C Certificates are treated as an interest in a partnership, it is the
intention of the parties that interest payable on the Class C Certificates be
treated as guaranteed payment and, if for any reason it is not so treated, that
the holders of the Class C Certificates be specially allocated gross interest
income equal to the interest accrued during each Interest Accrual Period on the
Class C Certificates.

                                      -51-
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 12.  Ratification of Agreement.

     (a) As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Agreement is in all
respects ratified and confirmed and the Agreement as so supplemented by this
Series Supplement shall be read, taken, and construed as one and the same
instrument.

     (b) For so long as any of the Certificates are outstanding, each of the
Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee agree to cooperate with each other to
provide to any Certificateholders and to any prospective purchaser of
Certificates designated by such a Certificateholder upon the request of such
Certificateholder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be
provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the condition set
forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

     SECTION 13.  Counterparts.  This Series Supplement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

     SECTION 14.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     SECTION 15.  Instructions in Writing.  All instructions or other
communications given by the Servicer or any other person to the Trustee pursuant
to this Series Supplement shall be in writing, and, with respect to the
Servicer, may be included in a Daily Report or Settlement Statement.

                                      -52-
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee have
caused this Series 1998-A Supplement to be duly executed by their respective
officers as of the day and year first above written.

                             GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
                                FUNDING CORP., Transferor


                             By:______________________________________________
                                Name: Phyllis A. Knight
                                Title:  Senior Vice President and Treasurer



                             GREEN TREE FINANCIAL
                                CORPORATION, Servicer


                             By:______________________________________________
                                Name: Phyllis A. Knight
                                Title:  Senior Vice President and Treasurer



                             NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                             ASSOCIATION, Trustee


                             By:______________________________________________
                                Name: Stephen P. Seitz
                                Title:  Assistant Vice President

                                      -53-
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit A

                      FORM OF CLASS A INVESTOR CERTIFICATE

 
          THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
     SECURITIES LAW. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES
     THAT THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
     TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE
     LAWS AND ONLY PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN
     INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
     INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A ("QIB") PURCHASING FOR
     ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE
     HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR
     OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR TO THE
     TRANSFEROR. EACH CERTIFICATE OWNER BY ACCEPTING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
     THIS CERTIFICATE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS
     OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QIB.

          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF
     A CLASS A CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS OF
     THE TRUST BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" AND SUBJECT TO
     THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
     ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH
     PURCHASER EITHER (A) IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN
     SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS
     AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA,
     (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF
     1986, AS AMENDED, OR (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN
     ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
     LIMITATION, AN INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT OR (B) IS AN INSURANCE
     COMPANY ACTING ON BEHALF OF ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT AND (I) ON THE DATE IT
     ACQUIRES THE 

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
     CERTIFICATES, LESS THAN 25% OF THE ASSETS OF SUCH GENERAL ACCOUNT (AS
     REASONABLY DETERMINED BY SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY) CONSTITUTE PLAN ASSETS FOR
     PURPOSES OF TITLE I OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, AND (II) IF,
     AFTER THE INITIAL ACQUISITION OF THE CERTIFICATES, AT ANY TIME DURING ANY
     CALENDAR QUARTER 25% OR MORE OF THE ASSETS OF SUCH GENERAL ACCOUNT (AS
     REASONABLY DETERMINED BY SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY NO LESS FREQUENTLY THAN
     EACH CALENDAR QUARTER) CONSTITUTE PLAN ASSETS FOR PURPOSES OF TITLE I OF
     ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE AND NO EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION FROM THE
     PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES APPLIES TO THE CONTINUED HOLDING OF THE
     CERTIFICATES UNDER SECTION 401(C) OF ERISA AND THE FINAL REGULATIONS
     THEREUNDER OR UNDER AN EXEMPTION OR REGULATION ISSUED BY THE UNITED STATES
     DEPARTMENT OF LABOR UNDER ERISA, THEN SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY AGREES TO
     DISPOSE OF ALL OF THE CERTIFICATES THEN HELD IN ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT BY THE
     END OF THE NEXT FOLLOWING CALENDAR QUARTER.



No. R-1

                 GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
              VARIABLE FUNDING CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1998-A, CLASS A

     Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business
from the portfolio of revolving financing arrangements (the "Accounts") of Green
Tree Financial Corporation ("Green Tree" or the "Servicer") and other assets and
interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement described below.

     This certificate (a "Certificate") does not represent an interest in, or
obligation of, Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., Green Tree or any affiliate
of either of them.

     This certifies that Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the
"Certificateholder") is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest
in the Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust") issued
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1995
(the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement"; such term to include any amendment
thereto) among Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., as Transferor (the
"Transferor"), Green Tree, as Servicer, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Series 1998-A Supplement, dated
as of August 1, 1998 (the "Series 1998-A Supplement"), among the Transferor,
Green Tree as Servicer and the 

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
Trustee. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as supplemented by the Series
1998-A Supplement, is herein referred to as the "Agreement"). The corpus of the
Trust consists of all of the Transferor's right, title and interest in, to and
under the Trust Property (as defined in the Agreement).

     This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference
is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights,
benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights,
duties and obligations of the Trustee.  To the extent not defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement.  This Certificate is one of a class of Certificates entitled "Green
Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Variable Funding Certificates, Series
1998-A, Class A" (the "Class A Certificates"), each of which represents a
fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued under and is subject
to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as
amended from time to time, the Certificateholder by virtue of the acceptance
hereof assents and by which the Certificateholder is bound.

     The Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Class A Certificates
with the intention that the Class A Certificates will qualify under applicable
tax law as indebtedness, and both the Transferor and each holder of a Class A
Certificate (a "Class A Certificateholder") or any interest therein by
acceptance of its Certificate or any interest therein, agrees to treat the Class
A Certificates for purposes of federal, state and local income or franchise
taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness.

     Subject to the terms of the Agreement, no principal will be payable to the
Class A Certificateholders until the second Distribution Date following the
Amortization Period Commencement Date.  No principal will be payable to the
Class B Certificateholders, Class C Certificateholders or Class D
Certificateholders until all principal payments have been made to the Class A
Certificateholders.

     Each Class A Certificate represents the right to receive the lesser of
(i) interest at the rate of .09% per annum above LIBOR determined on September
10, 1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to but excluding October 13,
1998, and at a rate equal to .09% per annum above LIBOR determined on the
related LIBOR Determination Date for each Interest Accrual Period thereafter or
(ii) the applicable Net Receivables Rate (such rate, as in effect from time to
time, the "Class A Certificate Rate").  Interest on the Class A Certificates
will accrue from the Series 1998-A Issuance Date and will be distributed on
September 14, 1998, and on the 13th day of each month thereafter, or if such day
is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, a
"Distribution Date"), in an amount equal to the product of (a) the actual number
of days in the related Interest Accrual Period divided by 360, (b) the Class A
Certificate Rate and (c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
Certificates at the close of Business on the first day of such 

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
Interest Accrual Period (or in the case of the first Distribution Date, the
Class A Initial Invested Amount).

     On the earlier of (i) the second Distribution Date following the
Amortization Period Commencement Date or (ii) the first Distribution Date
following the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, interest and principal will be
distributed to the Class A Certificateholders monthly on each Distribution Date
prior to the Series 1998-A Termination Date.  Interest for any Distribution Date
will include accrued interest at the Class A Certificate Rate from and including
the preceding Distribution Date or, in the case of the first Distribution Date,
from and including the Series 1998-A Issuance Date, to but excluding such
Distribution Date.  Interest for any Distribution Date due but not paid on any
Distribution Date will be due on the next succeeding Distribution Date together
with, to the extent permitted by applicable law, additional interest on such
amount at the Class A Certificate Rate.

     "Class A Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial
Invested Amount minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to
Class A Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of
Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Determination Dates, and plus (d) the
aggregate amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days pursuant to
subsection 4.9(a)(vi) (including amounts applied pursuant to such subsection but
funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) and Section 4.14(a), (b) and (c)) for
the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clause
(c).

     Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid
Class A Invested Amount of the Class A Certificates, which may be less than the
unpaid balance of the Class A Certificates pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement.  All principal of and interest on the Class A Certificates is due and
payable no later than the Distribution Date in March 2001 (the "Series 1998-A
Termination Date").  After the Series 1998-A Termination Date neither the Trust
nor the Transferor will have any further obligation to distribute principal or
interest on the Class A Certificates.  In the event that the Class A Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Series 1998-A Termination Date, the Trustee
will sell or cause to be sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests
in the Receivables or certain of the Receivables up to 110% of the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and
the Class D Invested Amount at the close of business on such date (but not more
than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor Certificates),
and shall pay the proceeds to the Class A Certificateholders pro rata in final
payment of the Class A Certificates, then to the Class B Certificateholders pro
rata in final payment of the Class B Certificates, then to the Class C
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class C Certificates and
finally to the Class D Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class
D Certificates.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on
behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

                                GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
                                  FUNDING CORP., Transferor


                                By:___________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

Dated:  ________, 1998

                         CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Class A Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,   
                                  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Trustee



                                By:___________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:
 


                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit B

                      FORM OF CLASS B INVESTOR CERTIFICATE

 
          THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
     SECURITIES LAW. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES
     THAT THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
     TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE
     LAWS AND ONLY PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN
     INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
     INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A ("QIB") PURCHASING FOR
     ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE
     HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR
     OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR TO THE
     TRANSFEROR. EACH CERTIFICATE OWNER BY ACCEPTING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
     THIS CERTIFICATE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS
     OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QIB.

          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF
     A CLASS B CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS OF
     THE TRUST BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" AND SUBJECT TO
     THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
     ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH
     PURCHASER EITHER (A) IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN
     SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS
     AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA,
     (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF
     1986, AS AMENDED, OR (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN
     ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
     LIMITATION, AN INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT OR (B) IS AN INSURANCE
     COMPANY ACTING ON BEHALF OF ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT AND (I) ON THE DATE IT
     ACQUIRES THE CERTIFICATES, LESS THAN 25% OF THE ASSETS OF SUCH GENERAL
     ACCOUNT (AS REASONABLY DETERMINED BY SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY) CONSTITUTE
     PLAN ASSETS FOR PURPOSES OF TITLE I OF ERISA

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
 
     AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, AND (II) IF, AFTER THE INITIAL ACQUISITION OF
     THE CERTIFICATES, AT ANY TIME DURING ANY CALENDAR QUARTER 25% OR MORE OF
     THE ASSETS OF SUCH GENERAL ACCOUNT (AS REASONABLY DETERMINED BY SUCH
     INSURANCE COMPANY NO LESS FREQUENTLY THAN EACH CALENDAR QUARTER) CONSTITUTE
     PLAN ASSETS FOR PURPOSES OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE
     AND NO EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES APPLIES
     TO THE CONTINUED HOLDING OF THE CERTIFICATES UNDER SECTION 401(C) OF ERISA
     AND THE FINAL REGULATIONS THEREUNDER OR UNDER AN EXEMPTION OR REGULATION
     ISSUED BY THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR UNDER ERISA, THEN SUCH
     INSURANCE COMPANY AGREES TO DISPOSE OF ALL OF THE CERTIFICATES THEN HELD IN
     ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT BY THE END OF THE NEXT FOLLOWING CALENDAR QUARTER.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
No. R-1

                 GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
              VARIABLE FUNDING CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1998-A, CLASS B

     Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business
from the portfolio of revolving financing arrangements (the "Accounts") of Green
Tree Financial Corporation ("Green Tree" or the "Servicer") and other assets and
interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement described below.

     This certificate (a "Certificate") does not represent an interest in, or
obligation of, Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., Green Tree or any affiliate
of either of them.

     This certifies that Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the
"Certificateholder") is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest
in the Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust") issued
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1995
(the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement"; such term to include any amendment
thereto) among Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., as Transferor (the
"Transferor"), Green Tree, as Servicer, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Series 1998-A Supplement, dated
as of August 1, 1998 (the "Series 1998-A Supplement"), among the Transferor,
Green Tree, as Servicer, and the Trustee.  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
as supplemented by the Series 1998-A Supplement, is herein referred to as the
"Agreement."  The corpus of the Trust consists of all of the Transferor's right,
title and interest in, to and under the Trust Property (as defined in the
Agreement).

     This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference
is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights,
benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights,
duties and obligations of the Trustee.  To the extent not defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement.  This Certificate is one of a class of Certificates entitled "Green
Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Variable Funding
Certificates, Series 1998-A, Class B" (the "Class B Certificates"), each of
which represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued
under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement,
to which Agreement, as amended from time to time, the Certificateholder by
virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the Certificateholder is
bound.

     The Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Class B Certificates
with the intention that the Class B Certificates will qualify under applicable
tax law as indebtedness, and both the Transferor and each holder of a Class B
Certificate (a "Class B Certificateholder") or any interest therein by
acceptance of its Certificate or 

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
any interest therein, agrees to treat the Class B Certificates for purposes of
federal, state and local income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on
or measured by income, as indebtedness.

     Subject to the terms of the Agreement, no principal will be payable to the
Class B Certificateholders until the Class B Principal Commencement Date, which
is the Distribution Date on which, or following the Distribution Date on which,
the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full.  No principal will be payable
to the Class B Certificateholders until all principal payments have been made to
the Class A Certificateholders.  No principal payments will be made to the Class
C Certificateholder until the Distribution Date either on or following the
Distribution Date on which the Class B Invested Amount has been paid in full.

     Each Class B Certificate represents the right to receive the lesser of
(i) interest at the rate of .27% per annum above LIBOR determined on September
10, 1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to be excluding October 13,
1998, and at a rate equal to .27% per annum above LIBOR determined on the
related LIBOR Determination Date for each Interest Accrual Period thereafter or
(ii) the applicable Net Receivables Rate (such rate, as in effect from time to
time, the "Class B Certificate Rate").  Interest on the Class B Certificates
will accrue from the Series 1998-A Issuance Date and will be distributed on
September 14, 1998, and on the 13th day of each month thereafter, or if such day
is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, a
"Distribution Date"), in an amount equal to the product of (a) the actual number
of days in the related Interest Accrual Period divided by 360, (b) the Class B
Certificate Rate and (c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class B
Certificates at the close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual
Period.

     Interest for any Distribution Date will include accrued interest at the
Class B Certificate Rate from and including the preceding Distribution Date or,
in the case of the first Distribution Date from and including the Series 1998-A
Issuance Date, to but excluding such Distribution Date.  Interest for any
Distribution Date due but not paid on any Distribution Date will be due on the
next succeeding Distribution Date together with, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, additional interest on such amount at the Class B Certificate
Rate.

          "Class B Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to
(a) the  Class B Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the aggregate amount of
principal payments made to Class B Certificateholders prior to such date, minus
(c) the aggregate amount of the Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all prior
Determination Dates equal to the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has
been reduced to fund the Investor Default Amounts on all prior Determination
Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(c), minus (d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated
Class B Principal Collections for which neither the Class D Invested Amount nor
the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates,
and plus (e) the aggregate amount allocated and available on all prior Business
Days pursuant to subsection 

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
4.9(a)(viii) (including amounts applied pursuant to such subsection but funded
pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) and Section 4.14(a) and (b)) for the purpose
of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

     Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid
Class B Invested Amount of the Class B Certificates, which may be less than the
unpaid balance of the Class B Certificates pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement.  All principal of and interest on the Class B Certificates is due and
payable no later than the Distribution Date in March 2001 (the "Series 1998-A
Termination Date").  After the Series 1998-A Termination Date neither the Trust
nor the Transferor will have any further obligation to distribute principal or
interest on the Class B Certificates.  In the event that the Class B Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Series 1998-A Termination Date, the Trustee
will sell or cause to be sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests
in the Receivables or certain of the Receivables up to 110% of the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and
the Class D Invested Amount at the close of business on such date (but not more
than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor Certificates),
and shall pay the proceeds to the Class A Certificateholders pro rata in final
payment of the Class A Certificates, then to the Class B Certificateholders pro
rata in final payment of the Class B Certificates, then to the Class C
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class C Certificates and
finally to the Class D Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class
D Certificates.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on
behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

                                GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
                                  FUNDING CORP., Transferor


                                By:__________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

Dated:  __________, 1998

                         CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Class B Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,   
                                 NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Trustee



                                By:_________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

                                      B-6
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit C

                      FORM OF CLASS C INVESTOR CERTIFICATE

          THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
     SECURITIES LAW. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES
     THAT THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
     TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE
     LAWS AND ONLY PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN
     INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
     INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A ("QIB") PURCHASING FOR
     ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE
     HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR
     OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR TO THE
     TRANSFEROR. EACH CERTIFICATE OWNER BY ACCEPTING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
     THIS CERTIFICATE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS
     OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QIB.

          THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED, SOLD, TRADED OR TRANSFERRED, NOR
     MAY AN INTEREST IN THIS CERTIFICATE BE MARKETED, ON OR THROUGH AN
     "ESTABLISHED SECURITIES MARKET" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7740(B)(1) OF
     THE CODE AND ANY PROPOSED, TEMPORARY OR FINAL TREASURY REGULATION
     THEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AN OVER-THE-COUNTER-MARKET OR
     ANY INTERDEALER QUOTATION SYSTEM THAT REGULARLY DISSEMINATES FIRM BUY OR
     SELL QUOTATIONS.

          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF
     A CLASS C CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS OF
     THE TRUST BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" AND SUBJECT TO
     THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
     ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH
     PURCHASER EITHER (A) IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN
     SECTION 3(3) OF THE 

                                      C-1
<PAGE>
 
     EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT
     IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN
     SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, OR
     (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A
     PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AN
     INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT OR (B) IS AN INSURANCE COMPANY ACTING ON
     BEHALF OF ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT AND (I) ON THE DATE IT ACQUIRES THE
     CERTIFICATES, LESS THAN 25% OF THE ASSETS OF SUCH GENERAL ACCOUNT (AS
     REASONABLY DETERMINED BY SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY) CONSTITUTE PLAN ASSETS FOR
     PURPOSES OF TITLE I OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, AND (II) IF,
     AFTER THE INITIAL ACQUISITION OF THE CERTIFICATES, AT ANY TIME DURING ANY
     CALENDAR QUARTER 25% OR MORE OF THE ASSETS OF SUCH GENERAL ACCOUNT (AS
     REASONABLY DETERMINED BY SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY NO LESS FREQUENTLY THAN
     EACH CALENDAR QUARTER) CONSTITUTE PLAN ASSETS FOR PURPOSES OF TITLE I OF
     ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE AND NO EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION FROM THE
     PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES APPLIES TO THE CONTINUED HOLDING OF THE
     CERTIFICATES UNDER SECTION 401(C) OF ERISA AND THE FINAL REGULATIONS
     THEREUNDER OR UNDER AN EXEMPTION OR REGULATION ISSUED BY THE UNITED STATES
     DEPARTMENT OF LABOR UNDER ERISA, THEN SUCH INSURANCE COMPANY AGREES TO
     DISPOSE OF ALL OF THE CERTIFICATES THEN HELD IN ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT BY THE
     END OF THE NEXT FOLLOWING CALENDAR QUARTER.


No. _________

          GREEN TREE FLOATING RATE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
              VARIABLE FUNDING CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1998-A, CLASS C

     Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business
from the portfolio of revolving financing arrangements (the "Accounts") of Green
Tree Financial Corporation ("Green Tree" or the "Servicer") and other assets and
interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement described below.

     This certificate (a "Certificate") does not represent an interest in, or an
obligation of, Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., Green Tree or any affiliate
of either of them, except to the extent set forth in the Agreement.

     This certifies that Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the
"Certificateholder") is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest
in the

                                      C-2
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust") issued pursuant to
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1995 (the "Pooling
and Servicing Agreement"; such term to include any amendment thereto) among
Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., as Transferor (the "Transferor"), Green
Tree, as Servicer, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee
(the "Trustee"), and the Series 1998-A Supplement, dated as of August 1, 1998
(the "Series 1998-A Supplement"), among the Transferor, Green Tree, as Servicer,
and the Trustee. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as supplemented by the
Series 1998-A Supplement, is herein referred to as the "Agreement." The corpus
of the Trust consists of all of the Transferor's right, title and interest in,
to and under the Trust Property (as defined in the Agreement).

     This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference
is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights,
benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights,
duties and obligations of the Trustee.  To the extent not defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement.  This Certificate is one of a class of Certificates entitled "Green
Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Floating Rate Variable Funding
Certificates, Series 1998-A, Class C" (the "Class C Certificates"), each of
which represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued
under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement,
to which Agreement, as amended from time to time, the Certificateholder by
virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the Certificateholder is
bound.

     The Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Class C Certificates
with the intention that the Class C Certificates will qualify under applicable
tax law as indebtedness, and both the Transferor and each holder of a Class C
Certificate (a "Class C Certificateholder") or any interest therein by
acceptance of its Certificate or any interest therein, agrees to treat the Class
C Certificates for purposes of federal, state and local income or franchise
taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness.

     Subject to the terms of the Agreement, no principal will be payable to the
Class C Certificateholders until the Class C Principal Commencement Date, which
is the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date on which the Class A
Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount have been paid in full.  No
principal payments will be payable to the Class C Certificateholders until the
Distribution Date either on or following the Distribution Date on which the
Class B Invested Amount has been paid in full.

     Each Class C Certificate represents the right to receive the lesser of
(i) interest at the rate of .70% per annum above LIBOR determined on September
10, 1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to but excluding October 13,
1998, and at a rate equal to .70% per annum above LIBOR determined on the
related LIBOR Determination Date for each Interest Accrual Period thereafter or
(ii) the applicable 

                                      C-3
<PAGE>
 
Net Receivables Rate (such rate, as in effect from time to time, the "Class C
Certificate Rate"). Interest on the Class C Certificates will accrue from the
Series 1998-A Issuance Date and will be distributed on September 14, 1998, and
on the 13th day of each month thereafter, or if such day is not a Business Day,
on the next succeeding Business Day (each, a "Distribution Date"), in an amount
equal to the product of (a) the actual number of days in the related Interest
Accrual Period divided by 360, (b) the Class C Certificate Rate and (c) the
outstanding principal balance of the Class C Certificates at the close of
business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

     "Class C Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the
Class C Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal
payments made to Class C Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (c) the
aggregate amount of the Class C Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution
Dates equal to the amount by which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced
to fund the Investor Default Amounts on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to
Section 4.13(b), minus (d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal Collections for which the Class D
Invested Amount has not been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates (provided
that the Class C Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero), and plus
(e) the aggregate amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(ix) (including amounts applied pursuant to such
subsection but funded pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) and Section 4.14(a))
for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing
clauses (c) and (d).

     Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid
Class C Invested Amount of the Class C Certificates, which may be less than the
unpaid balance of the Class C Certificates pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement.  All principal on the Class C Certificates is due and payable no
later than the Distribution Date in March 2001 (or if such day is not a Business
Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the "Series 1998-A Termination Date").
After the Series 1998-A Termination Date neither the Trust nor the Transferor
will have any further obligation to distribute principal on the Class C
Certificates.  In the event that the Class C Invested Amount is greater than
zero on the Series 1998-A Termination Date, the Trustee will sell or cause to be
sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests in the Receivables or
certain of the Receivables up to 110% of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class
B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount
at the close of business on such date (but not more than the total amount of
Receivables allocable to the Investor Certificates), and shall pay the proceeds
to the Class A Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class A
Certificates, then to the Class B Certificateholders pro rata in final payment
of the Class B Certificates, then to the Class C Certificateholders pro rata in
final payment of the Class C Certificates and finally to the Class D
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class D Certificates.

                                      C-4
<PAGE>
 
     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on
behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

                                      C-5
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

                                GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
                                  FUNDING CORP., Transferor


                                By:__________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

Dated:  __________, 1998

                         CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Class C Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,   
                                  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Trustee



                                By:__________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


                                      C-6
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit D

                      FORM OF CLASS D INVESTOR CERTIFICATE

          THIS CERTIFICATE WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM
     REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES
     ACT"). THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR
     ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED,
     SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGISTERED PURSUANT TO OR
     EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
     SECURITIES LAW. GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. SHALL BE PROHIBITED FROM
     TRANSFERRING ANY INTEREST IN OR PORTION OF THIS CERTIFICATE UNLESS, PRIOR
     TO SUCH TRANSFER, IT SHALL HAVE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER WILL NOT ADVERSELY AFFECT
     THE FEDERAL OR MINNESOTA INCOME TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF ANY OUTSTANDING
     SERIES OF INVESTOR CERTIFICATES OR THE TAXABILITY (OR TAX CHARACTERIZATION)
     OF THE TRUST UNDER FEDERAL OR MINNESOTA INCOME TAX LAWS. IN NO EVENT SHALL
     THE TRANSFEROR BE PERMITTED TO TRANSFER ANY INTEREST IN OR PORTION OF THIS
     CERTIFICATE IF, AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER, TAKING INTO
     ACCOUNT THE CERTIFICATES WHOSE TRANSFER IS PROPOSED, MORE THAN 20% (BY
     INVESTED AMOUNT AND BY VALUE) OF THE OUTSTANDING CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY THE
     TRUST WITH RESPECT TO WHICH NO OPINION OF COUNSEL WAS ISSUED THAT THE
     APPLICABLE CLASS WOULD BE TREATED AS DEBT FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES
     (INCLUDING THE EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE AND EACH TRANSFEROR
     RETAINED CLASS) WOULD NOT BE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
     FUNDING CORP.

          EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF GREEN TREE
     FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP. THAT UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE,
     DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF
     THIS CERTIFICATE BY SUCH PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS OF THE
     TRUST BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" OR SUBJECT TO THE
     PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT
     SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
     ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH
     PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN 

                                      D-1
<PAGE>
 
     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE
     RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS
     SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN
     SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, OR
     (III) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A
     PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

No. _____

                 GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
              VARIABLE FUNDING CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1998-A, CLASS D

     Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business
from the portfolio of revolving financing arrangements (the "Accounts") of Green
Tree Financial Corporation ("Green Tree" or the "Servicer") and other assets and
interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement described below.

     This certificate (a "Certificate") does not represent an interest in, or an
obligation of, Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., Green Tree or any affiliate
of either of them.

     This certifies that Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. (the
"Certificateholder") is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest
in the Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust") created
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1995
(the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement"; such term to include any amendment
thereto) among Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., as Transferor (the
"Transferor"), Green Tree, as Servicer, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Series 1998-A Supplement, dated
as of August 1, 1998 (the "Series 1998-A Supplement"), among the Transferor,
Green Tree, as Servicer, and the Trustee.  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
as supplemented by the Series 1998-A Supplement, is herein referred to as the
"Agreement."

     This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference
is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights,
benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights,
duties and obligations of the Trustee.  To the extent not defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement.  This Certificate is one of a class of Certificates entitled "Green
Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust Variable Funding Certificates, Series
1998-A, Class D" (the "Class D Certificates"), each of which represents a
fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued under and is subject
to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as
amended from time to time, the 


                                      D-2
<PAGE>
 
Certificateholder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the
Certificateholder is bound.

     Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. shall be prohibited from Transferring
any interest in or portion of the Class D Certificate unless, prior to such
Transfer, it shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that such proposed Transfer will not adversely affect the Federal,
Minnesota or Delaware income tax characterization of any outstanding Series of
Investor Certificate or the taxability (or tax characterization) of the Trust
under Federal, Minnesota or Delaware income tax laws.  In no event shall Green
Tree Floorplan Funding Corp. be permitted to Transfer any interest in or portion
of the Class D Certificate if, after giving effect to such proposed Transfer,
taking into account the certificates whose Transfer is proposed, more than 20%
(by Invested Amount and by value) of the outstanding certificates issued by the
Trust with respect to which no Opinion of Counsel was issued that the applicable
class would be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes (including the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and each Transferor Retained Class) would
not be beneficially owned by the Transferor.

     Subject to the terms of the Agreement, no principal will be payable to the
Class D Certificateholders until the Class D Principal Commencement Date, which
is the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date on which the Class C
Invested Amount had been paid in full.  No principal will be payable to the
Class D Certificateholders until all principal payments have first been made to
the Class A Certificateholders and then on and after the Class B Principal
Payment Commencement Date, after all principal payments have been made to the
Class B Certificateholders and then on and after the Class C Principal
Commencement Date, after all payments have been made to the Class C
Certificateholders.

     Each Class D Certificate represents the right to receive the lesser of
(i) interest at the rate of .70% per annum above LIBOR determined on September
10, 1998 for the period from September 14, 1998 up to be excluding October 13,
1998, and at a rate equal to .70% per annum above LIBOR determined on the
related LIBOR Determination Date for each Interest Accrual Period thereafter or
(ii) the applicable Net Receivables Rate (such rate, as in effect from time to
time, the "Class D Certificate Rate").  Interest on the Class D Certificates
will accrue from the Series 1998-A Issuance Date and will be distributed on
September 14, 1998, and on the 13th day of each month thereafter, or if such day
is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, a
"Distribution Date"), in an amount equal to the product of (a) the actual number
of days in the related Interest Accrual Period divided by 360, (b) the Class D
Certificate Rate and (c) with respect to the Funding Period, the outstanding
principal balance of the Class D Certificates at the close of business on the
first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

     "Class D Invested Amount" means an amount equal to (a) the Class D Initial
Invested Amount plus (b) the Class D Incremental Invested Amount for the related
Monthly Period, plus (c) any Additional Class D Invested Amount, minus (d) the

                                      D-3
<PAGE>
 
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class D Certificateholders prior
to such date, minus (e) the aggregate amount of Class D Investor Charge-Offs for
all prior Determination Dates as described in the Agreement, minus (f) the
aggregate amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections for all prior
Distribution Dates, plus (g) the aggregate amount of Interest Collections and
Excess Interest Collections applied on all prior Distribution Dates for the
purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (e)
and (f).

     Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited to the unpaid
Class D Invested Amount of the Class D Certificates, which may be less than the
unpaid balance of the Class D Certificates pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement.

      All principal of and interest on the Class D Certificates is due and
payable no later than the Distribution Date in March 2001 (the "Series 1998-A
Termination Date").  After the Series 1998-A Termination Date neither the Trust
nor the Transferor will have any further obligation to distribute principal or
interest on the Class D Certificates.  In the event that the Class D Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Series 1998-A Termination Date, the Trustee
will sell or cause to be sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests
in the Receivables or certain of the Receivables up to 110% of the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and
the Class D Invested Amount at the close of business on such date (but not more
than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor Certificates),
and shall pay the proceeds to the Class A Certificateholders pro rata in final
payment of the Class A Certificates, then to the Class B Certificateholders pro
rata in final payment of the Class B Certificates, then to the Class C
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class C Certificates and
finally to the Class D Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class
D Certificates.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on
behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.


                                      D-4
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

                                GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN
                                  FUNDING CORP., Transferor


                                By:  _________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:
Dated:  __________, 1998


                         CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Class D Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,   
                                  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Trustee


                                By:  __________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                      D-5
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit E

                             FORM OF MONTHLY REPORT
                             ----------------------

                (The numbers included in the following form are
                        for informational purposes only)

                       GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN FUNDING CORP.

                          ----------------------------

                 GREEN TREE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST


                          ----------------------------

                                 (See Attached)


                                      E-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit F


                Form of Representation Letter and Certification


                                                                __________, 1998

Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp.
500 Landmark Towers
345 St. Peter Street
St. Paul, MN  55102
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55479-0069
Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     This is to notify you as to the transfer of ______ percentage interest of
the Variable Funding Certificates, Series 1998-A, Class   (the "Certificates")
of Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust (the "Company").

     The undersigned is the holder of the Certificates and with this notice
hereby deposits with the Trustee ______ percentage interest of the Certificates
and requests that Certificates in the same ______ percentage interest be issued
and executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee and registered to
the purchaser on __________, 1998, as specified in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, as supplemented by the Series 1998-A Supplement thereto, as follows:

     Name:                                                       Denominations:
     Address:
     Taxpayer I.D. No.:

     In connection with the proposed purchase, the undersigned hereby confirms
that:

     1.   The undersigned (i) reasonably believes the purchaser is a "qualified
institutional buyer," as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Act"), (ii) such purchaser has acquired the Certificates in a transaction
effected in accordance with the exemption from the registration requirements of
the Act provided by Rule 144A and, (iii) if the purchaser has purchased the
Certificates for one or more accounts for which it is acting as fiduciary or
agent, (A) each such account is a qualified institutional buyer and (B) each
such account is acquiring the  

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
Certificates for its own account or for one or
more institutional accounts for which it is acting as fiduciary or agent in a
minimum amount equivalent to not less than U.S. $250,000 for each such account.

     2.   [FOR CLASS C AND CLASS D CERTIFICATES]  The undersigned has neither
acquired nor will the undersigned reoffer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer
(any such act, a "Transfer") any Certificate the undersigned acquires (or any
interest therein) or cause any Certificate (or any interest therein) to be
marketed on or through an "established securities market" within the meaning of
Section 7704(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")
and any treasury regulation thereunder, including, without limitation, an over-
the-counter-market or an interdealer quotation system that regularly
disseminates firm buy or sell quotations.

     3.   [FOR CLASS C AND CLASS D CERTIFICATES]  The undersigned is not and
will not become, for so long as the undersigned owns any interest in the
Certificates, a partnership, Subchapter S corporation or grantor trust for
United States federal income tax purposes.  [IF THIS REPRESENTATION CANNOT BE
MADE, THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER OR THE TRUSTEE MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL
REPRESENTATIONS.]

     4.   [FOR CLASS C AND CLASS D CERTIFICATES]  The undersigned is a person
who is either (A)(i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a
corporation or other entity organized in or under the laws of the United States
or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) a person not described in (i) or
(ii) whose ownership of the Certificates is effectively connected with a such
person's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (within the
meaning of the Code) and our ownership of any interest in the Certificate will
not result in any withholding obligation with respect to any payments with
respect to the Certificates by any person or (B) an estate or trust the income
of which is includible in gross income for United States federal income tax
purposes.  The undersigned agrees that (a) if the undersigned is a person
described in clause (A)(i) or (A)(ii) above, the undersigned will furnish to the
person from whom the undersigned is acquiring a Certificate, the Servicer and
the Trustee, a properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 and a
new Form W-9, or any successor applicable form, upon the expiration or
obsolescence of any previously delivered form or (b) if the undersigned a person
described in clause (A)(iii) above, the undersigned will furnish to the person
from whom the undersigned is acquiring a Certificate, the Servicer and the
Trustee, a properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 and a new
Form 4224, or any successor applicable form, upon the expiration or obsolescence
of any previously delivered form (and, in each case, such other certifications,
representations or opinions of counsel as may be requested by the Transferor,
the Servicer or the Trustee).  The undersigned recognizes that if the
undersigned is a tax-exempt entity, payments with respect to the Class C/Class D
Certificates may constitute unrelated business income.


                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
     5.   The undersigned understands that no subsequent Transfer of a
Certificate is permitted unless (i) such Transfer is of a Certificate with a
denomination of at least $1,000,000 and (ii) the Transfer is made to a QIB that
has executed a representation letter substantially similar to this letter [FOR
CLASS C AND CLASS D CERTIFICATES]; provided, that any attempted Transfer that
would cause the number of Targeted Holders (as defined in the Series 1998-A
Supplement) to exceed 99 shall be void; and provided, further, that there shall
not at any time be more than 5 Class C and 5 Class D Certificateholders of
Series 1998-A in the aggregate or such other number as may be consented to by
the Transferor, which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute
discretion.

     6.   [FOR CLASS C AND CLASS D CERTIFICATES]The undersigned understands that
the opinion of tax counsel that the Trust is not a publicly traded partnership
taxable as a corporation is dependent in part on the accuracy of the
representations in paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5 above and that, if such
representations are not accurate, in addition to being subject to having the
purchase rescinded, the undersigned will be liable for damages.

     7.   The undersigned is either (a) not (i) an "employee benefit plan" (as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), including governmental plans and church
plans, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, including
individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans, or (iii) any other entity whose
underlying assets include "plan assets" (as defined in the United States
Department of Labor ("DOL") Regulation Section 2510.3-101, 29 C.F.R. (S) 2510.3-
101 or otherwise under ERISA) by reason of a plan's investment in the entity,
including, without limitation, an insurance company general account, or (b) an
insurance company acting on behalf of a general account and (i) on the date
hereof less than 25% of the assets of such general account (as reasonably
determined by us) constitute "plan assets" for purposes of Title I of ERISA and
Section 4975 of the Code, and (ii) the undersigned agrees that if, after the
undersigned's initial acquisition of the Certificates, at any time during any
calendar quarter 25% or more of the assets of such general account (as
reasonably determined by us no less frequently than each calendar quarter)
constitute "plan assets" for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Code and no exemption or exception from the prohibited transaction rules applies
to the continued holding of the Certificates under Section 401(c) of ERISA and
the final regulations thereunder or under an exemption or regulation issued by
the DOL under ERISA, we will dispose of all of the Certificates then held in our
general account by the end of the next following calendar quarter.

     8.   The undersigned understands that any purported Transfer of any
Certificate in contravention of the restrictions and conditions set forth in
paragraphs 1 through 7 above (including any violation of the representation in
paragraph 3 by an investor who continues to hold a Certificate occurring any
time after the Transfer in which it acquired such Certificate) shall be null and
void, and the purported transferee shall not be recognized by the Trust or any
other person as a Certificateholder for any purpose.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
     9.   The person signing this letter on behalf of the ultimate beneficial
purchaser of the Certificates has been duly authorized by such beneficial
purchaser of the Certificates to do so.

     10.  The Certificates purchased by the undersigned should be registered in
the name and issued in the denominations set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.  All
payments on the Certificates held by the undersigned should be wired in
accordance with the instructions set forth on Schedule 1 hereto unless the
undersigned otherwise notifies the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in
writing.

     You are entitled to rely upon this letter, and the undersigned understands
that, in granting their respective consents to the purchase of Certificates, the
Transferor and the Servicer will rely on the undersigned's representations and
warranties in this letter and on the undersigned's certifications in the
documents (including, without limitation, the Form W-9 or Form 4224, as
applicable) delivered by the undersigned to the Transferor, the Servicer or the
Trustee in conjunction with the purchase of Certificates by the undersigned.
You are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry
with respect to the matters covered hereby.

                                Very truly yours,

                                NAME OF HOLDER OF CERTIFICATE


                                By: ________________________________
                                    Name, Chief Financial
                                    or other Executive Officer

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      Schedule 1
                                                                      ----------

                     Registration and Payment Instructions
                     -------------------------------------


Registration Instructions:
- ------------------------- 

Full Legal Name of Purchaser:___________________________________________________
Name in Which Certificates Should be Registered:________________________________
Number and Denomination of Certificates:________________________________________
_______________________________________________________



Payment Instructions:
- -------------------- 

Name of Bank:       __________________________________
Address of Bank:    __________________________________
Account Name:       __________________________________
Account Number:     __________________________________
ABA Number:         __________________________________
Reference:          __________________________________


Notice Information:
- ------------------ 

Address:            __________________________________
Attention:          __________________________________
Telephone:          __________________________________
Telefax:            __________________________________


[PLEASE ATTACH AN ORIGINAL EXECUTED U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9
AND/OR FORM 4224, IF APPLICABLE]


                                      F-5

<PAGE>

 
                                                                     Exhibit 5.1

                      [LETTERHEAD OF DORSEY & WHITNEY LLP]



Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp.
500 Landmark Towers
345 St. Peter Street
St. Paul, Minnesota  55102-1639

     Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-1
          File Nos. 333-59865 & 333-59865-01

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel to Green Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust
(the "Trust") and Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement
on Form S-1, File Nos. 333-59865 & 333-59865-01, filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on July 24, 1998, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto
filed on August 17, 1998 (the "Registration Statement"), relating to the
registration of $440,000,000 of Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust
Certificates, 1998-2, Class A and $22,500,000 of Floating Rate Floorplan
Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class B (collectively, the
"Certificates") to be issued by the Trust. The Certificates are to be issued
pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement")
substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement, a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement (the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement") in the
form incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement,
among the Company, as Transferor, Green Tree Financial Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, as Servicer ("Green Tree"), and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as trustee (the "Trustee") and a Series of 1998-2 Supplement (the
"Series 1998-2 Supplement") to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement substantially
in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement.

     We have examined the Registration Statement, the Underwriting Agreement,
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 1998-2 Supplement and such other
documents, and have reviewed such questions of law, as we have considered
necessary and appropriate for the purposes of this opinion. Based on the
foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Certificates have been duly authorized
and, when duly executed by the Company and duly authenticated and delivered by 
the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
and the Series 1998-2 Supplement and delivered and paid for in accordance with
terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be legally and validly issued, and
will constitute binding obligations of the Trust, enforceable in accordance
with their terms. 

<PAGE>

 
Green Tree Floorplan Corp.
August 17, 1998
Page 2

     The opinion set forth above is subject to the following qualifications and
exceptions:

          (a) Our opinion is subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of general
     application affecting creditors' rights.

          (b) Our opinion is subject to the effect of general principles of
     equity, including (without limitation) concepts of materiality,
     reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and other similar doctrines
     affecting the enforceability of agreements generally (regardless of whether
     considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

          (c) Minnesota Statutes (S) 290.371, Subd. 4, provides that any
     corporation required to file a Notice of Business Activities Report does
     not have a cause of action upon which it may bring suit under Minnesota law
     unless the corporation has filed a Notice of Business Activities Report and
     provides that the use of the courts of the State of Minnesota for all
     contracts executed and all causes of action that arose before the end of
     any period for which a corporation failed to file a required report is
     precluded. Insofar as our opinion may relate to the valid, binding and
     enforceable character of any agreement under Minnesota law or in a
     Minnesota court, we have assumed that any party seeking to enforce such
     agreement has at all times been, and will continue at all times to be,
     exempt from the requirement of filing a Notice of Business Activities
     Report or, if not exempt, has duly filed, and will continue to duly file,
     all Notice of Business Activities Reports.

     Our opinion expressed above is limited to the laws of the State of
Minnesota.

     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, and to the reference to our firm under the heading
"Legal Matters" in the Prospectus comprising part of the Registration Statement.

Dated:  August 17, 1998                 Very truly yours,



                                       /s/ Dorsey & Whitney LLP

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 8.1



                      [LETTERHEAD OF DORSEY & WHITNEY LLP]



Green Tree Financial Corporation
1100 Landmark Towers
345 St. Peter Street
St. Paul, Minnesota 55102-1639

     Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-1
          File Nos. 333-59865 & 333-59865-01
          Federal Tax Characterization Issues

Gentlemen and Ladies:

     We have acted as counsel to Green Tree Floorplan Funding Corp., a Delaware
corporation (the "Transferor"), in connection with the preparation of a
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File Nos. 333-59865 & 333-59865-01, filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 24, 1998, as amended by
Amendment No. 1 thereto filed on August 17, 1998 (the "Registration Statement"),
relating to the registration of $440,000,000 of Floating Rate Floorplan
Receivable Trust Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class A (the "Class A
Certificates") and $22,500,000 of Floating Rate Floorplan Receivable Trust
Certificates, Series 1998-2, Class B (the "Class B Certificates" and, together
with the Class A Certificates, the "Offered Certificates") to be issued by Green
Tree Floorplan Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust"). The Offered Certificates
are to be issued under a Pooling and Servicing Agreement (the "Pooling and
Servicing Agreement") substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the
Registration Statement, among the Transferor, Green Tree Financial Corporation,
a Delaware corporation, as Servicer ("Green Tree"), and Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee") and a Series 1998-2 Supplement
(the "Series 1998-2 Supplement") to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement.
Pursuant to Section 6.9 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor
will tender the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate to the Trustee in exchange
for the Offered Certificates, the Series 1998-2 Class C Certificates, the Series
1998-2 Class D Certificates, and a reissued Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.

<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 2

     You have requested our opinion with respect to the federal income tax
characterization of the Offered Certificates and the Trust. For purposes of
rendering our opinion we have examined the Registration Statement, the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, the Series 1998-2 Supplement and the related documents
and agreements contemplated therein (collectively, the "Transaction Documents")
and we have reviewed such questions of law as we have considered necessary and
appropriate. For purposes of this opinion, "Certificates" includes the Series
1995-1 Certificates, the Series 1996-1 Certificates, the Series 1996-2
Certificates, the Series 1998-1 Certificates, the Series 1998-A Certificates,
and the Series 1998-2 Certificates, and "Certificateholders" includes the
holders of all such Certificates. Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement or the Series 1998-2 Supplement, as applicable.

     Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), currently applicable Treasury Department
regulations issued thereunder, current published administrative positions of the
Internal Revenue Service (the "Service") contained in revenue rulings and
revenue procedures, and judicial decisions, all of which are subject to change,
either prospectively or retroactively, and to possibly differing
interpretations. Any change in such authorities may affect the opinions rendered
herein. 

     Our opinion is also based on the projections, representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements set forth in the Transaction Documents and the
assumption that Green Tree, the Transferor, the Certificateholders, the Trustee,
and the holders of all other classes and series of certificates issued by the
Trust will at all times comply with the requirements of the Transaction
Documents. We have also relied in part on various factual representations made
to us by the Transferor, including the

<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 3

fact that, based on Green Tree's past experience with accounts and receivables
similar to the Accounts and Receivables, Green Tree and the Transferor believe
that the average period of time that any Receivable will be outstanding will be
approximately three months.

     An opinion of counsel is predicated on all the facts and conditions set
forth in the opinion and is based upon counsel's analysis of the statutes,
regulatory interpretations and case law in effect as of the date of the opinion.
It is not a guarantee of the current status of the law and should not be
accepted as a guarantee that a court of law or an administrative agency will
concur in the opinion.

I.   Federal Income Tax Characterization of the Offered Certificates.
     ---------------------------------------------------------------

     In general, for federal income tax purposes, the characterization of a
transaction as a sale of property or a secured loan is a question of fact, the
resolution of which is based upon a determination of who will receive the
benefits of, and bear the burdens relating to, the property. Thus, the
determination of whether an instrument arising from such a transaction will be
treated as debt for federal income tax purposes, or instead will be treated as a
sale of the assets which secure such debt, depends on all the facts and
circumstances in each case. In general, the substance of the transaction in
which the Offered Certificates are issued should be consistent with treatment of
the Offered Certificates as debt. Although there are certain judicial precedents
holding that, under appropriate circumstances, a taxpayer should be required to
treat a transaction in accordance with the form chosen by the taxpayer
regardless of the transaction's substance, the application of these authorities
should
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 4

not prevent the treatment of the Offered Certificates as debt because the form,
as well as the substance, of the transaction is consistent with debt treatment.
Even if it should be determined that certain aspects of the transaction are
indicative of a sale of the Receivables or an interest therein, the
transaction's form as a whole would at worst be viewed as ambiguous rather than
clearly as a sale. Accordingly, the characterization of the sale of the Offered
Certificates should be governed by the substance of the transaction which should
be viewed as most similar to the issuance of debt.

     A. Economic Substance of the Transaction. If the economic substance of a
transaction differs from the form in which it is cast, except in certain limited
circumstances (see discussion below), the substance, rather than the form,
governs the federal income tax consequences of the transaction. Gregory v.
Helvering, 293 U.S. 465 (1935); Helvering v. F. & R. Lazarus & Co., 308 U.S.
252, aff'g, 101 F.2d 728 (6th Cir. 1939); Gatlin v. Commissioner, 34 B.T.A. 50
(1936).

     Whether the Offered Certificates are in substance debt or ownership
interests in the Receivables is based on a determination of which party to the
transaction holds the "substantial incidents of ownership." The courts have
identified a variety of factors that must be considered in making that
determination. See Town & Country Food Co. v. Commissioner, 51 T.C. 1049 (1969),
acq., 1969-2 C.B. xxv; United Surgical Steel Co. v. Commissioner, 54 T.C. 1215
(1970), acq., 1971-2 C.B. 3; G.C.M. 39584 (December 3, 1986); Plumb, The Federal
Income Tax Significance of Corporate Debt: A Critical Analysis and a Proposal,
26 Tax L. Rev. 369 (1971). In the context of this transaction, the most
important considerations are: (i) whether the Transferor bears the burdens of
ownership (i.e., the risk of loss from the Receivables) and (ii) whether the
Transferor retains the benefits of ownership (i.e., the potential for gain from
the Receivables). The following discussion considers these as well as other
relevant factors and demonstrates that each factor should be viewed as
supporting characterization of the Certificates as debt.

     1. The Transferor Bears the Burdens of Ownership. The principal burden of
ownership with respect to the Receivables is risk of loss arising from defaulted
payments. The risk of loss arising from defaults, under most reasonable default
scenarios, is borne by the Transferor.
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 5

     The principal amount of all Defaulted Receivables for any Business Day will
be allocated between the Transferor Interest and the Certificateholders of each
Series according to the Floating Allocation Percentages applicable for such day.
Before any such allocation of Defaulted Receivables has the effect of reducing
the Invested Amount of any class of Certificates, certain excess interest
collections will be applied to make up for any deficiency caused by such
Defaulted Receivables. If the amount of Defaulted Receivables allocated to the
Series 1998-2 Certificates exceeds the amount of such excess interest
collections so applied, the amount of any such Defaulted Receivables that are
allocable to the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders will first be allocated to
reduce the Class D Invested Amount. If the Class D Invested Amount is reduced to
zero by such allocation, Defaulted Receivables then will be allocated to reduce
the Class C Invested Amount.

     The Transferor is ultimately entitled to receive the excess interest
collections from the Receivables which are not applied to payments on the
Certificates. Since payments made to fund shortfalls due to Certificateholders
will ultimately be funded out of such excess interest collections, the
Transferor ultimately bears the risk of default losses realized on the
Receivables. In addition, under the Series 1998-2 Supplement, the Transferor is
required to retain a portion of the Class D Certificates. Thus, the Transferor
is entitled to receive the principal payments thereon, which are subordinated to
the Class A, Class B and Class C Certificates. To the extent that defaults on
the Receivables reduce the amount paid on the Class D Certificates retained by
the Transferor, the Transferor bears the risk of losses caused by such defaults.
Furthermore, the Class C Certificates will either be issued to the Transferor or
privately placed. As long as the Transferor holds the Class C Certificates, the
Transferor also will bear the risk of losses caused by defaults which reduce the
amount paid on the Class C Certificates.

     The Series 1998-2 Supplement provides that the Offered Certificateholders
are entitled to receive a fixed principal amount and a rate of return (i.e., a
floating rate based on a spread over LIBOR which is set at the time of the
issuance of the Certificates or, if less, the Net Receivables Rate). Thus, the
economic return to the Offered Certificateholders is not affected by any change
in the value of the Receivables, and the Offered Certificateholders do not bear
the burden of any decrease in the value of the Receivables. We note that the
interest rates on
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 6



the Offered Certificates are subject to a maximum rate equal to the Net
Receivables Rate. It is anticipated that factors which cause changes in LIBOR
will, under most reasonable scenarios, cause similar changes to the rates on the
Receivables and, thus, that the Net Receivables Rate generally will experience
changes similar to those of LIBOR. Therefore, it is anticipated that the Net
Receivables Rate will not be used as the interest rate on the Offered
Certificates.

     2. The Transferor Retains the Benefits of Ownership. If market interest
rates for comparable receivables decrease in relation to the yield on the
Receivables, the Receivables will increase in value. If interest rates remain
constant, but customers take a longer period of time to pay their principal
balances, the value of the Receivables will also increase because the Transferor
will continue to receive the yield on the Receivables over a longer period of
time. Regardless of interest rates, a change in customer payment patterns
resulting in fewer defaults than expected based on historical experience will
also increase the value of the Receivables. Any increase (to the extent
permitted by applicable law and the terms of the applicable agreement) in the
rate at which interest is payable on the Accounts will also increase the value
of the Receivables.

     The Series 1998-2 Supplement provides that the Offered Certificateholders
are entitled to receive a fixed principal amount and a rate of return (i.e., a
floating rate based on a spread over LIBOR which is set at the time of the
issuance of the Offered Certificates or, if less, the Net Receivables Rate).
Thus, the economic return to the Offered Certificateholders is not affected by
any change in the value of the Receivables, and the Offered Certificateholders
do not receive any benefit from any increase in the value of the Receivables.

     The Transferor has retained the sole opportunity to realize gain on the
Receivables by retaining the Transferor Interest, which represents the interest
in all of the assets of the Trust in excess of the required payments to
Certificateholders. Thus, the Transferor receives the benefit from any increase
in the value of the Receivables. When the Invested Amount of the Series 1998-2
Certificates is reduced to less than 10% of the initial Invested Amount, the
Transferor has the option to repurchase the Series 1998-2 Certificates for an
amount equal to the Invested Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on the
Series 1998-2 Certificates.
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 7

     Therefore, the Transferor retains the benefits and burdens associated with
owning the Receivables.

     3. Subordination and Ratings. As mentioned above, the principal amount of
all Defaulted Receivables for any Business Day will be allocated between the
Transferor Interest and the Certificateholders according to the Floating
Allocation Percentages applicable for such day. Before any such allocation of
Defaulted Receivables has the effect of reducing the Invested Amount of any
class of Certificates, certain excess interest collections will be applied to
make up for any deficiency caused by such Defaulted Receivables. If the amount
of Defaulted Receivables allocated to the Series 1998-2 Certificates exceeds the
amount of such excess interest collections so applied, the amount of any such
Defaulted Receivables that are allocable to the Series 1998-2 Certificateholders
will first be allocated to reduce the Class D Invested Amount; if the Class D
Invested Amount is reduced to zero by such allocation, then Defaulted
Receivables will be allocated to reduce the Class C Invested Amount; if the
Class C Invested Amount is reduced to zero by such allocation, then Defaulted
Receivables will be allocated to reduce the Class B Invested Amount; if the
Class B Invested Amount is reduced to zero by such allocation, then Defaulted
Receivables will be allocated to reduce the Class A Invested Amount. Thus, the
Class B Invested Amount will be affected by Defaulted Receivables only if the
Class D Invested Amount and Class C Invested Amount are reduced to zero, and the
Class A Invested Amount will be affected by Defaulted Receivables only if the
Class D Invested Amount, Class C Invested Amount and Class B Invested Amount are
reduced to zero. In addition, even if the Class B Invested Amount or Class A
Invested Amount is so reduced by allocations of Defaulted Receivables, such
Invested Amounts may be subsequently increased by certain excess interest
collections available for that purpose. All of these factors increase the
likelihood that the principal payments made to the Offered Certificateholders
ultimately will equal the initial Class A and Class B Invested Amount.

     In addition, the likelihood of the Offered Certificateholders bearing any
actual loss is considered to be relatively remote, reflected by the fact that
the Class A Certificates have an initial rating of "AAA" or its equivalent from
at least one nationally recognized rating agency, and the Class B Certificates
have an initial rating of "A" or its equivalent from at least one nationally
recognized rating agency.
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 8

These ratings are based, in part, on the fact that such losses would occur only
if the excess interest collections which are used to offset any defaults on the
Receivables, as well as other distributions due with respect to the classes of
certificates which are subordinated to the Offered Certificates, were all
exhausted. These ratings are investment grade ratings, and such ratings indicate
that it is likely that all interest and principal will be paid. Accordingly, one
would reasonably expect that the Offered Certificateholders would not bear the
risk of loss associated with ownership of the Receivables.

     4. Other Factors. A number of other factors support the conclusion that the
Offered Certificates are in substance debt. The terms of the Receivables differ
materially from the terms of the Offered Certificates with regard to their
respective interest rates and maturity dates. During the Revolving Period, the
obligors on the Receivables will make payments of principal and interest on the
Receivables. During the Revolving Period, the Offered Certificateholders will
receive interest payments, but collections of principal on the Receivables
otherwise allocable to the Offered Certificateholders will be paid to the
Transferor. Payments of principal on the Offered Certificates are scheduled to
commence on the April 2001 Distribution Date.

     The Transferor will retain control and possession of the Receivables. The
Servicer is responsible for servicing, management, collection and administration
of the Receivables and will bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection
with such activities, although the Servicer will be entitled to receive the
Servicing Fee. In addition, the Transferor will agree to indemnify the
Certificateholders for the entire amount of losses, claims, damages or
liabilities arising out of the activities of the Servicer. The Trustee, on
behalf of the Certificateholders, has the right to inspect the Servicer's
documentation on the Receivables, a right which is common in loan transactions.
In addition, the Servicer, an affiliate of the Transferor and the entity from
whom the Transferor purchases the Receivables, collects the Receivables without
significant supervision by the Trustee or Certificateholders. The foregoing
additional factors support the conclusion that the transaction described in the
Agreement with respect to the Offered Certificates constitutes an issuance of
debt.
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 9

     B. Form versus Substance. As mentioned above, a basic premise of federal
income taxation is that the economic substance of a transaction, and not its
form, determines the tax consequences. In appropriate cases, the courts have
allowed taxpayers, as well as the IRS, to treat a transaction in accordance with
its economic substance even though they have cast it in a different form for
non-tax purposes. For example, in Helvering v. F. & R. Lazarus & Co., 308 U.S.
252, aff'g, 101 F.2d 728 (6th Cir. 1939), the taxpayer sold property to a bank
as trustee for $3.25 million and concurrently leased the property back for 99
years. The rental payments on the lease were equal to 5% of $3.25 million, and
the taxpayer was required to make payments to a fund that would be sufficient to
repay $3.25 million within 48.5 years. The IRS denied the taxpayer's claim of
depreciation deductions on the property on the ground that the taxpayer had
transferred ownership of the property. The Supreme Court, however, upheld the
taxpayer's right to show that, for tax purposes, the transaction was in
substance a loan secured by the transferred property.

     There is a series of cases holding that, in certain circumstances, the
taxpayer is bound by the form of the transaction selected notwithstanding that
the characterization of the economic substance of the transaction would be
different from the form of the transaction. For example, in Commissioner v.
Danielson, 378 F.2d 771 (3d Cir.), cert. denied, 389 U.S. 858 (1967), a
purchase agreement expressly allocated consideration to a covenant not to
compete, while the taxpayer reported the entire amount as proceeds from the sale
of capital assets. The court held that the taxpayer could not contradict the
form of the agreement and attack the allocation to the covenant not to compete
except in cases of fraud, duress or undue influence. See also Spector v. U.S.,
641 F.2d 376 (5th Cir. 1981)(pursuant to a written agreement, a partnership
deducted Section 736 guaranteed payments to a withdrawing partner; the partner,
contrary to the terms of the agreement, treated such payments as Section 741
capital gain payments realized upon the sale of the partnership interest; the
court held that the taxpayer was bound by the terms of the agreement unless he
could show mistake, fraud or undue influence); Sullivan v. U.S., 618 F.2d 1001
(3d Cir. 1980)(taxpayer disavowed original allocation of purchase price between
land and agreements to lease space in a shopping mall to be built on the land
when, upon audit, the gain on the sale of the leases was held to be short-term
capital gain; the court held that the contract allocations must be respected).
In general, the Danielson line of cases involve taxpayers who, contrary to the
written documents, later adopt
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 10

inconsistent positions regarding the allocation of purchase price, the valuation
of assets or the character of income or gain to the detriment of the Treasury.

     Under the standards in Lazarus and similar cases, the Offered Certificates
should be treated as debt and the Transferor should be treated as the owner of
the Receivables. The Offered Certificateholders do not have possession of the
Receivables or the authority to dispose of them. Like the bank in Lazarus, the
Offered Certificateholders are entitled to receive only a specified return and
do not enjoy the benefit of any increase in the value of the Receivables.

     Neither Danielson nor any similar decision would, in our opinion, prevent
the Transferor and the Certificateholders from treating the Offered Certificates
as debt for federal income tax purposes. The rules from Danielson and such cases
are not intended to require consistent treatment of a transaction for tax and
non-tax purposes. Rather, they are intended to prevent a taxpayer from
renouncing intentions previously expressed in a document governing the
transaction. In this case, treating the Offered Certificates as debt does not
contravene any statement of intent in a governing document, and the form of the
transaction is not necessarily inconsistent with characterization of the Offered
Certificates as debt. The Prospectus, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
the Offered Certificates will state that the Offered Certificateholders and the
Transferor will treat the transaction as a financing for federal, state, and
local tax purposes. The language in the Agreement whereby the Transferor agrees
to "transfer" all "right, title and interest" in the Receivables to the Trust is
consistent with language of transfer in other security arrangements where
debtors pledge assets to secure debt. The Offered Certificates will state that
they represent an "undivided interest" in the Trust. However, the only rights of
an Offered Certificateholder are to receive payments of interest on the
outstanding amount of the Offered Certificates and repayment of the Invested
Amount of the Offered Certificates on or prior to their maturity dates. The
Offered Certificates will not provide the Offered Certificateholders with any
specific rights in any Receivable, but rather will provide only for rights to
receive a specified amount of payments out of the cash flow from the Receivables
pool.

     Moreover, even if certain aspects of the transaction should be determined
to be inconsistent with treatment of the Offered Certificates as debt and the
form of the transaction is therefore considered ambiguous, numerous cases hold
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 11

that the economic substance of the transaction controls the transaction's
characterization. Elrod v. Commissioner, 87 T.C. 1046, 1066 (1986); Smith v.
Commissioner, 82 T.C. 705, 713 (1984); Morrison v. Commissioner, 59 T.C. 248,
256 (1972), acq., 1973-2 C.B. 3; Kreider v. Commissioner 762 F.2d 580, 588 (7th
Cir. 1985); Comdisco, Inc. v. United States, 756 F.2d 569, 578 (7th Cir. 1985).
In such circumstances, it would be inappropriate to restrict taxpayers to the
"four corners" of their document, since the written instrument by its own terms
is unclear. "The Danielson rule . . . [is not] applicable to exclude parole
evidence offered with respect to an ambiguous document." Elrod, supra, at 1066.
Accordingly, it is our view that the Danielson line of authorities is not
applicable to the transaction and will not cause the transaction to be treated
as a sale of an interest in the Receivables to the holders of the Offered
Certificates. Even if the form of the transaction is deemed to be ambiguous, the
transaction's economic substance will determine its character.

     C. Accounting Treatment. In Notice 94-47, 1994-19 I.R.B. 1 (April 18,
1994), the Internal Revenue Service has taken the position, without apparent
support from existing legal authority, that the fact that an instrument is
intended to be treated differently for tax purposes than for other purposes,
including regulatory accounting purposes, is a factor to be considered in
determining whether the instrument should be characterized as debt or equity for
federal income tax purposes. That factor, however, should not by itself control
the classification of the instrument for tax purposes. Accordingly, the fact
that the Transferor intends to report the transaction as a sale to
Certificateholders for certain regulatory and financial accounting purposes
should not by itself control the result for tax purposes, and such fact is not
necessarily inconsistent with characterizing the form of the transaction as a
financing for tax purposes.

     Indeed, the Supreme Court has frequently rejected the proposition that the
financial accounting treatment of a transaction controls its tax treatment. For
example, in Cottage Savings Ass'n v. Commissioner, 499 U.S. 554 (1991), rev'g
890 F.2d 848 (6th Cir. 1989), rev'g 90 T.C. 372 (1988), reciprocal "sales" of
mortgage loans were respected as sales for federal income tax purposes
(permitting thrifts to realize losses that produced loss carrybacks and tax
refunds) even though such transactions were not treated as sales for regulatory
accounting purposes. Thus, thrifts were able to generate tax losses without such
losses being reflected on their financial statements for regulatory accounting
purposes. (It should be noted that in Cottage
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 12

Savings the legal form of the transaction was respected. Thus, the taxpayer was
not asserting a tax position inconsistent with the form of the transaction.)

     Several other Supreme Court cases demonstrate that divergence between tax
and financial accounting is not uncommon. See Thor Power Tool Co. v.
Commissioner, 439 U.S. 552, 538-44 (1979)(company's inventory deductions for
financial accounting purposes were disallowed for federal income tax purposes--
"any presumptive equivalency between tax and financial accounting would be
unacceptable"); Commissioner v. Hansen, 360 U.S. 446 (1959)(reserve to cover
contingent liability in event of nonperformance of guaranty); Lucas v. American
Code Co., 280 U.S. 445 (1930)(reserve to cover expected liability on contested
lawsuit). (These cases, however, involved taxpayer reliance on accounting
treatment rather than IRS reliance thereon.) See also Frank Lyon Co. v. United
States, supra, at 577 (financial accounting treatment of a mortgage reflected
the taxpayer's proper tax treatment of a sale leaseback transaction although tax
and accounting treatment "need not necessarily be the same").

     In our opinion, although the matter is not free from doubt, the substance
and form of the transaction are more consistent with the characterization of the
Offered Certificates as debt than with the characterization of the Offered
Certificates as a form of equity interest in the Receivables. To the extent that
the form of the transaction were determined to include some features of a sale
in addition to the features indicative of a debt financing, the form is at worst
ambiguous. Accordingly, in our opinion, pursuant to the aforementioned
authorities, the Offered Certificates will be treated as debt for federal income
tax purposes.

II.  Characterization of the Trust.
     -----------------------------

     In many respects, the Trust is similar to trusts established to hold
collateral pledged as security in connection with lending transactions. If all
classes of Certificates issued by the Trust were debt for federal income tax
purposes, the Trust should be disregarded for federal income tax purposes and
should be characterized as a mere security arrangement. Treas. Reg. (S) 1.61-
13(b); Rev. Rul. 76-265, 1976-2 C.B. 448; see also Rev. Rul. 73-100, 1973-1 C.B.
613 (domestic corporation's transfer of securities to Canadian security holder,
to secure liabilities
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 13

to policyholders in Canada, does not create a trust where discretionary powers
retained by corporation); Rev. Rul. 71-119, 1971 C.B. 163 (settlement fund
administered by "trustee" not a trust).  The Trust, however, has issued and
intends to issue classes of Certificates that may not clearly be classified as
debt for federal income tax purposes.

    If the Trust is recognized as an entity for federal tax purposes, the Trust
would be viewed as a business entity whose federal tax characterization would be
determined under Treasury Regulations (S)(S) 301.7701-2 and 301.7701-3. Treasury
Regulations (S) 301.7701-2 provides that "a business entity" is any entity
recognized for federal tax purposes... that is not properly classified as a
trust under (S) 301.7701-4 or otherwise subject to special treatment under the
Internal Revenue Code." Because the Trust would not be properly classified as a
trust under (S) 301.7701-4, if the Trust is recognized as an entity for tax
purposes, it would be a "business entity" within (S) 301.7701-2.


<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 14


     Treasury Regulations (S) 301.7701-2 also provides that certain types of 
entities are treated as corporations for federal tax purposes, including 
entities formed under a state statute which refers to the entity as
"incorporated or as a corporation, body corporate or body politic," or as a
"joint-stock company or joint stock association." The definition of corporation
also includes insurance companies, certain banking entities, foreign entities
and other entities specified in (S) 301.7701-2. The Trust is not an entity which
is treated as a corporation under (S) 301.7701-2.

     Treasury Regulations (S) 301.7701-3 refers to a business entity that is not
classified as a corporation as an "eligible entity."  That section provides that
an eligible entity with a single owner can elect to be classified as an 
association (which is taxed as a corporation) or to be disregarded as an entity 
separate from its owner.  An eligible entity with at least two members can elect
to be classified as either an association or a partnership.  Treasury 
Regulations (S) 301.7701-3 further provides certain default rules pursuant to 
which, unless the entity affirmatively elects to be classified as an 
association, an eligible entity is disregarded as an entity separate from its 
owner if it has a single owner, and is treated as a partnership if it has two or
more members.

     If the Trust is recognized as an entity for federal tax purposes but all
classes of Investor Certificates are treated as debt for federal tax purposes,
then the Trust would be an eligible entity with a single owner. Under the
default rules of Treasury Regulations (S) 301.7701-3 described above, the Trust
would be disregarded as an entity separate from the Transferor for federal tax
purposes.

     If any class of Investor Certificates issued by the Trust were treated as
an equity interest in the Trust, the Trust would be an eligible entity with two
or more members. The members of the Trust in such case would be the Transferor,
as the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, and the holders of any
class of Investor Certificates so characterized as equity. In such a case, under
the default rules of Treasury Regulations (S) 301.7701-3 described above, the
Trust would be treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes.

     Under Section 10(i) of the Series 1998-2 Supplement, the Transferor, the 
Servicer and the Trustee have agreed not to file any election to treat the 
Trust as an association taxable as a corporation.

     Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that the Trust will not be 
treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal tax purposes.



<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 15

     A. Publicly Traded Partnership. Section 7704 of the Code provides that,
subject to certain exceptions, a partnership the interests in which are (i)
traded on an established securities market or (ii) readily tradable on a
secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) will be treated as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes.

     Treasury Regulations (S) 1.7704-1, issued on November 29, 1995 (the "PTP
Regs"), provide further explanation of the rules governing publicly traded
partnerships. The PTP Regs provide that an "established securities market"
includes a national, foreign, regional or local exchange, as well as an
interdealer quotation system which regularly disseminates firm buy or sell
quotations by identified brokers or dealers, by electronic means or otherwise.
The PTP Regs also provide that interests in a partnership are readily tradable
on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof if the partners are
readily able to buy, sell or exchange their partnership interests in a manner
that is economically comparable to trading on an established securities market.

     The PTP Regs provide a safe harbor pursuant to which interests in a
partnership will not be considered readily tradable on a secondary market or the
substantial equivalent thereof if (i) all interests in such partnership were
issued in a transaction (or transactions) that was not required to be registered
under the Securities Act of 1933 and (ii) the partnership does not have more
than 100 partners at any time during the taxable year of the partnership.

     As discussed above, it is our opinion that the Offered Certificates will be
treated as debt for federal income tax purposes. The Transferor will be required
to retain a portion of the Class D Certificates. The Transferor intends to sell
the Class C Certificates in a private placement exempt from registration under
the Securities Act of 1933. If the Class C Certificates are sold by the
Transferor, each purchaser of Class C Certificates (and purchasers of certain
other interests which would be treated as a direct or indirect
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 16


nondebt interest in the Trust) will, in effect, make certain representations for
the benefit of the Transferor and the other purchasers (with the express
acknowledgement that this Firm will be relying on such representation for
purposes of rendering this opinion) that would be breached if any such purchaser
were to buy or sell any such interest on an "established securities market." In
addition, Section 6.3 of the Agreement permits the Transferor to prevent a
transfer, participation or other disposition of any interest in any Certificate
with respect to which an Opinion of Counsel was not received stating that such
certificate would be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes if the
Transferor, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that such transfer,
participation or other disposition, if effected, would cause the Trust to be
treated as a publicly traded partnership under the PTP Regs. Accordingly, under
current law, if the Trust were considered to be a partnership for federal income
tax purposes, it would not be a publicly traded partnership for purposes of
Section 7704.

     We note that an entity that meets the definition of a "publicly traded
partnership" may nevertheless not be taxable as a corporation if 90% of its
income consists of interest income. Because it is not clear whether the Trust,
if viewed as an entity separate from the Transferor, would be viewed as engaged
in a "financial business," and thus ineligible for the exception, we have not
relied on the exception. See Code (S) 7704(d)(2).

     B. Taxable Mortgage Pool. Section 7701(i) of the Code provides that a
"taxable mortgage pool" shall be treated as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes. Section 7701(i) defines taxable mortgage pool to include any entity
(other than a real estate mortgage investment conduit) which meets the following
requirements:

          (i) substantially all of the assets of such entity consists of debt
     obligations (or interests therein) and more than 50% of such debt
     obligations (or interests) consists of real estate mortgages (or interests
     therein),

          (ii) such entity is the obligor under debt obligations with two or
     more maturities, and
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 17

          (iii) under the terms of the debt obligations referred to in clause
     (ii) (or underlying arrangement), payments on such debt obligations bear a
     relationship to payments on the debt obligations (or interests) referred to
     in clause (i).

     Treasury Regulations (S) 301.7701(i) (the "Proposed TMP Regs") provide
further explanation of the rules governing taxable mortgage pools. The TMP Regs
provide that "the purpose of Section 7701(i) is to prevent income generated by a
pool of real estate mortgages from escaping federal income taxation when the
pool is used to issue multiple class mortgage-backed securities." The TMP Regs
define real estate mortgages to include all obligations that are principally
secured by an interest in real property. For this purpose, real property
includes manufactured housing that qualifies as a single family residence under
Section 25(e)(10) of the Code.

     Under a literal reading of Section 7701(i) of the Code and the TMP Regs,
one might argue that the Trust should be treated as a taxable mortgage pool. In
our opinion, however, the Trust will not be treated as a taxable mortgage pool.

     It is anticipated that a significant portion of the Receivables will
constitute obligations of dealers of manufactured housing, and that such
Receivables will be secured by a security interest in the manufactured housing
inventory held by such dealers. Thus, such obligations would be treated as "real
estate mortgages" within the literal meaning of Section 7701(i) of the Code and
the TMP Regs. We do not believe, however, that Receivables secured by such
dealer inventory are the type of obligations intended to be covered by the
taxable mortgage pool rules. Furthermore, taxable mortgage pool status is not
dependent solely on the type of assets held by an entity. Rather, both Section
7701(i) of the Code and the TMP Regs require that in addition to holding real
estate mortgages, in order to be a taxable mortgage pool an entity must issue
debt obligations with two or more maturities the payments on which "bear a
relationship" to payments on the debt obligations held by the entity. The TMP
Regs provide:
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 18

     Payments on debt obligations under which an entity is the obligor
     (liability obligations) bear a relationship to payments ... on debt
     obligations an entity holds as assets (asset obligations) if under the
     terms of the liability obligations (or underlying arrangement) the timing
     and amount of payments on the liability obligations are in large part
     determined by the timing and amount of payments or projected payments on
     the asset obligations.

     We believe that the payments to be made on the Offered Certificates and the
other classes of Certificates issued by the Trust will not bear a relationship
to the Receivables held by the Trust which is sufficient to satisfy the
requirements of Section 7701(i) of the Code and the TMP Regs. Green Tree and the
Transferor have represented to us that the average period of time that any
Receivable will be outstanding will be approximately three months. Conversely,
none of the Certificates issued by the Trust are scheduled to receive any
payments of principal until more than two years after they are issued. Thus,
because the Transferor receives all collections of principal paid on the
Receivables during the Revolving Period, most, if not all, of the principal
collections on the Receivables which are paid to the holders of any class of
Certificates issued by the Trust will arise from Receivables which are not in
existence on the date the Trust issues such Certificates. Therefore, it is our
opinion that the Trust will not constitute a taxable mortgage pool under Section
7701(i) of the Code.

III. Minnesota State Tax Consequences.
     --------------------------------

     Our opinion with respect to the Minnesota state tax characterization of the
Offered Certificates and the Trust is based upon current statutory provisions
and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and applicable judicial or ruling
authority, all of which are subject to change (which may be retroactive). No
ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the Minnesota
Department of Revenue.

     If the Offered Certificates are treated as debt for federal income tax
purposes, it is our opinion that this treatment will also apply for Minnesota
income tax purposes and that the Trust will not be characterized as an
association, publicly
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
March 17, 1998
Page 19

traded partnership or taxable mortgage pool taxable as a corporation for
Minnesota income tax purposes. Certificate Owners not otherwise subject to
Minnesota income or franchise taxation would not become subject to such a tax
solely because of their ownership of the Offered Certificates. Certificate
Owners already subject to income or franchise taxation in Minnesota could,
however, be required to pay such a tax on all or a portion of the income
generated from ownership of the Offered Certificates.

     If the Trust is treated as a partnership (not taxable as a corporation) for
federal income tax purposes, it is our opinion that the Trust would also be
treated as such a partnership for Minnesota income tax purposes. The partnership
therefore would not be subject to Minnesota taxation. Certificate Owners that
are not otherwise subject to Minnesota income or franchise taxation would not
become subject to such a tax solely because of their interests in the
constructive partnership. Certificate Owners already subject to income or
franchise taxation in Minnesota could, however, be required to pay such a tax on
all or a portion of the income from the constructive partnership.

     If the Offered Certificates are treated as ownership interests in an
association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal
income tax purposes, it is our opinion that this treatment would also apply for
Minnesota income and franchise tax purposes. Pursuant to this treatment, the
Trust would be subject to the Minnesota franchise tax measured by net income
(which could result in reduced distributions to Certificate Owners). Certificate
Owners that are not otherwise subject to Minnesota income or franchise taxation
would not become subject to such a tax solely because of their interests in the
constructive corporation. Certificate Owners already subject to income or
franchise taxation in Minnesota could, however, be required to pay such a tax on
all or a portion of the income from the constructive corporation.

IV.  Effect on Outstanding Certificates
     ----------------------------------

     It is our opinion that the issuance of the Series 1998-2 Certificates will
not adversely affect the federal or Minnesota income tax characterization of the
outstanding Certificates.
<PAGE>
 
Green Tree Financial Corporation
August 17, 1998
Page 20

     We express no opinion about the tax treatment of any features of the
Trust's activities or an investment therein other than those expressly set forth
above.

     Except as provided below, the foregoing opinions are being furnished to you
solely for your benefit and may not be relied upon by, nor may copies be
delivered to, any other person without our prior written consent.

     We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the heading "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the prospectus forming a part of the
Registration Statement, and we hereby confirm that the discussion under such
heading accurately sets forth our advice as to the likely outcome of material
issues under the federal and Minnesota state income tax laws.


Dated:  August 17, 1998

                                Very truly yours,

                                /s/ Dorsey & Whitney LLP
                                


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission